diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
commit | e0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch) | |
tree | 60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago |
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago')
42 files changed, 55572 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d075042ee --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +IMPORTANT NOTE: + +This is the package formerly known as biblatex-chicago-notes-df. It +is designed for use with the latest version (3.10) of biblatex. The +package contains the 16th-edition Chicago style files only, as I have +removed the long-obsolete 15th-edition styles in preparation for the +forthcoming 17th-edition revisions. If you have used the package +before, then you should be sure to consult the RELEASE file to find +out what alterations you may need to make to your .bib files and +document preambles to bring them up to date. Most particularly please +note that Biber is now required for the author-date styles, and very +strongly advised for the notes & bibliography style (version 2.10 is +designed for use with the latest biblatex). + +README (version 1.0rc5, 2018-01-16): + +Biblatex-chicago contains three biblatex styles implementing the +specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. The +"notes & bibliography" style was formerly available in the package +biblatex-chicago-notes-df, and is intended primarily for writers in +the humanities. The "author-date" style, generally favored by writers +in the sciences and social sciences, comes in two flavors. The 16th +edition of the Manual has brought the presentation of sources in this +style much more into line with the notes & bibliography specification, +especially regarding the formatting of titles. If you still require +titles to be capitalized sentence style, and article titles, for +example, not to be enclosed in quotation marks, then you may now use +the traditional author-date style ("authordate-trad"), which provides +these features while in all other respects following the 16th-edition +specifications. + +This is a beta release, but its feature set is already fairly +extensive. If you have used the package before you may, after +perusing the RELEASE file, want to look at the changelog at the end of +biblatex-chicago.pdf, which contains cross-references to more detailed +explanations about how this update will affect parts of your .bib +file. If you are just getting started, the best way to learn the +system is to read the Quickstart section in that same file, then read +either cms-notes-intro.pdf or cms-dates-intro.pdf, each of which are +fully cross-referenced and contain links to the complete reference +guide to both styles in sections 4 or 5 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. The +package also contains annotated .bib files (notes-test.bib and +dates-test.bib) which each offer over 100 entries demonstrating how to +present a wide range of sources, nearly all of them taken from the +Chicago Manual of Style itself, so that you can compare the output of +your system (cms-notes-sample.tex, cms-dates-sample.tex, +cms-trad-sample.tex) or my system (cms-notes-sample.pdf, +cms-dates-sample.pdf, cms-trad-sample.pdf) with the actual examples in +the Manual. + +I have, wherever possible, attempted to maintain backward +compatibility with the standard biblatex styles, but there are a +significant number of situations where I have been unable to do so, +which means that switching among various styles while using the same +bibliography database will not be as simple and painless as it could +be. If you can see ways better to preserve this compatibility, or +indeed to improve the package in any way whatsoever, please let me +know, or better yet, send a patch. If the styles don't behave as you +expect or if you discover a bug, I'd be very happy to hear about it, +but do please read biblatex-chicago.pdf first, as you may find that +your question has already been answered there. If you do find a bug, +please send me the .bib entry, your LaTeX preamble, and your output +.log, so that I can try to reproduce it here. My email address is at +the head of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + +Installation: + +With the recent proliferation of files, I have adopted the directory +structure found in biblatex.zip, so if you want to place these files +in your TeX directory tree instead of in your working directory, I +recommend the following, which should be familiar from the main +biblatex package: + + - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.sty, chicago-notes.cbx, + chicago-notes.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx, chicago-authordate.bbx, + chicago-authordate-trad.cbx, chicago-authordate-trad.bbx, + chicago-dates-common.cbx, cms-american.lbx, cms-brazilian.lbx, + cms-british.lbx, cms-finnish.lbx, cms-french.lbx, cms-german.lbx, + cms-icelandic.lbx, cms-ngerman.lbx, cms-norsk.lbx, + cms-norwegian.lbx, cms-nynorsk.lbx, and cms-swedish.lbx are located + in the latex/ subdirectory, itself further subdivided into bbx/, + cbx/, and lbx/. The entire contents of this latex/ directory, + including its subdirectories, can go in + <TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago, where + <TEXMFLOCAL> is the root of your local TeX installation -- for + example, and depending on your system, /usr/share/texmf-local, + /usr/local/texmf, or C:\Local TeX Files\. You may need to create + this directory first, and after copying the files there please + remember to update your TeX file name database so that TeX can find + them. + + - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.tex, biblatex-chicago.pdf, + cms-notes-intro.tex, cms-notes-intro.pdf, cms-dates-intro.tex, + cms-dates-intro.pdf, cms-trad-appendix.tex, cms-trad-appendix.pdf, + cms-notes-sample.tex, cms-dates-sample.tex, cms-trad-sample.tex, + cms-legal-sample.tex, cms-notes-sample.pdf, cms-dates.sample.pdf, + cms-trad-sample.pdf, cms-legal-sample.pdf, notes-test.bib, + dates-test.bib, legal-test.bib, and cmsdocs.sty can all be found in + the doc/ directory in the package archive, the last 18 in the + examples/ subdirectory. You can place all of this in + <TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago. + +Changelog: See the RELEASE file, and also the end of +biblatex-chicago.pdf. + +Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is +author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or +modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, +either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later +version. The latest version of this license is in +http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part +of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This +software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, either +expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied +warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c2ad051b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE @@ -0,0 +1,1733 @@ +Release notes for version 1.0rc5 [2018-01-16]: + + - Recent releases of biblatex have introduced some compatibility + problems for biblatex-chicago, particularly with regard to the + handling of the "origlanguage" field (now a list), but also through + the renaming of several other fields and declarations, e.g., + \DeclareSortingTemplate. I have improved the handling of the + "origlanguage" list by including many new bibstrings in the + package's localization files, but other changes to formatting + macros have made backward compatibility with older releases of + biblatex difficult or impossible. Please upgrade to version 3.10 + -- which has received the most testing -- to use these styles. + + - As I mentioned in the initial Notice of biblatex-chicago.pdf, the + 17th edition of the Manual has now appeared, and my development + energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading all styles to + conform to it. You can still file bug reports against the 16th + edition, but the next major feature release will be based on the + 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all the + 15th-edition files from the package. + +Other New Features: + + - After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added three + new entry types -- Jurisdiction, Legal, and Legislation -- to allow + the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional + (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive + documents. The first ("round" and "square") and last ("canada", + "constitution", "hansard", "hearing", "uk", and "un") introduce a + number of new "entrysubtypes" to help with formatting quirks, + including the presentation of Canadian and UK materials for + inclusion in an otherwise US context. There are also several new + options ("legalnotes", "noneshort", "short", and "supranotes") for + controlling the output. I have documented all of this in section 6 + of biblatex-chicago.pdf, a separate section both because the + specification really comes from the Bluebook rather than the + Manual, and also because they are the only entry types treated + identically by the notes & bibliography style and the author-date + styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look at the + sample files legal-test.bib and cms-legal-sample.pdf to see how you + might construct your database entries. Support for Bluebook + citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out + its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I + would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended + mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary + localization for the other languages supported by biblatex-chicago. + The actual citations in such contexts would, let it be noted, fall + outside of the Bluebook spec. + + - I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian + Portuguese localization for biblatex-chicago, contained in the + cms-brazilian.lbx file. + + - Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the package's + \bibstrings couldn't accommodate the needs of his localization, so + with his help I've split the "recorded" string into "discrecorded" + and "songrecorded", then added it to all the .lbx files. I've also + added two new \bibstrings for the "lista" field format: "subverbo" + and "subverbis". I've added them to all the .lbx files, but only + cms-brazilian.lbx differs from the default. If other languages + need this change please let me know. + + - The same user also suggested a fix to Patent entries: removing the + comma from between the dates when the language doesn't use a comma + in lists. + + - Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using the + hyperref package with the author-date styles, and I have attempted + to rectify them. In citations, only the "date" portion should act + as a link, if there is a "date", otherwise a "title" or perhaps a + "shorthand" will link to the entry in the list of references. If + you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but + don't, you can try setting the new "hypertitle" option in their + "options" fields. Alternately, you can set the option to "true" + globally in the preamble and then "titles" and "shorthands" will + serve as links whether there's a "date" or not. Cf. section 5.4.3 + in biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the string + "forthcoming" in the "pubstate" field to present sources that are + yet to be published. This is now supported in all styles, and has + the additional benefit of rendering recourse to the \autocap + command unnecessary, as the styles print \bibstring{forthcoming} + where the "year" would normally appear. Using the "year" field + itself is, of course, still supported too. + + - The same user requested that I allow "newspaper" as an exact + synonym of "magazine" in the "entrysubtype" field of Article, + Review, Periodical, and Suppperiodical entries. I have provided + this in all styles, and whereever you see "magazine" in the + documentation then "newspaper" will work in exactly the same way. + + - Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip Kime's + biblatex-apa package, I support the use of "related" functionality + when presenting reviews, so that you can, for example, easily + present multiple reviews of the same item. I have provided this + functionality in all styles. To enable it you'll need to set the + "relatedtype" field to "reviewof" in Article, Review, or + Suppperiodical types. You should also read the documentation in + section 4.2.1 or 5.2.1 in biblatex-chicago.pdf, as this + "relatedtype" works somewhat differently from the others. The + standard, manual way of citing such works remains, of course, + available. + + - Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an + "unpublished" "entrysubtype" to the Report type, which would + present the "title" in quotation marks (or plain roman in + authordate-trad) instead of italics. I can't quite tell if the + Manual agrees, but I have fulfilled this request in all styles. + + - The same user pointed out that standard biblatex and the discussion + in the Manual both suggest providing "venue", "eventdate", + "eventtitle", and "eventtitleaddon" fields for the Unpublished + type, thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished + conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all + styles. + + - At the request of N. Andrew Walsh, the notes & bibliography style + now offers a way to disambiguate references to different sources + which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that is, + where the "author" and "labeltitle" are the same. Biblatex's + "uniquework" option is now active by default, and biblatex-chicago + provides three new user options, one for choosing a disambiguating + field, one for setting the punctuation between that field and the + rest of the short note, and one for formatting the field using + parentheses or square brackets -- "shortextrafield", + "shortextrapunct", and "shortextraformat", respectively. Please + see section 4.4.3 in biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details, and note + that "shortextrafield" has to be set for the mechanism to print + anything at all. + + - User Pétùr spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the + "url=false" option didn't stop the printing of the "urldate", and + second that empty parentheses would appear in some circumstances + around non-existent "dates" in the author-date styles. I have + fixed both. + + - Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing bug + when presenting a "subtitle" after a "title" that ends in an + exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed since the + first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've finally + solved it now (after the release of the Manual's 17th edition). + + +Release notes for version 1.0rc4 [2017-05-02]: + +Another bug-fix release. + + - Marko Wenzel reported, and helped to fix, a fairly major problem + with the date handling in the author-date styles, an issue I hadn't + spotted when doing the date-related updates for 1.0rc2. + + - I've also fixed a long-standing inaccuracy in the date-handling + code of Patent entries in the author-date styles. Such entries now + behave as the documentation claims they do. + +Release notes for version 1.0rc3 [2017-04-20]: + +This is a minor bug-fix release. + + - Charles Schaum reported a whitespace bug that appeared when using + multiple languages with Babel. This was introduced in the last + release by some careless editing by me, and should be fixed now. + + - Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using + BibTeX with biblatex-chicago. Ulrike Fischer very kindly suggested + an elegant solution, and I have integrated it into this release. + +Release notes for version 1.0rc2 [2017-03-26]: + +This is an interim release designed mainly to fix a number of subtle +issues, pointed out by several users, that appear when you use the +newest version of biblatex (3.7). These were mostly concentrated in +the date-handling code, which I believe now behaves correctly, and +should do both with the newest biblatex and with somewhat older +releases. A much larger set of new features is still pending, but I +have fixed some other bugs and added a few new options: + + - J. P. E. Harper-Scott pointed out that, in ordinary British usage, + day numbers are presented as plain cardinals rather than ordinals. + The Manual itself also prefers this format, not only for + American-style dates but also for British ones, so I think the + previous behavior of the package was a bug. I have in both styles + set the default presentation of British day numerals to be plain + cardinals, providing a new preamble option "ordinalgb" restoring + the previous default and printing ordinal dates when using the + "british" language with Babel. + + - I have, in both styles, attempted to provide an improved \partedit + macro, the old one being inconvenient for users writing in French. + The new macro should work now without manual intervention to + provide the correct form of the preposition (de or d'). If you are + using the "french" option to Babel, please take care to remove any + hand-formatting you might have provided in these contexts. + + - Jan David Hauck has both reported a bug in the \gentextcite code in + the author-date styles and also pointed me to its solution, as + provided by moewe on Stackexchange. It turned out there were other + bugs in that code, now also fixed. + + - User laudecir requested a way to present a "shorthand" even in the + first citation of a given work. The new "shorthandfirst" option in + the notes & bibliography style can be set to "true" either in the + preamble or in individual entries, and should make this + functionality simpler to activate than the \shorthandcite command. + + - Also in the notes & bibliography style, Stefan Björk requested a + way to turn off the printing of "url," "doi," and "eprint" + information in notes but not in the bibliography. The new + "urlnotes" option, which you can set to "false" in the preamble or + in individual entries, provides this. Please note that it does not + apply to Online entries. + + - Several users pointed out the presence of warnings in .log files + caused by deprecated grammar in the default Sorting Schemes of both + styles. These should now be fixed. + +Release notes for version 1.0rc1 [2016-06-07]: + + - The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to a + new obsolete/ subdirectory. You can still use them as they stand, + but they won't compile against the newest biblatex, so you'll have + to make sure that you have an older version (2.9a, perhaps). If + you are still using them, I strongly urge you to consider switching + to the the 16th-edition styles, which contain many new features and + bug-fixes. + + - The old Chicago-specific option "usecompiler" is deprecated, and + has been replaced by the standard biblatex "usenamec". If you have + been using the former in your preamble or in your .bib entries, + please replace it with the latter, which works better across the + board. "Usecompiler" still "works," just not very well. + + - Stefan Björk has very generously provided a Swedish localization + file for the package -- cms-swedish.lbx -- which can be loaded and + used with babel just like the other localizations. + + - I have added support for "related" functionality to all the Chicago + styles, including all the standard biblatex "relatedtypes". It is + turned on by default in all styles, but you can turn it off, or + alter where the information is printed, using the "related" option + in the preamble or in individual entries. In the notes & + bibliography style, "related" information is printed by default + only in the bibliography, but you can change that by setting the + option. In the author-date styles, it will only ever print in the + list of references, depending on the option's setting. Please see + sections 4.2.1 and 5.2.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details. + + - I have improved the name-handling code in all styles, regularizing + the functioning of the "namea", "nameb", and "namec" fields with + respect to the other, standard biblatex names. The former two in + particular are newly available in the Collection and Periodical + entry types, and biblatex-chicago now recognizes the standard + "usenamea", "usenameb", and "usenamec" toggles, the last replacing + the deprecated "usecompiler" (as above). You can also now use the + "nameatype" field just as you would an "editortype", extending the + possibilities for identifying certain roles attached specifically + to "titles" as opposed to "booktitles" or "maintitles". + + - After a request by user BenVB, I have added support for the + biblatex "shortjournal" field, which allows you to present + abbreviated "journaltitles" in all the styles. You can use the + "journalabbrev" option to control where in your document these + abbreviated forms will appear. By default, the field is ignored in + the notes & bibliography style, and appears only in citations in + the author-date styles. You can also print a list of journal + abbreviations, rather in the manner of a list of shorthands, using + a command like: \printbiblist{shortjournal}. Even though the + Periodical entry type uses the "title" and "shorttitle" fields in + place of "journaltitle" and "shortjournal", these entries are + included in this functionality, and controlled by the same + "journalabbrev" option. Please see s.v. "shortjournal" in sections + 4.2 and 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Following a request by Arne Skjærholt, and his generous provision + of some code to get me started, I have implemented a new + \gentextcite citation command in all styles. The "gen" part of the + name refers to the genitive case, and it adds a possessive ending + -- 's by default -- to the author's name in what is otherwise an + ordinary \textcite. You can change the added ending however you + want, using a third optional field to the citation command, and you + can control to which names the ending is added in a \gentextcites + multicite command by using the "genallnames" preamble and entry + option. Please see sections 4.3.2 and 5.3.2 for the details. + + - Stefan Björk pointed out that "url", "doi", and "eprint" + information could be totally ignored in some entries when you used + the abbreviated cross-referencing functionality accessed through + the "crossref" and "xref" fields. At his request, I have provided + a new "xrefurl" entry and preamble option for all the styles to + control the printing of this information in abbreviated notes or + bibliography (reference list) entries. Please see sections 4.4.3 + and 5.4.3 for the details. + + - In a related change, I have stopped child entries inheriting "url", + "doi", and "eprint" fields from their cross-ref'd parents, so if + your documents rely on this behavior please note that you'll have + to provide such fields manually in the child entries. + + - Roger Hart long ago requested a way to control the punctuation + before "book-", "main-", or plain "titleaddon" fields, and I have + finally added it in this release in the form of two entry and + preamble options, "ptitleaddon" and "ctitleaddon", available in all + styles. By default, the former prints \addperiod\addspace, hence + its name, and the latter \addcomma\addspace, but you can change + either or both depending on which field you are using and which + sort of entry it appears in -- the default output can be your guide + to which option(s) to change. Please see the available valid + option keys in sections 4.4.2 and 5.4.2. + + - The same user also long ago requested that the notes & bibliography + style make it possible to use "Idem" when two consecutive notes + cite different works by the same author. You can now use the + standard biblatex option "idemtracker=constrict" in your preamble + to activate this in your documents, but please be aware, first, + that the Manual doesn't exactly approve of this and, second, that + you'll only see "Idem" in short notes, never in full ones, which + seems to be the standard biblatex way of implementing this. + + - Also only in the notes & bibliography style, I have added a + "shorthandpunct" option to control the punctuation that appears + before the first appearance of a "shorthand" and/or a + "shorthandintro" in a long note. The default is \addspace, but you + can change it in your preamble or in individual entries. Please + see the available valid option keys in section 4.4.2 of + biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - After reading a discussion started by Ryo Furue at github, I have + added, in the author-date styles only, a test to some spacing + commands to prevent line breaks immediately after abbreviation + dots. These tests apply only in running text, never in the list of + references, where good line breaks are already hard enough to find. + + - In addition to moving the 15th-edition styles into an obsolete/ + subdirectory, I have also reorganized the author-date style files, + adding chicago-dates-common.cbx, which contains the code that is + common to the "trad" and the standard "authordate" styles. Nothing + has changed in terms of loading the styles, the changes being + designed primarily to ease maintenance. + + - I have created two new documentation files (and an appendix) to + provide short introductions to the Chicago styles, introductions + which attempt to fill the gap between the Quickstart section of + biblatex-chicago.pdf and the fuller documentation contained in + sections 4 and 5 of that file. Both cms-notes-intro.pdf and + cms-dates-intro.pdf are fully hyperlinked so you can move easily + from formatted citations and (annotated) references to .bib entries + and back, with marginal references to the fuller discussions in + biblatex-chicago.pdf. There is also a short cms-trad-appendix.pdf + file to discuss a few entries that would need special treatment for + the "trad" style. The sample files for each style still exist, but + I intend them mainly for testing purposes, while many more + (annotated) entries are still available for consultation in + notes-test.bib and dates-test.bib. + + - I have made a number of other small enhancements to and fixed + numerous bugs in all the styles, including some subtle inaccuracies + in author-date citations spotted by Arne Skjærholt and some macros + in InProceedings entries that had been missing for years. I have + provided some default values for counters in biblatex-chicago.sty + that aid in breaking long urls across lines, but I make no pretense + that these fully adhere to the Manual's specifications. I have + added a few \bibstrings, currently missing in standard biblatex, to + cms-german.lbx for use with the "related" functionality. + Recommendations for better ones would be gratefully received. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9i [2016-05-16]: + + - This is another interim release, allowing the use of biblatex 3.4 + for those who want to try it. I have also fixed one old formatting + error when "n.d." appears in author-date citations. A full + feature-release based on 3.4 is imminent. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9h [2016-03-22]: + + - This is an interim bug-fix release, updating the styles so that + they will work with biblatex 3.3. The notes & bibliography style, + as pointed out by several users, wouldn't compile at all with the + newest biblatex version, and all styles had inaccuracies in the + presentation of names due to changes in the name-handling code in + biblatex. I've done some testing against biblatex 3.3, and fixed + all the errors I've spotted, but there may still be parts of my + code that need updating to work well with the current version, so + you can still downgrade to an earlier biblatex -- I recommend 2.9a + -- if 3.3 doesn't work for you. The next release will be a feature + release, so if you've made a request, it should be fulfilled then. + + - I've also fixed a couple of long-standing bugs, one in the entry + options controlling abbreviated cross-references and another in the + formatting of the "prenote" field, the latter identified (ages ago) + by Bernd Rellermeyer. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9g [2014-08-21]: + + - Alexandre Roberts found a showstopper in the functionality related + to the new "inheritshorthand" option in the notes & bibliography + style, and I found an unpleasant bug in the formatting of + abbreviated cross-references in the same style. This release, I + hope, fixes both, but is in all other respects identical to 0.9.9f. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9f [2014-08-15]: + + - I've made the alterations needed to bring the styles into line with + the latest version of biblatex (2.9a). This is the version that + has been tested most thoroughly with biblatex-chicago, so I + strongly recommend using it. + + - I fixed several inaccuracies in the presentation of abbreviated + cross-references in all the Chicago styles, and while I was working + on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to + fulfill some feature requests bearing on the same area of + functionality. + + - First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added the + "inheritshorthand" option to the notes & bibliography style, which + allows child entries to inherit the "shorthand" field from their + parents. This in turn allows the shorthand itself to appear in + place of the usual abbreviated citation of parent entries + cross-referenced by several different child entries, thereby saving + some space. (This behavior was already available in the + author-date styles, so the option is unnecessary there.) You'll + need to use "skipbiblist" in the "options" field of child entries + to make the list of shorthands work correctly. Please see the + documentation of the "shorthand" field for the full explanation. + + - Second, following a request from Kenneth Pearce, I have added to + all Chicago styles the capacity to combine abbreviated + cross-references with the presentation of the original text of + translations (via the "userf" field) or of the original publication + details of an essay or chapter you are citing from a subsequent + reprint (via the "reprinttitle" field). See the documentation of + those fields, and also of "crossref," and note that you can now, + taking certain precautions as outlined in the "shorthand" docs, + combine the "userf," "crossref," and "shorthand" fields. This + mechanism contains a great many moving parts, so please report any + problems you might have with it. + + - Third, and finally, following a bug report by Mark van Atten I have + fixed all Chicago styles so that the biblatex "backref" mechanism + works properly in biblatex-chicago, including in those entries that + use abbreviated cross-references, and in those that use the "userf" + or "reprinttitle" fields. I can't see any instructions concerning + this in the Manual, so I've left the formatting of "backref" lists + in the hands of biblatex itself. If the default behavior doesn't + match your needs, let me know, as it's possible I could add some + further options for modifying it. + + - I have added a new "compresspages" option to all the Chicago + styles. If set to "true" it automatically compresses page ranges + in the "pages" and "postnote" fields, allowing you to type ranges + naturally, e.g., 101--109, and letting the package follow the + Manual's rules for you. (In this case, it would yield 101-9 in the + document.) Thanks are due to David Gohlke who brought to my + attention a discussion that took place a couple of years ago on + Stack Exchange regarding the automatic compression of page ranges. + Biblatex has long had the facilities for providing this, and though + the Manual's rules (9.60) are fairly complicated, Audrey Boruvka + fortunately provided in that discussion code that implements the + specifications. As some users may well be accustomed to + compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, and in + their "postnote" fields, I have made the activation of this code a + package option. + + - Several users, most recently David Gohlke, have requested a way to + alter the punctuation that appears just before the "postnote" + argument of citation commands. This allows, in the notes & + bibliography style, citations to fit better into the flow of text, + while in the author-date styles it allows you very easily to insert + comments, which follow a semi-colon, inside parenthetical text + citations. This punctuation is a complex issue in the Manual, but + as a first stab at enabling this greater flexibility, I have + introduced the "postnotepunct" package option. Set to "true," it + allows you to start the "postnote" field with a punctuation mark + (. , ; :) and have it appear as the \postnotedelim in place of + whatever the package might otherwise automatically have chosen. + Please note that this functionality relies on a very nifty macro by + Philipp Lehman which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling + this option "experimental." Note also that the option only affects + the "postnote" field of citation commands, not the "pages" field in + your .bib file. Note, finally, that if you are using the new + "compresspages" option then any "postnote" field starting with a + punctuation mark will require you to do the compression of page + ranges yourself. + + - I've added a new inheritance declaration so that InCollection + entries can inherit from Book entries the same way they inherit + from MVBook. + + - I've fixed a fair number of other bugs, including two in the Ibidem + mechanism pointed out by Bernd Rellermeyer, one in the printing of + dates, and one in the \textcite command in the notes & bibliography + style, these last two pointed out by Kenneth Beesley. The + presentation of all the periodical entry types (without an + "entrysubtype") has also been made more accurate. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9e [2014-01-29]: + + - This minor release fixes a regression in the Ibidem mechanism in + the notes & bibliography style, spotted by Harold Bellemare, and + present in the package since version 0.9.9c. In all other respects + this release is identical to 0.9.9d. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9d [2013-10-30]: + + - I am marking the 15th-edition styles as "strongly deprecated." I + recommend that you switch to one of the 16th-edition styles as soon + as is practicable. The older styles still work, but in the next + major release I shall mark them as "obsolete," and cease updating + them. + +There are four changes in this release that may, depending on various +factors, require alterations in your documents or .bib files: + + - Following requests by Kenneth L. Pearce and Bertold Schweitzer, I + have modified and extended the mechanism for creating abbreviated + citations when several parts of the same collection are included in + a reference apparatus. To the InCollection, InProceedings, and + Letter entries of previous releases, I have added InBook, Book, + BookInBook, Collection, and Proceedings entries. Only InBook + entries join the former three in having this functionality turned + on by default --- if you don't want this, it will require + intervention either in the preamble or in the "options" field of + individual entries. This intervention will be via the new + "longcrossref" option, which controls the behavior of the four + essay-like entry types and defaults to "false," while the new + "booklongxref" option controls the four book-like types and + defaults to "true." The useful settings for the options differ + slightly between the author-date and the notes & bibliography + specifications, so please see all the details in the docs of the + "crossref" field in sections 4.2 and 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - On the same subject, in the notes & bibliography style, I should + mention that in the first, full citation of one part of a + collection in a note, the code no longer uses a separate citation + of the parent entry to supply parts of what you see printed. (This + led to numerous inaccuracies.) If your setup uses a side-effect of + the old code to print data that hasn't even been inherited by the + child, you may find that you need to change some "xref" fields to + "crossref" fields to make it work correctly now. This situation + will, I imagine, be very rare, but you can look at white:ross:memo + in notes-test.bib to see an example. + + - In the author-date styles, several users have been frustrated by + the lack of an approved way of setting the "cmsdate" option in the + preambles of their documents, and Kenneth L. Pearce requested that + I attempt to ease the burden on users by looking at this again. + With this release, you can now set "cmsdate" either to "both" or + "on" in the preamble, and it will affect all entries (except Music, + Review, and Video) with multiple dates. You can still change this + setting in the "options" field of individual entries, but what you + won't be able to change there is the new call to \DeclareLabeldate + which puts the "origdate" first in the list of dates when Biber + searches for a "labelyear" to use in citations and in the list of + references. If you have been using the "switchdates" mechanism to + get the "origdate" as the "labeldate," your .bib files may need + some editing in order to use the new preamble options. Please see + the documentation of the "date" field in section 5.2 of + biblatex-chicago.pdf for all the (voluminous) details. + + - Following a request by Rasmus Pank Rouland, I adapted new biblatex + code in the \textcite(s) commands in all styles to make them fit + more elegantly in the flow of text. Upon reconsideration of the + commands in the notes & bibliography style, I slightly modified + them, but _only_ when used inside a foot- or endnote. In this + context, by default, for both \textcite and \textcites, you'll now + get the author's name(s) followed by a headless _short_ citation + (or citations) placed within parentheses. You can use + \renewcommand in the preamble of your document to redefine the new + \foottextcite and \foottextcites commands to change this + formatting. See section 4.3.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + +Other New Features: + + - This release includes support, in all styles, for biblatex's + multi-volume entry types: MVBook, MVCollection, MVProceedings, and + MVReference. + + - If you use Biber, I have added several new inheritance schemes to + all styles to make cross-referenced entries work more smoothly: + InCollection entries can now inherit from MVBook just as they do + from MVCollection entries; Letter entries now inherit from Book, + Collection, MVBook, and MVCollection entries the same way an InBook + or an InCollection entry would; the "namea," "nameb," "sortname," + "sorttitle," and "sortyear" fields, all highly single-entry + specific, are no longer inheritable; and the "date" and "origdate" + fields of any MV* entry will _not_ be inherited by any other entry + type. + + - Following a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, I've added to + Unpublished entries in all styles the possibility of including an + "editor," "translator," etc. + + - Thanks to bug reports from Denis Maier and Bertold Schweitzer, I + corrected inaccuracies and outright bugs in many entry types in all + Chicago styles that appeared when there was a "booktitle" and not a + "maintitle" or vice versa. This also involved another rewrite of + the code handling the "volume" field and other related fields in + all non-periodical entry types that use them. + + - On the subject of the "volume" field, I added a new preamble and + entry option, "delayvolume," to the notes & bibliography style. In + long notes where this data isn't printed before a "maintitle," this + option allows you to print it _after_ the publication information + rather than _before_ it, as may sometimes help clarify things, + according to the Manual. This applies to the non-periodical entry + types only. + + - On the same subject, in all styles, I have added a new preamble and + entry option, "hidevolumes." This controls whether, in entries + where a "volume" has been printed before a "maintitle," any + "volumes" field present will also be printed, in this case _after_ + the "maintitle." By default, this is set to "true," so that the + "volumes" field won't appear in such circumstances. + + - On the same subject, I have modified, in all styles, the field + format for the "part" field, so that if the field contains + something other than a number, biblatex-chicago will print it as + is, capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the usual + bibstring, thus providing a mechanism for altering the string to + your liking. I have also decoupled the "part" field from the + "volume" field, allowing it to be printed even in the absence of + the latter, thereby providing a means to refer to segments of a + larger work that don't easily fit the established schemes. The + iso:electrodoc entry in dates-test.bib shows an example of how this + might work. + + - There is a new "omitxrefdate" preamble and entry option in the + notes & bibliography style. It turns off the printing of the + child's "date" next to its "title" in abbreviated book-like entries + _only_, in both notes and bibliography. + + - Clea F. Rees requested a way to customize the punctuation when a + volume and a page number appear together like so: "2:204." You can + use \renewcommand in your preamble to redefine the new + \postvolpunct command to achieve this, in all styles. If your + document language is French, cms-french.lbx redefines this already + and prints something like "2 : 204." + + - I extended, in all styles, the functions of the "userd" field, + allowing it to modify a "date" field if it hasn't already been + captured by another date specification in the entry. + + - A bug report from Mathias Legrand helped clear up inaccuracies in + the presentation of ordinal numbers in all styles. + + - For the author-date styles, another bug report by Kenneth Pearce + resulted in the addition of the "labelyear" to the default "cms" + sorting scheme so that more entries in the reference list are + sorted properly without further user intervention. + + - George Pigman found an odd punctuation-tracking bug in the + author-date styles. This has been fixed. + + - Marc Sommer found a bug in the presentation of the "prenote" field + in the author-date styles. This has been fixed. + + - In the notes & bibliography style, I improved the behavior of + abbreviated foot- and endnotes when using the hyperref package. + + - I modified the date-presentation code in all the language files + (cms-*.lbx) provided by the package. Now, if an entry contains a + "(*)year" and an "(*)endyear" that are exactly the same, and there + aren't any further month or day specifications, then the "(*)year" + alone will be printed. This allows for the clearing of spurious + "(*)endyears" inherited from parent entries. + + - I discovered some unpleasant side effects of my arrangement of the + .lbx files devoted to Norwegian, and reverted to the arrangement as + originally provided by Håkon Malmedal. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9c [2013-03-15]: + + - I am marking the 15th-edition styles as "deprecated." I recommend + that you switch to one of the 16th-edition styles as soon as is + practicable. The older styles still work, but haven't received any + updates or bug fixes for this release. + + - Antti-Juhani Kaijahano has very kindly provided a new Finnish + localization for biblatex-chicago, called cms-finnish.lbx. As you + will see if you look through it, it is still something of a work in + progress. If you would like to fill some of its lacunae, please do + let me know. + + - Following a report by Bertold Schweitzer, I have added the "namea" + and "nameb" fields to Article and Review entries in all three + 16th-edition Chicago styles. As in all the book-like entry types, + they allow you to associate an editor or a translator specifically + with a "title" rather than, in these cases, with an "issuetitle." + See the docs on these entry types in sections 4.1 and 5.1 in + biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Thanks to another report by Bertold I have, in all three + 16th-edition Chicago styles, corrected inaccuracies in the + presentation of the Report entry type. The "number" now appears + immediately after the "type," and the "type" itself is now + capitalized properly depending on its context in an entry. + + - A third report by Bertold, detailing inaccuracies in the treatment + of the "volume" and "volumes" fields in certain contexts, has + resulted in a complete rewrite of the presentation of these (and + several related) fields in all non-periodical entry types in all + three 16th-edition Chicago styles. This won't require any changes + to your .bib files, but the output you see may, in some reasonably + unusual situations, change. Please let me know if something + doesn't look right to you. + + - A fourth report by Bertold revealed some inadequacies with multiple + date presentation in the two 16th-edition author-date styles, + issues that particularly involved cross-referenced entries. In + addition to some general fixes in the code, I have also slightly + changed the functioning of the "cmsdate=both" and "cmsdate=on" + switches. If, and only if, a work has only one date, and there is + no "switchdates" in the "options" field, then "cmsdate=on" and + "cmsdate=both" will both result in the suppression of the + "extrayear" field in that entry. See the "date" field docs in + section 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Following a report by Antti-Juhani Kaijahano, I have modified the + presentation of author-less Article and Review entries in the + reference list of both 16th-edition author-date styles. If such a + source had a "magazine" "entrysubtype," the styles would already + use the "journaltitle" at the head of the entry in the list of + references, but if there was no "entrysubtype" the entry would + appear in the list "date" first. Now, in keeping with the Manual + (14.175), the "title" will appear first, in both reference lists + and in-text citations. See especially under Article in section 5.1 + of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Several users have pointed out annoying formatting errors in the + 16th-edition styles. Evan Cortens spotted two bugs in the notes & + bibliography style, one of which, under various circumstances, + introduced extra spaces into long notes and the other of which + affected the formatting of the "type" field in Thesis entries. I + have fixed both, also applying the latter fix to several other + entry types that use the "type" field. Bertold Schweitzer pointed + out a formatting bug with the "issuesubtitle" field in the + author-date style, now fixed. Mark Sprevak reported some spurious + spaces appearing in headers and footers when using the titleps + package; the culprits were errors in the cms-*.lbx files, now + cleaned up. + + - I have rectified a number of other errors, in particular making the + automatic provision of abbreviated cross-references more robust in + InCollection, InProceedings, and Letter entries, improving the + behavior of the "postnote" field in certain corner cases, fixing + bugs in the handling of "pagination" and "bookpagination" fields, + and slightly altering the placement of the "addendum" field in + book-like entries to bring it closer to the Manual's specification. + A number of other, smaller improvements should also bring the + styles into closer conformity with the specification. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9b [2012-12-06]: + + - This release contains a new variant of the author-date style, + available as the "authordate-trad" option when loading + biblatex-chicago. This provides the traditional, plain, + pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling -- sentence-style + capitalization, absence of quotation marks in Article titles and + the like -- but in all other respects follows the 16th-edition + specification, as suggested by the Manual (15.45). Remember that + the "headline" package option can be used to turn off the automatic + sentence-style capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as + presented in the .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is + concerned. Please see especially the documentation under "title" + in section 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details. + + - I have updated calls to \DeclareLabelname and \DeclareLabelyear in + several .cbx files so that the package works correctly with the + most recent version (2.4) of biblatex. + + - Following a request by Norman Gray, and adapting code by Audrey + Boruvka, I have included a \textcite (and a \textcites) command in + the notes & bibliography style for the first time. + + - Following a request by Daniel Possenriede, I have added in all + three 16th-edition styles a new switch, "only", to the "doi" + option, which prints the "doi" field when present and the "url" + field only when there is no "doi." The package default remains, + however, "true". + + - I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic + localization file for biblatex-chicago, called cms-icelandic.lbx. + You'll see if you look through it that it is still something of a + work in progress, but it should cover most needs in that language + very well. If you would like to fill in some of the gaps please + let me know. + + - I am also grateful to Håkon Malmedal for providing Norwegian + localizations for biblatex-chicago, contained in the files + cms-norsk.lbx, cms-norwegian.lbx, and cms-nynorsk.lbx. + + - I have added a new British localization, cms-british.lbx. The + "british" option to babel should now work without further + intervention. For further details on the usage of all these + localizations please see section 6 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Several users have reported a bug that resulted in doubled + bibstrings in certain contexts. This happened only when using + localizations for which biblatex-chicago didn't have explicit + support, and it should now be fixed. + + - I have changed the way the 16th-edition author-date styles handle + the Ibidem mechanism. In the absence of a "postnote" field you no + longer get empty parentheses, but rather a standard in-text + citation. If you do have a "postnote" field, then only that will + appear. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9a [2012-07-30]: + + - I have made a few changes to biblatex-chicago.sty to allow the + package to work with the latest version (2.0) of biblatex. In all + other respects this release is identical to 0.9.9. If you do use + the package with biblatex 2.0, please let me know if there are + issues I need to address. Thanks to Charles Schaum for alerting me + to some of them. + +Release notes for version 0.9.9 [2012-07-05]: + +This release contains, for the first time, the style files for the +16th edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. If you wish to begin +using the newest specification, then there are some changes you'll +have to make to your .bib files, which I summarize here. First, I +consider the notes & bibliography style, then author-date. After +that, you can find a listing of more general changes to the package, +followed by the changes I've made to the 15th-edition styles. + +Notes & Bibliography: + + - The specification for Music entries has been significantly altered + for the new edition. You no longer need to worry about the + \textcircledP and \textcopyright signs in the "howpublished" field, + which will be silently ignored, and the "pubstate" field now + reverts to its usual function of identifying reprints or, in this + case, reissues. The spec really only requires a record label + ("series") and catalog number ("number"), though "publisher" is + still available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, + on the dating of musical recordings, so that the "eventdate" gives + the recording date of a particular song or other portion of a + recording, the "origdate" the recording date of an entire album, + and the "date" the publishing date of that album. Please see the + full documentation in biblatex.pdf. + + - The specification for Video entries has also been clarified. For + television series, the episode and series numbers go in + "booktitleaddon" instead of "titleaddon" and, as with Music + entries, the "eventdate" will hold the original broadcast date of + such an episode, or perhaps the recording/performance date of, + e.g., an opera on DVD. The "origdate" will still hold the original + release date of a film, and the "date" the publishing or copyright + date of the medium you are referencing. Please see the full + documentation in biblatex.pdf. + + - You should add CustomC entries to provide bibliographical + cross-references from multiple pseudonyms back to the author's + name. + + - In SuppBook entries, the Manual now requires you to provide the + page range (in the "pages" field) for the specific part you are + citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or afterword. + + - In Patent entries, the Manual now prefers sentence-style + capitalization for titles, which you'll need to provide yourself by + hand. + + - When a descriptive phrase is used as an "author," you can now omit + an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help with + alphabetization in the bibliography. + + - A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available. + + - On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred to + an access date for online material. You can use the new "userd" + field to change the string introducing the "urldate," which + defaults to being an access date. + + - Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a + forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the + "publisher" field with the usual keyword "and". + + - I have implemented a reasonable, less-flexible facsimile of the + Biber-only command \DeclareLabelname which should work for those + using any backend. It allows biblatex to find a name for short + notes outside the standard name fields, including, notably, in the + "name[a-c]" fields. This should reduce the instances where you + need a "shortauthor" field to provide such a name. + + - The Chicago-specific setting of another Biber-only command, + \DeclareSortingScheme=cms, allows non-standard fields to be + considered by biblatex's sorting algorithms, which should reduce + the instances where you need a "sortkey" or the like in your + entries. If you aren't using Biber, the package reverts to the + standard "nty" sorting scheme. + +Author-Date: + + - All title fields now follow the rules for the notes & bibliography + style as far as punctuation, formatting, and capitalization are + concerned. Biblatex-chicago-authordate will deal with most of this + automatically, but if you have any hand formatting of lowercase + letters within curly braces in your .bib file, you will need to + restore the headline-style capitalization there. Also, you'll need + to be more careful when you provide quotation marks inside titles, + remembering to use \mkbibquote so that punctuation can be brought + inside nested quotation marks. These revisions will apply + particularly to "title," "booktitle," and "maintitle" fields. + + - The one exception to these rules is in Patent entries, where + sentence-style capitalization of the "title" is now specified. + You'll have to provide this by hand yourself, as in the notes & + bibliography style. + + - Because of these changes to title formatting, you'll need to + observe the difference between Article and Review entries, where + the latter contain generic, "Review of ..." titles and the former + standard, specific titles. + + - The presentation of "shorthand" fields has changed. You no longer + need to use the CustomC entry type to include cross-references from + shorthands to expansions in the list of references. Now, simply + using a "shorthand" field in an entry places that "shorthand" in + citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references, + where it will be followed by its expansion within parentheses. The + new system will require help with sorting in the reference list -- + placing the "shorthand" also in a "sortkey" should do the trick. + + - On the subject of CustomC entries, the Manual now recommends using + cross-references in several contexts, particularly when a single + author uses more than one pseudonym. Adding CustomC entries makes + this happen. + + - There have been significant changes when presenting book-like + entries with more than one date. If you are using the "cmsdate=on" + option, or indeed simply placing the earlier date in the "date" + field and the later one in "origdate," the presentation will be the + same as before, but you should understand that the Manual no longer + recommends this "origdate"-only style. It prefers, instead, to + present either the "date" alone or both dates in citations and at + the head of reference list entries. When presenting both dates, + there is now no longer a choice between the "old" and "new" options + for "cmsdate," but only the "both" option. If you have "old" or + "new" in your .bib files, they will be treated as synonyms of + "both". + + - The specification for Music entries has been significantly altered + for the new edition. You no longer need to worry about the + \textcircledP and \textcopyright signs in the "howpublished" field, + which will be silently ignored, and the "pubstate" field reverts to + its more usual function of identifying reprints or, in this case, + reissues. The spec really only requires a record label ("series") + and catalog number ("number"), though "publisher" is still + available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the + dating of musical recordings, which means that such entries will + fit better with the author-date style. It also means that I have + had to redefine the various date fields. The "eventdate" gives the + recording date of a particular song or other portion of a + recording, the "origdate" the recording date of an entire album, + and the "date" the publishing date of that album. The earlier date + is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of + reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in + biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - The specification for Video entries has also been clarified. For + television series, the episode and series numbers go in + "booktitleaddon" instead of "titleaddon" and, as with Music + entries, the "eventdate" will hold the original broadcast date of + such an episode, or perhaps the recording/performance date of, + e.g., an opera on DVD. The "origdate" will still hold the original + release date of a film, and the "date" the publishing or copyright + date of the medium you are referencing. The earlier date, once + again, is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of + reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in + biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - In SuppBook entries, the Manual now requires you to provide the + page range (in the "pages" field) for the specific part you are + citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or afterword. + + - The author-date style now prefers longer bibstrings in the list of + references, bringing it into line with the notes & bibliography + style. Generally, the package will take care of this for you, but + if you've been using abbreviated strings in "note" fields, for + example, you may want to change them so that they conform with the + strings the package provides. In some circumstances the \partedit + macro, and its relatives, may help. + + - When a descriptive phrase is used as an "author," you can now omit + an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help with + alphabetization in the bibliography. + + - A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available. + + - On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred to + an access date for online material. You can use the new "userd" + field to change the string introducing the "urldate," which + defaults to being an access date. + + - Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a + forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the + "publisher" field with the usual keyword "and". + + - The 16th edition of the Manual is less than enthusiastic about the + use of "Anon." as the "author," preferring instead that the "title" + or the "journaltitle" take its place. If you do decide to get rid + of "Anon.," new facilities provided by Biber -- see next entry -- + should mean that biblatex no longer requires assistance when + alphabetizing such author-less entries. + + - The Chicago-specific setting of the Biber-only command, + \DeclareSortingScheme=cms, allows non-standard fields to be + considered by biblatex's sorting algorithms, which should reduce + the instances where you need a "sortkey" or the like in your + entries. + + - The Chicago-specific setting of the Biber-only command + \DeclareLabelname allows biblatex to find a name ("label") for + citations outside the standard name fields, including, notably, in + the "name[a-c]" fields. This should reduce the instances where you + need a "shortauthor" field to provide such a name. + +Other New Features: + + - For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed publishing + information about the original edition using the new "origlocation" + and "origpublisher" fields. You can also use the "origlocation" in + Letter or Misc (with "entrysubtype") entries to identify where a + published or unpublished letter was written. These uses apply to + both Chicago styles. + + - Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take + advantage of biblatex's facilities for citing "eprint" resources. + There is also a new "eprint" option, set to "true" by default, + which controls the printing of this field in both Chicago styles. + You can set the option both in the preamble and in the "options" + field of individual entries. The field will always print in Online + entries. + + - I have added a new citation command, \citejournal, to the notes & + bibliography style to allow you to present journal articles using + an alternative short note form, which may be a clearer form of + reference in certain circumstances. Such short notes will present + the name of the "author," the "journaltitle," and the "volume" + information. + + - I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard + biblatex \citeauthor command, which may be useful for references to + works from classical antiquity. + + - I have added a new "cmsdate=full" switch to the author-date style, + which only affects citations in the text, and means that a full + date specification will appear there, rather than just the year. + If you follow the Manual's recommendations concerning newspaper and + magazine articles only appearing in running text and not in the + reference list, this option will help. + + - I have added a new "avdate" option to the author-date style, set to + "true" by default in biblatex-chicago.sty. This changes the + default setting of \DeclareLabelyear in Music, Review, and Video + entries to take account of specialized instructions in the Manual + for finding dates to appear in citations and at the head of + reference list entries. Setting "avdate=false" in the options when + you load biblatex-chicago restores the default settings for all + entry types. + + - The Manual has added recommendations for citing blogs, which + generally will need an Article entry with "magazine" + "entrysubtype." You can identify a blog as such by placing "blog" + in the "location" field. If you want to cite a comment to a blog + or to other online material, the Review entry type, "entrysubtype" + "magazine" will serve. The "eventdate" dates the comment, and any + timestamp that is required can go in "nameaddon." These + instructions work in both styles. + + - Photographs are no longer presented differently from other sorts of + artworks so, in effect, in both styles, the Image type is now a + clone of Artwork, though retained for backward compatibility. + + - Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new facilities + for presenting "shorthands" in both Chicago styles. In both, there + are two new "bibenvironments" which you can set using the "env" + option to the \printshorthands command: "losnotes" formats the list + of shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote, while + "losendnotes" does the same for endnotes. In both styles, there is + a new preamble option, "shorthandfull", which prints the full + bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of + shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a + bibliography or list of references. In the author-date style, you + need to set the "cmslos=false" option as well, in order for this to + work. In the notes & bibliography style, I have added a new + citation command, \shorthandcite, which prints the "shorthand" even + for the first citation of a given work. + + - Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three new + field-exclusion options in the notes & bibliography style. In all + three cases, the field in question will always appear in the + bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space. + The fields at stake are "addendum," "note," and "series," + controlled respectively by the new "addendum", "notefield", and + "bookseries" options. All of these are set to "true" using the new + "completenotes" option in chicago-notes.cbx, but you can change the + settings either in the preamble or in the "options" field of + individual entries. Please see the documentation of these options + in biblatex-chicago.pdf for details on which entry types are + excluded from their scope. + + - Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have redefined + the \bibnamedash in biblatex-chicago.sty, which should now by + default look a little better in a wider variety of fonts. + + - At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added + \DeclareLanguageMapping commands to biblatex-chicago.sty for all + the languages biblatex-chicago provides. If you load the style in + the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings + manually yourself. + + - I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly with + regard to date ranges. + +Changes to the 15th-edition styles: + + - To continue using the 15th-edition styles, for whatever reason, + please remember to specify either "notes15" or "authordate15" when + loading biblatex-chicago in your preamble. + + - For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed information + about the original edition using the new "origlocation" and + "origpublisher" fields. You can also use this field in Letter or + Misc (with "entrysubtype") entries to give the place where a + published or unpublished letter was written. These uses apply to + both styles. + + - Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take + advantage of biblatex's facilities for citing "eprint" resources, + but only in the author-date style. There is also a new "eprint" + option, set to "true" by default, which controls the printing of + this field. You can set the option both in the preamble and in the + "options" field of individual entries. The field will always print + in Online entries. + + - I have added a new citation command, \citejournal, to the notes & + bibliography style to allow you to present journal articles using + an alternative short note form, which may be a clearer form of + reference in certain circumstances. Such short notes will present + the name of the "author," the "journaltitle," and the "volume" + information. + + - I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard + biblatex \citeauthor command, which may be useful for references to + works from classical antiquity. + + - I have added a new "cmsdate=full" switch to the author-date style, + which only affects citations in the text, and means that a full + date specification will appear there, rather than just the year. + If you follow the Manual's recommendations concerning newspaper and + magazine articles only appearing in running text and not in the + reference list, this option will help. + + - I have provided a new option, "headline", which turns off the + automatic transformations that produce sentence-style + capitalization in the title fields of the author-date style. If + you set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be + changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform + your titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to + determine capitalization. + + - Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new facilities + for presenting "shorthands" in the author-date style. There are + two new "bibenvironments" which you can set using the "env" option + to the \printshorthands command: "losnotes" formats the list of + shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote, while + "losendnotes" does the same for endnotes. There is also a new + preamble option, "shorthandfull", which prints the full + bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of + shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a list of + references. You need to set the "cmslos=false" option as well in + order for this to work. + + - Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have redefined + the \bibnamedash in biblatex-chicago.sty, which should now by + default look a little better in a wider variety of fonts. + + - At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added + \DeclareLanguageMapping commands to biblatex-chicago.sty for all + the languages biblatex-chicago provides. If you load the style in + the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings + manually yourself. + + - I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly with + regard to date ranges. + +Release notes for version 0.9.8d [2011-11-15]: + + - Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with biblatex + 1.7. + + - Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of BookInBook + titles in the author-date style's list of shorthands. This should + work properly now. + + - Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the notes + & bibliography style interacts with the hyperref package. + Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long notes when + the latter are available, but to bibliography entries instead when + you have given the "short" option to biblatex-chicago. + +Release notes for version 0.9.8c [2011-10-12]: + + - Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the presentation + of InProceedings and Proceedings entries, errors that have been + present from the first release of the style(s). These should now, + belatedly, have been put right. This doesn't require any changes + to your .bib files. + +Release notes for version 0.9.8b [2011-09-29]: + + - Christian Boesch alerted me to some bad date-formatting errors + produced when using the styles with the "german" option to babel. + A little further investigation revealed similar problems with + "french," and before long it became clear that date handling in + biblatex-chicago was generally, and significantly, sub-optimal. + The whole system should now be more robust and more accurate. + + - The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your + .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a + look at the documentation of the Letter and Misc entry types, and + of the four date fields, for some information about how the changes + could simplify the creation of their databases. + +Release notes for version 0.9.8a [2011-09-21]: + + - Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style, + discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition. + + - Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes & + bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of + the "origyear" field. + + - Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential + bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types. + +Release notes for version 0.9.8 [2011-08-31]: + + - Starting with biblatex version 1.5, in order to adhere to the + author-date specification you will need to use Biber to process + your .bib files, as BibTeX (and its more recent variants) will no + longer provide all the required features. Unfortunately, however, + the current release of Biber (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it + tricky to use with biblatex-chicago. These bugs have been + addressed in 0.9.6 beta, which is available for various operating + systems in the development subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror, + e.g., ... b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development. + (If, by the time you read this, Biber 0.9.6 has already been + released, then so much the better.) Please see the start of + cms-dates-sample.pdf for more details. + + - The switch to Biber for the author-date specification means that + biblatex now provides considerably enhanced handling of the various + date fields. I have attempted to document the relevant changes in + cms-dates-sample.pdf and in the "date" discussion in + biblatex-chicago.pdf, but in my testing the only alterations I've + so far had to make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely + to the instructions for specifying date ranges. Biber doesn't like + {1968/75}, and will ignore it. Either use {1968/1975} or put + {1968--75} in the "year" field. + + - In the notes & bibliography style, and mainly in Article, Letter, + Misc, and Review entries, previous releases of biblatex-chicago + recommended using the \isdot macro when you needed both to define a + field and not have it appear in the printed output. This mechanism + no longer works in biblatex 1.6, and while addressing the problem I + realized that relying on it covered over some inconsistencies and + bugs in my code, so from this release forward you will need to + modify your .bib and .tex files to use other, more standard + mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in particular the + \headlesscite commands and declaring "useauthor=false" in the + "options" field. Please consult the documentation in + biblatex-chicago.pdf section 4.3.1, s.v. "isdot," for a list of + example entries where you can see these changes at work. + + - The 16th-edition files are well under way, but still a work in + progress. + +Other changes in 0.9.8: + + - Fixed the \smartcite citation command in, and added a \smartcites + command to, chicago-notes.cbx, so that the notes & bibliography + style no longer prints parentheses around citations produced using + \autocite(s) commands inside \footnote commands. Many thanks to + Louis-Dominique Dubeau for pointing out this error. + + - Fixed a problem with the \lbx@fromlang command, which biblatex 1.6 + no longer defines. Many thanks to Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron + Lambert for pointing this out, and to Charles Schaum for posting a + temporary workaround in a newsgroup post. + + - Version 1.6 of biblatex no longer allows you to redefine the + "minnames" and "maxnames" options in the \printbibliography + command, so I've defined "minbibnames" and "maxbibnames" in + biblatex-chicago.sty, instead. These parameters have been + available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of + biblatex that will work with the Chicago styles. Of course, if the + (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't suit your + needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble. + +Release notes for version 0.9.7a [2011-03-17]: + + - Added the \smartcite citation command to chicago-notes.cbx so that + the notes & bibliography style will work with biblatex 1.3. + + - Added bibstrings "byconductor" and "cbyconductor" to the .lbx + files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7. + + - Minor fixes to the docs. + +Release notes for version 0.9.7 [2011-02-15]: + + - The CustomA and CustomB entry types are now obsolete. Any such + entry in your .bib files will be ignored. Please use Letter and + BookInBook, respectively. + + - If you still have any CustomC entries containing introductions, + afterwords, or the like, please change them to SuppBook, as I have + reclaimed CustomC in order to provide alphabetized cross-references + to other, separate entries in a bibliography or list of references. + + - The directory structure of the package archive has changed. I've + copied that used by the biblatex package, so now you will find a + latex/ directory with further bbx/, cbx/, and lbx/ subdirectories, + and a doc/ directory with an examples/ subdirectory. The files are + the same as in the previous release, merely organized differently. + +Other changes in 0.9.7: + + - I have added three new audiovisual entry types to both styles, + Audio, Music, and Video. The documentation of Audio in sections + 4.1 and 5.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf contains an overview of the + three, and the details for each type are to be found under their + individual headings. + + - I have added several new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files for + these new audiovisual entry types. This means that the + "editortype" fields can now be set to "director," "producer," or + "conductor," depending on your needs. You can also set the fields + to "none," which eliminates all identifying strings, and which is + useful for identifying performers of various sorts. + + - I have transformed the CustomC entry type to enable alphabetized + cross-references -- the "c" is meant to be mnemonic -- to other, + separate entries in a reference list or bibliography. In + particular, this facilitates cross-references to other names in a + list, rather than to other works. In author-date, in a procedure + recommended by the Manual, this now allows you to expand shorthands + inside the reference list rather than in a list of shorthands. In + both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the main entry if a + reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a pseudonym or other + alternative name. + + - I have introduced the "userc" field, intended to simplify the + printing of the cross-references provided by CustomC entries. The + standard \nocite command works as well, but the additional + mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances. + + - You can now provide an "eventdate" field in Music entries to + identify, e.g., a particular recording session. It will be printed + just after the "title." + + - In the notes & bibliography style, I have now implemented the + "shorthandintro" field, which allows you to change the string + introducing a shorthand in the first, long note. It works just as + it does in the standard biblatex styles. + + - I have added six new field-exclusion options to both styles, all of + which can be set both in the document preamble and/or in the + "options" field of individual .bib entries. Three of these -- + "doi," "isbn," and "url" -- are standard biblatex options, the + others -- "bookpages," "includeall," and "numbermonth" -- are + chicago-specific. + + - I've added the "juniorcomma" option to both styles, which can be + set in the document preamble and/or in the "options" field of + individual entries. It allows you get the traditional comma + between a surname and "Jr." or "Sr." + + - I fixed some old inaccuracies in the syntax of shortened notes and + bibliography entries presenting multiple contributions to one + multi-author (or single-author) volume. For the most part the + changes won't affect your .bib files, but there may be cases where + you need to choose your entry types carefully in order to get the + results you want. For the details, please consult the "crossref" + docs in section 4.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. + + - Several other bug fixes -- see biblatex-chicago.pdf for details. + +Release notes for version 0.9.5a [2010-09-07]: + + - This fixes an elementary and show-stopping mistake in + biblatex-chicago.sty, a mistake disguised if you use the csquotes + package, which I do in all my test files. Many thanks to Israel + Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing this out to me. + + - These files have now been tested with biblatex 0.9c and 0.9d, which + both work fine. + +Release notes for version 0.9.5 [2010-09-03]: + +Users upgrading from biblatex-chicago-notes-df may need to alter a few +things in their .bib files and in their document preambles. + + - If you used \usepackage{biblatex-chicago} to load the package, now + you need \usepackage[notes]{biblatex-chicago} instead. (The + default if you don't choose between "notes" and "authordate" is, in + fact, "notes," so even if you don't make this change it should all + still work.) + + - If you used \usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df]{biblatex} to load + the package, then be aware that you now need style=chicago-notes + (or style=chicago-authordate) instead. + + - If you are still, for some reason, using the \custpunctc macro in + your .bib files, it is now obsolete. Its function has been taken + by the punctuation-tracking code present in biblatex for a long + while now. + + - I have slightly improved the Misc entry type that uses an + "entrysubtype." If you are citing archival letters or other + letter-like sources (memoranda, reports, telegrams), then you're + already using the "origdate" field, and that's still correct. If + you're citing non-letter-like sources (interviews, wills, + contracts, personal communications received by yourself), then + putting the date into the "date" field will slightly improve + compliance with the specification, at least as I interpret it. + Nothing untoward will happen if you don't make this change, and the + distinction can be difficult to draw, but it needed mentioning + nonetheless. + + - I've improved the "number" field in Article, Periodical, and Review + entries. You can now put a series or range of numbers into the + field and the style will print them prefixed by the appropriate + bibstring, singular or plural. + + - I've improved author-less Manual, Article, and Review entries (the + latter two with magazine "entrysubtype"). In previous releases of + biblatex-chicago-notes-df you needed a "shortauthor" field to make + sure either the "organization" (in Manual entries) or the + "journaltitle" (in Article and Review entries) appeared in short + notes. The style now automatically takes a name for short notes + from those fields, though you can still use "shortauthor" if you + wish to present it differently, e.g., in an abbreviated form. + Again, you probably needn't change anything in your .bib files, but + being aware of this may make entries simpler to construct in the + future. + + - I've marked the Custom[A-C] entry types as deprecated, in + preparation for reusing them for other purposes in the next major + release. Please change CustomA to Letter, CustomB to BookInBook, + and CustomC to SuppBook in your .bib files. + +Other changes in 0.9.5: + + - The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the package, + and therefore the package name has changed to biblatex-chicago. A + number of the files inside the package also have altered names -- + the README file and biblatex-chicago.pdf contain the complete list. + + - I've now implemented the biblatex field "pubstate" in both styles. + In the author-date style, it is strongly recommended you use it to + identify reprints by putting the string "reprint" there. The + requirements for formatting such entries are relatively complex, + and the style does the right thing automatically. In the notes & + bibliography style, you can also use the field in the same way to + identify reprints, though placing the \reprint macro in the + "location" field still works as it always has. Don't, please, use + both methods in the same entry. + + - I've improved the functioning of Patent entries to make them more + compliant with the specification. + + - Entries with a classical "entrysubtype" may behave slightly + differently now, as I've improved the provision of punctuation + before certain kinds of page or location specifiers even when + citing works by their traditional divisions. This should, once + again, make the package more compliant. + +Release notes for version 0.9a [2010-03-20]: + + - Small, quick fixes for immediate compatibility with biblatex 0.9a. + +Release notes for version 0.9 [2010-03-18]: + +As I noted in the README file, users will have to modify their .bib +files somewhat to work properly with this release of biblatex-chicago. +Some of these changes result from the disappearance of certain fields +in biblatex itself -- particularly the "day" and "origyear" fields -- +so you should at least skim through Lehman's RELEASE file first to +familiarize yourself with what it means for your setup. The changes +required for Chicago are as follows: + + - In CustomA (Letter) entries, the counter-intuitive reversal of + roles between "year" and "origyear" has been eliminated. In common + with other entry types, the "year" (or "date") field now refers to + the publication date of the collection. The new "origdate" field + now holds the date the letter was written. In short, change the + "date" (or "year," "month," and "day") to "origdate," and change + "origyear" to "year" (or "date"). + + - In Misc entries with an "entrysubtype," used to cite unpublished + sources from a named archive, exactly the same reversal of roles + was in place, and is now eliminated. The new "origdate" field now + holds the date the letter was written or the interview conducted, + so change the "date" (or "year," "month," and "day") to "origdate." + (Under most circumstances, therefore, such entries won't have a + "date" field defined.) Also, the use of the exact string "letter" + in the "entrysubtype" field is no longer required. Using + "origdate" prints the date where you want it, so anything at all in + "entrysubtype" will do the trick, with "letter" being as good as + anything else, meaning you don't actually have to modify this + field. + + - In Patent entries, you need to make similar changes. The + "origdate" field now holds the date the patent was filed, and the + "date" field identifies when the patent was granted, if it was + granted. You no longer need a specially-formatted "addendum" field + for these entries. In short, change the "date" (or "year," + "month," and "day") to "origdate," and put the date from the + "addendum" field into "date." Any supplemental information you + want printed after the dates of the patent can still be given in + the "addendum" field, but most such entries won't require this. + + - The "userd" field is now obsolete. If by some chance you are still + using it, please move any information found there into the + "edition" field. + +Other changes in 0.9: + + - Added the files cms-german.lbx (with its clone cms-ngerman.lbx) and + cms-french.lbx, which allow the creation of Chicago-like references + in those languages. + + - Added the package option "annotation" to allow the creation of + annotated bibliographies. + + - Added the new biblatex BookInBook entry type, which functions as an + alias to CustomB. + + - Following biblatex's example, using the editortype field now turns + off the package's usual string concatenation mechanisms. + + - Added support for the new editor[a-c] and editor[a-c]type fields, + which function as they do in the standard biblatex styles. + + - My modified csquotes.cfg file is now obsolete, and has been removed + from the package. Please upgrade to the latest version of + csquotes. + + - Added bibstrings to help with internationalization. The new ones + you might use in a .bib file are: pseudonym, nodate, + revisededition, numbers, and reviewof. + +Changelog for version 0.8.9d [2010-02-16]: + + - Bug fix release, the last in the 0.8.9 series, intended for use + with biblatex 0.8i, _not_ with 0.9. See note above. + +Changelog for version 0.8.9c [2009-11-04]: + + - Bug fix release. The details are in biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf. + +Changelog for version 0.8.9b [2009-09-09]: + + - Fixed several bugs, both recent and venerable. Please upgrade to + the latest version of biblatex (0.8h at time of writing), though I + have attempted to maintain backward compatibility at least with + 0.8e. + + - Experimental version of the "reprinttitle" field, which allows you + to provide original publication details of essays or chapters you + are citing from a later reprint. See the pdf file for all the + details. + +Changelog for version 0.8.9a [2009-07-05]: + + - Minor fixes to allow compatibility with biblatex 0.8e. The package + still works with 0.8d and 0.8c, as well. + +Changelog for version 0.8.9 [2009-07-02]: + + - The default way of loading the package has changed. Please see the + documentation for all the details, but in short, if you used to + load it with a command like: + + \usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]{biblatex} + + you should now load it like so: + + \usepackage[further-options]{biblatex-chicago} + + - All single-letter bibstrings are now obsolete. Please use \autocap + instead + + - You should be using at least biblatex version 0.8c. 0.8d would be + even better. + + - The package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and + .bbx files and gathered in a new file, cms-american.lbx. This + changes somewhat the way the package interacts with babel, making + it simpler if you want the defaults, but more complicated if you + require non-standard features. In short, assuming you use the + default loading option I've just described, then babel's main text + language can be american or english, or alternately you can turn + off babel altogether, and the strings should be available + automatically. + + - Added two new entry types, Artwork and Image. + + - Added a new bibliography and entry option usecompiler, set to true + by default in biblatex-chicago.sty. + + - Added the new bibliography option footmarkoff to + biblatex-chicago.sty. This turns off the optional formatting of + marks (in-line instead of superscript) on foot- or endnotes, + returning you to the LaTeX defaults. + + - Added the new citation command \headlesscite, which works like + \headlessfullcite but allows biblatex to decide whether to print + the full or the short version of the reference. + + - Adopted biblatex's end-of-entry punctuation system, which fixes + issues several users have been seeing with the solution I offered + in previous releases. + + - Added a modified csquotes.cfg file (in the XeLaTeX subdirectory) to + address issues users were having when using XeLaTeX with + biblatex-chicago. Please see the docs for the details. + + - Added a new shorthandibid option that allows you to print "Ibid." + after repeated references to an entry which contains a shorthand + field. Previously, the shorthand itself would always be printed, + and this behavior remains the default if you don't set this option. + + - Added a clone of biblatex's natbib option, so that users who use + \usepackage{biblatex-chicago} instead of \usepackage{biblatex} can + still have access to the biblatex's natbib compatibility code in + bibnatex.def. + +Changelog for version 0.8.5a [2009-06-14]: + + - Quick and dirty fix to allow compatibility with biblatex 0.8d. + +Changelog for version 0.8.5 [2009-01-10]: + + - At least version 0.8b of biblatex now required -- even better, get + the latest (0.8c). + + - Adopted the "American" punctuation tracker provided by biblatex, + which fixes many small formatting errors and eliminates the need + for \custpunct commands, but requires that you use \mkbibquote when + quoted material appears inside a bibliography field. + + - Loading babel with "American" as the main text language now + _strongly_ recommended. + + - The CustomC entry type now allows referencing any sort of post- or + pre-matter via the type field, though the old mechanism remains in + place for backward compatibility. The new SuppBook and + SuppCollection entry types are aliased to CustomC, and therefore + work in exactly the same way. + + - The new SuppPeriodical entry type is aliased to Review, and Letter + to CustomA. + + - For InReference entries the postnote field of a citation command is + now automatically treated as an alphabetized encyclopedia entry, + that is, it will be placed in quotation marks and prefaced with the + string "s.v." This may allow multiple citations of the same + reference work without multiplying .bib entries. + + - The biblatex option "usetranslator" is now set to "true" by + default, which means entries will automatically be alphabetized by + their translator in the absence of an author or an editor. + + - I've added some color-coding to biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf to + highlight new or significantly revised sections. + +Changelog for version 0.8.2.2 [2008-11-24]: + + - Fixed spurious commas in some bibliography entries. + +Changelog for version 0.8.2 [2008-11-03]: + + - Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite + commands and also after some prenotes. + +Changelog for version 0.8.1 [2008-10-22]: + + - Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with biblatex 0.8. This + most recent version of biblatex is now required for + biblatex-chicago-notes-df to work. + + - The origlocation field is now obsolete, and has been replaced by + lista. Please update your .bib files accordingly. + + - The single-letter \bibstring commands I provided in version 0.7 are + now deprecated. In most cases, you'll be able to take advantage of + the automatic contextual capitalization facilities introduced in + this release, but if you still need the single-letter \bibstring + functionality then you should switch to \autocap, as I shall be + removing the single-letter bibstrings in a future release. See the + \autocap docs for all the details. + + - The userd field is now deprecated, as biblatex 0.8 allows all forms + of data to be included in the edition field. I shall be removing + userd in a future release, so please update your .bib files as soon + as is convenient. + + - Added the usera field, which holds supplemental information about a + journaltitle in article and review entries. See the documentation + of the field for details. + + - Other minor fixes and additions. See the full changelog for more. + +Changelog for version 0.7 [2008-08-18]: + + - First public release + +Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is +author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or +modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, +either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later +version. The latest version of this license is in +http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part +of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This +software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, either +expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied +warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d6c6e3b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e4d189b2a --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex @@ -0,0 +1,14048 @@ +% +% This file documents the biblatex-chicago package, which allows users +% of the biblatex package to format references according to the +% Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. +% +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +\usepackage{vmargin} +\setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1.65in}{.9in}{1.75in}{.6in}{0pt}{0pt}{12pt}{24pt} +\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in} +\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref} +% \usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{ClearSans} +\usepackage[p]{zlmtt} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo} +%\usepackage[scaled]{helvet} +\usepackage[pdftex]{xcolor} +%\usepackage[dvips]{xcolor} +\newcommand{\mycolor}[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}} +\usepackage{multicol} +% Some generic settings. +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\flushright#1}} +\newcommand{\colmarginpar}[1]{\mymarginpar{\mycolor{#1}}} +\newcommand{\mybigspace}{\vspace{\baselineskip}} +\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{.5\baselineskip}} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection + {section}% + {1}% + {0mm}% + {\baselineskip}% + {\baselineskip}% + {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}% +\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection + {subsection}% + {1}% + {0mm}% + {\baselineskip}% + {.5\baselineskip}% + {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}% +\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection + {subsubsection}% + {1}% + {0mm}% + {\baselineskip}% + {.5\baselineskip}% + {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}% +\renewcommand{\paragraph}{\@startsection + {paragraph}% + {1}% + {\z@}% + {\baselineskip}%3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {0mm}% + {}}% +\makeatother +\begin{document} +\begin{center} + \sffamily\large\bfseries The biblatex-chicago package: \\ + Style files for biblatex + +\vspace{.3\baselineskip} +\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 1.0rc5 (beta) \\ +\href{mailto:djf027@googlemail.com}{djf027@googlemail.com}\\ \today + +\end{center} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\begin{multicols}{2} +\footnotesize +\tableofcontents +\end{multicols} +\normalsize +\vspace{-.5\baselineskip} +\section{Notice} +\label{sec:Notice} + +\textbf{Please be advised that this package is beta software. The + \textsf{biblatex} package by Philipp Lehman, Philip Kime, Audrey + Boruvka, and Joseph Wright is now quite stable, but I am still in + the process of taking advantage of the many enhancements it has + accumulated in recent releases. As it has for several years, The + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package itself implements the 16th edition + of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, which has recently been + replaced by the 17th edition. This is therefore the last feature + release for the 16th edition, though bug-fix releases will continue + for a while yet. In preparation for the switch to the 17th edition, + I am removing all 15th-edition files from the package, as they have + long since been obsolete. I also very strongly encourage all users + who haven't already done so to switch to \textsf{Biber} as their + backend; it has long been a requirement for the author-date styles, + but it is now becoming indispensable for accessing all the features + of the notes \&\ bibliography style, as well.} +\mylittlespace\\ +\textbf{I have tried to implement as much of the \emph{Manual's} + specification as possible, though undoubtedly some gaps remain. If + it seems like this package could be of use to you, yet it doesn't do + something you need/want it to do, please feel free to let me know, + and of course any suggestions for solving problems more elegantly or + accurately would be most welcome.} + +\mylittlespace\textbf{Important Note:} If you have used +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} before, please make sure you have read the +RELEASE file that came with the package. It details the changes +you'll need to make to your .bib database in order for it to work +properly with this release. If you are new to these styles, please +read on. + +\section{Quickstart} +\label{quickstart} +\reversemarginpar + +The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package is designed for writers who wish +to use \LaTeX\ and \textsf{biblatex}, and who either want or need to +format their references according to one of the specifications defined +by the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}. This package includes two +versions of the \emph{Manual's} \enquote{author-date} system, favored +by many disciplines in the sciences and social sciences, and also its +\enquote{notes \&\ bibliography} style, generally favored in the +humanities. The latter code produces a full reference in a first +footnote, shorter references in subsequent notes, and a full reference +in the bibliography. Some authors prefer to use the shorter note form +even for the first occurrence, relying on the bibliography to provide +the full information. This, too, is supported by the code. The +author-date styles produce a short, in-text citation inside +parentheses --- (Author Year) --- keyed to a list of references where +entries start with the same name and year. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace The documentation you are reading covers all three of +these Chicago styles and their variants. I recommend that users new +to the package read this Quickstart section first, perhaps then +passing on to whichever of the two introductory files, +\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf} or \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, is +relevant to their needs, returning here afterward for more details on +those parts of the functionality concerning which they still have +questions. Much of what follows is relevant to all users, but I have +decided, after some experimentation, to keep the instructions for the +two author-date styles separate from those pertaining to the notes \&\ +bibliography style, at least in sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and +\ref{sec:authdate}. Information provided under one style will often +duplicate that found under the other, but efficiency's loss should, I +hope, be clarity's gain, and much of what you learn using one style +will be applicable without alteration to the other. Within the +author-date section, the \textsf{authordate-trad} information really +only appears separately in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v.\ +\enquote{title.} Throughout the documentation, any \mycolor{green} +text \colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in +this release. + +\mylittlespace Here's a list of things you will need in order to use +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}: + +\begin{itemize}{}{} +\item The \textsf{biblatex} package, of course! The current version + --- 3.10 at the time of writing --- has received extensive testing, + and contains features and bug fixes upon which my code relies. + \textsf{Biblatex} requires several packages, and it strongly + recommends several more: + \begin{itemize}{}{} + \item e-\TeX\ (required) + \item \textsf{etoolbox} --- available from CTAN (required) + \item \textsf{keyval} --- a standard package (required) + \item \textsf{ifthen} --- a standard package (required) + \item \textsf{url} --- a standard package (required) + \item \textsf{babel} --- a standard package (\emph{strongly} + recommended) + \item \textsf{csquotes} --- available from CTAN (recommended). + Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (5.1b). + \item \textsf{bibtex8} --- a replacement for \textsc{Bib}\TeX, which + can, with the right com\-mand-line switches, process very large + .bib files. It also does the right thing when alphabetizing + non-ASCII entries. It is available from CTAN, but please be aware + that this database parser no longer suffices if you are using the + Chica\-go author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex} + from version 1.5 onward. For that style, and to take full + advantage of all the features of the notes \&\ bibliography style, + in particular its enhanced handling of cross references, you must + use the following: + \item \textsf{Biber} --- the next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ + replacement by Philip Kime and François Charette, available from + SourceForge. You should use the latest version, 2.10, to work + with \textsf{biblatex} 3.10 and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and it + is required for users who are either using the author-date styles + or processing a .bib file in Unicode. See + \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf} and, for example, the + \textsf{crossref} documentation in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, + below, for more details. + \end{itemize} +\item The line: + \begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[notes]\{biblatex-chicago\}} + \end{quote} + in your document preamble to load the notes \&\ bibliography style, + the line: + \begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[authordate,backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}} + \end{quote} + to load the author-date style, or the line: + \begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[authordate-trad,% + backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}} + \end{quote} + + to load the traditional variant of the author-date style. Any other + options you usually pass to \textsf{biblatex} can be given to + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} instead, but loading it this way sets up a + large number of other parameters automatically, parameters whose + absence may surprise you when processing your documents. You can + load the package via the usual \cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex\}}, + adding either \texttt{style=chi\-cago-notes} or + \texttt{style=chicago-authordate}, but this is intended mainly for + those, probably experienced users, who wish to set much of the + low-level formatting of their documents themselves. Please see + sections~\ref{sec:loading} and \ref{sec:loading:auth} below for a + fuller discussion of the issues involved here. +\item You can use \cmd{usepackage[notes,short]\{biblatex-chicago\}} to + get the short note format even in the first reference of a notes \&\ + bibliography document, letting the bibliography provide the full + reference. +\item If you are accustomed to using the \textsf{natbib} compatibility + option with \textsf{biblatex}, then you can continue to do so with + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you are using + \cmd{usepackage\hfill\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the + option must be the plain \texttt{natbib} rather than + \texttt{natbib=true}. If you use the latter, you'll get a + \textsf{keyval} error. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and + \ref{sec:authuseropts}, below. +\item By far the simplest setup is to use \textsf{babel}, and to have + \texttt{american} as the main text language. (\textsf{Polyglossia} + should work, too, but I haven't tested it.) As before, + \textsf{babel}-less setups, and also those choosing \texttt{english} + as the main text language, should work out of the box. + \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} also provides (at least partial) support + for Brazilian Portuguese, British, Finnish, French, German, + Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish. Please see below + (section~\ref{sec:international}) for a fuller explanation of all + the options. +\item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx, + chi\-cago-authordate-trad.bbx},\break + \textsf{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx}, + \textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}, \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx},\break + \textsf{chi\-ca\-go-notes.cbx}, \textsf{cms-american.lbx}, + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}}, \textsf{cms-british.lbx}, + \textsf{cms-fin\-nish.lbx}, \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, + \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, \textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}, + \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx},\break \textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, + \textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}, \textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}, + \textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}, and \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago.sty}, all + from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, installed either in a system-wide + \TeX\ directory, or in the working directory where you keep your + *.tex files. The .zip file from CTAN contains several + subdirectories to help keep the growing number of files organized, + so the files listed above can be found in the \texttt{latex/} + subdirectory, itself further divided into the \texttt{bbx/}, + \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories. If you install in + a system-wide directory, I suggest a standard layout using + \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>\slash + tex/latex/bib\-latex-contrib/biblatex-chicago}, where\ + \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\ installation + --- for example, and depending on your system and preferences, + \texttt{/usr/share/texmflocal}, \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or + \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local TeX Files\textbackslash}. Then you + can copy the contents of the \texttt{latex/} directory there, + subdirectories and all. (If you install into your working + directory, then you'll need to copy the files directly there, + without subdirectories.) Of course, if you choose to place them + anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll need to update the file + name database to make sure \TeX\ can find them. +\item The very clear and detailed documentation of the + \textsf{biblatex} system, available in that package as + \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Here the authors explain why you might want + to use the system, the rules for constructing .bib files for it, and + the (numerous) methods at your disposal for modifying the formatted + output. +\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}, + \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, and \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf},\break + the first two of which contain introductions to some of the main + features of the Chicago styles, while the third documents some of + the alterations you might need to make to your .bib files to use the + \texttt{trad} style. All three are fully hyperlinked, allowing you + easily to jump from notes or citations to an annotated bibliography + or reference list, and thence to the .bib entries themselves. If + you ensure that these three are in the \texttt{examples} directory + just below this one, marginal links there will take you to further + discussions here. The file \textsf{cmsdocs.sty} contains code and + kludges designed specifically for compiling + \textsf{cms-dates-intro.tex}, \textsf{cms-notes-intro.tex} and + \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.tex}, so please \emph{do not} load it + yourself anywhere else, as it redefines and interferes with some of + the macros from the main package. +\item The annotated bibliography files \textsf{notes-test.bib} and + \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and the not-yet-annotated + \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}}, all of which will acquaint you + with many of the details on how to get started constructing your own + .bib files for use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles. +\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}, + \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, and + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}}. The first shows how my + system processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and + \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}, in both footnotes and bibliography, + the second and third are the result of processing + \textsf{dates-test.bib} with \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} or + \textsf{cms-trad-sample.tex}, and the fourth processes + \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} using + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sam\-ple.tex}}. All of these files are in + \texttt{doc/examples/}, and the \textsf{sample} files, aside from + the last named, are mainly included for testing purposes. +\item The file you are reading, \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, which + aims to be as complete a description as possible of the rules for + creating a .bib file that will, when processed by \LaTeX\ and + \textsc{Bib}\TeX, at least somewhat ease the burden when you try to + implement the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}'s specifications. + These docs may seem frustratingly over-long, but remember that you + only need to read the part(s) that apply to the style in which you + are interested. Much of the information in section~\ref{sec:Spec} + is duplicated in section~\ref{sec:authdate}, so even if you have a + need for multiple styles then using one will be excellent + preparation for the others. If you have used a previous version of + this package, please pay particular attention to the sections on + Obsolete and Deprecated Features, starting on + page~\pageref{deprec:obsol}. You will find the sixteen previous + files in the \texttt{doc/} subdirectory once you've extracted + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.zip}. If you wish to place them in a + system-wide directory, I would recommend:\,\,\, + \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},\\ + all the while remembering, of course, to update the file name + database afterward. (Let me reiterate, also, that if you currently + have quoted material in your .bib file, and are using \cmd{enquote} + or the standard \LaTeX\ mechanisms there, then the simplest + procedure is always to use \cmd{mkbibquote} instead in order to + ensure that punctuation works out right.) +\item Access to a copy of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} itself, + which naturally contains incomparably more information than I can + hope to present here. It should always be your first port of call + when any doubts arise as to exactly what the specification requires. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{License} +\label{sec:lppl} + +Copyright © 2008--2018 David Fussner. This package is +author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or +modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License, +either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later +version. The latest version of this license is in +http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part +of all distributions of \LaTeX\ version 2005/12/01 or later. This +software is provided \enquote{as is,} without warranty of any kind, +either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the +implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular +purpose. + +\subsection{Acknowledgements} +\label{sec:acknowl} + +Even a cursory glance at the cbx and bbx files in the package will +demonstrate how much of \textsf{biblatex's} code I've adapted and +re-used, and I've also followed some of the advice the authors have +given to others in the \texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup and on +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com}{Stackexchange}. In particular, +Philipp Lehman's advice on constructing \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} +was invaluable. The code for formatting the footnote marks, and that +for printing the separating rule only after a run-on note, I've +adapted from the \textsf{footmisc} package by Robin Fairbairns, and +I've borrowed ideas for the \texttt{shorthandibid} option from Dominik +Waßenhoven's \textsf{biblatex-dw} package. I've adapted Audrey +Boruvka's \cmd{textcite} code from +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange} +for the notes \&\ bibliography style, and her page-number-compression +code for both styles from the +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{same + site}. I am very grateful to Gustavo Barros for the new Brazilian +Portuguese localization, to Stefan Björk for the Swedish localization, +to Antti-Juhani Kaijahano for the Finnish localization, to Baldur +Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to Håkon +Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations. Kazuo Teramoto and Gildas +Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and Arne Skjærholt +provided some code to get me started on the new \cmd{gentextcite} +commands. There may be other \LaTeX\ code I've appropriated and +forgotten, in which case please remind me. Finally, Charles Schaum +and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both extremely generous with their help +and advice during the development of this package, and have both +continued indefatigably to test it and suggest needed improvements. +They were particularly instrumental in encouraging the greatest +possible degree of compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. +Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files for use with the Chicago +style seems onerous now, you should have tried it before they got +their hands on it. + +\section{Detailed Introduction} +\label{sec:Intro} + +The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, implemented here in its 16th +edition, has long, in America at least, been one of the most +influential style guides for writers and publishers. While one's +choices are now perhaps more extensive than ever, the \emph{Manual} at +least still provides a widely-recognized, and widely-utilized, +standard. Indeed, when you add to this the sheer completeness of the +specification, its detailed instructions for referencing an enormous +number of different kinds of source material, then your choice (or +your publisher's choice) of the \emph{Manual} as a style guide seems +set to be a happy one. + +%% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace These very strengths, however, also make the style +difficult to use. Admittedly, the \emph{Manual} emphasizes +consistency within a work, as opposed to rigid adherence to the +specification, at least when writer and publisher agree (14.70). +Sometimes a publisher demands such adherence, however, and anyone who +has attempted to produce it may well come away with the impression +that the specification itself is somewhat idiosyncratic in its +complexity, and I can't help but agree. In the notes \&\ bibliography +style, the numerous differences in punctuation (and strings +identifying translators, editors, and the like) between footnotes and +bibliographies and the sometimes unusual location of page numbers; in +both styles the distinction between \enquote{journal} and +\enquote{magazine,} and the formatting differences between (e.g.)\ a +work from antiquity and one from the Renaissance, all of these tend to +overburden the writer who wants to comply with the standard. Many of +these complexities, in truth, make the specification very nearly +impossible to implement straightforwardly in a system like +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- options multiply, each requiring a particular +sort of formatting, until one almost reaches the point of believing +that every individual book or article should have its own entry type. +Completeness and usability tend each to exclude the other, so the code +you have before you is a first attempt to achieve the former without +utterly sacrificing the latter. + +\subsection*{What \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can and can't do} +\label{sec:bltries} + +In short, the \textsf{biblatex} style files in this package try to +simplify the task of following the two Chicago specifications along +with their major variants. In the notes \&\ bibliography style, the +two sorts of reference are treated separately (as are the two +different note forms, long and short), and you can choose always to +use the short note form, even at the first citation. In the two +author-date styles, a series of options allows you to choose which +date (original printing, reprint, or both) appears in citations and at +the head of entries in the list of references. In all styles, +punctuation is placed within quotation marks when needed, and as a +general rule as many parts of the style as possible are implemented as +transparently as possible. Thanks to advice I received from Joseph +Reagle Jr.\ and Charles Schaum while these files were a work in +progress, I have attended as carefully as I can to backward +compatibility with the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles, and have +attempted to minimize both any changes you need to make to achieve +compliance with the Chicago specification, and indeed also any changes +necessary to switch between the two Chicago styles. There is no doubt +room for improvement on this score, but even now, for a substantial +number of entries, any well-constructed .bib file that works for other +\textsf{biblatex} styles will \enquote{just work} under +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. By no means, however, will all entries in +such a .bib file produce equally satisfactory results. Using this +documentation and the examples in \textsf{dates-test.bib} and/or +\textsf{notes-test.bib}, it should be possible to achieve compliance, +though the amount of revision necessary to do so will vary +significantly from .bib file to .bib file. Conversely, once you have +created a database for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it won't necessarily +work well with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. Indeed, most, quite +possibly all, users will find that they need to use special formatting +macros within the .bib file that would make such a file unusable in +any other context. I strongly recommend, if you want to experiment +with this style, that you work on a copy of any .bib files that are +important to you, until you have determined that this package does +what you need/want it to do. + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace When I first began working on this package, I made the +decision to alter as little as possible the main files from Lehman's +\textsf{biblatex}, so that my .bbx and .cbx files would use his +original \LaTeX\ .sty file and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ .bst file. As you +proceed, you will no doubt encounter some of the consequences of this +decision, with certain fields and entry types in the .bib file having +less-than-memorable names because I chose to use the supplementary +ones provided by \textsf{biblatex} rather than alter that package's +files. With additions to the standard data model now possible, this +will be one of the directions for future development, particularly if +other styles are adopting certain broad conventions. Needless to say, +I'm open to advice and suggestions on this score. + +\section{The Specification:\ Notes\,\&\,Bibliography} +\label{sec:Spec} + +In what follows, I attempt to explain all the parts of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that might be considered somehow +\enquote{non standard,} at least with respect to the styles included +with \textsf{biblatex} itself, though in the section on entry fields I +have also duplicated a lot of the information in +\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of +the system. Headings in \mycolor{green} \colmarginpar{\textsf{New in + this release}} indicate material new to this release, or +occasionally old material that has undergone significant revision. +Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the \emph{Chicago Manual + of Style}, 16th edition. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} contains +many examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, should produce the same output as you +see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output, where +the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state of +affairs which does sometimes occur. I have provided +\textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}, which shows how my system processes +\textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I have also included the reference keys +from the latter file below in parentheses. + +\subsection{Entry Types} +\label{sec:entrytypes} + +The complete list of entry types currently available in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, minus the odd \textsf{biblatex} +alias, is as follows: \mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork}, +\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet}, +\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image}, +\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings}, +\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}}, +\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}}, +\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc}, \textbf{music}, +\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings}, +\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}), +\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings}, +\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias +\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook}, +\textbf{suppcol\-lec\-tion}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis} +(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}), +\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}. + +\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the +differences between these types and the standard provided by +\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is +safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In +general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here, +unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given +entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require +very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, so it +seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in the +next section. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of + Style} (14.170) recognizes three different sorts of periodical +publication, \enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and +\enquote{newspapers.} The first (14.172) includes \enquote{scholarly + or professional periodicals available mainly by subscription,} while +the second refers to \enquote{weekly or monthly} publications that are +\enquote{available either by subscription or in individual issues at + bookstores or newsstands or online.} \enquote{Magazines} will tend +to be \enquote{more accessible to general readers,} and typically +won't have a volume number. Indeed, by fiat I declare that should you +need to refer to a journal that identifies its issues mainly by year, +month, or week, then for the purposes of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} such a publication is a +\enquote{magazine,} and not a \enquote{journal.} + +\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use +the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} --- +\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off +the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}. If, +however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a +\enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an \textsf{entrysubtype} +field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine} or, now, its +synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The main formatting differences +between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper} and a plain \textsf{article} are +that the year isn't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers +are set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts +of reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see +\emph{Manual} 14.175--198; batson, beattie:crime, friedman:learning, +garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet, +mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, saberhagen:beluga, +warr:ellison, white:callimachus. For \textsf{entrysubtype} +\texttt{magazine}, see 14.181, 14.199--202; assocpress:gun, +morgenson:market, reaves:rosen, sten\-ger:privacy.) + +\mylittlespace It gets worse. The \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of +books, plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of +\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,} +distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review +itself. In \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, happily, Lehman provided a +\textsf{review} entry type which will handle a large subset of such +citations, though not all. The key rule is this: if a review has a +separate, non-generic title (gibbard; osborne:poison) in addition to +something that reads like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an +\textsf{article} entry, with or without the \texttt{magazine} +\textsf{entrysubtype}, depending on the sort of publication containing +the review. If the only title is the generic \enquote{review of + \ldots,} for example, then you'll need the \textsf{review} entry +type, with or without this same \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using +\texttt{magazine}. On \textsf{review} entries, see below. (The +curious reader will no doubt notice that the code for formatting any +sort of review still exists in \textsf{article}, as it was initially +designed for \textsf{biblatex 0.6}, but this new arrangement is +somewhat simpler and therefore, I hope, better.) + +\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a +generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the +latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex} +intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to +be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the +additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title} +entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly +powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need is a +\textsf{titleaddon}, then you want to switch to the \textsf{review} +type, where you can simply use the \textsf{title} field instead. + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also, +at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype} +\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the +\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being +reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite +multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual +distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still +holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the +\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the +latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details. + +\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication here. +First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that much of what goes into a +\textsf{titleaddon} field stays unformatted --- no italics, no +quotation marks --- this plain style is the default for such text, +which means that you'll have to format any titles within +\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. (The +\textsf{related} mechanism just mentioned provides this +automatically.) Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain +style for the titles of other sorts of material found in +\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries, +letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and +the like. References may contain both the title of an individual +article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former +should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in +\textsf{titleaddon}. As with reviews proper, if there is only the +generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type. (See +14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.) + +\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has, I +believe, subtly changed its recommendations in the case of +\enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features} (14.207). +Unfortunately, these changes aren't entirely clear to me. First, it +suggests that such pieces are \enquote{best dealt with in text or + notes.} If, however, \enquote{a bibliography entry should be + needed, the name of the newspaper stands in place of the author.} +The examples it provides, therefore, suggest quite different +treatments of the same material in notes and bibliography, and they +don't at any point that I can see recommend a format for short notes. +I've implemented these recommendations fairly literally, which means +that in an \textsf{article} entry, \textsf{entrysubtype} +\texttt{magazine}, or in a \textsf{review} entry, +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and \emph{only} in such +entries, a missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the +periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the +missing author, but \emph{only} in the bibliography and in short +notes. In long notes, the \textsf{title} will appear first, before +the \textsf{journaltitle}. Note that the use of the name of the +newspaper as an author creates sorting issues in the bibliography, +issues that will mostly be solved for you if you use \textsf{Biber} as +the backend. If you don't, or if the \textsf{journaltitle} begins +with a definite or indefinite article with which you can't dispense, +then you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure that the +bibliography entry is alphabetized correctly. (See +lakeforester:pushcarts and, for the sorting issue, +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts} below.) + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following +the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often +has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to +have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}. In order +to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have +brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the +other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and +\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator +specifically with the \textsf{title}. The \textsf{editor} and +\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types, +are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and +with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual string concatenation +rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below. + +\mylittlespace Fifth, if you've been using +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for a while, you may remember using +the single-letter \cmd{bibstring} mechanism in order to help +\textsf{biblatex} decide where to capitalize a wide variety of strings +in numerous entry fields. This mechanism was particularly common in +all the periodical types, but if you've had a look in +\textsf{notes-test.bib} while following this documentation, you'll +have noticed that it no longer appears there. The regular whole-word +bibstrings still work as normal, but the single-letter ones are +obsolete, replaced by the \cmd{autocap} macro, which itself only +occurs twice in \textsf{notes-test.bib}. Basically, in certain +fields, just beginning your data with a lowercase letter activates the +mechanism for capitalizing that letter depending on its context within +a note or bibliography entry. Please see \textbf{\textbackslash + autocap} below for the details, but both the \textsf{titleaddon} and +\textsf{note} fields are among those treating their data this way, and +since both appear regularly in \textsf{article} entries, I thought the +problem merited a preliminary mention here. + +\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort +of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the +\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the +\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype}, is what you'll +need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would +normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and +retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement +isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note} +field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with +the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines), +whether you are citing one article or the whole issue +(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat +specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of +information you need to include in an \textsf{article}, +\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, then you shouldn't put +it in the \textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or +perhaps \textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer). + +\mylittlespace Seventh, if you wish to cite a television or radio +broadcast, the \textsf{article} type, \textsf{entrysubtype} +\texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name of the program would +go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the episode in +\textsf{title}, and the network's name in the \textsf{usera} field. +Of course, if the piece you are citing has only a generic name (an +interview, for example), then the \textsf{review} type would be the +best place for it. (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an example +of how this all might look in a .bib file. Commercial recordings of +such material would need one of the audiovisual entry types, probably +\textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while recordings from +archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into \textsf{misc} +entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech, +roosevelt:speech].) + +\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} +(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material +should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine} +\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog). The title of the specific entry +goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in +\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the +\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting +in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be +necessary). Comments on blogs, with generic titles like +\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review} +entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. Such comments make +particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon} +fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below. + +\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field +\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of +lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} +list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} +in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the details on how this +works. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you +browse through \textsf{notes-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many +of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article} and +\textsf{review} (and, indeed, \textsf{periodical}) types attempt to +address. It may be that in future releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} I'll be able to simplify these +procedures somewhat, but in the meantime it might be of some comfort +that I have found in my own research that the unusual and/or limit +cases are really rather rare, and that the vast majority of sources +won't require any knowledge of these onerous details. + +\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has +pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were +straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The +\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such +references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to +include them in the bibliographical apparatus at all. Still, it's +easy to conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might +be desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this +purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I +chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and +\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures, +etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs. The 16th edition +of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting +photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media. +The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the +\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward +compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the +current one. + +\mylittlespace Constructing an entry is fairly straightforward. As +one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author} and the name of +the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field is intended for +the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper, albumen print +--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an +etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note}, +and the current location in \textsf{organization}, +\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of +generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types, +uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the +first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence, +use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for +you. (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.) + +\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says +that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set + in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the +reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype} +for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could +use the \textsf{misc} entry type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. +Fortunately, in this instance the other fields in a \textsf{misc} +entry function pretty much as in \textsf{artwork}. + +\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of +Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by +the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual +sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications. The +\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.274--280), though +admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the proliferation +of online sources has made the task yet more complex. For the 15th +edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into two new +entry types, but ended up relying on three. For the 16th edition, in +particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the +\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric. I +shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there +are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not +obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you +maintain consistency. + +\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical +recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for +example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records, +and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media, +whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of +any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia. The +\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online +video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the +\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant). +The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the +others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner. +Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use +\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do +such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip +(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro). The +\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio +books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication +facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under +\textsf{music} (auden:reading). Dated audio recordings that are part +of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an +\textsf{online} or in a \textsf{misc} entry with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}, the difference mainly being in just how closely +associated the \textsf{date} will be with the \textsf{title} +(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech). + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to +\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly +straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in +\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I +compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other +audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue +for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an +\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a +\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a +\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see +schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song +from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the +\textsf{type} field is the place for it. Finally, the +\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a +librettist (verdi:corsaro). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package +can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and +bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} +field. The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can +enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the +\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. Cf.\ harley:ancient:cart, +harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the +means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other +contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or +articles. Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a +\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all +three of which will be italicized when printed. In general usage it +is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook} type, only +with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation marks. As +with the \textsf{book} type, you can automatically enable +abbreviated references in notes and bibliography, though this isn't +the default. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114, +14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and +bernhard:themacher for the new abbreviating functionality; also +euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly +different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130. Although the +specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or +variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to +maintain consistency. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two +entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below +--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the +\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as +books. In the interests of backward compatibility, +\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-notes} will so format such an entry, which +uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard +\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a +\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a +\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}. +(See clark:mesopot.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can automatically +provide abbreviated references in notes and bibliography when you use +a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The functionality is +not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in +the \textsf{options} field using the new \texttt{booklongxref} option. +Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and +\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. See +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this +might look. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is +obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an +error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type +instead. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is +obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an +error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook} +type instead. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you +to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in +the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as +recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the +\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf} and \textsf{related} +mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to +other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). The lecarre:cornwell entry, for +example, would allow your readers to find the more-commonly-used +pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carré} even if they were, for some reason, +looking under his real name \enquote{David John Moore Cornwell.}\ As I +read the specification, these cross-references are particularly +encouraged, bordering on required, when \enquote{a bibliography + includes two or more works published by the same author but under + different pseudonyms.}\ The following entries in +\textsf{notes-test.bib} show one way of addressing this: +crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death, crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide, +ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and mor\-ton:crea\-sey. + +\mylittlespace In these latter cases, you would need merely to place +the pseudonym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's real +name, under which his or her works are presented in the bibliography, +in the \textsf{title} field. To make sure the cross-reference also +appears in the bibliography, you can either manually include the entry +key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can put that entry key in the +\textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry, in which case +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded abbreviation if and +only if you cite the main entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{userc}, below.) + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word +\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language +--- in italics. If you wish to present the cross-reference +differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the +\textsf{nameaddon} field. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left +undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of +\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but +the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications +for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other +media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the +\textsf{artwork} type, which see. I retain it here as a convenience +for users migrating from the old to the new specification. (See 3.22, +8.193; bedford:photo.) + +\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}} +two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical +formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is +concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility. +\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part + of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,} +while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection + which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own + title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within +quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most +material falling into these categories. I have, in both types, +implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for space-saving +abbreviations in notes and bibliography when you cite multiple pieces +from the same \textsf{collection}. These abbreviations are activated +by default when you use the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field +in \textsf{incollection} entries and in \textsf{inbook} entries, +because although the \emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a +\enquote{multiauthor book,} I believe the distinction between the two +is fine enough to encourage similar treatments. (For more on this +mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, +below, and the new option \texttt{longcrossref} in +section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. Please note that it is also active by +default in \textsf{letter} and \textsf{inproceedings} entries.) If +the part of a book to which you are referring has had a separate +publishing history as a book in its own right, then you may wish to +use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, instead, on which see above. (See +\emph{Manual} 14.111--114; \textsf{inbook}: ashbrook:brain, +phibbs:diary, will:cohere; \textsf{incollection}: centinel:letters, +contrib:contrib, sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, +and lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry +prairie:state] demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with +its attendant abbreviations in notes and bibliography.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when +referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the +inclusive page numbers, not both. If, however, you wish to refer in a +footnote to a specific page within the chapter, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will always print the optional, +postnote argument of a \cmd{cite} command --- the page number, say --- +instead of any inclusive page numbers given in the .bib file +\textsf{incollection} entry. This mechanism is quite general, that +is, any specific page reference given in any sort of \cmd{cite} +command overrides the contents of a \textsf{pages} field in a .bib +file entry. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works +pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main +differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an +\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an +\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher}, +even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226). +Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} +mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same +\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in +\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries. See +\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and the option +\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} for more +details. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}} entry type is +aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard styles, but the +\emph{Manual} has particular requirements, so if you are citing +\enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries and + encyclopedias,} then this type should simplify the task of +conforming to the specifications (14.247--248). The main thing to +keep in mind is that I have designed this entry type for +\enquote{alphabetically arranged} works, which you shouldn't cite by +page, but rather by the name(s) of the article(s). Because of the +formatting required by the \emph{Manual}, we need one of +\textsf{biblatex's} list fields for this purpose, and in order to keep +all this out of the way of the standard styles, I have chosen the +\textsf{lista} field. You should present these article names just as +they appear in the work, separated by the keyword +\enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will provide the appropriate prefatory +string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose each in its +own set of quotation marks (ency:britannica). In a typical +\textsf{inreference} entry, very few other fields are needed, as +\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition + (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a +\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field. + +\mylittlespace There are quite a few other peculiarities to explain +here. First of all, you should present any well-known works +\emph{only} in notes, not in a bibliography, as your readers are +assumed to know where to go for such a reference. You can use the +\texttt{skipbib} option to achieve this. For such works, and given +how little information will be present even in a full note, you may +wish to use \cmd{fullcite} or \cmd{footfullcite} in place of the short +form, especially if, for example, you are citing different versions of +an article appearing in different editions. + +\mylittlespace If the work is slightly less well known, it may be that +full publication details are appropriate (times:guide), but this makes +things more complicated. In earlier releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you would have had to format the +\textsf{postnote} field of short notes appropriately, including the +prefatory string and quotation marks I mentioned above. Now you can +put an article name in the \textsf{postnote} field of +\textsf{inreference} entries and have it formatted for you, and this +holds for both long and short notes, which could allow you to refer +separately to many different articles from the same reference work +using only one .bib entry. (In a long note, any \textsf{postnote} +field stops the printing of the contents of \textsf{lista}.) The only +limitation on this system is that the \textsf{postnote} field, unlike +\textsf{lista}, is not a \textsf{biblatex} list, and therefore for the +formatting to work correctly you can only put one article name in it. +Despite this limitation, I hope that the current system might simplify +things for users who cite numerous works of reference. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the +bibliography, be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field +will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A +separate \textsf{reference} entry might solve this problem, but you +may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure proper +alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an +\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. (Cf.\ +mla:style, a \textsf{reference} entry that uses section numbers +instead of alphabetized headings, and \texttt{useeditor=false} in the +\textsf{options} field instead of a \textsf{sortkey} to ensure the +correct alphabetization.) + +\mylittlespace Speaking of the \textsf{author}, this field holds the +author of the specific entry (in \textsf{lista}), not the author of +the \textsf{title} as a whole. This name will be printed after the +entry's name (grove:sibelius). If you wish to refer to a reference +work by author or indeed by editor, having either appear at the head +of the note (long or short) or bibliography entry, then you'll need to +use a \textsf{book} entry instead (cf.\ schellinger:novel), where the +\textsf{lista} mechanism will also work in the bibliography, but which +in every other way will be treated as a normal book, often a good +choice for unfamiliar or non-standard reference works. + +\mylittlespace Finally, all of these rules apply to online reference +works, as well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url} +but also, always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant +flux (wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius). + +\mybigspace I +\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}} +document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both +because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook} +instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry +types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the +author-date styles. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} is the entry type to +use for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but \emph{only} +when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished material of +this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see below.) +Depending on what sort of information you need to present in a +citation, you may simply be able to get away with a standard +\textsf{book} entry, which may then be cited by page number (see +\emph{Manual} 14.78, 14.88; meredith:letters, adorno:benj). If, +however, for whatever reason, you need to give full details of a +specific letter, then you'll need to use the \textsf{letter} entry +type, which attempts to simplify for you the \emph{Manual}'s rather +complicated rules for formatting such references. (See 14.117; +jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ [a completely +fictitious entry to show the \textsf{crossref} mechanism], white:total +[a \textsf{book} entry, for the bibliography]). + +\mylittlespace To start, the name of the letter writer goes in the +\textsf{author} field, while the \textsf{title} field contains both +the name of the writer and that of the recipient, in the form +\texttt{Author to Recipient}. The \textsf{titleaddon} field contains, +optionally, the type of correspondence involved. If it's a letter, +the type needn't be given, but if it's a memorandum or report or the +like, then this is the place to specify that fact. Also, because the +\textsf{origdate} field only accepts numbers, if you want to use the +abbreviation \enquote{n.d.} (or \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for +undated letters, then this is where you should put it. If you need to +specify where a letter was written, then you can also use this field, +and, if both are present, remember to separate the location from the +type with a comma, like so: \texttt{memorandum, London}. +Alternatively, you can put the place of writing into the +\textsf{origlocation} field. Most importantly, the date of the letter +itself goes in the \textsf{origdate} field (\texttt{year-month-day}), +which allows a full date specification, while the publishing date of +the whole collection goes in the \textsf{date} field, instead of in +the obsolete \textsf{origyear}. As in other entry types, then, the +\textsf{date} field has its ordinary meaning of \enquote{date of + publication.} (You may have noticed here that the presentation of +the \textsf{origdate} in this sort of reference is different from the +date format required elsewhere by the \emph{Manual}. This appears to +result from some recent changes to the specification, and it may be +that we could get away with choosing one or the other format for all +occurrences [6.45], but for the moment I hope this mixed solution will +suffice.) Another difficulty arises when producing the short footnote +form, which requires you to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field of the +form \enquote{\texttt{to Recipient},} the latter name as short as +possible while avoiding ambiguity. The remaining fields are fairly +self explanatory, but do remember that the title of the published +collection belongs in \textsf{booktitle} rather than in +\textsf{title}. + +\mylittlespace Finally, the \emph{Manual} specifies that if you cite +more than one letter from a given published collection, then the +bibliography should contain only a reference to said collection, +rather than to each individual letter, while the form of footnotes +would remain the same. This should be possible using +\textsc{Bib}\TeX's standard \textsf{crossref} field, with each +\textsf{letter} entry pointing to a \textsf{collection} or +\textsf{book} entry, for example. (If you are using \textsf{Biber}, +then \textsf{letter} entries correctly inherit fields from +\textsf{book} and \textsf{collection} entries, and also from the +\textsf{mvbook} and \textsf{mvcollection} types --- \textsf{titles} +from the former provide a \textsf{booktitle} and from the latter a +\textsf{maintitle}.) I shall discuss cross references at length later +(see esp.\ \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below), +but I should mention here that \textsf{letter} is one of the entry +types in which a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field +automatically results in special shortened forms in notes and +bibliography if more than one piece from a single collection is cited. +(The other entry types are \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, and +\textsf{inproceedings}; see 14.113 for the \emph{Manual}'s +specification.) This ordinarily won't be an issue for \textsf{letter} +entries in the bibliography, as individual letters aren't included +there, but it is operative in notes, where you can disable it by +setting the \texttt{longcrossref=true} option, on which see +section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. To stop individual letters +turning up in the bibliography, you can use the \texttt{skipbib} +option in the \textsf{options} field. + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two +traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual} +suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As +with this latter, I have retained it in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for backward compatibility, its main +peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the +\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be printed both as +author and as publisher. If you are using \textsf{Biber} you no +longer need a \textsf{sortkey} field to aid \textsf{biblatex's} +alphabetization routines, as the style takes care of this for you +(cf.\ section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below). You also don't need to +provide a \textsf{shortauthor} field, as the style will automatically +use \textsf{organization} in the absence of anything else. Of course, +if you were to use a \textsf{book} entry for such a reference, then +you would need to define both \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} +using the name you here might have put in \textsf{organization}. (See +14.92; chicago:manual, dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.) + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}} its name suggests, the +\textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a hold-all for citations that +didn't quite fit into other categories. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I have somewhat extended its +applicability, while retaining its traditional use. Put simply, with +no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain +backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual +\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are +all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the +\textsf{title} will be italicized. (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish +to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations +should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend +you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as +possible.) + +\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the +\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters, +memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making +it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter}, +\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see). It +also works well for presenting online audio pieces, particularly dated +ones, like speeches. Typically, such an entry will cite part of an +archive, and equally typically the text cited won't have a specific +title, but only a generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry +will ordinarily have a specific author and title, and won't come from +a named archive. The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype} +defined is the least formatted of all those specified by the +\emph{Manual}, so titles are in plain text, and any location details +take no parentheses in full footnotes. (It is quite possible, though +somewhat unusual, for archival material to have a specific title, +rather than a generic one. In these cases, you will need to enclose +the title inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually. Cf.\ +roosevelt:speech, shapey:partita.) + +\mylittlespace If you are wondering what to put in +\textsf{entrysubtype}, the answer is, currently, anything at all. You +no longer need to put the exact string \texttt{letter} there in order +to move the date into closer proximity with the \textsf{title}. +Indeed, recent reconsideration of the \emph{Manual} has suggested that +the distinction to be drawn in this class of material hasn't to do +with \emph{where} the date is presented but, rather, with \emph{how} +it is presented. As I understand the specification, it draws a +distinction between archival material that is \enquote{letter-like} +(letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams) and that which isn't +(interviews, wills, contracts, speeches, or even personal +communications you've received and which you wish to cite). This may +not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in earlier releases +of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I ignored it, but once you've decided to +classify it one way or the other you put the date in the +\textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc., and into the \textsf{date} +field for the others. + +\mylittlespace In effect, whether it's a \textsf{letter} entry or a +\enquote{letter-like} \textsf{misc} entry (with +\textsf{entrysubtype}), it is by using the \textsf{origdate} field +that you identify when it was written, and the \textsf{origlocation}, +if needed, identifies where it was written. Other sorts of +\textsf{misc} entry (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) use the \textsf{date} +field (but still the \textsf{origlocation}). This maintains +consistency of usage across entry types and also, I hope, improves +compliance when using the \textsf{misc} type for citing archival +material. Remember, however, that without an \textsf{entrysubtype} +the entry will be treated as traditional \textsf{misc}, and the title +italicized. In addition, defining \textsf{entrysubtype} activates the +automatic capitalization mechanism in the \textsf{title} field of +\textsf{misc} entries, on which see\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} +in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below. (See 14.219-220, 14.231, +14.232-242; creel:house, dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview.) + +\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of +unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent}, and +further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field, +including the abbreviation \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ (or +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated examples. The \textsf{note}, +\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location} +fields (in ascending order of generality) allow the specification of +which manuscript collection now holds the letter, though the +\emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known depositories don't +usually need a city, state or country specified. (The traditional +\textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.) Both the long +and short note forms can use the same \textsf{title}, but in both +cases you may need to use the \cmd{headlesscite} command to avoid the +awkward repetition of the author's name, though that name will always +appear in the bibliography (creel:house). If you want to include the +date of a letter in a short note, I have provided the +\cmd{letterdatelong} command for inclusion in the postnote field of +the citation command. (The standard \textsf{biblatex} command +\cmd{printdate} will work if you need to do the same for interviews.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace As with \textsf{letter} entries, the \emph{Manual} +(14.233) suggests that bibliography entries contain only the name of +the manuscript collection, unless only one item from that collection +is cited. The \textsf{crossref} field can be used, as well as the +\texttt{skipbib} option, for preventing the individual items from +turning up in the bibliography. Obviously, this is a matter for your +discretion, and if you're using only short notes (see the +\texttt{short} option, section~\ref{sec:useropts} below), you may feel +the need to include more information in the note if the bibliography +doesn't contain a full reference to an individual item. + +\mylittlespace Finally, if the \textsf{misc} entry isn't a letter, +remember that, as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries, +words like \texttt{interview} or \texttt{memorandum} needn't be +capitalized unless they follow a period --- the automatic +capitalization routines (with the \textsf{title} field starting with a +lowercase letter [see dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview, and +\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}]) will ensure correctness. In all +this class of archived material, the \emph{Manual} (14.232) quite +specifically requires more consistency within your own work than +conformity to some external standard, so it is the former which you +should pursue. I hope that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} proves +helpful in this regard. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} revised its recommendations more for this type than for +any other, so if by any chance you have been using the 15th edition +style the notes which follow present several large changes that you'll +need to make to your .bib files. The good news is that some, though +by no means all, of those changes involve considerable +simplifications. \textsf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry +types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical +recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also +include audio books (auden:reading). A DVD or VHS of an opera or +other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type +instead, while an online music video will probably need an +\textbf{online} entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{online} and \textsf{video}; +handel:messiah, horowitz:youtube.) Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing +book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the +various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical +.bib entry. I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in +identifying these roles within entries. If you can think of a simpler +way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can +consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current +equivalences. + +\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}} +\begin{description} +\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s), + depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head + of the entry. +\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or + performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of + the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} + options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these + are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the + following: +\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles, + all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be + \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and, + oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when + identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need + further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from + falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring. +\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual + types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to + collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a + song title, in which latter case the album title would go into + \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for + something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}. +\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated + fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided + by the music publisher. The 16th edition generally only requires + the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art), + which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively. + Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for + \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need + or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the + general requirement in the 15th edition. (This might happen, for + example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.) You + can certainly put all of this information into one of the above + fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more + readable. +\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} + (14.276) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the + specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\ + \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting + publishing information for musical recordings. This means that the + \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from + \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files. The \textsf{pubstate} + field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying + reprints. In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here + will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an + entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of + which will be printed towards the end of a note or bibliography + entry. +\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the + simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now states + that \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable} + (14.276). Finding a date may take some research, but they will + basically fall into two types, i.e., the date(s) of the recording or + the copyright / publishing date(s). Recording dates go either in + \textsf{origdate} (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for + individual tracks). The copyright or publishing dates go either in + the \textsf{date} field (which applies to the current medium you are + citing) or in the \textsf{origdate} field (which refers to the + original release date). You may have noticed that the + \textsf{origdate} has two slightly different uses --- you can tell + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort you intend by using the string + \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms + the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date into an original release + date. The style will automatically prepend the bibstring + \texttt{recorded} to the \textsf{eventdate} or, in the absence of + this \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to the \textsf{origdate}, or even + to both, but you can modify what is printed there using the + \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of date type modifier. + In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will be prepended to an + \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that to the + \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and absent + those three to the \textsf{date}. (See floyd:atom, nytrumpet:art.) + \item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type} + field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm, + 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis. +\end{description}} + +The entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} should at least give you a good +idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of +an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the +examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the +formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. It wasn't always clear to me that these +variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored +some of them in the code. Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of +course, be entertained. (Cf. 14.276--77; \textsf{eventdate}, +\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29, +bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art, +rubinstein:chopin.) + +\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}% + \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry +types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. I would +like, however, to emphasize a couple of things. First, each is +aliased to the entry type that results from removing the \enquote{mv} +from their names. Second, assuming you are using \textsf{Biber} and +not \textsc{Bib}\TeX, each has an important role as the target of +cross-references from other entries, the \textsf{title} of the +\textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a \textsf{maintitle} for +the entry referencing it. If you want to provide a \textsf{booktitle} +for the referencing entry, please use another entry type, e.g., +\textbf{collection} for \textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for +\textbf{inbook}. (These distinctions are particularly important to +the correct functioning of the abbreviated references that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various circumstances, provides. Please +see the documentation of the \textbf{crossref} field in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.) + +\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are +presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27) +requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the +specific nature of the citation. In short, this means that a date +range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its +entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work +which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range. +Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from +their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have +turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} +fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry +type. When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a +situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an +extra field in the child's .bib entry. When they're not the same, as +will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of +annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields. +Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this, and of course +you must be using \textsf{Biber} for the settings to apply. See +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this +might look. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{online}}} +\label{sec:online} + +The \emph{Manual}'s scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169, +14.184--185, 14.200, 14.223, 14.243--246) for citing online materials +are slightly different from those suggested by standard +\textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, this is a case where complete backward +compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible, +because as a general rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not +only where a source is found, but also the nature of that source, +e.g., if it's an online edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it +calls for a \textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an intrinsically +online source, if that source is structured more or less like a +conventional printed periodical, then you'll probably want to use +\textsf{article} or \textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online} +(stenger:privacy, which cites \emph{CNN.com}). The 16th edition's +suggestions for blogs lend themselves well to the \textsf{article} +type, too, while comments become, logically, \textsf{reviews} +(14.243--6; ellis:blog, ac:comment). Otherwise, for online documents +not \enquote{formally published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually +the best choice (evanston:library, powell:email). Online videos, in +particular short pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer +event or work, and also online interviews, usually require this type, +too. (See harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\ +weed:flatiron, a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video} +entry.) Online audio pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive, +work well either with an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc} +entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}; the latter will print the +\textsf{date} in somewhat closer association with the \textsf{title} +(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech). Some online materials will, no +doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry type, but so long as all +locating information is present, then perhaps that is enough to +fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like to hope. + +\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much +the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would +contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could +hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific +title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a +title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that +field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out +correctly. It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of +the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision +dates to access dates when documenting online material. See +\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very +brief on this subject (14.230), but very clear about which information +it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well with other +\textsf{biblatex} styles. The important date, as far as Chicago is +concerned, is the filing date. If a patent has been filed but not yet +granted, then you can place the filing date in either the +\textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically prepend the +bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted, +then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you +put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the +bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended. (In +other words, you no longer need to use a hand-formatted +\textsf{addendum} field, though you can place additional information +in that field if desired, and it will be printed in close association +with the dates.) The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field, +and you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the +\textsf{type} field. Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual}, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the \textsf{holder} after +the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. Finally, the 16th edition of +the \emph{Manual} has removed the quotation marks from around +\textsf{patent} titles, and also capitalized them sentence-style, both +of which seem to be the generally-accepted conventions. The former +requires no intervention from you, but the latter may mean revision of +the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters manually. +See petroff:impurity. + + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a +periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same +function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and in the main uses the +same fields, though in keeping with the system established in the +\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are +citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a +\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the +place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its +initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization +routines. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.) + +\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex} +field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of +lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} +list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title} +field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present, +into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of +\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the +details on how this works. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package +can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and +bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} +field. The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can +enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the +\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is +aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a +reference work but not an alphabetized entry or entries in that work. +This could be because it doesn't contain such entries, or perhaps +because you intend the citation to appear in a bibliography rather +than in notes. Indeed, the only differences between it and +\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present +an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field +will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized +entry. (See mla:style for an example of a reference work that uses +numbered sections rather than alphabetized entries, and that appears +in the bibliography as well.) + +\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a +\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather +thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have +followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope +that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has +indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} +\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside +quotation marks instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This +detail aside, the type's main peculiarities are the +\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the +\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question, +the \textsf{number} field closely associated with the \textsf{type}, +and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard +Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the +\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to +\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and +\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the +report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in +\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.) + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry +type was added to \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, and it certainly eases the +task of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for +citing periodicals of all sorts, though it doesn't, I admit, eliminate +all difficulties. As its name suggests, this entry type was designed +for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've already read the +\textsf{article} instructions above --- if you haven't, I recommend +doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review} serves as well for +citing other sorts of material with generic titles, like letters to +the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments and the like. The +primary rule is that any piece that has only a generic title, like +\enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview with \ldots,} or +\enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the \textsf{review} type. Any +piece that also has a specific title, e.g., \enquote{\enquote{Lost in + \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with \ldots,} requires an +\textsf{article} entry. (This assumes the text is found in a +periodical of some sort. Were it found in a book, then the +\textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could use +\textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there. While we're on the +topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221 +--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a +subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included +inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly. Not having +the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision, +but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty +coping with such a situation.) + +\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you +need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules +for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a +\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous +\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title +goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in +an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}, +including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the +\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205, +14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221; barcott:review, bundy:macneil, +Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor, +nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, wallraff:\\word.) If, on the other +hand, the piece comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an +\textsf{entrysubtype}. The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and +the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article} +entry. (See 14.215; ratliff:review.) + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also, +at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype} +\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the +\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being +reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite +multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual +distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still +holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the +\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the +latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details. + +\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described +them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of +them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs +formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the +default is completely plain. (The \textsf{related} mechanism just +mentioned provides this automatically.) \textsf{Author}-less reviews +are treated just like similar newspaper articles --- in short notes +and in the bibliography the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author +and heads the entry, while in long notes the \textsf{title} comes +first. The sorting of such entries is an issue, solved if you use +\textsf{Biber} as your backend, and otherwise requiring manual +intervention with a \textsf{sortkey} or the like (14.217; +gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.). +As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like +\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need +capitalization after a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography +and not a note, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals +with this problem itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a +lowercase letter. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the +documentation of \cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here. + +\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is fairly new, +and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}. +As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as \textsf{articles} with +\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, whereas comments on those +blogs --- or on any similar sort of online content --- need the +\textsf{review} type with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. What they +will frequently also need is a date of some sort closely associated +with the comment (14.246; ac:comment), so I have included the +\textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries for just this purpose. +It will be printed just after the \textsf{author} and before the +\textsf{title}. If you need a timestamp in addition, then the +\textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have to +provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility of +providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard function +of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the the +\textsf{review} type as well. + +\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article} +docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use +of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate +an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}. The +\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology +with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if +one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual +string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and +\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below. + +\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field +\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in +\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates +the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a +\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of +\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the +details on how this works. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to +use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a +book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward, +either by the same or a different author. In previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} these three just-mentioned types of +material, and only these three types, could be referenced using the +\textsf{introduction}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword} +fields, a system that required you simply to define one of them in any +way and leave the others undefined. The macros don't use the text +provided by such an entry, they merely check to see if one of them is +defined, in order to decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at +stake, and to print the appropriate string before the \textsf{title} +in long notes, short notes, list of shorthands, and bibliography. I +have retained this mechanism both for backward compatibility and +because it works without modification across multiple languages, but +have also added functionality which allows you to cite any sort of +supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under +this system, simply put the nature of the material, including the +relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase letter +so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization +depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface + to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however, +that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type} +field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.) + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace There are a few other rules for constructing your .bib +entry. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the +introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the +author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. For the 16th +edition, the \emph{Manual} requires the inclusion of the page range of +the part in question, though \emph{only} in the bibliography. I have +followed this advice literally, so the \textsf{pages} field of a +\textsf{suppbook} entry won't automatically appear in a long note. If +you wish to include those pages in a note, then you'll need to repeat +them in the \textsf{postnote} field of the citation command. + +\mylittlespace Finally, if the focus of the reference is the main text +of the book, but you want to mention the name of the writer of an +introduction or afterword for bibliographical completeness, then the +normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you can just put their name +in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book} entry, that is, in the +\textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{introduction} field. +(See \emph{Manual} 14.116; polakow:afterw, prose:intro). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a +function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the +\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in +both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to +\textsf{suppbook}, which see. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type, new in +\textsf{biblatex} 0.8, is intended to allow reference to +generically-titled works in periodicals, such as regular columns or +letters to the editor. Previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provided the \textsf{review} type for +this purpose, and now you can use either of these, as I've added +\textsf{suppperiodical} as an alias of \textsf{review}. Please see +above under \textbf{review} for the full instructions on how to +construct a .bib entry for such a reference. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}} +\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a +lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps +an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory +\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't +ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence. +Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print +information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, +\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also, +conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the +prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue}, +\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon} +fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like +(14.226--8; nass:address). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three +audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for +citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast, +on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type +discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the +production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided +by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}} +\begin{description} +\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the + director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed + in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate + \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to + identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah), + or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film + DVD (cleese:holygrail). +\item[editor, editora, editorb =] director or producer, or possibly + the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These + will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the + usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter + the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard + roles, you will need to identify them using the following: +\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles, + all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will + likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly, + \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to + identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying + and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the + default \texttt{editor} bibstring. +\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As + with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an + analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may + be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one + episode in a series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases, + the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The + \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition, + may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a + TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for for any information + that needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the + \textsf{booktitle} (cleese:holygrail, friends:leia, handel:messiah). + As in the \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary + for a boxed set or something similar. +\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As with \textsf{music} entries, in + order to follow the specifications of the 16th edition of the + \emph{Manual}, I have had to provide three separate date fields for + citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ somewhat + between the two types. In both, the \textsf{date} will generally + provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you are + referencing. The \textsf{eventdate} will most commonly present + either the broadcast date of a particular TV program, or the + recording/performance date of, for example, an opera on DVD. The + style will automatically prepend the bibstring \texttt{broadcast} to + such a date, though you can use the \textsf{userd} field to change + the string printed there. (Absent an \textsf{eventdate}, the + \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video} entries will modify the + \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it will modify the + \textsf{date}.) The \textsf{origdate} has more or less the same + function, and appears in the same places, as it does in standard + book-like entries, providing the date of first release of a film, + though there isn't any \texttt{reprint} string associated with it in + this entry type. Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah, + hitchcock:nbynw. +\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type} + field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD, + Blu-ray, MPEG. +\end{description}} + +As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} +should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\ +14.279--80; loc:city, weed:flatiron.) + +\subsection{Entry Fields} +\label{sec:entryfields} + +The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete +list of the entry fields you will need to use +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. As in section \ref{sec:entrytypes}, +I shall include references to the numbered paragraphs of the +\emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to the entries in +\textsf{notes-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily understood with +reference to other, related fields. In such cases, cross references +should allow you to find the information you need. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous +information to the end of an entry, after publication data but, with +the single exception of the \textsf{online} entry type, before any +\textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry type +(which see), it will be printed in close association with the filing +and issue dates. In a few entry types --- \textsf{article}, +\textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review}, +and \textsf{video} --- this information will come \emph{after} any +\textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote} references present in long notes, +while in the remainder it comes \emph{before} such information, +allowing you in particular to use the field to identify a particular +type of book-like publication when such data won't fit well in another +part of an entry. In any entry type, if your data begins with a word +that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a +sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the +style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See +\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--168; davenport:attention, +natrecoff:camera.) + +\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances, +this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}, +i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given +work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the +afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right +to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly +a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the +name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator, +then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will concatenate these fields in +the formatted references. + +%\vspace{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special +meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an +afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If +it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way +you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction} +undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will do the rest. Cf.\ +\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91, +14.116; polakow:afterw.) + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}}} +\label{sec:annote} + +At the request of Emil Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} has, +since version 0.9, provided a package option (see \texttt{annotation} +below, section \ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated +bibliographies. The formatting of such a bibliography is currently +fairly basic, though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal +guidelines (14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} is to +define \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using +\cmd{par}\cmd{no\-break} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can +alter it by re-declaring the format in your preamble. The +page-breaking algorithms don't always give perfect results here, but +the default formatting looks, to my eyes, fairly decent. In addition +to tweaking the field formatting you can also insert \cmd{par} (or +even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}}) commands into the text of your +annotations to improve the appearance. Please consider the +\texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but it is usable now. +(N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote} serves as an alias +for this.) + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this +\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles +do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may +be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have +implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +fashion. Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to +have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g., +\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from +treating one part of the name as a surname (14.92, 14.212; +assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is no \textsf{author}, then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will, in the bibliography and long +notes, look in sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a +\textsf{nameb}, a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a +compiler) and use that name (or those names) instead, followed by the +appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 14.87, also 14.76, 14.126, +14.132, 14.189; boxer:china, brown:bre\-mer, harley:cartography, +schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:geor\-gia). +\textsf{Biblatex's} sorting algorithms will use the first of those +names found, which should ensure correct alphabetization in the +bibliography. (See \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in +section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.) In short notes, where the +\textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat augmented: +\textsf{shortauthor, author, shorteditor, namea, editor, nameb, + translator, namec}. (See \cmd{DeclareLabelname} in +section~\ref{sec:formatopts}.) + +\mylittlespace In the rare cases when this substitution mechanism +isn't appropriate, you have (at least) two options: either you can +(chaucer:liferecords) put all the information into a \textsf{note} +field rather than individual fields, or you can use the +\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false}, +\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{useeditor=false}, +\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and +\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field (chaucer:alt). +If you look at the chaucer:alt entry in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, +you'll notice that you only need to turn off the fields that are +present in the entry, but please remember to use the new option +\texttt{usenamec} instead of the old \texttt{usecompiler}, as the +latter doesn't work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's} +own name toggles. + +\mylittlespace This system of options, then, can turn off +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}'s mechanism for finding a name to +place at the head of an entry, but it also very usefully adds the +possibility of citing a work with an \textsf{author} by its editor, +compiler or translator instead (14.90; eliot:pound), something that +wasn't possible before. For full details of how this works, see the +\textsf{editortype} documentation below. (Of course, in +\textsf{collection}, \textsf{periodical} and \textsf{proceedings} +entries, an \textsf{author} isn't expected, so there the chain of +substitutions starts with \textsf{namea} and \textsf{editor}. Also, +in \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of an +\textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in its +stead. See those entry types for further details.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} provides specific +instructions for formatting the names of both anonymous and +pseudonymous authors (14.79--84). In the former case, if no author is +known or guessed at, then it may simply be omitted +(virginia:plantation). The use of \enquote{Anonymous} as the name is +\enquote{generally to be avoided,} but may in some cases be useful +\enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works need to be + grouped.} If, on the other hand, \enquote{the authorship is known + or guessed at but was omitted on the title page,} then you need to +use the \textsf{authortype} field to let +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} know this fact. If the author is +known (horsley:prosodies), then put \texttt{anon} in the +\textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at (cook:sotweed) put +\texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} tests for these \emph{exact} strings, +so check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect +of enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question +mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the +\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also +do the right thing automatically in the short note form. + +\mylittlespace In most entry types (except \textsf{customc} and +\textsf{review}, which see), the \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes +the means to cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the +author's real name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\,(or +\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). If +you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it +there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this +field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex} +(lecarre:quest). If you have given the author's real name in the +\textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in \textsf{nameaddon}, +in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast, +creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death). This latter method will +allow you to keep all references to one author's work under different +pseudonyms grouped together in the bibliography, as recommended by the +\emph{Manual}, though it is now recommended that, whichever system you +employ, you include a cross-reference from one name to the other in +the bibliography. You can do this using a \textsf{customc} entry +(ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey). + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}} +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in +keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its +letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify +an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is +anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title +page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under +\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of +\enquote{Anonymous} as an author, preferring that you simply omit it. +If, however, the name of the author is known or guessed at, then +you're supposed to enclose that name within square brackets, which is +exactly what \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put +either \texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed +at) in the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in +yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test +for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see +the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also automatically do the right +thing in the short note form. Cf.\ \textsf{author}. (See 14.80--81; +cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.) + +\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in +\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a +\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has +different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that +fact in a reference (will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that the +entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords +(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of +\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro). + +\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}} +a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix +the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages} +field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying +string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the +practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers. +Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear +from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank. +If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the +\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that +field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the +\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are +\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,} +\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by +\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles. + +\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here. +First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago +specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the +strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination} +applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a +citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use +\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, +\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the +\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which +the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important +not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more +general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It +is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three +sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also +find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g., +\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost +invariably be providing information for the traditional +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus, which I discuss below +(\textbf{crossref}). This provision is unnecessary if you are using +\textsf{Biber}. + +\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the +\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without +quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would +ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then +simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing. +The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and +\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to +customize the punctuation that appears before the +\textsf{booktitleaddon} field. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the +chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an +\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter +of a book (ashbrook:brain). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this +\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles +do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may +be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}}} +\label{sec:crossref} + +This field is the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing +mechanism, and \textsf{biblatex} has adopted it while also introducing +a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). If you are using +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (or \textsf{bibtex8)} the \textsf{crossref} field +works exactly the same as it always has, while \textsf{xref} attempts +to remedy some of the deficiencies of the usual mechanism by ensuring +that child entries will inherit no data at all from their parents. +Section~2.4.1.1 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} contains useful notes on the +intricacies of managing cross-referenced entries with these +traditional backends, and for the most part these backends are still +usable, if inconvenient. The functionality, discussed below, for +abbreviating references in \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, +\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, and for using +the \textsf{mv*} entry types to do so, will prove extremely difficult +to replicate with the older backends, so if you plan on lots of +cross-referencing in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} then I strongly +recommend you use \textsf{Biber}. + +\mylittlespace (One reason for this is that when \textsf{Biber} is the +backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a series of inheritance rules for +the \textsf{crossref} field which make it much more convenient to use. +Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention +here: \textsf{incollection} entries can now inherit from \textsf{book} +and \textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{collection} and +\textsf{mvcollection} entries; \textsf{letter} entries now inherit +from \textsf{book}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and +\textsf{mvcollection} entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an +\textsf{incollection} entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, +\textsf{sortname}, \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, +all highly single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and +\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from +any of the new \textbf{mv*} entry types.) + +\mylittlespace Turning now to the provision of abbreviated references +in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the \emph{Manual} (14.113) +specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same +collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed +separately in the bibliography, which the package does automatically, +using the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of +\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries. (The familiar +\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.) In +footnotes the specification suggests that, after a citation of any one +contribution to the collection, all subsequent contributions may, even +in the first, long footnote, be cited using a slightly shortened form, +thus \enquote{avoiding clutter.} In the bibliography the abbreviated +form is appropriate for all the child entries. The +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} package has always implemented these +instructions, but only if you use a \textsf{crossref} or an +\textsf{xref} field, and only in \textsf{incollection}, +\textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter} entries (on the last named, +see just below). Recent releases have considerably extended this +functionality. + +\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book}, +\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and +\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened +cross references, and I added two options --- \texttt{longcrossref} +and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use +in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable +or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references. (The +\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this +provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.) The +\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or +\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use +\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the +automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical. Now +that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in +the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have +thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others. +(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and +prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in both notes and +bibliography.) + +\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, +\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a +request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened +references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume +work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single +volume. Such references are not an explicit part of the +\emph{Manual's} specification, but they are a logical extension of it, +so the system of options for turning on this functionality behaves +differently for these four entry types than for the other 4 (see +below). In \textsf{notes-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this +works by looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, +bernhard:themacher, harley:ancient:cart, harley:carto\-graphy, and +har\-ley:hoc. + +\mylittlespace Before discussing the new package options, I should say +a little about some subtleties involved in this mechanism. First, and +especially for \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, +\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, it is much +simpler if your backend is \textsf{Biber}, which allows you to provide +\textsf{maintitles} by cross-referencing an \textbf{mv*} entry, and +\textsf{booktitles} by cross-referencing \textsf{book} or +\textsf{collection} entries. Second, where and when to print +\textsf{volume} information in these references is extremely complex, +and I confess that I designed the tests primarily with \textsf{Biber} +in mind. If you can't get it to work using \textsc{Bib}\TeX, or if +you find something that looks wrong to you, please let me know. +Third, Andrew Goldstone long ago identified some other difficulties in +the package's treatment of abbreviated citations, both in notes and +bibliography, difficulties exacerbated now by the extension of the +mechanism to book-like entries. If you refer separately to chapters +in a single-author \textsf{book}, then the shortened part of the +reference, to the whole book, won't repeat the author's name before +the title of the whole. If, however, you refer separately to parts of +a \textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings}, even when the +\textsf{editor} of the \textsf{collection} is the same as the +\textsf{author} of an essay in the collection, you will see the name +repeated before the abbreviated part referencing the whole parent +volume. + +\mylittlespace Shortened references to book-like entries require, I +believe, a somewhat different treatment. Here, repeated +\textsf{editors} are avoided if the abbreviated reference is to a +\textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings} entry, or to either of +their \textsf{mv*} versions, while for other entry types repeated +\textsf{authors} are avoided. Because the code in these situations +tests for entry type, there may be corner cases where careful choice +of the parent entry type gets you what you want. Likewise, judicious +use of the \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} fields may also +help, in some circumstances, to clear names that are repeated +unnecessarily. Also, because of the way dates are handled by the +\textsf{mv*} entry types, and by child entries cross-referenced to +such entry types, I thought it might help in these abbreviated +book-like entries to provide a date for the \textsf{title} when it's +part of a \textsf{maintitle}, though not when it's only part of a +\textsf{booktitle}. If dates appear in shortened references where +you'd rather not have them, I have provided the \texttt{omitxrefdate} +option to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a +whole or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. There +is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option available to control the printing +of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields in +abbreviated references where such information might otherwise never +appear. See \textbf{mvbook} in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, and both +\texttt{omitxrefdate} and \texttt{xrefurl} in +section~\ref{sec:useropts}. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Finally, a published collection of letters also +requires different treatment (14.117). If you cite more than one +letter from the same collection, then the \emph{Manual} specifies that +only the collection itself should appear in the bibliography. In +footnotes, you can use the \textsf{letter} entry type, documented +above, for each individual letter, while the collection as a whole may +well require a \textsf{book} entry. I have, after some consideration, +implemented the system of shortened references in \textsf{letter} +entries, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it. +(See white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the +\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and +please note that the second of these entries is entirely fictitious, +provided merely for the sake of example.) How then to keep the +individual letters from appearing in the bibliography? The simplest +mechanism is probably just to use \enquote{\texttt{skipbib}} in the +\textsf{options} field. + +\mylittlespace If you look closely at the .bib entries for +white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see that, despite the latter +using \textsf{xref} instead of \textsf{crossref}, the first note +referring to it inherits data from the parent (white:total). In the +abbreviated note and in abbreviated bibliography entries \emph{only}, +the driver is making a separate call to the parent's .bib entry, +formatting the information there to fill out the bare data provided by +the child. For the first white:ross:memo note, which contains the +full bibliographical information for the collection as a whole, I have +used \textsf{crossref} because this unabbreviated note no longer makes +a separate call to the parent's entry --- or, technically, it no +longer makes a call that prints anything at all. This is a change +from earlier releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so if your +documents came to rely on the side effects of this separate citation +for providing data that haven't been inherited by the child, please be +aware that it no longer works as before. (You could see this by +citing white:russ \emph{before} white:ross:memo.) This change only +affects the eight entry types that provide the abbreviated +cross-references, a provision that is dependent on the settings of two +preamble and entry options. + +\mylittlespace Those \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options +function, by default, asymmetrically. The first, +\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry +types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook}, +\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}. + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use + \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned + entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and + bibliography. +\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these + entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in + notes, but only in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the + bibliography, but only in notes. +\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one + setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry + types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes + and in the bibliography. +\end{description} + +The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option, +\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book}, +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} +entries: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref} + or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will + \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or + bibliography. +\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry + types both in notes and in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in + notes, but only in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the + bibliography, but only in notes. +\end{description} + +Please note that you can set both of these options either in the +preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries, +allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Please further note that in earlier releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using +\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields +in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism. I +received, however, a request from Alexandre Roberts to allow the +shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated cross-reference as +an additional space-saving measure, and one from Kenneth Pearce to +permit the combination of the other two fields with \textsf{crossref}, +as well. The \textsf{userf} and \textsf{reprinttitle} fields should +just work automatically in such circumstances, but +\mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} the \textsf{shorthand} field +in parent entries needs to be enabled by setting the +\texttt{inheritshorthand} package option to \texttt{true}. There are, +in addition, several other steps required to make this function +smoothly --- please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand} +field, below, for a full explanation. (In case it isn't clear, the +combination of \textsf{userf}, \textsf{shorthand}, and +\textsf{crossref} functionality in a single entry is now possible. If +you come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{date}} field may be used to +specify an item's complete date of publication, in \textsc{iso}8601 +format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. It may also be used to specify a +date range, according to the instructions in §~2.3.8 of +\textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Please be aware, however, that \textsf{Biber} +is somewhat more exacting when parsing the \textsf{date} field than +\textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like \texttt{1968/75} will simply +be ignored --- you need \texttt{1968/1975} instead. If you want to +present a more compressed year range, or more generally if only part +of a date is required, then the \textsf{month} and \textsf{year} +fields may be more convenient. The latter may be particularly useful +in some entries because it can hold more than just numerical data, in +contrast to \textsf{date} itself. Cf.\ the \textsf{misc} entry type +in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above for how to use this field to +distinguish between two classes of archival material. See also +\textsf{origdate} and \textsf{urldate}. + +\mylittlespace I should also point out that you can, in most entry +types, qualify a \textsf{date} with the \textsf{userd} field, assuming +that the entry contains no \textsf{urldate}. For \textsf{music} and +\textsf{video} entries there are several other requirements --- please +see the documentation of \textsf{userd}, below. + +\mylittlespace (Users of the Chicago author-date style who wish to +minimize the labor needed to convert a .bib database for the notes \&\ +bibliography style should be aware that the latter style includes +compatibility code for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently ignored) and +\texttt{switchdates} options, along with the mechanism for reversing +\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This means that you can, in +theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib file when making the +conversion, though I'm retaining the right to revoke this if the code +in question demonstrably interferes with the functioning of the notes +\&\ bibliography style.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of +\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it +in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work. The 16th +edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative +permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs + rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available} +(14.6). (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\ \textsf{url}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will +convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate +string. Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is, +though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would +ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then +simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing +(babb:peru, times:guide). In most situations, the \emph{Manual} +generally recommends the use of abbreviations in both bibliography and +notes, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific +citations (emerson:nature). + +\mylittlespace In a previous release of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I introduced the \textsf{userd} field +to hold this non-numeric information, as \textsf{biblatex} only +accepted an integer in the \textsf{edition} field, but this changed in +version 0.8. The \textsf{userd} field now has an entirely different +function --- please see its documentation below. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have +implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but +the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain +complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out +that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a +\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle}, +depending on the sort of entry. More specifically, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most +comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is +one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the +other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly +the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters, +plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are +numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one +part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For +these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should +format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or +\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the +\textsf{title} (donne:var). + +\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a +\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given +\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and +\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will +concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for +\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the +compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will +need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this, +and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit} +macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field +or in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (chaucer:liferecords). +(Because the strings identifying an editor differ in notes and +bibliography, one can't simply write them out in such a field, hence +the need for a macro, which I discuss further in the commands section +below [\ref{sec:formatcommands}].) Please note that, when attempting +to find a name for the head of a note or a bibliography entry, +\textsf{namea} takes precedence over \textsf{editor}, and +\textsf{nameb} over \textsf{translator}. Cf.\ \textsf{namea}, +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} newer +releases of \textsf{biblatex} provide these fields as a means to +specify additional contributors to texts in a number of editorial +roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for the +audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, where +they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and +performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype}, +\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\ +bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.) + +\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the +exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically find a name to put +at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and +proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the +compiler). If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be +placed at the head. (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries +with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing author +immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of an +entry. See above under \textsf{article} for details.) The +\textsf{editortype} field provides even greater flexibility, giving +you the ability to indicate any number of roles at the head of an +entry. You can do this even though an author is named (eliot:pound +shows this mechanism in action for a standard editor, rather than for +an alternative role). Two things are necessary for this to happen. +First, in the \textsf{options} field you need to set +\texttt{useauthor=false}, then you need to put the name you wish to +see at the head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the +\textsf{namea} field. If the \enquote{editor} is in fact a compiler, +then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype} +field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the +name in both the bibliography and in the long note form. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware. +Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field, +which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a +\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a +\textsf{booktitle}, the name-finding algorithm checks first to see +whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be used +at the head of the entry, if it isn't, or if you've set the option +\texttt{usenamea=false}, the algorithm will go ahead and look for an +\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the +\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify +\textsf{namea}. Either of these names should be sorted properly in +the bibliography, but please be aware that if you want a shortened +form to appear in short notes then there's only the +\textsf{shorteditor}, which you should ensure presents whichever of +the two editors' names appears at the head of long notes or +bibliography entries. + +\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string +concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlined in his RELEASE file, +and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the +\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if +the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the +\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or +\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if +the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a +\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a +\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will +print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (14.87) +recommends not using these identifying strings in the short note form, +and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If +you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it +manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different +sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field. + +\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain +requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author}, +for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either +unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types: +\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent}, +\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{review}, +\textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{suppcollection}, and +\textsf{suppperiodical}. + +\mybigspace These +\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields +identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding +\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string +concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard +styles do, and they have now found a use particularly in +\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\ +bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to +identify a particular article. Only applicable to the +\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the +\emph{Manual}. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}} +\label{sec:entrysub} + +Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by +the standard styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} it has four +very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in order +to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with the +standard styles. First, in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and +\textsf{review} entries, the field allows you to differentiate between +scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and \enquote{magazines} +and \enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is fairly simple: you +need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into the +\textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter two +types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} then +you need do nothing. + +\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from +classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the +Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional +divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are +presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the +exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field. +This has no effect in long notes or in the bibliography, but it does +affect the formatting of short notes, where it suppresses some of the +punctuation. Ordinarily, you will use this toggle in a \textsf{book} +or a \textsf{bookinbook} entry, but it is possible that a journal +might well also present an edition of such a work. Given the +tradition of using italics for the titles of such works, this may +require using a \textsf{titleaddon} field (with hand formatting) +instead of a \textsf{title}. If you wish to reference a classical or +medieval work by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard +edition, then you shouldn't use the \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle. +Also, and the specification is reasonably clear about this, works from +the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional divisions, +have short notes formatted normally, and therefore don't need an +\textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual} 14.256--268; +aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr; euripides:orestes is an +example of a translation cited by page number in a modern edition.) + +\mylittlespace The third use occurs in \textsf{misc} entries. If such +an entry contains no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, then the citation +will be treated just as the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles would, +including the use of italics for the \textsf{title}. Any string at +all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to +treat the source as part of an unpublished archive. A \textsf{misc} +entry with \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the least formatted of all +those specified by the \emph{Manual} --- see +section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above under \textbf{misc} for all the +details on how these citations work. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Fourth, and finally, the field can be defined in the +\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity +whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the +documentation of \textbf{artwork} above for the details. + +\mybigspace Kazuo +\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}} +Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent +\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent me +a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor alterations, +so these three fields now work more or less as they do in standard +\textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more +abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs, +though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field. In the 15th edition it was barely used, but +in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} it can now play a significant role in \textsf{music}, +\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} +entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a +particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use +\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies +either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV +series or the date of a filmed musical performance. In both these +cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring +--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the +date, but you can change this string using the new \textsf{userd} +field, something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical +performances (friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool). + +\mylittlespace The field's use in \textsf{review} entries is somewhat +different. There, it helps to identify a particular comment within an +online thread. There isn't a particular string associated with it, +but you can further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in +parentheses in the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone +isn't enough (ac:comment). + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the +\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general +function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like +\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a +special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to +define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and +\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a +citation. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex} +field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ +from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the +subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints it (them), in +parentheses, just after the author(s). + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet} +entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also +retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types, +for historical reasons. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}} +\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will +usually identify the university for which the thesis was written, +while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of +institution issuing the report. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the +\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above, +\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard +\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special +meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define +it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} +undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a +publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report +Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type, +and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a +periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not +typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, designed for \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or +\textsf{review} entries identified by something like \enquote{Spring} +or \enquote{Summer} rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or +\textsf{number} fields (brown:bremer). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an +\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special +issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article +within the special issue, then this field should be used in an +\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing +the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical} +entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the +proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special + issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic +contextual capitalization. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It +contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found +in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types. In the case +where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} +(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provides for this field to be used as +the author. See above (section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}) under +\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and +nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} will give you some +idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal} +field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in +notes and/or in the bibliography, and you can also use it to print a +list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal} +documentation below. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is +\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for +filtering bibliography entries, allowing you to subdivide a +bibliography according to just about any criteria you care to invent. +See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field can provide a convenient means to +exclude certain entries from making their way into a bibliography. We +have already seen (\textbf{letter}, above) how the \emph{Manual} +(14.117) requires, in the case of published collections of letters, +that when more than one letter from the same collected is cited, the +bibliography should contain only a reference to the collection as a +whole (white:ross:memo, white:russ, white:total). Similarly, when +citing both an original text and its translation (see \textbf{userf}, +section~\ref{sec:related} below), the \emph{Manual} (14.109) suggests +including the original at the end of the translation's bibliography +entry, a procedure which requires that the original not also be +printed as a separate bibliography entry (furet:passing:eng, +furet:passing:fr, aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr). +Finally, citations of well-known reference works (like the +\emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example), need only be presented +in notes, and not in the bibliography (14.247--248; ency:britannica, +wikiped:bibtex; see \textsf{inreference}, above). A \textsf{keywords} +field can be a convenient way to exclude all such entries from +appearing in a bibliography, though of course including +\texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field works, too. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the +language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the +Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though +it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such +as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation, +however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is +when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no +translation of the work has been published, something that might +happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a +majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194; +pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should provide the +language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple languages +using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained \textsf{biblatex's} +\cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that you can use the +standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the language you +need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as it should +appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes inside one +entry without apparent harm.) + +\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the +\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to +provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll +need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In +effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields +in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will +only print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere} +over \textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern and weresz). Note +also that both of these fields are universally associated with the +\textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a \textsf{booktitle} or a +\textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a language or a translation +to either of the latter two, you could probably manage it with special +formatting inside those fields themselves. + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field +specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are +arranged alphabetically, where the name of the item rather than a page +or volume number should be given. The field is a \textsf{biblatex} +list, which means you should separate multiple items with the keyword +\texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of quotation marks, and +the whole list will be prefixed by the appropriate string +(\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\ \enquote{s.vv.}). +\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes} will only print such a field in a +\textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you should look at +the documentation of these entry types for further details. (See +\emph{Manual} 14.247--248; ency:britannica, grove:sibelius, +times:guide, wikiped:bibtex.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is +\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field +\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that +simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the +\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first +city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by +the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately. +If the place of publication is unknown, you can use +\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138). For all cities, you should +use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137). + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Three more details need explanation here. In +\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries, +there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but +\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar + title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,} +then this field can present the place or institution where it is +published (14.191, 14.203; lakeforester:pushcarts, kimluu:diethyl, and +garrett). For blogs cited using \textsf{article} entries, this is a +good place to identify the nature of the source --- i.e., the word +\enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically provide the +parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog). Less predictably, it is here that +\emph{Manual} indicates that a particular book is a reprint edition +(14.119), so in such a case you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, a space, and the location +(aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach). (You can also now, somewhat +more simply, just put the string \texttt{reprint} into the +\textsf{pubstate} field to achieve the same result. See the +\textsf{pubstate} documentation in section~\ref{sec:related}.) The +\textsf{origdate} field may be used to give the original date of +publication, and of course more complicated situations should usually +be amenable to inclusion in the \textsf{note} field (emerson:nature). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a +multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.} +(See donne:\hfill var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography, +lach:asia, pelikan:christian, and plato:repub\-lic:gr.) When using a +\textsf{crossref} field and \textsf{Biber}, the \textsf{title} of +\textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a \textsf{maintitle} in the +child entry. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the +\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would +be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word +that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a +sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing. +The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and +\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to +customize the punctuation that appears before the +\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin). + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, containing the month of publication. This should be an +integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See +\textsf{date} for more information. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields +\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it +leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the +name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a +\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the +\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields +(donne:var). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries, +\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the +\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should +present names in the field exactly as you would those in an +\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will +concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical. +When choosing a name to head a note or a bibliography entry, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over +\textsf{editor}. See under \textbf{editor} above for the full +details. Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry +specific, if you are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{namea} isn't +inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, +also, that you can use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this +role just as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros +\cmd{partedit},\,\cmd{parttrans},\,\cmd{parteditandtrans}, +\cmd{partcomp},\,\cmd{part\-editandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, for which see +section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided +by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you, in most entry types, to +specify that an author's name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either +the real name or the pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided +in the \textsf{author} field. The abbreviation +\enquote{\texttt{pseud}.}\ (always lowercase in English) is specified, +either on its own or after the pseudo\-nym (centinel:letters, +creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, and +le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}} does the work for you. +See under \textbf{author} above for the full details. + +\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the +automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to +be used in at least two ways. First, if you provide your own square +brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above. Second, +and new to the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you can further +specify comments to blogs and other online content using a timestamp +(in parentheses) that supplements the \textsf{eventdate}, particularly +when the latter is too coarse a specification to identify a comment +unambiguously. Cf.\ ac:comment. + +\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is +used to create alphabetized cross-references to other bibliography +entries, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the default +string linking the two parts of the cross-reference. The code +automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize. +Otherwise, it prints the string as is. + +\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field +to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use +\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with +the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string +concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields. +Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details. + +\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above, +this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the +translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a +\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation +the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter +fields (euripides:orestes). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the +\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should +present names in this field exactly as you would those in an +\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will +concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See +under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details. +Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific, if you +are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a +\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, also, that in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb} +takes precedence over \textsf{translator}. Cf.\ \textsf{namea}, +\textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage} (section~\ref{sec:related}), +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} (section~\ref{sec:related}), and +the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},\,\, +\cmd{partcomp},\,\, \cmd{parteditandcomp},\,\, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransand-\break comp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (14.87) +specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor, +translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also +specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All +this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard +information that should be made available in a bibliographic +reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that +\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and +\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction}, +\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex} +doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this +purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to +understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not +function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like +\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be +associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were +they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three +will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the +(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also +please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include +\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb}, +so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make +\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only +fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you +may, in certain circumstances, use that field, or the +\textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a compiler.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to +identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the +compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the +moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have +to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related +\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands +(section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}) below. (Future releases may be +able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that of +the names that can be substituted for the missing \textsf{author} at +the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will choose a +\textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb}, +or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming last, assuming +that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be concatenated. +The alphabetization routines should work properly for any of these +names, but do please remember that if you want the package to skip +over any names you can employ the \texttt{use<name>=false} options. +Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} \texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old +Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data +that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's +very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be +printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt, +chaucer:liferecords, cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for +examples of this usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in +all the periodical types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and +\textsf{review}), where it holds supplemental information about a +\textsf{journaltitle}, such as \enquote{special issue} +(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). In all uses, if your data +begins with a word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the +beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in +lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do +the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a +\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry, +the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the +volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally +numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry. +Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or +\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in +such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does the right thing if you +have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke). In any +\textsf{book}-like entry the field may well contain considerably more +information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for +example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain +the name of the series, rather than a number. This field is also the +place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\ +\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132 +and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and +beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett, +gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, +warr:el\-lison.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point +out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals +in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even +when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious +exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the +citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry +basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common +options may be found above under \textsf{author} and below in +section~\ref{sec:options}. See chaucer:alt, eliot:pound, +herwign:office, lecarre:quest, and mla:style for examples of the field +in use. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc}, +\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of +use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other +categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the +organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or +\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a +possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} \textsf{biblatex} +field allows you to provide more than one full date specification for +those references which need it. As with the analogous \textsf{date} +field, you provide the date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601 +format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most entry types, you would use +\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work, +most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also +recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older +works (14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr, emerson:nature, +james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach). In the \textsf{letter} and +\textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry types, the +\textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was written. +In such \textsf{misc} entries, some \enquote{non-letter-like} +materials (like interviews) need the \textsf{date} field for this +purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries the \textsf{date} applies to +the publication of the whole collection. If such a published +collection were itself a reprint, improvisation in the +\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation. (See +jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total +for how \textsf{letter} entries usually work; creel:house shows the +field in action in a \textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses +\textsf{date}.) + +\mylittlespace In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the +\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways. First, it can +identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one +track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}. (Compare +holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.) The style will automatically +prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to the date, but you can +change it with the new \textsf{userd} field. Be aware, however, that +if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd} will +apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the default +string. Second, the \textsf{origdate} can provide the original +release date of an album. For this to happen, you need to put the +string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which is a +standard mechanism across many other entry types for identifying a +reprinted work. (See floyd:atom.) + +\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts +numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include +\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In +\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in +\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the +\textsf{location} field. (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works, +too.) + +\mybigspace See +\vspace{-14.2pt} +\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\ +\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}} +section~\ref{sec:related}, below. +\vspace{18pt} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many +\textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries you'll find this contains +something other than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition +specification (14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor, +nyt:trevor\-obit). Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort +of entry, though perhaps with less frequency. Curious readers may +wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189) for an example of a +\textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference to a two-part +journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more information on the +\emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the formatting of numerals; +\textsf{bookpagination} and \textsf{pagination} provide details about +\textsf{biblatex's} mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a +given \textsf{pages} field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a +different way to present the section information pertaining to a +newspaper article. + +\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that +took place a couple of years ago on +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange} +regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109 +in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9 +in the document. \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for +providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly +complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion +code that implements the specifications. As some users may well be +accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, +and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of +this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true} +when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you +the Chicago-recommended page ranges. + +\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the +appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the +\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas +\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the +\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for +all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference +just mentioned the two fields are equivalent. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in +\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same +purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, but because the +\emph{Manual} (14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a +\enquote{part,} the string printed in notes and bibliography will, at +least in English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of +the plain dot between volume number and part number +(harley:cartography, lach:asia). If the field contains something +other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is, +capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the usual +bibstring, so this provides a mechanism for altering the string to +your liking. The field will be printed in the same place in any entry +as would a \textsf{volume} number, and although it will most usually +be associated with such a number, it can also function independently, +allowing you to identify parts of works that don't fit into the +standard scheme. If you need to identify \enquote{parts} or +\enquote{books} that are part of a published \textsf{series}, for +example, then you'll need to use a different field, (which in this +case would be \textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\ +\textsf{volume}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}} +\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a +keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name +contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&) +or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual} +14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast, +dunn:revolutions.) + +\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further +subtleties involved here. Two publishers will be separated by a +forward slash in both notes and bibliography, and you no longer, in +the 16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues +\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under + a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward +slash. If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different + countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one, +probably the nearest one geographically. If you feel it necessary to +include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing +so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and +\textsf{location} fields. Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then +the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if +known) and the date. If for some reason you need to indicate the +absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is +\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.} +Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(= +\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the +\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this. + +\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles, +on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} +section~\ref{sec:related} below, you can now also use the +\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is +\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming} +into the field and the style will print \cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}} +as the \textsf{year} (author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this +field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the +\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some +purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}. + +\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}} +section~\ref{sec:related}, below. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex} +field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article}, +\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name +of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to +attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a +\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place +for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like +\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of +course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or +\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there +you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the +\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and +\textsf{review} entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex} +allows you just to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for +example, rather than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}. +The \textsf{type} field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, +\textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} entries also has this +auto-detection mechanism in place; see the discussion of +\cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In whatever entry type, these +bibstrings produce the required abbreviation, which thankfully is the +same in both notes and bibliography. (For books and similar entries, +see \emph{Manual} 14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora, +palmatary:pottery, plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for +periodicals, see 14.195; garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\ +\textsf{number} for more information on the \emph{Manual}'s +preferences regarding the formatting of numerals. + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}}} +\label{sec:shortauthor} + +This is a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, but +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} makes considerably grea\-ter use of it +than the standard styles. For the purposes of the Chicago style, the +field provides the name to be used in the short form of a footnote. +In the vast majority of cases, you don't need to specify it, because +the \textsf{biblatex} system selects the author's last name from the +\textsf{author} field and uses it in such a reference, and if there is +no \textsf{author} it will search \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}, in that +order. In an author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry +(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), where +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will use the \textsf{journaltitle} as +the author, you can use the \textsf{shortjournal} field instead, but +you'll need to set up the \texttt{journalabbrev} option to make sure +it's actually printed. (See below.) In author-less \textsf{manual} +entries, where the \textsf{organization} will be so used, the style +automatically uses any \textsf{shortauthor} in the short note form, +though you may still need to help the alphabetization routines by +providing a \textsf{sortkey} field in such cases (dyna:browser, +gourmet:052006, lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit). + +\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the +\emph{Manual} (14.87) recommends against providing the identifying +string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in the short note form, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If you +need to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to +do so by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the +\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using. + +\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}} +\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a short footnote, +in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically +lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in +most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not +\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then +only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. It may be worth +pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a +\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to +a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use +the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a bibliography +entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the shortened +\textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor} in such +cases. Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}} is +\textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in place of the +usual short note form, and in previous releases I left it effectively +unmodified in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, apart from a few +formatting tweaks. At the request of Kenneth Pearce, and following +some hints in the \emph{Manual}, I have made the system considerably +more flexible, which I hope might be useful for those with specialized +formatting needs. In the default configuration, any entry which +contains a \textsf{shorthand} field will produce a normal first note, +either long or short according to your package options, informing the +reader that the work will hereafter be cited by this abbreviation. As +in \textsf{biblatex}, the \cmd{printshorthands} command, now for +\textsf{Biber} users at least an alias for +\cmd{printbib\-list\{shorthand\}}, will produce a formatted list of +abbreviations for reference purposes, a list which the \emph{Manual} +suggests should be placed either in the front matter (when using +footnotes) or before the endnotes, in case these are used. + +\mylittlespace I have provided three options to alter these defaults. +First, there is a new citation command, \cmd{shorthandcite}, which +will print the \textsf{shorthand} even at the first citation. I have +only provided the most general form of this command, so you'll need to +put it inside parentheses or in a \cmd{footnote} command yourself. +Second, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for use with the +\texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command: +\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear +inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for +endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the +latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that +I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to +use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the +[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote} +command.) Third, I have provided a package option, +\texttt{shorthandfull}, which prints entries in the list of shorthands +which contain full bibliographical information, effectively allowing +you to eschew the bibliography in favor of a fortified shorthand list. +(See 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for more +information.) + +\mylittlespace Alexandre Roberts suggested a further refinement to +\textsf{shorthand} behavior, which allows for it to appear in the +place of the usual abbreviated citation of parent entries +cross-referenced by several different child entries. In such a case, +instead of the usual \enquote{\ldots\,in Author, \emph{Title}, + 24--38,} you would see instead \enquote{\ldots\,in \emph{ShrtHd}, + 24--38.} There are several steps required for enabling this +behavior. First, you need to set the package option +\texttt{inheritshorthand} to \texttt{true}, which allows child entries +to inherit the necessary fields from their cross-referenced parents. +Second, you'll probably want to use the \textsf{shorthandintro} field +somehow to clarify that the \textsf{shorthand} applies to the +\emph{parent} rather than to the \emph{child}, as otherwise the +reference will be ambiguous. Third, you'll need to put +\texttt{skipbiblist}, formerly \texttt{skiplos}, in the +\textsf{options} field of the child entries so that the +\textsf{shorthand} itself appears in the list of shorthands +\emph{only} next to the parent entry, and not also next to all of its +children. + +\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I +formerly recommended against using shorthands with cross-references, +but this extension of their use makes sense as an extra space-saving +measure. I'm not certain that I've identified all the possible +drawbacks to enabling the \texttt{inheritshorthand} option, so care is +still needed, at least in the current state of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. Please report any problems you might +have with this functionality to the email address at the head of this +documentation. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a +\textsf{shorthand} in an entry, it will ordinarily appear the first +time you cite the work, at the end of a long note, surrounded by +parentheses and prefaced by the phrase \enquote{hereafter cited as.} +With this standard \textsf{biblatex} field, you can change that +formatting and that phrase to suit your needs. Please note, first, +that you need to include the shorthand in this field as you intend it +to appear and, second, that you still need the \textsf{shorthand} +field present in order to ensure the appropriate presentation of that +shorthand in later citations and in the list of shorthands. Finally, +I've tried to allow for as many different styles of notification as +possible, so by default the only punctuation that will appear between +the rest of the citation and the \textsf{shorthandintro} is a space. +You can change this punctuation, either in the preamble for the whole +document or in individual entries, using the \texttt{shorthandpunct} +option, documented in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. If the available +option keys aren't adequate, you can use \texttt{none} and then +provide custom punctuation inside the \textsf{shorthandintro} field +itself. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special +\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a +\textsf{journaltitle} in notes and/or bibliography and to facilitate +the creation of a list of journal abbreviations rather in the manner +of a \textsf{shorthand} list. As requested by user BenVB, you can now +utilize this functionality in your documents, but there are several +steps to take in order to do so. First, you'll need to provide both +\textsf{shortjournal} and \textsf{journaltitle} fields in the entry +types that use them, i.e., mainly \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entries. In \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field +presents what would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the previous two, +so in such entries you can provide the standard \textsf{shorttitle} +field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +will automatically copy the \textsf{shorttitle} into a +\textsf{shortjournal}. + +\mylittlespace Having done this, you need to set the +\texttt{journalabbrev} option either when loading +\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} or in the \textsf{options} field of +individual .bib entries. By default, this option is not set, so your +\textsf{shortjournal} fields will be silently ignored. There are +three other settings:\ \texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both +in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} only in notes, and +\texttt{bib} only in the bibliography. Should you wish to present a +list of these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to +use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjour\-nal\}} command, perhaps with a +\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any +\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have +provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot- +or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively), +to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again +as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option +\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off +the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the +\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default +formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can +roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournal\-width\}} +--- you can see its default definition at the top of +\textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated +title for short notes. (It is also the way to hook +\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism, +on which see the previous entry.) In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, +you need to take particular care with \textsf{letter} entries, where, +as explained above, the \emph{Manual} requires a special format +(\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}). (See 14.117; +jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.) Some +\textsf{misc} entries (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}) also need +special attention. (See creel:house, where the full \textsf{title} is +used as the \textsf{shortauthor} + \textsf{shorttitle} by using +\cmd{headlesscite} commands. Placing \cmd{isdot} into the +\textsf{shortauthor} field no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} 1.6, +so be sure to check your .bib files when you upgrade.) Remember, +also, that the generic titles in \textsf{review} and \textsf{misc} +entries may not want capitalization in all contexts, so, as with the +\textsf{title} field, if you begin a \textsf{shorttitle} with a +lowercase letter the style will do the right thing (barcott:review, +bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter, kozinn:review, ratliff:review, +unsigned:ranke). + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want +an entry alphabetized in a bibliography. In general, if an entry +doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should provide +the solution. Entries with a corporate author can now omit the +definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85; +cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art). If you use \textsf{Biber} as your +backend, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also now includes the three +supplemental name fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) in the sorting +algorithm, so once again you should find that this field is needed +less than before. Still, many entries without a name field of any +sort, particularly those with a definite or indefinite article +beginning the \textsf{title}, may require assistance (chaucer:alt, +dyna:browser, gourmet:052006, greek:filmstrip, grove:sibelius, +lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, silver:ga\-wain, +un\-signed:ran\-ke, vir\-gin\-ia:plan\-tation). \textsf{Biblatex} +also provides \textbf{sortname}, \textbf{sorttitle}, and +\textbf{sortyear} for more fine-grained control. Please consult +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} and the remarks on \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} +in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{title} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} the vast majority of +cases, this field works just as it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and +just as it does in \textsf{biblatex}. Nearly every entry will have +one, the most likely exceptions being \textsf{incollection} or +\textsf{online} entries with a merely generic title, instead of a +specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email). The main source of +difficulties flows from the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting +\textsf{titles}, rules which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and +\textsf{maintitles}. The whole point of using a +\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you, +and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} does just that, +surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or +occasionally just leaving them alone. When, however, a title is +quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules. A +summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand +when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} might need your help in order to +comply with them. + +\mylittlespace The internal rules of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} +are as follows: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and + \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of + \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image}, + \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no + \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, + \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} + entry types. +\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article}, + \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online}, + \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry + types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, + and \textsf{review} entry types. +\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon}, + \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types, + \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} + (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review}, + and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types. +\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry + types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- + have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to + \textsf{inbook}. Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a + \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation + marks. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} + will be italicized. +\end{description} + +Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend +to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult +section \ref{sec:entrytypes} above, the examples in +\textsf{notes-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself, +8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a +title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on +its own, require, then the following rules apply: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in + quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do + is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will + take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought + within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var, + mchugh:wake). +\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it + would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to + do the formatting yourself. Within the double quotes of the title + another quoted title would take single quotes --- the + \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also, + I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be + brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett, + loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.) +\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or + a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it + would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using + \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard, + osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke). +\end{enumerate} + +The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally +italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text +title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an +italicized title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or +without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title +\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always +retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104, +14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a +quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl). + +\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and +\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically capitalize the +first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation, +assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in +your .bib database. See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in +section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below for more details. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}} +\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles +that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves, +and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the +additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title} +entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly +powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters, powell:email). This field +will always be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed +within quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it +you'll need to provide manually yourself. The single exception to +this rule is when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily +only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you +need then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing. +See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in +section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, below. The package and entry +options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon} +(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation +that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\ +brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for +examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter; +morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon} +field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is +capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect; +coolidge:speech shows both entry options for controlling the +punctuation.) + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I +have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, +but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain +complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out +that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a +\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle}, +depending on the sort of entry. More specifically, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the +most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if +there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, +if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is +exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters, +plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are +numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for +one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. +For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should +format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or +\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the +\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes) In the algorithm for finding a name +for the head of notes and bibliography entries, \textsf{nameb} takes +precedence over \textsf{translator}. + +\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which +holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If +\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as +\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler). +Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate +translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for +various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro +(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in +one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review). (Because the +strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one +can't simply write them out in such a field, hence the need for a +macro, which I discuss further in the commands section below +[\ref{sec:formatcommands}].) + +\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in +the absence of an \textsf{author}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, +and \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be used at the head +of an entry (silver:gawain), and the bibliography entry alphabetized +by the translator's name, behavior that can be controlled with the +\texttt{use<name>} switches in the \textsf{options} field. Cf.\ +\textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and +\textsf{namec}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify +the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or +\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} 0.7 introduced the ability, +in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a +\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type} +field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g., +\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both +will work. (See petroff:im\-purity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and +ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes +be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard +entry-type aliases). + +\mylittlespace In the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and in its alias +\textsf{suppcollection}, you can use the \textsf{type} field to +specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g., +\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{post\-script to}.} +Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual} +14.116; polakow:af\-terw, prose:intro). + +\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in +\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and +\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g., +\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc} +or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only +be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in +lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically +do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork}, +\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video}, +above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo, +cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.) + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can +provide one for all entry types. The 16th edition of the +\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if +the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also +\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package +\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references +properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth +noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from +their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to +warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same +locator in several entries. + +\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a +given url, and is given in \textsc{iso}8601 format. The 16th edition +of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case it +allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that require +it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are available. +To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have provided the +\textbf{userd} field, documented below. If an entry doesn't have a +\textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be treated, as before, +as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184; evanston:library, grove:sibelius, +hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison, sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex). + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental +\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In +\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries +with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the contents of this +field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the +\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for +identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television +program (14.221; bundy:macneil). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this +supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of Chicago's name +cross-referencing system. (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of +mnemonic for this function, though it's perfectly possible to use the +field in other contexts.) If you use the \textbf{customc} entry type +to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in +a bibliography, it is unlikely that you will cite the \textsf{customc} +entry in the body of your text. Therefore, in order for it to appear +in the bibliography, you have two choices. You can either include the +entry key of the \textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command +inside your document, or you can place that entry key in the +\textsf{userc} field of another .bib entry that you will be citing. +In the latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite} +for you, and this method should ensure that there will be at least one +entry in the bibliography to which the cross-reference will point. +(See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, +creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.) + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field acts +as a sort of \enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most +entry types to identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date +or a revision date. The general usage is fairly simple. If this +field is absent, then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access +date, as has long been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you need to identify it in any other +way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before} +the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}} +or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically +contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex). In the absence of a +\textsf{urldate} you can, in most entry types, include a +\textsf{userd} field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it +would have modified a \textsf{urldate}. + +\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some +audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for \textsf{music} +and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries where an +\textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify that date +instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, and it will +modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is no +\textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the +absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify +an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the +\textsf{urldate}. In the absence of those two, it can modify a +\textsf{date}. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{music} and +\textbf{video} entry types, and especially of the \textsf{eventdate}, +\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279; +nytrumpet:art). + +\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field +with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of +automatic contextual capitalization for you. + +\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental +\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses +specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work, +something that may be needed if you deem the original language +unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The +\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you +can translate the title and use that translation in your +\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in +\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in +\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. If you choose +the latter, you may need to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} so that the +short note form is also parseable. Cf.\ \textbf{language}, above. +(See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern, weresz.) + +\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} +section~\ref{sec:related}, below. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex} +offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and +\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it, +mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps +the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment, +instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent} +entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in +\textsf{article} (and some \textsf{review}) entries, and also the +volume of a multi-volume work in many other sorts of entry. The +treatment and placement of \textsf{volume} information in +\textsf{book}-like entries is rather complicated in the \emph{Manual} +(14.121--27). In bibliography entries, the \textsf{volume} appears +either before the \textsf{maintitle} or before the publication +information. In long notes, the same applies, but with the additional +possibility of this information appearing \emph{after} the publication +data, just before page numbers. In the past, if you wanted the volume +information to appear here, you had to leave that information out of +your .bib entry and give it in the \textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote} +field. Now, you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} option +\texttt{delayvolume} \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} in your +preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to ensure that +any \textsf{volume} information that would normally have appeared just +before the publication data in a long note appears after it. + +\mylittlespace The \textsf{volume} information in both books and +periodicals, and in both the bibliography and long notes, can appear +\emph{immediately before} the page number(s). In such a case, the +\emph{Manual} prescribes the same treatment for both sorts of sources, +that is, that \enquote{a colon separates the volume number from the + page number with no intervening space.} I have implemented this, +but at the request of Clea~F.\ Rees I have made this punctuation +customizable, using the command \cmd{postvolpunct}.\ +\mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}} By default it prints \cmd{addcolon}, +but you can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash + postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it. Cf.\ +\textsf{part}, and the command documentation in +section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work, +and in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} no longer triggers any +odd changes to the punctuation of short notes (14.159; +meredith:letters). If both a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} +field are present, as may occur particularly in cross-referenced +entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the +\textsf{volumes} field in the list of references, except in some +instances when a \textsf{maintitle} is present. In this latter case, +if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the +option \texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to +\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the +\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to +\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field +of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. See the +option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref} +field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any +data from the parent entry. See \textbf{crossref}, above. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. It usually identifies the year of publication, though unlike +the \textsf{date} field it allows non-numeric input, so you can put +\enquote{n.d.}\ (or, to be language agnostic, +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) here if required, or indeed any other sort +of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date then you +can include that guess in square brackets instead of, or after, the +\enquote{n.d.}\ abbreviation. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot, +leo:madonna, ross:thesis. + +\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries} +\label{sec:related} + +As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all + bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of + relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of}, + \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields + to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex} + provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields + \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.} +Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of +inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields +\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher}, +\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of +these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better +than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more +general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism +is also available. It can provide much of what the older system +provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a +field-by-field discussion of the options now available. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the +\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined +\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The +\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and +\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The +\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in +presenting translations in a bibliography. The details of the +\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an +original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here, +however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect +the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally + published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great +many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical +antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have +been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly +speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way +to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field, +which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the + original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the +standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then +the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise, +just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published + as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French + edition:}. This has no effect in notes, where only the work cited +--- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help to +make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the bibliography more +palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} +\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to +achieve the same ends. + +\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the +spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping +with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s +functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a +\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its +translation in the bibliography, you can also use +\textsf{origlanguage} as the standard styles use it, so that instead +of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will read +\enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual} doesn't +mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain ambiguities in +some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish to use this +functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of the +language, but rather a bibliography string, which may, at the time of +writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian}, +\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french}, +\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin}, +\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or +\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of +the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the +documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals +(14.166). In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an +\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with +the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information +will be printed in long notes and bibliography. You can also use this +field in a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with +\textsf{entrysubtype}) entry to give the place where a published or +unpublished letter was written (14.117). (Jonathan Robinson has +suggested that the \textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances +actually be necessary for disambiguation, his example being early +printed editions of the same material printed in the same year but in +different cities. The new functionality should make this simple to +achieve. Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} (section~\ref{sec:entryfields}), +\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) +\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as +here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field, +though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the +same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a +separate entry. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the +\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and +their corresponding originals (14.166). You can provide an +\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to +the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and +bibliography. (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} +(section~\ref{sec:entryfields}), \textsf{origlocation}, and +\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to +present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry +using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype} +\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the +entry, using data extracted from a separate entry. + +\mybigspace Due \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} to specific +requirements in the author-date style, I have implemented this field +there as a way of providing accurate citations of reprinted books. As +the functionality seemed useful, I have also included some of it in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. In previous releases you could +identify a reprint by placing \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} in the +\textsf{location} field, followed by a comma, and the style would +print the appropriate string in notes and bibliography. Now, if it is +more convenient, easier to remember, or if you want to reuse your .bib +database for the author-date style, you can simply put the string +\texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field, and the package +will take care of everything for you. Both of these methods will now +work just fine, but please choose only one per entry, otherwise the +string will be printed twice. + +\mylittlespace There are a couple of exceptions to this basic +functionality. In \textsf{video} entries, no bibstring will be +printed, as it's not appropriate there, so in effect the +\textsf{pubstate} field will be ignored. In \textsf{music} entries, +the mechanism transforms the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date +for an album into the original release date for that album. Whereas a +recording date will be printed in the middle of the note or +bibliography entry, the original release date will be printed near the +end, preceded by the appropriate string. (Cf.\ 14.276; floyd:atom.) +Aside from \texttt{reprint}, you can now put \texttt{forthcoming} into +the field to present works that are about to be published +(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Please remember that if you +put anything else in the \textsf{pubstate} field it will silently be +ignored, though this may change in future releases. \textbf{NB:} The +\textsf{pubstate} functionality currently has no equivalent using the +\textsf{related} field. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to +use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should +contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should +extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the +bibliography entry (or long note) which contains the \textsf{related} +field itself. Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the +\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such +entries, never on its own. Without a \textsf{relatedtype} field, this +will print the default type, equivalent to a long note citation +\emph{immediately after} the bibliography entry containing the +\textsf{related} field, with no intervening string. You can specify a +string using the \textsf{relatedstring} field, so in effect this +presents a powerful mechanism for presenting full references to +related material of any sort whatsoever. + +\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} default, the +package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related} +entries only in the bibliography. If you would like them to appear +only in long notes, in both notes and bibliography, or indeed in +neither, you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of the relevant entry, to \texttt{notes}, +\texttt{true}, or \texttt{false}, respectively. (See coolidge:speech +and weed:flatiron.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I +should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set +entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can +do it, though please remember one important detail. By default, +\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among +other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from +appearing separately in the bibliography. If you use the field +yourself, then you'll need to include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the +options therein to maintain this effect. Of course, it may be you +don't want all the effects of \texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it +however you wish. See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for +choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies +is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any, +with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a +string or strings defined within the driver for that +\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and +\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the +\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a +pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything +in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If +your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you +depending on context (weed:flatiron). I have not altered the standard +\textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have indeed changed the +\textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the \texttt{reprintfrom} +string, which works better syntactically in this context. + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have +either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of +the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I +have also added one to these six (see below): + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full citation of a + translation, starting with the (localized) string + \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title}, + \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than + in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to + choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original + + translation (14.109; furet:related). The old \textsf{userf} + mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas} + \textsf{relatedtype} (see below). +\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no + \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard + styles, and with no intervening string, a full citation of + \textsf{related} entries. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the + citation is in long note form, rather than bibliography form, as + this is the usual practice in the \emph{Manual}. +\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes + in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles. + The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the + matter. +\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old + \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an + original with its translation. It's quite similar to the + \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically + connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can + identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory + string using \textsf{relatedstring}. +\item[\qquad origpubin:] I haven't altered this from the + \textsf{biblatex} default at all, and it presents reprint + information \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The + \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \& + bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for + author-date. +\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the + old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the + standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted + material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly + for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or + perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with + possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it + behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using + \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I + haven't].) +\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} + package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it + might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've + added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of + them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default + \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related} + entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It + also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article} + and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone, + \textsf{suppperiodical}). + + In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with + the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the + child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the + \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these + components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author}, + \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item, + and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the + end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example, + reviews of live performances. + + This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized + \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the + reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the + \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. You should, however, + remember to set the \texttt{related} option to \texttt{true} (either + in the preamble or in individual entries) to ensure that the full + data appears both in notes and in the bibliography. Also, if the + mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context, remember + that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still + available. Finally, this \textsf{relatedtype} has the further + peculiarity that, in \textsf{review} and \textsf{suppperiodical} + entries only, it uses the \textsf{related} functionality also in + short notes, which means that if you want to provide a + \textsf{shorttitle} for short notes then it goes in the \emph{child} + entry rather than the parent. +\end{description} + +\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}} +\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a + look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom}, +\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one + that also allows you to change the introductory string using the} +\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle} +\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the +request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the +original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are +citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays} +volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual} +(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the +bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of + particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase +like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly +parallel to that of including details of a work in the original +language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed +the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a +sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and +\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the +.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite +key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field +(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted + title} field). The main difference between the two forms is that +\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original +work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the +\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only +the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the +\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there. +The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Reprinted + from.} Please see the documentation on \textbf{userf} below for all +the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your data. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the +supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite +both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109) +recommends that, in the bibliography at least, you combine references +to both texts in one entry, though the presentation in notes is pretty +much up to you. In order to follow this specification, I have +provided a third cross-referencing system (the others being +\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the name +\textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its function. + +\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by +entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file, +just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type, +and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for +the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the +\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to +include something that will prevent the entry from being printed +separately in the bibliography --- \texttt{skipbib} in the +\textsf{options} field will work, as would something in the +\textsf{keywords} field in conjunction with a \texttt{notkeyword=} +switch in the \cmd{printbibliography} command. In this standard case, +the data for the translation will be printed first, followed by the +string \texttt{originally published as}, followed by the original, +author omitted, in what amounts to the same format that the +\emph{Manual} uses for long footnotes (furet:pas\-sing:eng, +furet:passing:fr). As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have +also included a way to modify the string printed before the original. +In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the original's +language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally + published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin + edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans). +\textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas} +to replicate the \textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also +customize the \textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result +as with \textsf{origlanguage}. + + +\subsection{Commands} +\label{sec:commands} + +In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may +need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that I have either +altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or +that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make +your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but +I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more +compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed. + +\subsubsection{Formatting Commands} +\label{sec:formatcommands} + +These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your +references in both notes and bibliography. You can find many examples +of their usage in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I shall try to point +you toward a few such entries in what follows. \textbf{NB:} +\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory in some +situations. See its entry below. + +\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8 +of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which +capitalizes a word inside a note or bibliography entry if that word +follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase +otherwise. As this command is both more powerful and more elegant +than the kludge I designed for a previous version of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} (see\ \textbf{\textbackslash + bibstring} below), you should be aware that the use of the +single-letter \cmd{bibstring} commands in your .bib file is obsolete. + +\mylittlespace In order somewhat to reduce the burden on users even +further, I have, following \textsf{biblatex's} example, implemented a +system which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields +in your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey +of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the +extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them. +In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is +begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter, +e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data +begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that +capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house, +morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need +such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try +using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the +mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, is the +complete list of fields where this functionality is active: + +\begin{enumerate} +\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work + as you expect them to here.) +\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it. +\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands. +\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review} + (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type, + in the latter case, however, only when there is an + \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is + from an archive. +\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review} + (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type, + in the latter case, however, only when there is an + \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is + from an archive. +\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, + \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook}, + \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types. +\end{enumerate} + +In any other cases --- and there are only two examples of this in +\textsf{notes-test.bib} (centinel:letters, powell:email) --- you'll +need to provide the \cmd{autocap} command yourself. Indeed, if you +accidentally do so in one of the above fields, it shouldn't matter at +all, and you'll still get what you want, but taking advantage of the +automatic provisions should at least save some typing. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a +very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to +provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that +string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry. +In the first release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the style +relied very heavily on this macro, particularly on an extension I +provided by defining all 26 letters of the (ASCII) alphabet as +\texttt{bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}}, \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) +While you should continue to use the standard, whole-word bibstrings, +\textbf{all use of the single-letter variants I formerly provided is + obsolete, and will generate an error}. This functionality has been +replaced by the \cmd{autocap} command, which does the same thing, only +more elegantly. For yet greater convenience I have implemented, +following \textsf{biblatex's} example, a system automating this +functionality in all of the entry fields where its use was, by my +reckoning, most frequent. This means that, when you require this +functionality, all you need do is input the data in such a field +starting with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} +will do the rest with no further assistance. In my +\textsf{notes-test.bib} file, this mechanism in effect eliminated +all need for the single-letter \texttt{bibstrings} and very nearly all +need for the \cmd{autocap} command --- centinel:letters and +powell:email being the only exceptions. Please see +\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} above for full details. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace I should also mention here that \textsf{biblatex 0.7} +introduced functionality which sometimes allows you simply to input, +for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of +\cmd{bibstring\{newse\-ries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a +bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such +cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the +\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and +\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of +\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} +entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in +the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the +\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries. There may be +other places where \textsf{biblatex's} standard styles support this +feature, and I shall add them when they come to my attention. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} \\ + \textbf{\textbackslash custpunctb}} common with other American +citation styles, the \emph{Manual} requires that the commas and +periods separating units of a reference go inside any quotation marks +that happen to be present. As of version 0.8c, \textsf{biblatex} +contains truly remarkable code that handles this situation in very +nearly complete generality, detecting punctuation after the closing +quotation mark and moving it inside when necessary, and also +controlling which punctuation marks can be printed after which other +punctuation marks, whether quotation marks intervene or not. This +functionality is now mature, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} +relies on this code to place punctuation in the \enquote{American + style,} rather than on complicated \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat} +instructions that attempt to anticipate all possible permutations. +One result of this, thankfully, is that both \cmd{custpunct} and +\cmd{cust\-punctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose +was to supply context-appropriate punctuation inside any quotation +marks that users themselves provided as part of various entry fields. +A second consequence, and I've already recommended this in previous +releases anyway, is that users now \emph{must} use \cmd{mkbibquote} +instead of \cmd{enquote} or the usual \LaTeX\ mechanisms inside their +.bib files. For further details, please see the \cmd{mkbibquote} +entry below. + +\mylittlespace I have retained the code for the \cmd{custpunct} +commands in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, in case a particularly gnarly +entry might still require them, but I have already started to re-use +the \textsf{type} field, which formerly served as a switch for +\cmd{custpunct}, in other contexts (see \textbf{artwork}, +\textbf{image}, and \textbf{suppbook} above). + +\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + foottextcite\\\textbackslash foottextcites}} two commands look +like citation commands, but are in fact wrappers for customizing the +behavior of the \cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites} citation commands +when they are used inside a foot- or an endnote. By default, in such +a context these commands print the name of the \textsf{author(s)} +followed by the \emph{short} citation or citations, i.e., usually +\textsf{title} only, enclosed within parentheses. You can change the +way the citation part is presented by using \cmd{renewcommand} in your +preamble. The default definitions are: \texttt{\{\textbackslash + addspace\textbackslash headlessparenshortcite\}} and +\texttt{\{\textbackslash addspace\textbackslash + headlessparenshort\-cites\}}. If you wanted to return to the default +behavior of previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, for +example, you could change the first to: \texttt{\{\textbackslash + newcunit\textbackslash bibstring\{in\}\textbackslash + addspace\break\textbackslash headlesscite\}}, and the second similarly, +only using \cmd{headlesscites}. (There is also, by the way, a +\cmd{head\-lessparencite(s)} command if you want to retain the long +citations inside the parentheses.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash isdot}} is a +standard \textsf{biblatex} macro, which in previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} could function as a convenient placeholder +in entry fields that, for one reason or another, you may have wanted +to have defined and yet to print nothing. With the release of +\textsf{biblatex} 1.6, this no longer works as before, a situation +which has revealed a number of inconsistencies and bugs in my code, +the rectification of which may therefore require some changes to your +.bib files, assuming you've taken advantage of this mechanism. I +believe that all the situations formerly calling for this specific use +of the macro can now be addressed by more standard means, i.e., the +\cmd{headlesscite} commands and the \texttt{useauthor=false} +declaration in the \textsf{options} field. (See creel:house, +nyt:obittrevor, sewall:letter, unsigned:ranke, and white:total.) + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash letterdatelong}} +have provided this macro mainly for use in the optional postnote field +of the various citation commands. When citing a letter (published or +unpublished, \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc}), it may be useful to +append the date to the usual short note form in order to disambiguate +references. This macro simply prints the date of a letter, or indeed +of any other sort of correspondence. (If your main document language +isn't English, it's better just to use the standard \textsf{biblatex} +command \cmd{printorigdate}.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is +the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here +because it is a crucial part of the mechanism for the +\enquote{American} punctuation system. If you look in +\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} you'll see that the quoted fields, e.g., an +\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection title}, have this command in +their formatting, which does most of the work for you. If, however, +you need to provide additional quotation marks in a field --- a quoted +title within a title, for example --- then you may need to use this +command so that any following period or comma will be brought within +the closing quotation marks. Its use is \emph{required} when the +quoted material comes at the end of a field, and I recommend always +using it in your .bib database, as it does no harm even when that +condition is not fulfilled. A few examples from +\textsf{notes-test.bib} should help to clarify this. + +\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title} +contains a quoted phrase: + +\begin{quotation} + \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\ + \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}} +\end{quotation} + +Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no +punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation +mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or +even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here +--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting +for you.) All of these will produce the formatted +\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning + After} Pill.} Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}: + +\begin{quotation} + \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to + \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}} +\end{quotation} + +Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the +field, and because this bibliographical unit will be separated from +what follows by a period in the bibliography, then the +\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the +final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to + \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}} + +\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with +Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though +the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style, +to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't +loaded. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}} +\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a +\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number, +\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon + separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening + space.} The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is +of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and +unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with +established typographic traditions in a number of contexts. Clea~ F.\ +Rees requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the +\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a +\textsf{volume} number and a page number. It is set to \cmd{addcolon} +by default, except when the current language of the entry is French, +in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}. +You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash + postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but +please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not +more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a +\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash reprint}} and the +following 7 macros all help \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} cope with +the fact that many bibstrings in the Chicago system differ between +notes and bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms +when the latter prints them in full. In the current case, if a book +is a reprint, then the macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, +should go in the \textsf{location} field before the city of +publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweit\-zer:bach). See +\textbf{location}, above. + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB:} The rules for employing abbreviated or +full bibstrings in the \emph{Manual} are remarkably complex, but I +have attempted to make them as transparent for users as possible. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, if you don't see it mentioned in this +section, then in theory you should always provide an abbreviated +version, using the \cmd{bibstring} mechanism, if necessary +(babb:peru). The standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings should also +work (palmatary:pottery), and any that won't should be covered by the +series of macros beginning here with \cmd{reprint} and ending below +with \cmd{parttransandcomp}. + +\mybigspace Since \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} the +\emph{Manual} specifies that the strings \texttt{editor}, +\texttt{translator}, and \texttt{compiler} all require different forms +in notes and bibliography, and since it mentions these three apart +from all the others \textsf{biblatex} provides (\textsf{annotator}, +\textsf{commentator}, et al.), and further since it may indeed happen +that the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't +adequate for presenting some entries, I have provided 7 macros to +allow you to print the correct strings for these functions in both +notes and bibliography. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as +originally I intended them for use when a particular name applied only +to a specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or +\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above). + +\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to +identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} won't do, e.g., in a +\textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the appropriate string in +your references. + +\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this +macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit +into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If +you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either +\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files. The +new version of the command should take care of this automatically for +you.) See chaucer:liferecords. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a +compiler. + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a +translator (ratliff:review). + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a +translator and a compiler. + +\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a +compiler. + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator +whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields +(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}). + +\subsubsection{Citation Commands} +\label{sec:citecommands} + +The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation +commands, some of which (e.g., \cmd{supercite(s)}, \cmd{citeyear}) +provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chi\-cago notes +and bibliography style offered here. If you are getting unexpected +behavior when using them please have a look in your .log file --- +there may be warnings there that alert you to undefined citation +commands. Other \textsf{biblatex}-provided commands, though I haven't +tested them extensively, should pretty much work out of the box. What +remains are the commands I have found most useful and necessary for +following the \emph{Manual}'s specifications, and I document in this +section any alterations I have made to these. As always, if there are +standard commands that don't work for you, or new commands that would +be useful, please let me know, and it should be possible to fix or add +them. + +\mylittlespace A number of users have run into a problem that appears +when they've used a command like \cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote} +macro. In this situation, the automatic capitalization routines will +not be in operation at the start of the footnote, so instead of +\enquote{Ibid.,} for example, you'll see \enquote{ibid.} If you need +to use the \cmd{cite} command within a \cmd{footnote} command, the +solution is to use \cmd{Cite} instead. Alternatively, don't use a +\cmd{footnote} macro at all, rather try \cmd{footcite} or +\cmd{autocite} with the optional prenote and postnote arguments. Cf.\ +\cmd{Citetitle} below, and also section~3.7 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't +adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out +that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} sets this command to use +\cmd{footcite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much +the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in +its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace While \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash cite*}} the +\cmd{cite} command works just as you would expect it to, I have also +provided a starred version for the rare situations when you might need +to turn off the ibidem tracking mechanism. \textsf{Biblatex} provides +very sophisticated algorithms for using \enquote{Ibid} in notes, so in +general you won't find a need for this command, but in case you'd +prefer a longer citation where you might automatically find +\enquote{Ibid,} I've provided this. Of course, you'll need to put it +inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually. (See also section +\ref{sec:useropts}, below.) + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citeauthor}} have +adapted this standard \textsf{biblatex} command only very slightly to +bring it into line with \textsf{biblatex-chicago's} needs. Its main +usage will probably be for references to works from classical +antiquity, when an \textsf{author's} name (abbreviated or not) +sometimes suffices in the absence of a \textsf{title}, e.g., +Thuc.\ 2.40.2--3 (14.258). You'll need to put it inside a +\cmd{footnote} command manually. (Cf.\ also \textsf{entrysubtype} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citejournal}} +command provides an alternative short form when citing journal +\textsf{articles}, giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and +\textsf{volume} number instead of the article \textsf{title} after the +\textsf{author's} name. The \emph{Manual} suggests that this format +might be helpful \enquote{in the absence of a full bibliography} +(14.196). It may also prove useful when you want to provide +parenthetical references to newspaper articles within the text rather +than in the bibliography, a style endorsed by the \emph{Manual} +(14.206). In such a case, an article's author, if there is one, could +form part of the running text. As usual with these general citation +commands, if you want the reference to appear in a footnote you need +to put it inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle}} +simply prepends \cmd{bibsentence} to the usual \cmd{citetitle} +command. Some titles may need this for the automatic contextual +capitalization facility to work correctly. (Included as standard from +\textsf{biblatex} 0.8d.) + +\mybigspace Joseph \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citetitles}} +Reagle noticed that, because of the way +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} formats titles in quotation marks, +using the \cmd{citetitle} command will often get you punctuation you +don't want, especially when presenting a list of titles. I've +included this multicite command to enable you to present such a list, +if the need arises. Remember that you'll have to put it inside a +\cmd{footnote} command manually. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash footfullcite}} +standard \textsf{biblatex} command, modified to work properly with +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and provided in case you find +yourself in a situation where you really need the full citation in a +footnote, but where \cmd{autocite} would print a short note or even +\enquote{Ibid.} This may be particularly useful if you've chosen to use all +short notes by setting the \texttt{short} option in the arguments to +\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex\}}, yet still feel the need for the +occasional full citation. + +\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash fullcite}} too, +is a standard command, and it too provides a full citation, but unlike +the previous command it doesn't automatically place it in a footnote. +It may be useful within long textual notes. + +\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}} +Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the +\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the +genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic +constructions. As a convenience for users, I've also ported this to +the notes \& bibliography style. In most respects it behaves exactly +like \cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've +added a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to +choose which declensional ending to add to the name. If you don't +specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}. +If you want something different, then you'll need to present a third +option to the command, like so: +\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. You must include the +two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it +will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a +\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a +\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentext\-cites} command as well, and +for it you may need to specify +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]\\()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}, +though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the +first citation you can make do with +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\\\{entry:key2\}}. + +\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text +is unpredictable. There is currently no way to add the genitival +ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will +only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is +in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author +work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however, +you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached +to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names +attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last, +but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option +set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s). + +\mybigspace Matthew \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash headlesscite}} +Lundin requested a more generalized \cmd{headlesscite} macro, +suppressing the author's name in specific contexts while allowing +users not to worry about whether a particular citation needs the long +or short form, a responsibility thereby handed over to +\textsf{biblatex's} tracking mechanisms. This citation command +attempts to fulfill this request. Please note that, in the short +form, the result will be rather like a \cmd{citetitle} command, which +may or may not be what you want. Note, also, that as I have provided +only the most flexible form of the command, you'll have to wrap it in +a \cmd{footnote} yourself. Please see the next entry for further +discussion of some of the needs this command might help address. + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + headless-\\fullcite}} have provided this command in case you want +to print a full citation without the author's name. The \emph{Manual} +(14.78, 14.88) suggests this for brevity's sake in cases where that +name is already obvious enough from the title, and where repetition +might seem awkward (creel:house, feydeau:farces, meredith:letters, and +sewall:letter). \textsf{Letter} entries --- and only such entries --- +do this for you automatically, and of course the repetition is +tolerated in bibliographies for the sake of alphabetization, but in +notes this command may help achieve greater elegance, even if it isn't +strictly necessary. As I've provided only the most flexible form of +the command, you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote} yourself. + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shortcite}} have +provided this command in case, for any reason, you specifically +require the short form of a note, and \textsf{biblatex} thinks you +want something else. Again, I've provided only the most flexible form +of the command, so you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote} +manually. + +\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shorthandcite}} +the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have included this command which +always prints the \textsf{shorthand}, even at the first citation of a +given work. Again, I've only provided the most flexible form of the +command, so you'll need to place it inside parentheses or wrap it in a +\cmd{footnote} manually. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash surnamecite}} +command is analogous to \cmd{headlesscite}, but whereas the latter +allows you to omit an \textsf{author's} name when that name is obvious +from the \textsf{title} of a work, \cmd{surnamecite} allows you to +shorten a full note citation in contexts where the full name(s) of the +\textsf{author} have already been provided in the text. In short +notes this falls back to the standard format, but in long notes it +simply omits the given names of the \textsf{author} and provides only +the surname, along with the full data of the entry. (Cf.\ 14.52.) + +\mybigspace Norman \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} Gray +started a discussion on +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange} +which established both that \textsf{biblatex} had begun including a +\cmd{textcite} command in its verbose styles and that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} hadn't kept up. In that thread Audrey +Boruvka provided some code, adapted from \textsf{verbose.cbx}, to +provide such a command for the Chicago notes \&\ bibliography style. +More recently, Rasmus Pank Rouland pointed out some changes in +\textsf{biblatex} that made the \cmd{textcites} command fit more +elegantly into the flow of text. I've adapted this solution in this +release. I'm still not entirely certain how best to accommodate this +request within the package, but there are now at least commands +(\cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites}) for users to test. Their +functionality is a little complicated. In the main text, they will +provide an \textsf{author's} name(s), followed immediately by a foot- +or endnote which contains the full (or short) reference, following the +usual rules. If you use \cmd{textcite} inside a foot- or endnote, +then the default behavior, for both \cmd{textcite} and +\cmd{textcites}, specifies that you'll get the \textsf{author's} +name(s) followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations) +placed within parentheses. Such parentheses are generally discouraged +by the \emph{Manual} (14.33), but are nonetheless somewhat better than +other solutions for smoothing the syntax of sentences that include +such a citation. I have made the citation short, i.e., \textsf{title} +only, because this again seems likely to be the least awkward solution +syntactically. If you want to configure this behavior for either +citation command, please see \cmd{foottextcite} and +\cmd{foottextcites} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}. + +\mylittlespace If you look at \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, you'll see a +number of other citation commands, but those are intended for internal +use only, mainly in cross-references of various sorts. Use at your +own risk. + +\subsection{Package Options} +\label{sec:options} + +\subsubsection{Pre-Set \textsf{biblatex} Options} +\label{sec:presetopts} + +Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will +tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I +thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These +settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you +can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your +preamble or by loading the package via +\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, which gives you the +\textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself inside +the square brackets. + +\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{abbreviate=\\false}} default, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints the longer bibstrings, mainly +for use in the bibliography, but since notes require the shorter forms +of many of them, I've had to define many new strings for use there. + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes} +\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\footnote}} places references in +footnotes by default. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker +for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification calls +for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened when +presenting date ranges. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{dateabbrev=\\false}} +\emph{Manual} prefers to use full month names in the notes \&\ +bibliography style. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}} +enables the use of \enquote{Ibid} in notes, but only in the most +strictly-defined circumstances. Whenever there might be any +ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more +informative reference. Remember also that you can use the \cmd{cite*} +command to disable this functionality in any given reference, or +indeed one of the \texttt{fullcite} commands if you need the long note +form for any reason. + +\mylittlespace Roger \mymarginpar{\texttt{idemtracker=\\false}} Hart +suggested that it might be helpful, despite the \emph{Manual's} +objections (14.30), to be able to turn on \textsf{biblatex's} +\texttt{idemtracker}. This replaces, in notes only, authors' names +with the string \enquote{Idem} when a work by the same author follows +a different work by that author, two consecutive references to the +same work by the same author generating, of course, \enquote{Ibid.} +You can turn this on when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} by setting +\texttt{idemtracker=constrict}. It works very much like the standard +\textsf{biblatex} styles which include this option, so that you never +get \enquote{Idem} in long notes, but only in short ones, and +(ideally) never when the repeated name might be somewhat ambiguous. +Also, if you wish the localized string to be appropriately gendered, +you need to employ the \textsf{biblatex} field \textsf{gender}, on +which see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~2.3.3. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{loccittracker\\=constrict}} +allows the package to determine whether two consecutive citations of +the same source also cite the same page of that source. In such a +case, \texttt{Ibid} alone will be printed, without the page reference, +following the specification (14.29). + +\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\ + minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names +printed in the bibliography when that number exceeds 10. These +numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (14.76), and +they are different from those for use in notes. With +\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and +\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbiblio\-graphy} command at the bottom +of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does this +automatically for you, though of course you can change them in your +document preamble. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables +page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage} +commands for controlling, among other things, the printing of +\enquote{Ibid.} It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside +mode, or whole spreads in twoside mode. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} is the +standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, but I have given it +some extra settings and also added an entry option as well. By +default it enables the use of \textsf{related} functionality in the +bibliography only, not in long notes. You can set it either in the +preamble or in individual entries to enable the functionality in long +notes only (\texttt{notes}), in both notes and bibliography +(\texttt{true}), or in neither (\texttt{false}). Cf.\ +coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off +the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice +which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=\\}\cmd{cms@choose}} +new setting tests whether you are using \textsf{Biber} as your +backend, and if so enables a custom \textsf{biblatex-chicago} sorting +scheme for the bibliography (\texttt{cms}). If you are using any +other backend, it reverts to the \textsf{biblatex} default +(\texttt{nty}). Please see the discussion of +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} just below. + +\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{uniquework=\\true}} option +enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to disambiguate shortened +citations to different sources which might otherwise be confusingly +identical. Though I've set it in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +you'll need to set the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} option +yourself in order for it to have any visible effect. See the +documentation of that option in section~\ref{sec:useropts}, below. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}} +enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of +entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}. +In the bibliography, the entry will be alphabetized by the +translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a +per-entry basis by setting \texttt{use\-translator=false} in the +\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain. + +\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options} +\label{sec:formatopts} + +I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands +provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between +bibliography items and between items in the list of shorthands +(\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of these in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to redefine +them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you know that +the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the formatting +options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a replacement +for repeated names in the bibliography (14.63--67, and just below); +and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main text and at the +bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in the text, +in-line in the notes; 14.19). The code for this last formatting is +also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped it in a test +that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir} class, which I +believe has its own commands for defining these parameters. You can +also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff} package option, on +which see below. + +\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's} +\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of +three dashes separated by gaps. He suggested an alternative, which +I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you +can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your +chosen font. The default definition is: +\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash + rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes} + \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have +added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-notes\break .bbx}, for +use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command. +The first, \texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of +shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does +the same for endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, +and in the latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white +space that I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably +also want to use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid +of the [oversized] default, providing your own within the +\cmd{footnote} command.) If you use a command like +\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal +abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and +\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{biben\-vironments} in exactly the same way. +Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and +\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for +further options available to you for presenting and formatting these +two types of \texttt{biblist}. + +\mylittlespace Formerly +\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}} available only to +those using \textsf{Biber}, but since version 3.0 handled by +\textsf{biblatex} itself, \cmd{DeclareLabelname} allows you to add +name fields for consideration when \textsf{biblatex} is attempting to +find a shortened name for short notes. This, for example, allows a +compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to appear at the head of short notes +without any other intervention from the user, rather than requiring a +\textsf{shortauthor} field as previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} did. The default search order for the +Chicago styles is \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author}, +\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{namec}. You can set the option +\texttt{use<name>=false} in entries or when loading +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to exclude individual fields from appearing +in short notes, or indeed at the head of long notes and bibliography +entries. See the documentation of those name types in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for further details. + +\mylittlespace I +\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}} +have provided, using this declaration, a custom sorting algorithm for +the bibliography. The idea is that \textsf{biblatex} can use any +field whatsoever for sorting, so that a great many more entries will +be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring manual +intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the like. +Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} loads the custom scheme +\enquote{\texttt{cms},} a Chicago-specific variant of the default +\texttt{nty}. (You can find its definition in +\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}.) The advantages of this scheme are, +specifically, that any entry headed by one of the supplemental name +fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an +\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry +headed by a \textsf{journaltitle} won't need a \textsf{sortkey} set. +Further, the \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any name +field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user +intervention. + +\subsubsection{{Pre-Set \textsf{chicago} Options}} +\label{sec:chicpreset} + +At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request +of Scot Becker, I have included this rather specialized option, which +controls the printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} +entries. Some bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total +page count in that field by default, and this option allows you to +stop the printing of this information in notes and bibliography. It +defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but it can be set +to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a +per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field (though rather than use +this latter method it would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} +field from the affected entries). + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in notes and bibliography. At the request of Daniel +Possenriede, and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for +this field instead of a \textsf{url} (14.6), I have added a third +switch, \texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present +and the \textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}. The package +default remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will +print both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present. The +option can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the +preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the +\textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi} +field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still +eliminate any \textsf{url}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be +set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a +per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} +entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn}, +\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the +.bib file will be printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to +true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole +document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. + +\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again at +the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which +controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the +periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present. +Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of +publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this +information is available the \emph{Manual} (14.180, 14.185) prints +everything, so this option defaults to true, which means the field is +printed, but it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the +whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be +set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a +per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as +in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always +printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this +option. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the +one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the +fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of +them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but +you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or, +for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual +entries. The rationale for all of these options is the availability +of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as +possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely +necessary. Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably +works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but +others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at +least to a first approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may +then polish up the details. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{addendum=\\true}} the request +of Roger Hart, I have included this option, which controls the +printing of the \textsf{addendum} field, but \emph{only} in long +notes. It defaults to true, and can be set to false either in the +preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis, in the +\textsf{options} field. + +\mylittlespace According \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookseries=\\true}} to +the \emph{Manual} (14.128), the \textsf{series} field in book-like +entries \enquote{may be omitted to save space (especially in a + footnote).} This option allows you to control the printing of that +field in long notes. It defaults to true, and can be set to false +either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry +basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Several entry types don't use +this field, so the option will have no effect in them, and it is also +ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc}, \textsf{music}, +\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries. + +\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{notefield=\\true}} with the +previous two options, Roger Hart requested an option to control the +printing of the \textsf{note} field in long notes. It defaults to +true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole +document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. The +option will be ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc}, +\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} fields. + +\mylittlespace This +\mymarginpar{\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\texttt{completenotes=}% + \\\texttt{true}} is the one option that rules +the three preceding, either printing all the fields under +consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of them from long +notes. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but +you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or, +for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual +entries. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the +request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for +controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print +abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given +collection or series. This option controls whether multiple +\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and +\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection +will appear in this space-saving format. The parent collection itself +will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book}, +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or +\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or +\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation +depending on the value of the option: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref} + or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will + \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or + bibliography. +\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry + types both in notes and in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in + notes, but only in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the + bibliography, but only in notes. +\end{description} + +This option can be set either in the preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the +behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, +\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see +\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of +\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}. + +\mylittlespace Roger +\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart +requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the +\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and +\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is +\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for all +occurrences in notes and for nearly all \textsf{book-} and +\textsf{maintitleaddons} in the bibliography, while +\cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the default +before most \textsf{titleaddons} in the bibliography. If the +punctuation printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the +relevant option either in the preamble or in individual entries. +(Cf.\ coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option +keys are: + +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all +\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace} +\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}} +\end{description} + +If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly +\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or +\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth +remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless +you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a +\textsf{titleaddon} field. A simpler solution might be to set the +relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the +punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself. + +\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a +\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur +particularly in cross-referenced entries, then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the +\textsf{volumes} field. In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle} +is present, this may not be the desired result. In this latter case, +if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this new +option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the +\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to +\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field +of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is +the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling +whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated +references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or +series. It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less +authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook}, +\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}. +The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or +\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a +\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings}, +or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry. Given these multiple cross +references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be +governed by the following options: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use + \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned + entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and + bibliography. +\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these + entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in + notes, but only in the bibliography. +\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the + bibliography, but only in notes. +\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one + setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry + types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes + and in the bibliography. +\end{description} + +This option can be set either in the preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the +behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, +and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref}, +above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}. + +\mylittlespace This +\mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand\\punct\\=space}} +option controls the punctuation that appears before the first +introduction of a \textsf{shorthand} field, including the +\textsf{shorthandintro}, in long notes. The default is +\cmd{addspace}, but if this isn't correct for your needs, especially +if you change the \textsf{shorthandintro} or don't want the whole +phrase inside parentheses, then you can change it in the preamble or +in individual entries. The accepted option keys are: + +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all +\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace} +\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad emdash] = + \cmd{addthinspace\cmd{textemdash}\cmd{addthinspace}} +\item[\qquad endash] = \cmd{addspace\cmd{textendash}\cmd{addspace}} +\end{description} + +You can, in emergencies, directly +\cmd{renewcommand\{\cmd{shorthandpunct}\}} in the pream\-ble, but it +might be easier to use the \texttt{none} option to +\texttt{shorthandpunct} and hand-craft solutions inside the +\textsf{shorthandintro} fields of individual entries. + +\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}} +\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as +standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now +deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with +\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board. + +\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble} +\label{sec:useropts} + +These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to +enable. All except the fourth can be used even if you load the +package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users +can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the +\cmd{usepackage} \texttt{\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of +Emil Salim, I included in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} the ability to +produce annotated bibliographies. If you turn this option on then the +contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or \textsf{annote}) field will +be printed after the bibliographical reference. (You can also use +external files to store annotations -- please see +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.) This +functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it +please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation} +field, on page~\pageref{sec:annote} above. + +\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to +\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the +\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed +in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60). +Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in +your document. See the \textsf{pages} field in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above. + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} presentation of +\textsf{volume} information in the notes \&\ bibliography style is +complicated (\emph{Manual}, 14.121--27). Depending on entry type and +on the presence or absence of a \textsf{booktitle} or a +\textsf{maintitle}, \textsf{volume} data will be presented, in the +bibliography, either before a \textsf{maintitle} or after a +\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, that is, just before +publication information. This, so far, is handled for you +automatically by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. In long notes, the +same options apply, but it is also sometimes better to place +\textsf{volume} information \emph{after} the publication information +and just before any page numbers, so I have included this option, +which you can set either for the whole document or on a per-entry +basis, to allow you to move \textsf{volume} data to the end of a long +note. Please note that this doesn't affect any \textsf{volume} data +printed \emph{before} a \textsf{maintitle}, but only data that would, +without this option, be printed \emph{after} a \textsf{booktitle} or +\textsf{maintitle}. Cf.\ also \cmd{postvolpunct}, below. + +\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the +\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and +endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or +endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all +publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I +have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include +the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will +not alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in +any way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your +publisher. I have placed all of this code in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if you load the package with a call +to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then once again footnote marks will +revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of course you also lose a fair +amount of other formatting, as well. See section~\ref{sec:loading}, +below. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects +the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using +the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that +command in section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above. + +\mylittlespace Setting \mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} this +option to \texttt{true} allows child entries to inherit the +\textsf{shorthand} and \textsf{shorthandintro} fields from +cross-referenced parent entries. This in turn allows abbreviated +references to the parent entry to use the \textsf{shorthand} instead +of the usual and merely short citation, thus allowing for extra space +savings. There are several other steps required to make this all +function smoothly, so please see the documentation of the +\textbf{shorthand} field in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option +controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in place of +the \textsf{journaltitle} field in notes and bibliography. It is +\texttt{false} by default, so as shipped +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will silently ignore such fields, but +you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual entries, to +one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the abbreviated form +in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} in notes only, and +\texttt{bib} in the bibliography only. Please note that in +\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and \textsf{shorttitle} +fields behave in exactly the same manner. For more details, see the +documentation of \textsf{shortjournal} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above. + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual} +(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\ + and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has +followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names +like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that +traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and +since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an +option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the +whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that +numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code +tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if +you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in +the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a +bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of +the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came +before the given names (as in a bibliography). The package now +correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given +names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of +which is unaffected by this option. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the +standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have +reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to +\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with +\cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply +read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter +form also works if you load the style using +\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago\-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this +requirement isn't too onerous. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an +early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to +turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses by default. Some publishers, it +would appear, require this. Setting this option will mean that all +possible instances of \emph{ibid.}\ will be replaced by the short note +form. For more fine-grained control of individual citations you'll +probably want to use specialized citation commands, instead. See +section \ref{sec:citecommands}. + +\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} part of the +abbreviated cross-referencing functionality for \textsf{book}, +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} +entries, I have thought it helpful to include, in the abbreviated +references only, a date for any \textsf{title} that's part of a +\textsf{maintitle}, though not for those that are only part of +\textsf{booktitle}. If these dates annoy you, you can use this option +to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a whole +or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. Cf.\ +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc; and +\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which +only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the +previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a +\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017. +The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping +both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the +\emph{Manual} (9.36). The option is available only in the preamble. + +\mylittlespace Several +\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} users, most +recently David Gohlke, have requested a way to alter the punctuation +that appears just before the \textsf{postnote} argument of citation +commands, usually, but perhaps not always, to allow citations to fit +better into the flow of text. This punctuation is a complex issue in +the \emph{Manual}, and I've attempted to make +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follow the specifications closely. Still, +as a first stab at enabling the greater flexibility in punctuation +that some have requested, I have introduced the \texttt{postnotepunct} +package option. Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the +\textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have +it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the package +might otherwise automatically have chosen. Please note that this +functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman which I +haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option experimental. +Note also that the option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of +citation commands, not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file. + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{short}} option means that +your text will only use the short note form, even in the first +citation of a particular work. The \emph{Manual} (14.14) recommends +this space-saving format only when you provide a \emph{full} +bibliography, though even with such a bibliography you may feel it +easier for your readers to present long first citations. If you do +use the \texttt{short} option, remember that there are several +citation commands which allow you to present the full reference in +specific cases (see section \ref{sec:citecommands}). If your +bibliography is not complete, then you should not use this option. + +\mylittlespace N.\ +Andrew\colmarginpar{\texttt{shortextra-\\field\\shortextra-\\format\\shortextra-\\punct}} +Walsh has remarked that it is quite possible for documents to cite +works that, though perfectly distinguishable in their long form, end +up looking identical in short notes; multiple performances of the same +work by the same artist, for example, might end up producing such a +situation. While the use of a \textsf{shorthand} field could provide +some sort of remedy, he requested a way to disambiguate short notes by +adding a user-configurable field to the note, thereby keeping it both +short and unique without the need to consult a list of shorthands. +The \emph{Manual} (15.28) itself provides just such a mechanism in the +author-date specification, so I've added one to the notes \&\ +bibliography style, as well. It consists of the standard +\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquework}, now set to \texttt{true} +by default, along with three package options for the user to +configure. All three of these options are settable for the whole +document, for individual entries, or for individual entry types. + +\mylittlespace The first is \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}}, which +\emph{must} be set in order for the mechanism to print anything at +all. You should set this option to the name of the field you wish to +be printed in addition to the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle}. +By default, it will be printed after the latter, separated from it by +a comma. You can manually define this punctuation by setting the +\mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}} option to one of \texttt{none, + space, comma, period, colon,} or \texttt{semicolon}. You can also +enclose the extra field in parentheses or square brackets by setting +the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}} option to \texttt{parens} or +\texttt{brackets}. + +\mylittlespace User \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand-\\first}} laudecir +requested a simpler way to print the \textsf{shorthand} even in the +first citation of a source, simpler, that is, than remembering to use +the \cmd{shorthandcite} command. You can set this option to +\texttt{true} either in the preamble or in individual entries. + +\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has +suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands +providing full bibliographical information may replace the +bibliography itself. This option prints this full information in the +list of shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib +entry not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a +list. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand} field in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for information on further options +available to you for presenting and formatting the list of shorthands. + +\mylittlespace Chris Sparks \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandibid}} +pointed out that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} would never use +\emph{ibid.}\ in the case of entries containing a \textsf{shorthand} +field, but rather that consecutive references to such an entry +continued to provide the shorthand, instead. The \emph{Manual} isn't, +as far as I can tell, completely clear on this question. In 14.258, +discussing references to works from classical antiquity, it states +that \enquote{when abbreviations are used, these rather than + \emph{ibid.}\ should be used in succeeding references to the same + work,} but I can't make out whether this rule is specific to +classical references or has more general scope. Given this ambiguity, +I don't think it unreasonable to provide an option to allow printing +of \emph{ibid.}\ instead of the shorthand in such circumstances, +though the default behavior remains the same as it always has. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental +option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36) +for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and +the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short +rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this +code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats +might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems. + +\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{urlnotes}} Björk, for +specialized reasons, requested a way to turn off the printing of +\textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} information in notes +but not in the bibliography. As it's possible this might be of more +general usefulness, I've provided a new option. You can set it to +\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in individual entries, but +please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online} entries. + +\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed +out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or +\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation +of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or +\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that +might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in +notes and in the bibliography wouldn't include this information. +Setting this option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in +individual entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or +\textsf{eprint} field to appear even in these abbreviated references. + +\subsection{General Usage Hints} +\label{sec:hints} + +\subsubsection{Loading the Style} +\label{sec:loading} + +With the addition of the author-date styles to the package, I have +provided three keys for choosing which style to load, \texttt{notes}, +\texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one of which you +put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command. The default way +of loading the notes + bibliography style has therefore slightly +changed. With early versions of \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-notes}, +the standard way of loading the package was via a call to +\textsf{biblatex}, e.g.: +\begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,\%\\ + babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}} +\end{quote} +Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the +vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old +invocation, will look like this: +\begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\ + bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}} +\end{quote} + +(In point of fact, the previous \textsf{biblatex-chicago} loading +method without the \texttt{notes} option will still work, but only +because I've made the notes \&\ bibliography style the default if no +style is explicitly requested.) If you read through +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it sets a number of +\textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the Chicago +specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables intended +as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:presetopts}, above). +Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more +\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many +publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in +citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the +defaults I have provided do not conform. + +\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this +can easily be done by putting different options in the call to +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in +the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however, +you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package, +perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether, +then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above. +You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that +sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or +footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls +\textsf{cms-american.lbx}, which means that you'll lose all the +Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your +preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command adapted for your +setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and also +§§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call +the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, short,} and +\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above), in case these +continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications. +There's very little code, therefore, actually in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal +separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any +suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome. + +\subsubsection{Other Hints} +\label{sec:otherhints} + +One useful rule, when you are having difficulty creating a .bib entry, +is to ask yourself whether all the information you are providing is +strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is a very full one, but +the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many circumstances, fairly relaxed +about how much of the data from a work's title page you need to fit +into a reference. Authors of introductions and afterwords, multiple +publishers in different countries, the real names of authors more +commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these are candidates for +exclusion if you aren't making specific reference to them, and if you +judge that their inclusion won't be of particular interest to your +readers. Of course, any data that may be of such interest, and +especially any needed to identify and track down a reference, has to +be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and reevaluate how much +information you're providing. I've tried to make +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} robust enough to handle the most +complex, data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can +save yourself some typing by keeping it simple. + +\mylittlespace Scot Becker pointed out to me that the inverse problem +not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to wit, .bib +database entries generated by bibliographic managers which helpfully +provide as much information as is available, including fields that +users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI, +\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} +§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I +have implemented the ones that are relevant to +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and +that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general +option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration +-- please see section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} above. + +\mylittlespace If you are having problems with the interaction of +punctuation and quotation marks in notes or bibliography, first please +check that you've used \cmd{mkbibquote} in the relevant part of your +.bib file. If you are still getting errors, please let me know, as it +may well be a bug. + +\mylittlespace For the \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} style, I have +fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing punctuation at +the end of entries. Several users noted insufficiencies in previous +releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, sometimes related to the +semicolon between multiple citations, sometimes to ineradicable +periods after long notes, bugs that were byproducts of my attempt to +fix other end-of-entry errors. One of the side effects of this older +code was (wrongly) to put a period after a long note produced, e.g., +by a command like \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash headlessfullcite\}}, +whereas only the \enquote{foot} cite commands (including +\cmd{autocite} in the default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} set up) +should do so. If you came to rely on this side effect, please note +now that you'll have to put the period in yourself when explicitly +calling \cmd{footnote}, like so: \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash + headlessfullcite\{key\}.\}} + +\mylittlespace When you use abbreviations at the ends of fields in +your .bib file (e.g., \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} or +\enquote{\texttt{Inc.},}) \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} should deal +automatically with adding (or suppressing) appropriate punctuation +after the final dot. This includes retaining periods after such dots +when a closing parenthesis intervenes, as in (n.d.). Merely entering +the abbreviation without informing \textsf{biblatex} that the final +dot is a dot and not a period should always work, though you do have +to provide manual formatting in those rare cases when you need a comma +after the author's initials in a bibliography, usually in a +\textsf{misc} entry (see house:papers). If you find you need to +provide such formatting elsewhere, please let me know. + +\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, use \textsf{Biber} if you can. +It's not absolutely required for the notes \&\ bibliography style, but +it is required for an increasing amount of very useful functionality +in all \textsf{biblatex} styles. The \textbf{mv*} entry types, for +example, can help streamline your .bib database, particularly when +used as \textsf{crossref} targets, but this utility is severely +limited if you are using one of the older backends. If you have to +use one of these older backends, then the \textsf{biblatex} authors +advise using \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX, +to avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your .bib file gets to a +certain size. + +\section{The Specification: Author-Date} +\label{sec:authdate} + +The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package contains two different +author-date styles. The first, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate}, +implements the specifications of the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago + Manual of Style}. Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the +\emph{Manual}, though as this latest edition now recommends \enquote{a + uniform treatment for the main elements of citation in both of its + systems of documentation} (15.2), many of these references will in +fact be to the chapter on the notes \&\ bibliography style (chap.\ +14), which chapter is, by design, considerably more detailed than that +devoted to the author-date style. The second, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad}, implements that same +specification but with a markedly different style of title +presentation, including sentence-style capitalization and an absence +of quotation marks around the (plain-text) titles of \textsf{article} +or \textsf{incollection} entries, \emph{inter alia}. The +\textsf{trad} style is so named because older versions of the +\emph{Manual}, up to and including the 15th edition, recommended this +plainer style for author-date titles, and the 16th edition itself +suggests the possibility, when needed, of retaining such title +presentation in combination with its own recommendations for other +parts of the reference apparatus (15.45). In practice, the +differences between the two styles necessitate separate discussions of +the \textsf{title} field and one extra package option +(\texttt{headline}), and that's about it. + +\mylittlespace Generally, then, the following documentation covers +both Chicago author-date styles, and attempts to explain all the parts +of the specification that might be considered somehow \enquote{non + standard,} at least with respect to the styles included with +\textsf{biblatex} itself. In the section on entry fields I admit I +have also duplicated a lot of the information in +\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of +the system. As usual, headings in \mycolor{green} +\colmarginpar{\textsf{New in this release}} indicate material new to +this release, or occasionally old material that has undergone +significant revision. The file \textsf{dates-test.bib} contains many +examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, should produce the same output +as you see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output, +where the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state +of affairs which does sometimes occur. If you are using +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} the same basically holds, +but you'd have to keep one eye on the 15th edition of the +\emph{Manual} (chap.\ 17) for the titles. I have provided +\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, which +show how my system processes \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I have also +included the reference keys from the latter file below in parentheses. + +\subsection{Entry Types} +\label{sec:types:authdate} + +The complete list of entry types currently available in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} and \textsf{authordate-trad}, +minus the odd \textsf{biblatex} alias, is as follows: +\mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork}, \textbf{audio}, +\textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet}, +\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image}, +\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings}, +\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}}, +\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}}, +\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual}, \textbf{misc}, \textbf{music}, +\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings}, +\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}), +\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings}, +\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias +\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook}, +\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis} +(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}), +\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}. + +\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the +differences between these types and the standard provided by +\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is +safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In +general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here, +unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given +entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require +very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, so +it seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in +the next section. + +\paragraph*{\protect\colmarginpar{\textbf{article}}} +\label{sec:ad:article} +The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style} (14.170) recognizes three different +sorts of periodical publication, \enquote{journals,} +\enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers.} The first (14.172) +includes \enquote{scholarly or professional periodicals available + mainly by subscription,} while the second refers to \enquote{weekly + or monthly} publications that are \enquote{available either by + subscription or in individual issues at bookstores or newsstands.} +\enquote{Magazines} will tend to be \enquote{more accessible to + general readers,} and typically won't have a volume number. The +following paragraphs detail how to construct your .bib entries for all +these sorts of periodical publication. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use +the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} --- +\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off +the page numbers with a colon in the list of references, as required +by the \emph{Manual}. If, however, you wish to cite a +\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need to add an +\textsf{entrysubtype} field containing the exact string +\texttt{magazine} or, now, its synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. +The main formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper} +and a plain \textsf{article} are that time specifications (month, day, +season) aren't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers are +set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts of +reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see +\emph{Manual} 14.175--198, 15.9, 15.43--46; batson, beattie:crime, +chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution, friedman:learning, +garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet, +loomis:structure, rozner:liberation, schneider:mittelpleistozaene, +terborgh:pre\-ser\-vation, wall:ra\-di\-o, warr:ellison, +white:callima\-chus. With \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, +cf.\ 14.181, 14.199--202, 15.47; assocpress:gun, +lakeforester:pushcarts, mor\-genson:\-mar\-ket, reaves:ro\-sen, +stenger:privacy.) + +\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which +citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to + cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text} +(15.47). This involves giving the title of the journal and the full +date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other +information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to +present such an entry in the list of references. To utilize this +method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine} +\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into +the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well +to stop the entry printing in the list of references. If the entry +only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough, +but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then +you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} +field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace If you are familiar with the notes \&\ bibliography +style, you'll know that the \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of books, +plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of +\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,} +distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review +itself. With the 16th edition's changes to the way titles are +presented in the \textsf{authordate} style, users need to learn how to +present this sort of material, which involves using an entry type +(\textsf{review}) that wasn't necessary in the 15th edition. The key +rule is this: if a review has a separate, non-generic title (gibbard; +osborne:poison) in addition to something that reads like +\enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an \textsf{article} entry, +with or without the \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, depending +on the sort of publication containing the review. If the only title +is the generic \enquote{review of \ldots,} for example, then you'll +need the \textsf{review} entry type, with or without this same +\textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using \texttt{magazine}. On +\textsf{review} entries, see below. (The curious reader will no doubt +notice that the code for formatting any sort of review still exists in +\textsf{article}, as it was initially designed for \textsf{biblatex + 0.6}, but the current arrangement is somewhat simpler and therefore, +I hope, better.) + +\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a +generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the +latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex} +intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to +be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses it in just this way, with +the additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the +\textsf{title} entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, +providing a fairly powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need +is a generic title like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you want to +switch to the \textsf{review} type, where you can simply use the +\textsf{title} field for it. + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also, +at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype} +\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the +\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being +reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite +multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual +distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still +holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the +\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the +latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details. + +\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication under +this heading. First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that what goes +into the \textsf{titleaddon} field of \textsf{article} entries stays +unformatted --- no italics, no quotation marks --- this plain style is +the default for such text, which means that you'll have to format any +titles within \textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with +\cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar +plain style for the titles of other sorts of material found in +\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries, +letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and +the like. References may contain both the title of an individual +article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former +should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in +\textsf{titleaddon}. As with reviews proper, if there is only the +generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type. (See +14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.) + +\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} suggests +that \enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features are best dealt + with in text \ldots} (14.207). As with newspaper or magazine +articles in general, you can place \texttt{cmsdate=full} and +\texttt{skipbib} into the \textsf{options} field to produce an +augmented in-text citation whilst keeping this material out of the +reference list. If you do use the reference list, then the standard +shorter citation will be sufficient, and in both cases the name of the +periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) will be used in place +of the missing author. Just to clarify: in \textsf{article} or +\textsf{review} entries, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, a +missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the periodical +(in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the missing author. +Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, and assuming that no name whatsoever +can be found to put at the head of the entry, the \textsf{title} will +be used, not the \textsf{journaltitle}, or so I interpret the +\emph{Manual} (14.175). The default sorting scheme in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} considers the +\textsf{journaltitle} before the \textsf{title}, so if the latter +heads an entry you'll need a \textsf{sortkey}, just as you will if you +retain the definite or indefinite article at the beginning of the +\textsf{journaltitle} in author-less entries with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}. If you want to abbreviate the +\textsf{journaltitle} for use in citations, but give the full name in +the list of references, then the \textsf{shortjournal} field is the +place for it. A shortened \textsf{title} should go, as usual, in +\textsf{shorttitle}. (See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below; +lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.) + +\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following +the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often +has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to +have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}. In order +to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have +brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the +other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and +\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator +specifically with the \textsf{title}. The \textsf{editor} and +\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types, +are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and +with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual string concatenation +rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Fifth, in certain fields, just beginning your data with +a lowercase letter activates the mechanism for capitalizing that +letter depending on its context within a list of references entry. +This is less important in the author-date styles, where this +information only turns up in the reference list and not in citations, +but you can consult\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in +section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for all the details. Both +the \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{note} fields are among those +treating their data this way, and since both appear regularly in +\textsf{article} entries, I thought the problem merited a preliminary +mention here. + +\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort +of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the +\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the +\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype,} is what you'll +need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would +normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and +retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement +isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note} +field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with +the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines), +whether you are citing one article or the whole issue +(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat +specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of +information you need to include in an \textsf{article} or +\textsf{periodical} entry, then you shouldn't put it in the +\textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or perhaps +\textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer). + +\mylittlespace Seventh, I would suggest that if you wish to cite a +television or radio broadcast, the \textsf{article} type, +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name +of the program would go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the +episode in \textsf{title}. The network's name goes into the +\textsf{usera} field. (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an +example of how this all might look in a .bib file. Commercial +recordings of such material would need one of the audiovisual entry +types, probably \textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while +recordings from archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into +\textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech, +roosevelt:speech].) + +\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} +(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material +should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine} +\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog). The title of the specific entry +goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in +\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the +\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting +in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be +necessary). Comments on blogs, with generic titles like +\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review} +entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. Such comments make +particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon} +fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below. + +\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field +\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of +lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} +list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the details on how this +works. + +% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you +browse through \textsf{dates-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many +of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article}, +\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} types attempt to address. It +may be that in future releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I'll be +able to simplify these procedures somewhat, but with any luck the vast +majority of sources won't require knowledge of these onerous details. + +\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has +pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were +straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The +\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such +references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to +include them in the reference apparatus at all. Still, it's easy to +conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might be +desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this +purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I +chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and +\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures, +etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs. The 16th edition +of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting +photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media. +The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the +\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward +compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the +current one. + +\mylittlespace As one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author} +and the name of the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field +is intended for the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper +--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an +etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note}, +and the current location in \textsf{organization}, +\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of +generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types, +uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the +first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence, +use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for +you. (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.) + +\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says +that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set + in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the +reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype} +for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could +use the \textsf{image} type, or you could try the \textsf{misc} entry +type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Fortunately, in this instance the +other fields in a \textsf{misc} entry function pretty much as in +\textsf{artwork} or \textsf{image}. + +\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of +Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by +the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual +sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications. The +\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.263--273, 15.53), +though admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the +proliferation of online sources has made the task yet more complex. +For the 15th edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into +two entry types, but ended up relying on three. For the 16th edition, +in particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the +\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric. I +shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there +are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not +obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you +maintain consistency. + +\mylittlespace For users of the author-date styles, the 16th edition +of the \emph{Manual} (15.53) \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive + approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous editions,} +meaning that nearly all such entries will have some sort of dating +information and will therefore fit better stylistically with other +references. In particular, \enquote{the date of the original + recording should be privileged in the citation.} Guidance for +supplying dates for this class of material will be found below under +the different entry types in use, though it will also be worthwhile to +look at the documentation of \textsf{date}, \textsf{eventdate}, +\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate}, in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below. The \emph{Manual} continues +to suggest, also, that \enquote{it is often more appropriate to list + such materials in running text and group them in a separate section + or discography}. + +\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical +recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for +example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records, +and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media, +whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of +any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia. The +\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online +video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the +\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant). +The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the +others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner. +Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use +\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do +such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip +(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro). The +\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio +books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication +facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under +\textsf{music} (auden:reading). Dated audio recordings that are part +of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an +\textsf{online} or in a \textbf{misc} entry with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}, the latter sometimes requiring extra formatting +in the \textsf{title} field (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech). + +\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to +\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly +straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in +\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I +compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other +audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue +for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an +\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a +\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a +\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see +schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song +from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the +\textsf{type} field is the place for it. Finally, the +\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a +librettist (verdi:corsaro). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package +can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list +when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The +functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the +preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the +\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. Also, cf.\ harley:ancient:cart, +harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the +means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other +contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or +articles. Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a +\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all +three of which will be italicized in the reference matter. In general +usage it is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook} +type, only with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation +marks. As with the \textsf{book} type, you can enable automatically +abbreviated references in the reference list, though this isn't the +default. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, below. (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114, +14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and +bernhard:themacher for the abbreviating functionality; also +euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly +different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130. Although the +specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or +variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to +maintain consistency. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two +entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below +--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the +\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as +books. In the interests of backward compatibility, +\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-authordate} will so format such an entry, +which uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard +\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a +\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a +\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}. +(See clark:mesopot.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can provide +automatically abbreviated references in the reference list when you +use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The functionality +is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in +the \textsf{options} field using the \texttt{booklongxref} option. +Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and +\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. See +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this +might look. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is +obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an +error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type +instead. + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is +obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an +error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook} +type instead. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you +to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in +the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as +recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the usual +\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf}, and \textsf{related} +mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to +other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). In the 15th edition's specification of +the author-date style, it allowed you, in particular, to include the +expansions of abbreviations and shorthands --- usually of corporate +\textsf{authors} --- \emph{inside} the list of references itself, +rather than in the list of shorthands. The 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} (15.36), however, has a different specification for such +corporate authors. As in the old specification, the shorthand appears +in citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references, +but its expansion now appears within parentheses \emph{directly after} +the shorthand, i.e., \emph{within} the same entry. This means you no +longer need the \textsf{customc} entry for shorthands of this sort. +(See \textsf{shorthand}, below; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.) + +\mylittlespace I should add immediately that, as I read the +specification (14.84,86, 15.34), the alphabetized cross-references +provided by \textsf{customc} are particularly encouraged, bordering on +required, when a reference list \enquote{includes two or more works + published by the same author but under different pseudonyms.} The +following entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} show one way of +addressing this: crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death, +crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide, ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and +mor\-ton:crea\-sey. In these latter cases, you would need merely to +place the pseudo\-nym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's +real name, under which his or her works are presented in the +bibliography, in the \textsf{title} field. To make sure the +cross-reference also appears in the bibliography, you can either +manually include the entry key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can +put that entry key in the \textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry, +in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded +abbreviation if and only if you cite the main entry. (Cf.\ +\textsf{userc}, below.) + +\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word +\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language +--- in italics. If you wish to present the cross-reference +differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the +\textsf{nameaddon} field. + +\mylittlespace Finally, you may need to use this entry type if you +wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, as +specified by the \emph{Manual} (15.23). If you have a +\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and +comment there, e.g., \cmd{autocite[4; the unrevised + trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}. Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have +two solutions. You can enable the \texttt{postnotepunct} option, which +allows you simply to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised + trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}, or you can continue to use a separate +\textsf{misc} or \textsf{customc} entry containing just the text of +the comment in the \textsf{title} field, \textsf{entrysubtype} +\texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} \texttt{skipbib}. An +\cmd{autocites} command calling both the main text and the comment +then does the trick, e.g., +\cmd{autocites\{chica\-go:manual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. Cf.\ +\texttt{postnotepunct} in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left +undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of +\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but +the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications +for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other +media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the +\textsf{artwork} type, which see. I retain it here as a convenience +for users migrating from the old to the new specification. (See 3.22, +8.193; bedford:photo.) + +\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}} +two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical +formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is +concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility. +\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part + of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,} +while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection + which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own + title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within +quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most +material falling into these categories. There was an important +difference between them, as in previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} it was only in \textsf{incollection} entries +that I implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for +space-saving abbreviations in the reference list when you cite +multiple pieces from the same \textsf{collection}. These +abbreviations are activated by default when you use the +\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in \textsf{incollection} +entries \emph{and} in \textsf{inbook} entries, because although the +\emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a \enquote{multiauthor book,} at +least for the notes \&\ bibliography style, I believe the distinction +between the two is fine enough, and the author-date discussion in +15.37 general enough, to encourage similar treatments. (For more on +this mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below, and the option +\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. Please note +that it is also active by default in \textsf{letter} and +\textsf{inproceedings} entries.) If the part of a book to which you +are referring has had a separate publishing history as a book in its +own right, then you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, +instead, on which see above. (See \emph{Manual} 14.111--114, 15.37; +\textsf{inbook}:\,ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere; +\textsf{incollection}:\,centi\-nel:letters, contrib:contrib, +sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, and +lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry prairie:state] +demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with its attendant +abbreviations in the list of references.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when +referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the +inclusive page numbers, not both. In-text citations, of course, +require any \textsf{postnote} field to specify if it is a whole +chapter to which you are referring. + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works +pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main +differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an +\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an +\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher}, +even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226). +Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} +mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same +\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in +\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries. See +\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and the option +\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below, for more +details. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}}} +\label{sec:ad:inreference} +This entry type is aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard +styles, but the \emph{Manual's} requirements for the notes \&\ +bibliography style prompted a thoroughgoing revision. Unfortunately, +instructions for the author-date style are considerably less copious, +so parts of what follows are my best guess at following the +specification (14.247--248). + +\mylittlespace One thing, at least, seems clear. If your reference +work can easily or conveniently be presented like a regular book, that +is, with an author or editor, a year of publication, and a title, and +if you you will be citing it by page or section number, then you +should almost certainly simply choose the \textsf{book} entry type for +your .bib entry. (Cf.\ mla:style, schellinger:novel, times:guide. The +latter was presented as an \textsf{inreference} entry for the notes +\&\ bibliography style, but because the \textsf{book} entry type can +also present references to alphabetized headings [see below], at least +in the list of references, then it seemed better just to choose a +\textsf{book} entry for the author-date styles.) + +\mylittlespace If you simply cannot make your source fit the template +for a \textsf{book}, then you may need to use the \textsf{inreference} +type, the main feature of which is the \textsf{lista} field, which you +use to present citations from \enquote{alphabetically arranged} works +by named article rather than by page number. You should present these +article names just as they appear in the work, separated by the +keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will provide the appropriate +prefatory string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose +each in its own set of quotation marks (times:guide). More relevant +to the author-date styles is the fact that the \textsf{postnote} field +works the same way in \textsf{inreference} entries, the only +limitation on this system being that this field, unlike +\textsf{lista}, is not a list, and therefore for the formatting to +work correctly you can only put one article name in it. In the case +of \enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries + and encyclopedias,} you are encouraged not to include them in the +list of references, so the \textsf{lista} field actually may be of +less use than this special formatting of \textsf{postnote}. You may +want to look at ency:britannica, where only a (carefully-formatted) +\textsf{shorttitle} and an \textsf{options} field are necessary to +allow you to produce in-text citations that look like (\emph{Ency.\ + Brit.}\ 15th ed., s.v. \enquote{Article}). + +\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the +list of references, perhaps because the work is not so well known that +a short citation will be parseable by your readers, or perhaps because +it is an online work, which requires you to provide a \textsf{urldate} +(see below), be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field +will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A +separate \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference} entry might solve +this problem, but you may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure +proper alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an +\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. In a +typical \textsf{inreference} entry, very few fields are needed, as +\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition + (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a +\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field. The +\textsf{author} field holds the author of the specific article (in +\textsf{lista}), not the author of the \textsf{title} as a whole. +This name will be printed in parentheses after the entry's name +(grove:sibelius). + +\mylittlespace All of these rules apply to online reference works, as +well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url} but also, +always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant flux +(wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius). The author-date styles will +automatically use this as the identifying date in citations and the +list of references, assuming a more conventional \textsf{date} isn't +available. Please note, however, that the automatic provision of the +\enquote{n.d.} abbreviation, in the absence of any sort of date +whatsoever, has been turned off for \textsf{inreference} entries, as +for \textsf{misc} and \textsf{reference} entries. + +\mybigspace I +\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}} +document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both +because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook} +instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry +types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the +author-date styles. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} entry type was designed +to be used for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but +\emph{only} when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished +material of this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see +below.) The author-date specification (15.40), however, recommends +against individual letters appearing in a list of references, +suggesting instead that you put the whole published collection in a +\textsf{book} entry and use a notice in the text to specify the letter +(white:total). + +\mylittlespace If you absolutely must include individual letters in +the list of references, for whatever reason, then the instructions +above for the notes \&\ bibliography style in +section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{letter,}} should +get you started. There are a few wrinkles, related to date +specifications, that I shall attempt to clarify here. If you look at +white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see two letters from the same +published collection, both written in the same year. You can simply +use the \textsf{origdate} field in both of them, because in the +absence of a \textsf{date} (or an \textsf{eventdate}) \textsf{Biber} +and \textsf{biblatex} will use the \textsf{origyear} as the +\textsf{labelyear}, putting it at the head of the entry and in the +citation, and also ensuring that the letters \texttt{a,b,c} are +appended to disambiguate the two sources. You no longer need anything +in the \textsf{options} field at all, thanks to the way +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} works through the possibilities and finds a +date to head the entry. In this case, it works because we are using +the \textsf{xref} mechanism to refer to the whole published collection +(white:total), so a separate citation of that entry provides the +\textsf{date} for the shortened cross-reference included in the list +of references, and the \textsf{letter} entry never sees that +\textsf{date} at all. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace If this all seems clear as mud, I'm not surprised, but +let me suggest that you experiment with the different date settings to +see what kinds of effects they have on the final result, and also read +the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two +traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual} +suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As +with this latter, I have retained it in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} for backward compatibility, its +main peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the +\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be provided both as +author and as publisher. (You can give a shortened form of the +\textsf{organization} in the \textsf{shortauthor} field for text +citations, if needed.) Of course, if you were to use a \textsf{book} +entry for such a reference, then you would need to define both +\textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} using the name you here might +have put in \textsf{organization}. (See 14.92; chicago:manual, +dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.) + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}}} +\label{sec:ad:misc} +As its name suggests, the \textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a +hold-all for citations that didn't quite fit into other categories. +In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, I have somewhat extended its +applicability, while retaining its traditional use. Put simply, with +no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain +backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual +\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are +all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the +\textsf{title} will be italicized. (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish +to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations +should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend +you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as +possible.) + +\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the +\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters, +memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making +it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter}, +\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see). +Typically, such an entry will cite part of an archive, and equally +typically the text cited won't have a specific title, but only a +generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry will ordinarily +have a specific author and title, and won't come from a named archive. +The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the +least formatted of all those specified by the \emph{Manual}, so titles +are in plain text by default. It is quite possible, though somewhat +unusual, for archival material to have a specific title, rather than a +generic one. In these cases, you will need to enclose the title +inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually. Cf.\ roosevelt:speech, +shapey:partita. As a rule, and as with the \textsf{letter} type, the +\emph{Manual} (15.49) suggests that the list of references will +usually contain only the name of the whole archived collection, with +more specific information about individual items provided in the text, +outside the parentheses. If, on the other hand, \enquote{only one + item from a collection has been mentioned in text, the entry may + begin with the writer's name (if known).} (See 14.219-220, 14.231, +14.232-242; house:papers cites a whole archive, while creel:house, +dinkel:agassiz, and spock:interview cite individual pieces.) + +\mylittlespace As far as constructing your .bib entry goes, you should +first know that, like the \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{reference} +types, the absence of any date will not result in the \enquote{n.d.} +abbreviation automatically being provided. As for presenting the +date, the \emph{Manual} draws a distinction between archival material +that is \enquote{letter-like} (letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams) +and that which isn't (interviews, wills, contracts, or even personal +communications you've received and which you wish to cite). This may +not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in previous +releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I have been ignoring it, but +once you've decided to classify it one way or the other you put the +date in the \textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc.\ (creel:house), +and into the \textsf{date} field for the others (spock:interview). As +with the \textsf{letter} type, if the only date present is an +\textsf{origdate}, you don't need to set the \texttt{cmsdate} option +in your .bib entry to make sure that that year appears at the head of +the entry (and in citations) --- this happens automatically. (Cf.\ +particularly the documentation in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} +below, s.v.\ \enquote{date}, and also the \textsf{letter} type above +for some of the date-related complications that can arise, and how you +can address them with judicious use of the \textsf{options}, +\textsf{date}, and \textsf{origdate} fields.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of +unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent}, +further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field, +while the \textsf{origlocation} field can hold the place where the +letter was written. Interviews or similar pieces will have a +different sort of title, but all types will use the \textsf{note}, +\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location} +fields (in ascending order of generality) to identify the archive, +though the \emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known +depositories don't usually need a city, state or country specified. +(The traditional \textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.) + +\mylittlespace When your .bib entry refers to an entire archived +collection, then you may wish to use the word +\enquote{\texttt{classical}} as your \textsf{entrysubtype}, which will +have no effect on the list of references but will change the look of +the in-text citations (house:papers). Instead of any date, the +citation will include the \textsf{title}, separated from the +\textsf{author's} name by a space, e.g., (House Papers). This same +arrangement, happily, allows you easily to cite individual books of +the Bible, and also certain other sacred texts (14.252--55; genesis). +Please see under \textsf{entrysubtype} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below for all the details of the +\texttt{classical} toggle. + +\mylittlespace In all this class of archived material, the +\emph{Manual} (14.232) quite specifically requires more consistency +within your own work than conformity to some external standard, so it +is the former which you should pursue. I hope that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} proves helpful in this regard. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the +manual has revised its recommendations more for this type than for any +other, so the notes which follow present several large changes that +you'll need to make to your .bib files. The good news is that some, +though by no means all, of those changes involve considerable +simplifications. \textbf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry +types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical +recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also +include audio books (auden:reading). A DVD or VHS of an opera or +other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type +instead (handel:messiah). Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing +book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the +various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical +.bib entry. I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in +identifying these roles within entries. If you can think of a simpler +way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can +consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current +equivalences. + +\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}} +\begin{description} +\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s), + depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head + of the entry. +\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or + performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of + the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} + options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these + are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the + following: +\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles, + all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be + \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and, + oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when + identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need + further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from + falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring. +\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual + types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to + collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a + song title, in which latter case the album title would go into + \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for + something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}. +\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated + fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided + by the music publisher. The 16th edition generally only requires + the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art), + which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively. + Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for + \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need + or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the + general requirement in the 15th edition. (This might happen, for + example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.) You + can certainly put all of this information into one of the above + fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more + readable. +\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} + (14.276, 15.53) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the + specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\ + \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting + publishing information for musical recordings. This means that the + \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from + \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files. The \textsf{pubstate} + field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying + reprints. In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here + will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an + entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of + which will be printed towards the end of a reference list entry, + always assuming that the \textsf{origdate} hasn't already appeared + at the head of the entry and in citations. +\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the + simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now + \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive approach to dating + audiovisual materials than in previous editions} (15.53). Indeed, + \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable} + (14.276), while if there is more than one date \enquote{the date of + the original recording should be privileged} (15.53). Finding + these dates may take some research, but they will basically fall + into two types, i.e., the date of the recording or the copyright / + publishing date. Recording dates go either in \textsf{origdate} + (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for individual tracks). + The current copyright or publishing date goes in the \textsf{date} + field, while the original release date goes in \textsf{origdate}. + You may have noticed that the \textsf{origdate} has two slightly + different uses --- you can tell \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort + you intend by using the string \texttt{reprint} in the + \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms the \textsf{origdate} from + a recording date into an original release date. The style will + automatically use the \textsf{eventdate} or the \textsf{origdate} in + citations and at the head of the list of references, falling back on + a \textsf{date} or even a \textsf{urldate} in their absence. It + will also prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to any part of the + \textsf{eventdate} that doesn't appear at the head of the list of + references or, in the absence of the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to + the \textsf{origdate}, or indeed to both. You can modify what is + printed here using the \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of + date type modifier. In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will + be prepended to an \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that + to the \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and + absent those three to a \textsf{date}. (See holiday:fool, + nytrumpet:art.) +\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type} + field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm, + 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis. +\end{description}} + +The entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} should at least give you a good +idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of +an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the +examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the +formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. It wasn't always clear to me that these +variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored +some of them in the code. Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of +course, be entertained. (Cf. 14.276--77, 15.53; \textsf{eventdate}, +\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in +section~\ref{sec:authformopts} and \texttt{avdate} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29, +bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art, +rubinstein:chopin.) + +\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}% + \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry +types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. I would +like, however, to emphasize a couple of things. First, each is +aliased to the entry type that results from removing the +\enquote{\textbf{mv}} from their names. Second, each has an important +role as the target of cross-references from other entries, the +\textsf{title} of the \textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a +\textsf{maintitle} for the entry referencing it. If you want to +provide a \textsf{booktitle} for the referencing entry, please use +another entry type, e.g., \textbf{collection} for +\textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for \textbf{inbook}. (These +distinctions are particularly important to the correct functioning of +the abbreviated references that \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various +circumstances, provides. Please see the documentation of the +\textbf{crossref} field in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are +presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27, +15.39) requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the +specific nature of the citation. In short, this means that a date +range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its +entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work +which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range. +Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from +their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have +turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} +fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry +type. When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a +situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an +extra field in the child's .bib entry. When they're not the same, as +will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of +annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields. +Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this. See +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this +might look. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{online}} \emph{Manual}'s +scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169, 14.184--185, 14.200, +14.223, 14.243--246, 15.4, 15.9) for citing online materials are +slightly different from those suggested by standard \textsf{biblatex}. +Indeed, this is a case where complete backward compatibility with +other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible, because as a general +rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not only where a source is +found, but also the nature of that source, e.g., if it's an online +edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it calls for a +\textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an intrinsically online source, +if that source is structured more or less like a conventional printed +periodical, then you'll probably want to use \textsf{article} or +\textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online} (stenger:privacy, which +cites \emph{CNN.com}). The 16th edition's suggestions for blogs lend +themselves well to the \textsf{article} type, too, while comments +become, logically, \textsf{reviews} (14.243--6; ellis:blog, +ac:comment). Otherwise, for online documents not \enquote{formally + published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually the best choice +(evanston:library, powell:email). Online videos, in particular short +pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer event or work, +and also online interviews, usually require this type, too. (See +harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\ weed:flatiron, +a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video} entry.) Online audio +pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive, work well either with +an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc} entry with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}: (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech.) Some +online materials will, no doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry +type, but so long as all locating information is present, then perhaps +that is enough to fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like +to hope. + +\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much +the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would +contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could +hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific +title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a +title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that +field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out +correctly. It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of +the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision +dates to access dates when documenting online material. See +\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very +brief on the subject of patents (15.50), but very clear about which +information it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well +with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. In a change to previous +practice, the 16th edition of Chicago's author-date style prefers the +\emph{later} of the two possible dates to appear in citations and at +the head of the entry in the list of references. If a patent has been +filed but not yet granted, then you can place the filing date in +either the \textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically prepend the +bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted, +then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you +put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the +bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended, and +it is this later date that will head the entry and appear in +citations. The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field, and +you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the +\textsf{type} field. Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual}, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print the \textsf{holder} +after the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. Finally, the 16th +edition of the \emph{Manual} capitalizes the \textsf{title} +sentence-style, which seems to be the generally-accepted convention, +across both Chicago styles. As I've removed all of the automatic +down-casing code from previous editions, you may need manually to +revise the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters. See +petroff:impurity. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a +periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same +function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and in the main uses the same +fields, though in keeping with the system established in the +\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are +citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a +\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the +place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its +initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization +routines, though this isn't strictly necessary in the author-date +styles. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.) + +\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex} +field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of +lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} +list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title} +field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present, +into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of +\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the +details on how this works. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package +can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list +when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The +functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the +preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the +\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is +aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a +reference work but not an alphabetized article or articles in that +work. This could be because it doesn't contain such articles, and yet +you still want the entry in the list of references to start with the +\textsf{title}. Indeed, the only differences between it and +\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present +an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field +will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized +entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{inreference}, above.) + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a +\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather +thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have +followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope +that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has +indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} +\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside +quotation marks (or, in \textsf{authordate-trad}, in plain roman) +instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This detail aside, +the type's main peculiarities are the \textsf{institution} field in +place of a \textsf{publisher}, the \textsf{type} field for identifying +the kind of report in question, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing +the International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical +report. As in standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a +\textsf{techreport} entry, then the \textsf{type} field automatically +defaults to \cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} +and \textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting +the report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in +\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.) + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry +type wasn't, strictly speaking, necessary for the 15th edition +author-date specification. With the major changes to the presentation +of the title fields in the 16th edition, however, it has become +necessary for \textsf{authordate} users, if not +\textsf{authordate-trad} users, to familiarize themselves with it as a +means of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for +citing periodicals of all sorts. As its name suggests, this entry +type was designed for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've +already read the \textsf{article} instructions above --- if you +haven't, I recommend doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review} +serves as well for citing other sorts of material with generic titles, +like letters to the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments +and the like. The primary rule is that any piece that has only a +generic title, like \enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview + with \ldots,} or \enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the +\textsf{review} type. Any piece that also has a specific title, e.g., +\enquote{\enquote{Lost in \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with + \ldots,} requires an \textsf{article} entry. (This assumes the text +is found in a periodical of some sort. Were it found in a book, then +the \textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could +use \textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there. While we're on the +topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221 +--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a +subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included +inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly. Not having +the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision, +but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty +coping with such a situation.) + +\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you +need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules +for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a +\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous +\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title +goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in +an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}, +including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the +\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205, +14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221, 15.47; barcott:review, bundy:macneil, +Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit, +unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.) If, on the other hand, the piece +comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an +\textsf{entrysubtype}. The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and +the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article} +entry. (See 14.215; ratliff:review.) + +\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which +citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to + cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text} +(15.47). This involves giving the title of the journal and the full +date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other +information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to +present such an entry in the list of references. To utilize this +method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine} +\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into +the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well +to stop the entry printing in the list of references. If the entry +only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough, +but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then +you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} +field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.) + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also, +at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype} +\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the +\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being +reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite +multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual +distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still +holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the +\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the +latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details. + +\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described +them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of +them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs +formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the +default is completely plain. \textsf{Author}-less \textsf{reviews} +are treated just like similar \textsf{articles} --- with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author +in citations and heads the entry in the list of references, without an +\textsf{entrysubtype} the \textsf{title} does the same. In the former +case, \textsf{Biber} handles the sorting for you, but in the latter +you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} because \textsf{journaltitle} comes +before \textsf{title} in the sorting scheme. (14.175, 14.217; +gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.). +As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like +\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need +capitalization after a full stop, so you can start the \textsf{title} +field with a lowercase letter and let the automatic field formatting +with \cmd{autocap} do its work, though this isn't strictly necessary +with \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}. + +\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is new to both +specifications, and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual}. As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as +\textsf{articles} with \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, +whereas comments on those blogs --- or on any similar sort of online +content --- need the \textsf{review} type with the same +\textsf{entrysubtype}. What they will frequently also need is a date +of some sort closely associated with the comment (14.246; ac:comment), +so I have included the \textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries +for just this purpose. The \textsf{eventyear} will appear in +citations and at the head of the reference list entry, while the +remainder of the \textsf{eventdate} will be printed just after the +\textsf{title}. If, in addition, you need an identifying timestamp, +then the \textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have +to provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility +of providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard +function of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the +the \textsf{review} type as well. (Cf.\ the documentation of +\textsf{eventdate} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and +\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.) + +\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article} +docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use +of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate +an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}. The +\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology +with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if +one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual +string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and +\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below. + +\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field +\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened +\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in +\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates +the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a +\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of +\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the +details on how this works. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to +use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a +book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward, +either by the same or by a different author. There are two mechanisms +in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} for producing such a citation. First, +these three just-mentioned types of material, and only these three +types, can be referenced using the \textsf{introduction}, +\textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword} fields, a system that +requires you simply to define one of them in any way and leave the +others undefined. The macros don't use the text provided by such an +entry, they merely check to see if one of them is defined, in order to +decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at stake, and to print the +appropriate string before the \textsf{title} in the list of +references, and possibly also in the list of shorthands. This +mechanism works without modification across multiple languages, but I +have also provided functionality which allows you to cite any sort of +supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under +this second system, simply put the nature of the material, including +the relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase +letter so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization +depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface + to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however, +that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type} +field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.) + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace The other rules for constructing your .bib entry remain +the same. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the +introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the +author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. For the 16th +edition, the \emph{Manual} requires that you include the page range +for the cited part in the list of references. As ever, if the focus +of the reference is the main text of the book, but you want to mention +the name of the writer of an introduction or afterword for +completeness, then the normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you +can just put their name in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book} +entry, that is, in the \textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or +\textsf{introduction} field. (See \emph{Manual} 14.116; +friedman:intro, polakow:afterw, prose:intro). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a +function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the +\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in +both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to +\textsf{suppbook}, which see. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type is +intended to allow reference to generically-titled works in +periodicals, such as regular columns or letters to the editor. +\textsf{Biblatex} also provides the \textsf{review} type for this +purpose, so in both Chicago styles \textsf{suppperiodical} is an alias +of \textsf{review}. In the 16th edition of the \textsf{authordate} +style, as discussed above, the use of this latter entry type has +become necessary, so please see its documentation for instructions on +how to construct a .bib entry for such works. + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}} +\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a +lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps +an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory +\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't +ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence. +Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print +information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, +\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also, +conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the +prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue}, +\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon} +fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like +(14.226--8; nass:address). + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three +audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for +citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast, +on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type +discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the +production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided +by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}} +\begin{description} +\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the + director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed + in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate + \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to + identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah), + or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film + DVD (cleese:holygrail). +\item[editor, editora, editorb:] The director or producer, or possibly + the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These + will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the + usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter + the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard + roles, you will need to identify them using the following: +\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles, + all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will + likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly, + \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to + identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying + and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the + default \texttt{editor} bibstring. +\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As + with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an + analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may + be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one + episode in a series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases, + the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The + \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition, + may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a + TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for any information that + needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the \textsf{booktitle} + (cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah). As in the + \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary for a boxed + set or something similar. +\item[date, eventdate, origdate, pubstate:] The 16th edition of the + \textsf{Manual} now \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive + approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous + editions} (15.53). Indeed, \enquote{citations without a date are + generally unacceptable} (14.276), while if there is more than one + date \enquote{the date of the original recording should be + privileged} (15.53). As with \textsf{music} entries, in order to + follow these specifications I have had to provide three separate + date fields for citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ + somewhat between the two types. In both, the \textsf{date} will + generally provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you + are referencing. More specific to this entry type, the + \textsf{origdate} will generally hold the date of the original + theatrical release of a film, while the \textsf{eventdate} will most + commonly present either the broadcast date of a particular TV + program, or the recording/performance date of, for example, an opera + on DVD. The style will automatically prepend the bibstring + \texttt{broadcast} to such a date, though you can use the + \textsf{userd} field to change the string printed there. (Absent an + \textsf{eventdate}, the \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video} + entries will modify the \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it + will modify the \textsf{date}.) Typically, any given \textsf{video} + entry will only need an \textsf{eventdate} \emph{or} an + \textsf{origdate}, and it is this date that will appear in citations + and at the head of the entry in the reference list. It's + conceivable that you may need all three dates, in which case you can + also use the standard \textsf{pubstate} field with \texttt{reprint} + in it to control the printing of the \textsf{origdate} at the end of + the entry, though I have altered the string that is printed there. + Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw; + \textsf{pubstate}, below. +\item[entrysubtype:] With the changes to the date fields detailed just + above, this field is no longer needed for \textsf{video} entries, + and will be ignored. +\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type} + field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD, + Blu-ray, MPEG. +\end{description}} + +As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} +should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\ +14.279--80; \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and +\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; cleese:holygrail, +friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw, loc:city.) + +\subsection{Entry Fields} +\label{sec:fields:authdate} + +The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete +list of the entry fields you will need to use +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}. As in +section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, I shall include references to the +numbered paragraphs of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to +the entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily +understood with reference to other, related fields. In such cases, +cross references should allow you to find the information you need. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous +information to the end of an entry, after publication data but before +any \textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry +type (which see), it will be printed in close association with the +filing and issue dates. In any entry type, if your data begins with a +word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a +sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the +style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See +\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--68; davenport:attention, +natrecoff:camera.) + +\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances, +this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}, +i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given +work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the +afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right +to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly +a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the +name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator, +then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate these fields in the +formatted references. + +\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special +meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an +afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If +it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way +you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction} +undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will do the rest. Cf.\ +\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91, +14.116; polakow:afterw.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}} the request of Emil +Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has, as of version 0.9, added a +package option (see \texttt{annotation} below, section +\ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated lists of +references. The formatting of such a list is currently fairly basic, +though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal guidelines +(14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} is to define +\cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using \cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak} +\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitem\-sep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring +the format in your preamble. The page-breaking algorithms don't +always give perfect results here, but the default formatting looks, to +my eyes, fairly decent. In addition to tweaking the field formatting +you can also insert \cmd{par} (or even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}}) +commands into the text of your annotations to improve the appearance. +Please consider the \texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but +it is usable now. (N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote} +serves as an alias for this.) + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this +\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles +do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may +be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{author}}} +\label{sec:ad:author} +For the most part, I have implemented this field in a completely +standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ fashion. Remember that corporate or +organizational authors need to have an extra set of curly braces +around them (e.g., \texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from treating one part of the name as a surname +(14.92, 14.212, 15.36; assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is +no \textsf{author}, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will look, in +sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb}, +a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a compiler) and use +that name (or those names) instead, followed by the appropriate +identifying string (esp.\ 15.35, also 14.76, 14.87, 14.126, 14.132, +14.189; boxer:china, brown:bremer, harley:cartography, +schellin\-ger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:georgia). +\textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex} take care of alphabetizing +entries no matter which name appears at their head. In citations, +where the \textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat +augmented: \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author}, +\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, +\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}. + +\mylittlespace If you wish to emphasize the activity of an editor, a +translator, or a compiler (14.90; eliot:pound), you can use the +\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false}, +\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{use\-editor=false}, +\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and +\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field to choose which +name appears at the head of an entry and in the citation. You only +need to turn off any fields that are present in the entry, but please +remember to use the new option \texttt{usenamec} instead of the old +\texttt{usecompiler} (which I've deprecated), as the latter doesn't +work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name +toggles. See \cmd{DeclareSort\-ingTemplate} in +section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and the \textsf{editortype} +documentation, below. + +\mylittlespace Of course, in \textsf{collection} and +\textsf{proceedings} entry types, an \textsf{author} isn't expected, +so there the chain of substitutions begins with \textsf{namea} and +\textsf{editor}. Also, in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entries with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of +an \textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in +its stead. Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will +be used. See the discussion a few paragraphs down, and those entry +types, for further details. + +\mylittlespace Recommendations concerning anonymous authors in other +kinds of references have changed somewhat in the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} (15.32), placing greater emphasis on using the +\textsf{title} in citations and at the head of reference list entries, +rather than \enquote{Anonymous.} The latter may still in some cases +be useful \enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works + need to be grouped} (14.79), but even with a source like +virginia:plantation, \enquote{the reference list entry should normally + begin with the title\ldots\ Text citations may refer to a short form + of the title but must include the first word (other than an initial + article)} (15.32). The \textsf{shorttitle} field is the place for +the short form, and you'll also need a \textsf{sortkey} of some sort +if the full title begins with an article that is to be ignored when +alphabetizing. + +\mylittlespace If \enquote{the authorship is known or guessed at but + was omitted on the title page,} then you need to use the +\textsf{authortype} field to let \textsf{biblatex-chicago} know this +fact (15.33). If the author is known (horsley:prosodies), then put +\texttt{anon} in the \textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at +(cook:sotweed) put \texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} tests for these \emph{exact} strings, so +check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect of +enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question +mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the +\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will +also do the right thing automatically in text citations. + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to +cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the author's real +name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\ (or +\cmd{bibstring\hfill\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). +If you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include +it there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this +field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex} +(lecarre:quest, stendhal:parma). If you have given the author's real +name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudo\-nym goes in +\textsf{nameaddon}, in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\ +(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death). +This latter method will allow you to keep all references to one +author's work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list +of references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}. The 16th +edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.84) has strengthened its policies +about cross-references from author to pseudonym or vice versa, so in +these latter examples I have included such references from the various +pseudonyms back to the author's name, using the \textsf{customc} entry +type, which see (ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey). + +\mylittlespace As its name suggests, the author-date style very much +wants to have a name of some sort present both for the entries in the +list of references and for the in-text citations. The \emph{Manual} +is nothing if not flexible, however, so with unsigned articles or +encyclopedia entries the \textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{title} may +take the place of the \textsf{author} (gourmet:052006, +lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, +wikipedia:bibtex). Even in such entries, however, it may be +advantageous to provide either a standard \textsf{shorttitle} or, for +abbreviating a \textsf{journaltitle}, a \textsf{shortjournal} field, +thereby keeping the in-text citations to a reasonable length, though +not at the expense of making it hard to find the relevant entries in +the reference list. An institutional author's name can also be rather +too long for in-text citations. In unsigned:ranke I placed an +abbreviated form of the \textsf{journaltitle} into +\textsf{shortjournal}, adapting for a periodical the practice +recommended for books in 15.32. In iso:electrodoc, I provided a +\textsf{shorthand} field, which by default in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text citations. +Pursuant to the 16th edition's specifications, this \textsf{shorthand} +will also appear at the head of the entry in the list of references, +followed, within the entry, by its expansion, this latter placed +within parentheses. You no longer, therefore, need to use a +\textsf{customc} entry to provide the expansion --- please see +\textsf{shorthand} below for the details. (You can still utilize the +list of shorthands to clarify the abbreviation, if you wish, and you +can also provide a separate list of journal abbreviations using the +\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command. Please cf.\ the +\textbf{shortjournal} documentation, below, and the +\texttt{journalabbrev} option in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.) + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}} +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in +keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its +letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify +an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is +anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title +page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under +\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of +\enquote{Anonymous} (or \enquote{Anon.} as an author, though in some +cases it may well be your best option. If, however, the name of the +author is known or guessed at, then you're supposed to enclose that +name within square brackets, which is exactly what +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put either +\texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed at) in +the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in +yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test +for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see +the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will also automatically do the right thing +in citations. (See the \textsf{author} docs just above. Also +\emph{Manual} 15.33; cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.) + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in +\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a +\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has +different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that +fact in a reference (will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that the +entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords +(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of +\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro). + +\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}} +a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix +the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages} +field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying +string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the +practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers. +Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear +from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank. +If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the +\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that +field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the +\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are +\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,} +\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by +\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles. + +\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here. +First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago +specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the +strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination} +applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a +citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use +\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, +\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the +\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which +the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important +not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more +general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It +is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three +sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also +find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g., +\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost +invariably be providing information for the traditional +\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus (prairie:state), which I +discuss below (\textbf{crossref}). Such provision is unnecessary when +using \textsf{Biber}. The \textsf{booktitle} no longer takes +sentence-style capitalization in \textsf{authordate}, though it does +in \textsf{authordate-trad}. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the +\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without +quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would +ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then +simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The +package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and +\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to +customize the punctuation that appears before the +\textsf{booktitleaddon} field. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the +chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an +\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter +of a book (ashbrook:brain). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this +\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles +do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may +be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}. + +\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} \mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}} uses the +standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing mechanism, and has also +introduced a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). The latter +works as it always has, attempting to remedy some of the deficiencies +of the traditional mechanism by ensuring that child entries will +inherit no data at all from their parents. For the \textsf{crossref} +field, when \textsf{Biber} is the backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a +series of inheritance rules which make it much more convenient to use. +Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention +here: \textsf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textsf{book} and +\textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{mvcollection} entries; +\textsf{letter} entries inherit from \textsf{book}, +\textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and \textsf{mvcollection} +entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an \textsf{incollection} +entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname}, +\textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly +single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and \textsf{date} +and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from any of the +\textbf{mv*} entry types. + +\mylittlespace Aside from these inheritance questions, the other main +function of the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} is as a trigger for the provision of +abbreviated entries in the list of references. The \emph{Manual} +(15.37) specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same +collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed +separately in the list, which the package does automatically, using +the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of +\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries. (The familiar +\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.) In the +reference list an abbreviated form will be appropriate for all the +child entries. The \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} package has +always implemented these instructions, but only if you use a +\textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field, and only in +\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter} +entries (on the last named, see just below). More recently, I have +considerably extended this functionality. + +\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book}, +\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and +\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened +cross references, and I provided two options --- \texttt{longcrossref} +and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use +in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable +or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references. (The +\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this +provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.) The +\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or +\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use +\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the +automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical. Now +that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in +the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have +thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others. +(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and +prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in the reference list.) + +\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, +\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a +request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened +references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume +work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single +volume. Such references are not part of the \emph{Manual's} +specification, but they are a logical extension of it, so the system +of options for turning on this functionality behaves differently for +these four entry types than for the other 4 (see below). In +\textsf{dates-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this works by +looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, bernhard:themacher, +harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartogra\-phy, and harley:hoc. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace A published collection of letters requires a somewhat +different treatment (15.40). In the author-date style, the +\emph{Manual} discourages individual letters from appearing in the +list of references at all, preferring that the \enquote{dates of + individual correspondence should be woven into the text.} If you +have special reason to do so, however, you can still present +individual published letters there (using the \textsf{letter} entry +type), and they too can use the system of shortened references just +outlined, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it. +As with \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, +\textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and +\textsf{proceedings} entries, the use of a \textsf{crossref} or +\textsf{xref} field will activate this mechanism, assuming the +preamble and entry options are set to enable it. (See +white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the +\textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and please note that the +second of these entries is entirely fictitious, provided merely for +the sake of example.) + +\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options +function, by default, asymmetrically. The first, +\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry +types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook}, +\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}. + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use + \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned + entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference + list. +\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry + types in the reference list. +\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one + setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry + types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries. +\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the + notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with + \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively. +\end{description} + +The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option, +\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book}, +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} +entries: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref} + or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will + \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list. +\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry + types in the reference list. +\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the + notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with + \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively. +\end{description} + +Please note that you can set both of these options either in the +preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries, +allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis. + +\mylittlespace Please further note that in previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using +\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields +in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism. I +have, however, received a request from Alexandre Ro\-berts to allow +the shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated +cross-reference as an additional space-saving measure, and one from +Kenneth Pearce to permit the combination of the other two fields with +\textsf{crossref}, as well. All three of these fields, in any +combination, should just work in such circumstances in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, though if you are using a list +of shorthands then you may need to include \texttt{skipbiblist} in the +\textsf{options} field of some entries to avoid duplicates. If you +come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them. + +\mylittlespace Finally, there is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option +available to control the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and +\textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated references where such +information might otherwise never appear. See \texttt{xrefurl} in +section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{date}}} +\label{sec:ad:date} +Predictably, this is one of the key fields for the author-date styles, +and one which, as a general rule, every .bib entry designed for this +system ought to contain. So important is it, that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will, in most entry types, supply +a missing \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} if there is no date otherwise +provided (15.41); citations will look like (Author, n.d.), and entries +in the list of references will begin: Author, Firstname.\ n.d. This +seems simple enough, but there are a surprising number of +complications which require attention. + +\mylittlespace To start, in each entry, \textsf{Biber} attempts to +find something which it can designate a \textsf{labeldate}, which +will, in general and ideally, be the year printed both in citations +and at the head of the entry in the list of references. The search +for the \textsf{labeldate} is governed by instances of the declaration +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, which cannot be set on an entry-by-entry +basis, but rather only in a document preamble (or in files used by +\textsf{biblatex} or its styles, like \textsf{biblatex-chicago}). The +declaration can set a different search order according to entry type, +but other differentiations are not currently possible. In all cases, +guided by the instructions given by the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} +instances, \textsf{Biber} will search each entry in the declared +order, and the first match will provide the \textsf{labeldate}. Only +when it finds no match at all will it fall back on +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Now, the entry types in which this +automatic provision is turned off are \textsf{inreference}, +\textsf{misc}, and \textsf{reference}, none of which may be expected +in the standard case to have a date provided. In all other entry +types \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ will appear if no date is provided, +though you can turn this off throughout the document in all entry +types with the option \texttt{nodates=false} when loading +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your preamble. (See +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.) + +\mylittlespace The thing to keep in mind is that \emph{only} for a +\textsf{labelyear} will \textsf{biblatex} provide what it calls the +\textsf{extrayear} field, which means the alphabetical suffix +(1978\textbf{a}) to differentiate entries with the same author and +year. A style can print any year it wants in a citation, but only the +\textsf{labelyear} comes equipped with an \textsf{extrayear}. (It is +also, by the way, the field that the sorting algorithm will use for +ordering the list of references.) So the challenge, in a style +wherein entries can contain more than one date, is to allow different +dates to appear in citations and at the head of reference list +entries, but to ensure that, as often as is possible, that date +\emph{is} the \textsf{labeldate}. In previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, the search for a +\textsf{labeldate} could occur in two possible orders: in +\textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries, the +default order was \textsf{eventdate, origdate, date, urldate}, while +in all other entry types the order was \textsf{date, eventdate, + origdate, urldate}. This, I believe, still works well for reference +lists that contain relatively few entries with multiple dates, where +using, e.g., an \textsf{origdate} at the head of an entry, even if it +wasn't the \textsf{labeldate}, would rarely cause problems, because it +was unlikely that there would be another entry by the same author with +the same date (or \textsf{origdate}) requiring the \textsf{extrayear} +field. Judging from the feedback I've received, I significantly +overestimated the likelihood that most reference lists would be so +cooperative. Users could always eliminate some of these dates from +the running, or change the search order, using \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} +in their preamble, but I had to hard-code the default order(s) into +the author-date styles in order to cope with some tricky corners of +the specification. If users modified \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, and +their references entered these tricky corners, the results could be +surprising. + +\mylittlespace I have, therefore, included several means of coping +with multiple dates in database entries, hoping that users might be +able to choose one that works well for them. These mechanisms include +the \texttt{avdate} option, set to \texttt{true} by default, which +treats as \emph{sui generis} \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{video} entries. They have their own rules, and their own +version of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} (\textsf{eventdate, origdate, date, + urldate}), so please see their documentation above in +section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} for the details of how multiple dates +will be treated in such entries, and also see \texttt{avdate} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. If you don't alter the +\textsf{avdate} settings, the other settings I describe below don't +apply to such entries. + +\mylittlespace For other entry types, the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} (15.38) presents a fairly simple scheme for when a +particular entry has more than one date, but I have been unable to +make its implementation quite as straightforward. If a reprinted +book, say, has both a \textsf{date} of publication for the reprint +edition and an \textsf{origdate} for the original edition, then by +default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will use the +\textsf{date} in citations and at the head of the entry in the +reference list. If you inform \textsf{biblatex-chicago} that the book +is a reprint by putting the string \texttt{reprint} in the +\textsf{pubstate} field, then a notice will be printed at the end of +the entry saying \enquote{Originally published in 1898.} With no +\textsf{pubstate} field (and no \texttt{cmsdate} option), the +algorithms will ignore the \textsf{origdate}. + +\mylittlespace If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry}} +for any reason, you wish the \textsf{origdate} to appear at the head +of the entry, then your first option is to use the \texttt{cmsdate} +toggle in the \textsf{options} field of the entry itself. This has 3 +possible states relevant to this context, though there is a fourth +state (\texttt{full}) which I shall discuss below: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the + \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author + [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside + parentheses, e.g., in the reference list. +\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default, discussed above: + (Author 1952). +\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of + the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898). + NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved + options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head + of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use + \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for + certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options + \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}. +\end{enumerate} + +In the first and third cases, if you put the string \texttt{reprint} +in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the publication data in the list +of references will include a notice, formatted according to the +specifications, that the modern edition is a reprint. In the third +case, since the \textsf{date} hasn't yet been printed, this +publication data will also include the date of the modern reprint. + +\mylittlespace Let us imagine, however, that your list of references +contains another book by the same author, also a reprint edition: +(Author [1896] 1974). How will these two works be ordered in the list +of references? By the \textsf{labelyear}, in this case the +\textsf{year} field, which appears first in the default definition +(\textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}) of +\cmd{DeclareLabel\-date}, and which in this case will be wrong, because +the entries should always be ordered by the \emph{first} date to +appear there, in this case the contents of \textsf{origdate}. In this +example, the solution can be as simple as a \textsf{sortyear} field +set to something earlier than the date of the other work, e.g., +\texttt{1951}. + +\mylittlespace And if the reprint dates --- in the \textsf{date} field +--- of the two works were the same? Just as when it is ordering +entries, \textsf{biblatex} will always first process the contents of +the \textsf{labelyear} field when it is deciding whether to add the +\textsf{extrayear} alphabetical suffix (\texttt{a,b,c} etc.)\ to the +year to distinguish different works by the same author published in +the same year. Our current hypothetical examples would look like +this: ([1896] 1974a) and ([1898] 1974b), with the suffixes +unnecessary, strictly-speaking, either for ordering or for +disambiguating the entries. If the original publication dates --- in +the \textsf{origdate} field --- are the same, and the reprint dates +different, you may prefer citations of the two works to read, e.g., +(Author [1898a] 1952) and (Author [1898b] 1974), when they in fact +read (Author [1898] 1952) and (Author [1898] 1974). These latter +forms aren't ambiguous, and even if the reprints themselves appeared +in the same year then the alphabetical suffix would appear attached to +the \textsf{date} --- (Author [1898] 1974a) and (Author [1898] 1974b) +--- again avoiding ambiguity. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} doesn't give clear instructions for +how to cope with these situations, but +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} provides help. You can't +manually put the alphabetical suffix on an \textsf{origdate} yourself +because that field only accepts numerical data. Instead, we can +choose between two solutions. The old way +\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry} \\+ + \texttt{switchdates}} is an unusual expedient, which amounts to +switching the two date fields, placing the earlier date in +\textsf{date} and the later one in \textsf{origdate}. The style tests +for this condition using a simple arithmetical comparison between the +two years, then prints the two dates according to the state of the +\texttt{cmsdate} toggle. The three relevant states of this toggle are +the same as before, but there are only two possible outcomes, as +follows: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} (the default) and \texttt{cmsdate=on} + \emph{both} print the \textsf{date} at the head of the entry in the + list of references and in citations: (Author 1898a), (Author 1898b). + As noted above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th + edition of the \emph{Manual}, but it is still useful in some cases. +\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{date} and the + \textsf{origdate}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ preferred format: + (Author [1898a] 1952), (Author [1898b] 1974). The 15th-edition + options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms for this. +\end{enumerate} + +If, for some reason, the automatic switching of the dates cannot be +achieved, perhaps in crossref'd \textsf{letter} entries that you +really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:\break +memo, white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet +appeared in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the +word \enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option +\texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} field to achieve the +required effects. + +\mylittlespace The more \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in + preamble}} drastic method of simplifying the creation of databases +with a great many multi-date entries is to use the \texttt{cmsdate} +option \emph{in the preamble}. Despite warnings in previous releases, +users have plainly already been setting this option in their +preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to make it work as +\enquote{correctly} as I can. The switches for this option are the +same as for the entry-only option, that is: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Author 1952). +\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the + \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author + [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside + parentheses, e.g., in the reference list. +\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of + the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898). + NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved + options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head + of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use + \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for + certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options + \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}. +\end{enumerate} + +The important change for the user is that, when you set this option in +your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the 15th-edition +synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}), then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will change the default +\cmd{DeclareLa\-bel\-date} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear} +search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. +This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate} +option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the +\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate}, +be that very date. If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its +\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list +entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should +automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} and the correct +sorting, without having to switch dates around counter-intuitively in +your .bib file. A few clarifications may yet be in order. + +\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should +behave as usual. Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly +specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to +\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate} +options will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at +the head of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search +order for the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble +option. Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date} +and the \textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should +be aware that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using +the \texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it +produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is +\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry. The preamble +option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as +possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary. + +\mylittlespace Finally, Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention +certain difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with +more than one date. In order to facilitate the accurate presentation +of such sources, I made a slight change to the way the entry-only +\texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work. If, and only if, +a work has only one date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the +\textsf{options} field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and +\texttt{cmsdate=both} will both result in the suppression of the +\textsf{extrayear} field in that entry, that is, the year will no +longer be printed with its following lowercase letter used to +distinguish works by the same \textsf{author} published in the same +year. Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this +behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work +properly without manual intervention. + +\mylittlespace There are several more general remarks about the +\textsf{date} field that may be helpful to users. First, for most +entry types, only a year is really necessary, and in most situations +only the year --- or year range --- will be printed in text citations +and at the head of entries in the list of references. More specific +\textsf{date} fields are often present, however, in \textsf{article}, +\textsf{misc}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent}, +\textsf{unpublished}, and \textsf{video} entries, for all of which any +day or month provided will be printed later in the reference list +entry. If you follow the recommendations of the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} and present newspaper and magazine articles +\enquote{entirely within the text} (15.47), then the citations need to +contain the complete \textsf{date} along with the +\textsf{journaltitle}. Placing \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} +\texttt{cmsdate=full} (and \texttt{skipbib}) in the \textsf{options} +field of an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{review} entry, alongside a +possible \texttt{useauthor=false}, should allow you to achieve this. +While we're on this subject, the \emph{Manual} is flexible (in both +specifications) on abbreviating the names of months (14.180). By +default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses the full names, +which you can change by setting the option \texttt{dateabbrev=true} in +the preamble. (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review, batson, +creel:\hfill house, friends:leia, holiday:fool, nass:address, +petroff:\-impurity, powell:email.) + +\mylittlespace Second, when you need to indicate that a work is +\enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} and for some reason can't put +\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the +\textsf{year} field, instead of the \textsf{date} field, is the place +for it, though you should use the \cmd{autocap} macro there to make +sure the word comes out correctly in both citations and the list of +references. (The \textsf{pubstate} field more conveniently takes the +bare string.) The reason for the field switch is that the +\textsf{date} field accepts only numerical data, in \textsc{iso}8601 +format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), whereas \textsf{year} can, conveniently, +hold just about anything. Third, it may be worth noting here that +\textsf{Biber} is somewhat more exacting when parsing the +\textsf{date} field than \textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like +\texttt{1968/75} will simply be ignored, producing +\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you need \texttt{1968/1975} +instead. If you want a more compressed year range, then you'll want +to use the \textsf{year} field. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Fourth, in the \textsf{misc} entry type the +\textsf{date} field can help to distinguish between two classes of +archival material, letters and \enquote{letter-like} sources using +\textsf{origdate} while others (interviews, wills, contracts) use +\textsf{date}. (See \textsf{misc} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} +for the details.) If such an entry, as may well occur, contains only +an \textsf{origdate}, as can also be the case in \textsf{letter} +entries, then \textsf{Biber} and either \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} +definition will make it work without further intervention. Fifth, and +finally, you can in most entry types qualify a \textsf{date} with the +\textsf{userd} field, assuming that the entry contains no +\textsf{urldate}. For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, +there are several other requirements --- please see the documentation +of \textsf{userd}, below. + +\mylittlespace I recommend that you have a look through +\textsf{dates-test.bib} to see how all these complications will affect +the construction of your .bib database, especially at the following +entries: aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature, +james:ambas\-sa\-dors, mait\-land:canon, mait\-land:equity, +schweit\-zer:bach, spock:in\-terview, white:ross:me\-mo, and +white:russ. Cf.\ also \textsf{origdate} and \textsf{year}, below; the +\texttt{cmsdate}, \texttt{nodates}, and \texttt{switchdates} options +in sections~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, \ref{sec:authuseropts}, and +\ref{sec:authentryopts}; and section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}, +and section \ref{sec:authformopts}, below, for the +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command + + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of +\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it +in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work. The 16th +edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative +permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs + rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available} +(14.6; cf.\ 15.9). (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\ \textsf{url}. + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will +convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate +string. Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is, +though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would +ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then +simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing +(babb:peru, times:guide). In most situations, the \emph{Manual} +generally recommends the use of abbreviations in the list of +references, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific +citations (emerson:nature). + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have +implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but +the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain +complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out +that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a +\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle}, +depending on the sort of entry. More specifically, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most +comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is +one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the +other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly +the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters, +plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are +numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one +part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For +these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should +format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or +\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the +\textsf{title} (donne:var). + +\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a +\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given +\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and +\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will +concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for +\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the +compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will +need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this, +and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit} +macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} +field, in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields, or even in a +\textsf{number} field (howell:marriage). (Because the strings +identifying an editor differ in notes and bibliography, one can't +simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\ +bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date +styles, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more +portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple +languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary. +Cf. section~\ref{sec:international}, and also \textsf{namea}, +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.) + +\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} +\mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} provides these fields +as a means to specify additional contributors to texts in a number of +editorial roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for +the audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, +where they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and +performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype}, +\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\ +bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.) + +\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the +exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types with a +\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically find a name to +put at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and +proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the +compiler). If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be +placed at the head. (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries +with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing +\textsf{author} immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle} +at the head of an entry. See above under \textsf{article} for +details.) The \textsf{editortype} field provides even greater +flexibility, allowing you to choose from a variety of editorial roles +while only using the \textsf{editor} field. You can do this even +though an author is named (eliot:pound shows this mechanism in action +for a standard editor, rather than for some other role). Two things +are necessary for this to happen. First, in the \textsf{options} +field you need to set \texttt{useauthor=false} (if there is an +\textsf{author}), then you need to put the name you wish to see at the +head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the \textsf{namea} +field. If the \enquote{\textsf{editor}} is in fact, e.g., a compiler, +then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype} +field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the +name in the list of references. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware. +Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field, +which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a +\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a +\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to +see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be +used at the head of the entry, if it isn't , or if you've set the +option \texttt{usenamea=false}, it will go ahead and look for an +\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the +\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify +\textsf{namea}. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its +\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter sort +of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the (default) +Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}. (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, +below). Please be aware that if you want a shortened form to appear +in citations then there's only the \textsf{shorteditor}, which you +should ensure presents whichever of the two editors' names +(\textsf{namea} or \textsf{editor}) appears at the head of the +reference-list entry. + +\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string +concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlines in his RELEASE file, +and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the +\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if +the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the +\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or +\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if +the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a +\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a +\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will +print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (15.7) +recommends not using these identifying strings in citations, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} follows that recommendation. If +you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it +manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different +sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field. + +\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain +requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author}, +for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either +unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types: +\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent}, +\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{suppbook}, +\textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{suppperiodical}. + +\mybigspace These +\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields +identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding +\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string +concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard +styles do, and they have found a use particularly in \textsf{music} +and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\ bernstein:shostakovich, +handel:messiah. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to +identify a particular article. Only applicable to the +\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the +\emph{Manual}. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}} +\label{sec:ad:entrysubtype} +Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by +the standard styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} it has +four very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in +order to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with +the standard styles. First, in \textsf{article} and +\textsf{periodical} entries, the field allows you to differentiate +between scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and +\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is +fairly simple: you need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into +the \textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter +two types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} +then you need do nothing. + +\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from +classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the +Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional +divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are +presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the +exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field. +This has no effect in the list of references, which will still present +the particular edition you are using, but it does affect the +formatting of in-text citations, in two ways. First, it suppresses +some of the punctuation. Second, and more importantly, it suppresses +the \textsf{date} field in favor of the \textsf{title}, so that +citations look like (Aristotle \emph{Metaphysics} 3.2.996b5--8) +instead of (Aristotle 1997, 3.2.996b5--8). This mechanism may also +prove useful in \textsf{misc} entries for citations from the Bible or +other sacred texts (cf.\ genesis), and for citing archival collections +(house:papers), where it produces citations of the form (House +Papers). (Cf.\ the next but one paragraph.) + +\mylittlespace If you wish to reference a classical or medieval work +by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard edition, then you +shouldn't use the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle. +Also, and the specification isn't entirely clear about this, works +from the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional +divisions, seem to have citations formatted normally, and therefore +don't need an \textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual} +14.256--268; aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr; +euripides:orestes is an example of a translation cited by page number +in a modern edition.) + +\mylittlespace The third use of the \textsf{entrysubtype} field occurs +in \textsf{misc} entries. If such an entry contains no such field, +then the citation will be treated just as the standard +\textsf{biblatex} styles would, including the use of italics for the +\textsf{title}. Any string at all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to treat the source as part of an +unpublished archive. Please see section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} +above under \textbf{misc} for all the details on how these citations +work. + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Fourth, the field can be defined in the +\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity +whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the +documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details. (In previous +releases, there was a special \texttt{tv} \textsf{entrysubtype} for +\textsf{video} entries. This is no longer necessary. Please see the +documentation of \textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} +above, and that of \textsf{userd} below.) + +\mybigspace Kazuo +\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}} +Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent +\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent +me a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor +alterations, so these three fields work more or less as they do in +standard \textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more +abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs, +though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field. In the 15th edition it was barely used, but +in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} it plays a significant role in \textsf{music}, +\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} +entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a +particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use +\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies +either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV +series or the date of a filmed musical performance. In both these +cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring +--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the +date, but you can change this string using the \textsf{userd} field, +something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical performances +(friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool). + +\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, +dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are +searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}. +This suits the Chicago author-date styles very well, except for +\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, where the general rule is +to emphasize the earliest date, whether that be, for example, the +recording date or original release date (15.53). For these two entry +types, then, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, + origdate, date, urldate}. (See the \texttt{avdate} option in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.) + +\mylittlespace For \textsf{review} entries I use the same, custom +definition of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, but for somewhat different +reasons. In general, such an entry will only have a \textsf{date}, +but an \textsf{eventdate} can be used to identify a particular comment +within an online thread. The year of the comment will therefore +appear at the head of the entry and in citations, while the remainder +of the \textsf{eventdate} will appear just after the \textsf{title}, +and the \textsf{date} after the \textsf{journaltitle}. There isn't a +particular string associated with the \textsf{eventdate}, but you can +further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in parentheses in +the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone isn't enough +(14.246; ac:comment, ellis:blog). + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the +\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general +function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like +\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a +special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to +define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and +\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a +citation. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex} +field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ +from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the +subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} prints it (them), in +parentheses, just after the author(s). + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet} +entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also +retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types, +for historical reasons. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}} +\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will +usually identify the university for which the thesis was written, +while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of +institution issuing the report. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the +\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above, +\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard +\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special +meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define +it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} +undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a +publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report +Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type, +and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a +periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not +typically required by the \emph{Manual}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, designed for \textsf{article} or \textsf{periodical} entries +identified by something like \enquote{Spring} or \enquote{Summer} +rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or \textsf{number} fields +(brown:bre\-mer). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an +\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special +issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article +within the special issue, then this field should be used in an +\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing +the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical} +entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the +proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special + issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic +contextual capitalization. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}} +\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It +contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found +in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types. In the case +where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} +(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides for this field to be used as the +author. See above (section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}) under +\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and +nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} will give you some +idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal} +field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in +citations and/or in the reference list, and you can also use it to +print a list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal} +documentation below. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is +\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for +filtering entries in a list of references, allowing you to subdivide +it according to just about any criteria you care to invent. See +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field provides one convenient means to +exclude certain entries from making their way into a list of +references, though the toggle \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} +field works just as well, and perhaps more simply. There are a few +reasons for so excluding entries. When citing both an original text +and its translation (see \textbf{userf}, below), the \emph{Manual} +(14.109) suggests including the original at the end of the +translation's reference list entry, a procedure which requires that +the original not also be printed as a separate entry +(aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr). Well-known reference +works (like the \emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example) and many +sacred texts need only be presented in citations, and not in the list +of references (14.247--248; ency:britannica, genesis, wikiped:bibtex; +see \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{misc}, above). + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the +language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the +Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though +it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such +as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation, +however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is +when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no +translation of the work has been published, something that might +happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a +majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194; +chu:panda, pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should +provide the language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple +languages using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained +\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that +you can use the standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the +language you need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as +it should appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes +inside one entry without apparent harm.) + +\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the +\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to +provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll +need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In +effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields +in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will only +print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere} over +\textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern, pirumova:russian, and +weresz). Note also that both of these fields are universally +associated with the \textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a +\textsf{booktitle} or a \textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a +language or a translation to either of the latter two, you could +probably manage it with special formatting inside those fields +themselves. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field +specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are +arranged alphabetically, where the name of the article rather than a +page or volume number should be given. The field is a +\textsf{biblatex} list, which means you should separate multiple items +with the keyword \texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of +quotation marks, and the whole list will be prefixed by the +appropriate string (\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\ +\enquote{s.vv.}). \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} will only print such a +field in a \textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you +should look at the documentation of these entry types for further +details. (See \emph{Manual} 14.247--248; grove:sibelius, times:guide, +wikiped:bibtex.) + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is +\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field +\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that +simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the +\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first +city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by +the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately. +If the place of publication is unknown, you can use +\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138). For all cities, you should +use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137). + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Two other uses need explanation here. In +\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries, +there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but +\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar + title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,} +then this field can present the place or institution where it is +published (14.191, 14.203; garrett, kimluu:diethyl, and +lakeforester:pushcarts). For blogs cited using \textsf{article} +entries, this is a good place to identify the nature of the source --- +i.e., the word \enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically +provide the parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog). + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a +multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.} +It no longer takes sentence-style capitalization in +\textsf{authordate}, though it does in \textsf{authordate-trad}. In +cross references produced using the \textsf{crossref} field, the +\textsf{title} of \textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a +\textsf{maintitle} in the child entry. (See donne:var, +euripides:orestes, harley:carto\-graphy, lach:asia, +pelikan:christian, and plato:republic:gr.) + +\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the +\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would +be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word +that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a +sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The +package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and +\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to +customize the punctuation that appears before the +\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin). + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, containing the month of publication. This should be an +integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See +\textsf{date} for more information. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields +\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it +leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the +name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a +\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the +\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields +(donne:var). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries, +\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the +\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should +present names in this field exactly as you would those in an +\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will +concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical. +When choosing a name for a citation or to head a reference-list entry, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over +\textsf{editor}. See under \textbf{editor} and \textbf{editortype} +above for the full details. Please note that, as the field is highly +single-entry specific, \textsf{namea} isn't inherited from a +\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, also, that you can +use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this role just as you can +with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb}, +\textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros \cmd{partedit}, +\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp}, +\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see +section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided +by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you to specify that an author's +name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either the real name or the +pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided in the +\textsf{author} field. The abbreviation +\enquote{\texttt{pseud.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ (always lowercase in English) +is specified, either on its own or after the pseudonym +(centinel:letters, creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, +creasey:york:death, and le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}} +does the work for you. See under \textbf{author} above for the full +details. + +\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the +automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to +be used in at least two ways. First, if you provide your own square +brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above. Second, +you can further specify comments to blogs and other online content +using a timestamp (in parentheses) that supplements the +\textsf{eventdate}, particularly when the latter is too coarse a +specification to identify a comment unambiguously. Cf.\ ac:comment. + +\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is +used to create alphabetized cross-references to other entries in the +reference list, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the +default string linking the two parts of the cross-reference. The code +automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize. +Otherwise, it prints the string as is. + +\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field +to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use +\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with +the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string +concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields. +Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details. + +\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above, +this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the +translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a +\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation +the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter +fields (euripides:orestes). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} +entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the +\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should +present names in this field exactly as you would those in an +\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will +concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See +under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details. +Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific, +\textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent +entry. Please note, also, that in \textsf{biblatex-chicago's} +name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb} takes precedence over +\textsf{translator}. Cf.\ also \textsf{namea}, \textsf{namec}, +\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} and the +macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, +\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (15.35) +specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor, +translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also +specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All +this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard +information that should be made available in a bibliographic +reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that +\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and +\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction}, +\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex} +doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this +purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to +understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not +function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like +\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be +associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were +they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three +will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the +(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also +please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include +\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb}, +so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make +\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only +fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you +can use that field, or the \textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a +compiler.) + +\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to +identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the +compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the +moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have +to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related +\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and +\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands +(section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}) below. (Future releases may +be able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that +of the three names that can be substituted for the missing +\textsf{author} at the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +will choose a \textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a +\textsf{nameb}, or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming +last, assuming that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be +concatenated. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its +\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter what +sort of name you provide, but do please remember that if you want the +package to skip over any names you can employ the +\texttt{use<name>=false} options. Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} +\texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old Chicago-specific +\texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard +\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data +that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's +very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be +printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt, +cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for examples of this +usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in the periodical +types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review}), +where it holds supplemental information about a \textsf{journaltitle}, +such as \enquote{special issue} (conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). +In all uses, if your data begins with a word that would ordinarily +only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure +that that word is in lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will +automatically do the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a +\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry, +the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the +volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally +numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry. +Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or +\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in +such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does the right thing if you +have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke). In any +\textsf{book}-like entry it may well contain considerably more +information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for +example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain +the name of the series, rather than a number. This field is also the +place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\ +\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132 +and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and +beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett, +gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, +warr:el\-lison.) + +\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point +out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals +in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even +when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious +exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the +citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry +basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common +options may be found above under \textsf{author} and \textsf{date}, +and below in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}. See creel:house, +eliot:pound, emerson:nature, ency:britannica, herwign:office, +lecarre:quest, and maitland:canon for examples of the field in use. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc}, +\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of +use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other +categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the +organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or +\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a +possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field which allows more than one full date +specification for those references which need to provide more than +just one. As with the analogous \textsf{date} field, you provide the +date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601 format, i.e., +\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most entry types, you would use +\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work, +most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also +recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older +works (15.38, 14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr, +emerson:nature, james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach). In both the +\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype)} entry +types, the \textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was +written. In such \textsf{misc} entries, some +\enquote{non-letter-like} materials (like interviews) need the +\textsf{date} field for this purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries +the \textsf{date} applies to the publication of the whole collection. +If such a published collection were itself a reprint, judicious use of +the \textsf{pubstate} field or perhaps improvisation in the +\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation. (See +white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total for how \textsf{letter} +entries can work; creel:house shows the field in action in a +\textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses \textsf{date} +instead.) + +\mylittlespace Because of the importance of date specifications in the +author-date styles, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and +\textsf{authordate-trad} provide options and automated behaviors that +allow you to emphasize the \textsf{origdate} in citations and at the +head of entries in the list of references. In entries which have +\emph{only} an \textsf{origdate} --- usually \textsf{misc} with an +\textsf{entrysubtype} --- \textsf{Biber} and the default +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} configuration make it possible to do without a +\texttt{cmsdate} option, as the \textsf{origdate} will automatically +appear where and as it should. In \textsf{book}-like entries with +both a \textsf{date} and an \textsf{origdate}, the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} recommends that you present, in citations and at the +head of reference list entries, only the \textsf{date} or both dates +together. The latter is accomplished using the \texttt{cmsdate} entry +option. In some cases it may even be necessary to reverse the two +date fields, putting the earlier year in \textsf{date} and the later +in \textsf{origdate}. If your reference apparatus contains many such +instances, it may well be convenient for you instead to use the +\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in preamble}} \texttt{cmsdate} +preamble option, which I have designed in an attempt to reduce the +amount of manual intervention needed to present lots of entries with +multiple dates. In short, setting \texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{both} +or \texttt{on} in the preamble promotes the \textsf{origdate} to the +top of the search for a \textsf{labeldate} to use in citations and at +the head of entries in the reference list. This can solve many +problems with the \textsf{extrayear} field --- 1978\textbf{a} --- and +also with sorting in the reference list. Please see above under +\textbf{date} for all the details on how these options interact. + +\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, +dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are +searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}. +If you set the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble options I've just mentioned, +this changes to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. These +generally cover the needs of the Chicago author-date styles well, +except for \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and, +exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries. Here the general rule is +to emphasize the earliest date. For these three entry types, then, +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate, + date, urldate}. In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the +\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways. First, it can +identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one +track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}. (Compare +holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.) Second, the \textsf{origdate} can +provide the original release date of an album. For this to happen, +you need to put the string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} +field, which is the standard mechanism across many other entry types +for identifying a reprinted work. (See floyd:atom.) In +\textsf{video} entries, the \textsf{origdate} is intended for the +original release date of a film, whereas the \textsf{eventdate} would +hold the original broadcast date of, e.g., an episode of a TV series. +In both these two entry types, the style will, depending on the +context, automatically prepend appropriate bibstrings to the +\textsf{origdate}. You can, assuming you've not activated the +\textsf{pubstate} mechanism in a \textsf{music} entry, choose a +different string using the \textsf{userd} field, but please be aware +that if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd} +will apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the +default string. (Compare friends:leia with hitchcock:nbynw; 15.53, +14.279-280; cf.\ \texttt{cmsdate} in sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts} +and \ref{sec:authentryopts}, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in +section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and \texttt{avdate} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.) + +\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts +numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include +\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In +\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in +\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the +\textsf{location} field. (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works, +too.) + +\mybigspace See +\vspace{-14.2pt} +\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\ +\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}} +section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below. +\vspace{18pt} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard +\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many +\textsf{article} entries you'll find this contains something other +than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition specification +(14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit). Of course, the same +may be true of almost any sort of entry, though perhaps with less +frequency. Curious readers may wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189) +for an example of a \textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference +to a two-part journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more +information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the +formatting of numerals; \textsf{bookpagination} and +\textsf{pagination} provide details about \textsf{biblatex's} +mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a given \textsf{pages} +field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a different way to +present the section information pertaining to a newspaper article. + +\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that +took place a couple of years ago on +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange} +regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109 +in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9 +in the document. \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for +providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly +complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion +code that implements the specifications. As some users may well be +accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, +and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of +this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true} +when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you +the Chicago-recommended page ranges. + +\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the +appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the +\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas +\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the +\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for +all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference +just mentioned the two fields are equivalent. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in +\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same +purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but because the \emph{Manual} +(14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a \enquote{part,} +the string printed in the list of references will, at least in +English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of the plain +dot between volume number and part number (harley:cartography, +lach:asia). If the field contains something other than a number, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is, capitalizing it if +necessary, rather than supplying the usual bibstring, so this provides +a mechanism for altering the string to your liking. The field will be +printed in the same place in any entry as would a \textsf{volume} +number, and although it will most usually be associated with such a +number, it can also function independently, allowing you to identify +parts of works that don't fit into the standard scheme. If you need +to identify \enquote{parts} or \enquote{books} that are part of a +published \textsf{series}, for example, then you'll need to use a +different field, (which in the case of a series would be +\textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\ \textsf{volume}; +iso:electrodoc. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}} +\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a +keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name +contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&) +or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual} +14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast, +dunn:revolutions.) + +\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further +subtleties involved here. Two publishers will be separated by a +forward slash in the list of references, and you no longer, in the +16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues +\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under + a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward +slash. If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different + countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one, +probably the nearest one geographically. If you feel it necessary to +include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing +so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and +\textsf{location} fields. Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then +the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if +known) and the date. If for some reason you need to indicate the +absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is +\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.} +Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(= +\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the +\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this. + +\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles, +on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} +section~\ref{sec:authrelated} below, you can now also use the +\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is +\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming} +into the field and the style will print +\cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}} as the \textsf{year} +(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this +field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the +\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some +purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}. + +\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}} +section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex} +field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article}, +\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name +of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to +attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a +\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place +for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like +\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of +course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or +\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there +you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the +\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} +entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex} allows you just +to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for example, rather +than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}. The \textsf{type} +field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and +\textsf{thesis} entries also has this auto-detection mechanism in +place; see the discussion of \cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In +whatever entry type, these bibstrings produce the required +abbreviation. (For books and similar entries, see \emph{Manual} +14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora, palmatary:pottery, +plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for periodicals, see 14.195; +garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more +information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the +formatting of numerals. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} makes +considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles. For the +purposes of the author-date specification, the field provides the name +to be used in text citations. In the vast majority of cases, you +don't need to specify it, because the \textsf{biblatex} system selects +the author's last name from the \textsf{author} field and uses it in +such a reference, and if there is no \textsf{author} it will search +\textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, +and \textsf{namec}, in that order. The current versions of +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber} will automatically alphabetize by +any of these names if they appear at the head of an entry. If, in an +author-less \textsf{article} entry (\textsf{entrysubtype} +\texttt{magazine}), you allow \textsf{biblatex-chicago} to use the +\textsf{journaltitle} as the author --- the default behavior --- and +you have been accustomed to using the \textsf{shortauthor} field to +abbreviate it, it may be simpler now to use the \textsf{shortjournal} +field instead, which does all of the formatting for you, and +additionally adds the possibility of printing a list of journal +abbreviations. See just below for the details. (Cf.\ gourmet:052006, +lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke). With long, +institutional authors, a shortened version in \textsf{shortauthor} may +save space in the running text (evanston:library), but see under +\textbf{shorthand} for another method of saving space. + +\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the +\emph{Manual} (15.21) recommends against providing the identifying +string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in text citations, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follows their recommendation. If you need +to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to do so +by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the +\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using. + +\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}} +\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a text citation, +in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically +lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in +most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not +\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then +only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. It may be worth +pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a +\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to +a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use +the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a reference +list entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the +shortened \textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor} +in such cases.Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above. + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}}} +\label{sec:ad:shorthand} + +This is \textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in +citations. For \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} I have modified +it somewhat to conform to the needs of the specification, though there +is a package option to revert the behavior to something closer to the +\textsf{biblatex} standard --- see below and under \texttt{cmslos} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. The main problem when presenting +readers with an abbreviation is to ensure that they know how to expand +it. In the notes \&\ bibliography style this is accomplished with a +notice in the first footnote citing a given work, which explains that +henceforth the abbreviation will be used instead, and also, if needed, +with a list of shorthands that summarizes all the abbreviations used +in a particular text. The first part of this system isn't available +in the author-date style of citation, and indeed these citations are +in themselves already highly-abbreviated keys to the fuller +information to be found in the list of references. There are cases, +however, particularly when institutions or \textsf{journaltitles} +appear as authors, when you may feel the need to provide a shortened +version for citations. I have already discussed two options available +to you just above (cf.\ \textbf{shortauthor} and +\textbf{shortjournal}). For the former to work the abbreviation must +either be instantly recognizable to your readership or at least easily +parseable by them, while with the latter you can either rely on the +conventions of your field or, alternately, provide a list of journal +abbreviations using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace For long institutional names the \emph{Manual's} +recommendation (15.36), and this has changed for the 16th edition, +involves using an abbreviation, an abbreviation which will appear not +only in citations but also at the head of the entry in the list of +references. Such an entry should therefore be alphabetized by the +abbreviation, with its expansion placed (inside parentheses) between +the abbreviation and the date. This formatting can be produced in one +of two ways: either you can provide a specially-formatted +\textsf{author} field (for the reference list, and including both the +abbreviation and the parenthesized expansion) + a \textsf{shortauthor} +(for the citations), or you can use a normal \textsf{author} field + a +\textsf{shorthand}, in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} +will automatically use the \textsf{shorthand} in text citations and +also place it at the head of the reference list entry, followed by the +\textsf{author} within parentheses. This method is simpler and more +compatible with other styles, though you do need a \textsf{sortkey} +when you use the \textsf{shorthand} field this way. (Cf.\ +bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.) + +\mylittlespace I should clarify here that this automatic placement of +the \textsf{shorthand} at the head of the entry will \emph{not} occur +if you set the package option \texttt{cmslos=false} in your preamble. +This allows you to implement other systems of shorthand expansion +using either a list of shorthands (via \cmd{printshorthands}, which is +always available no matter what the state of \texttt{cmslos}) or +cross-references (via \textsf{customc}) within the reference list +itself. You can place \texttt{skiplos} in the \textsf{options} field +to exclude a particular entry from the list of shorthands if you do +decide to print that list, giving maximum flexibility. + +\mylittlespace Indeed, I have provided two options to add to this +flexibility. First, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for +use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshort\-hands} command: +\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear +inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for +endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the +latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that +I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to +use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the +[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote} +command.) Second, I have provided a package option, +\texttt{short\-handfull}, which prints entries in the list of +shorthands which contain full bibliographical information, effectively +allowing you to eschew the list of references in favor of a fortified +shorthand list. This option will only work if used in tandem with +\texttt{cmslos=false}, as otherwise the shorthand will be printed +twice. (See 15.36, 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf} +for more information.) + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I believe +it is safe to use shorthands in parent entries, as this, in the +standard configuration, gives you the shorthand itself in the child +entry's abbreviated cross-reference, which may well save space in the +list of references. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special +\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a +\textsf{journaltitle} in citations and/or the reference list and to +facilitate the creation of a list of journal abbreviations, should +this be needed, rather in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. As +requested by user BenVB, you can now utilize this functionality in +your documents, but there are a few details worth mentioning here. +First, users in some fields may well already be accustomed to using a +set of standard journal abbreviations (15.44), in which case the +\textsf{journaltitle} field may well already contain the abbreviation, +which will appear wherever that field is printed. In such cases, it +usually isn't necessary to provide a list of abbreviations in +individual publications, but were you to require such a thing, you'd +have to move the abbreviation from the \textsf{journaltitle} to the +\textsf{shortjournal} field, placing the full title in the former. In +\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field presents what +would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the \textsf{articles} or +\textsf{reviews}, so in such entries you can provide the standard +\textsf{shorttitle} field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically copy the +\textsf{shorttitle} into a \textsf{shortjournal}. + +\mylittlespace Having done this, you then need to choose where to +print the \textsf{shortjournal}, which is controlled by the +\texttt{journalabbrev} option either in the preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of individual .bib entries. By default, and +taking account of the space-saving features of the author-date styles, +this option is set to \texttt{notes}, so your \textsf{shortjournal} +fields will be printed only in those citations where they appear in +place of an \textsf{author}. There are three other settings: +\texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both in citations and in the +reference list, \texttt{bib} prints them only in the reference list, +and \texttt{false} ignores them. Should you wish to present a list of +these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to use the +\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command, perhaps with a +\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any +\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have +provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot- +or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively), +to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again +as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option +\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off +the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the +\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default +formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can +roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournalwidth\}} --- +you can see its default definition at the top of +\textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}. + +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated +title for citation styles that need one. (It is also the way to hook +\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism, +on which see the previous entry.) In +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} such a field will be necessary +only very rarely (unlike in the notes \&\ bibliography style), and is +most likely to turn up in \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference} +entries (where the \textsf{title} takes the place of the +\textsf{author}), or in any sort of entry with a \texttt{classical} +\textsf{entrysubtype}. This latter toggle makes citations use +\textsf{author} and \textsf{title} instead of \textsf{author} and +\textsf{year}, and if an abbreviated version of that title would save +space in your running text this is the field where you can provide it. +(Cf.\ ency:britannica, grove:sibelius, aristotle:metaphy:gr.) + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want +an entry alphabetized in a list of references. In general, if an +entry doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should +provide the solution. Entries with a corporate author can omit the +definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85; +cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art). The default settings of +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} include the three supplemental name +fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the +sorting algorithm, so once again you should find those algorithms +needing less help than before. Entries using a \textsf{shorthand}, +and entries headed by a \textsf{title} beginning with the definite or +indefinite article, may well now require such assistance +(bsi:abbreviation, grove:sibelius, iso:electrodoc). There may be +circumstances --- several reprinted books by the same author, for +example --- when the \textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on +which see below. \textsf{Biblatex} also provides \textbf{sortname} +and \textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control. Please +consult \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortyear}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, provided for more fine-grained control over +the sorting of entries in a list of references, and possibly useful in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to help present several reprinted +books by the same author. See \textsf{sortkey} and \textsf{date} +above. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a +\textsf{title} --- see next entry. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} release of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} includes the \textsf{authordate-trad} style, +designed as a kind of hybrid style according to indications contained +in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.45). This \textsf{trad} +style differs \emph{only} in the way it treats the \textsf{title} and +related fields, which retain the forms they have traditionally had in +the Chicago author-date specifications prior to the latest edition. +Where the new edition uses headline-style capitalization, the older +editions used sentence-style; where the new edition places +\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection} \textsf{titles} within +quotation marks, the older editions presented them in plain text. If +you have been using the 15th-edition author-date style, then your +\textsf{title} fields won't need any changes for +\textsf{authordate-trad}, but I shall include just below, under a +separate rubric, full documentation for \textsf{trad} \textsf{title} +fields for those just coming to the package. First, though, I +document the same field(s) for the standard author-date style. + +\mylittlespace In the vast majority of cases, this field works just as +it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and just as it does in +\textsf{biblatex}. In a major change to previous editions of the +\emph{Manual}, the 16th edition now recommends that \textsf{titles} be +treated more or less identically across both its systems of +documentation (15.2, 15.6, 15.13). This means that users of the +author-date style no longer need to worry about sentence-style +capitalization when compiling their .bib databases, and so can eschew +the extra curly braces needed to preserve uppercase letters in this +context. The other new rules, however, mean that a few new +complications, familiar to users of the notes \&\ bibliography style, +will arise. First, although nearly every entry will have a +\textsf{title}, there are some exceptions, particularly +\textsf{incollection} or \textsf{online} entries with a merely generic +title, instead of a specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email). +Second, the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting \textsf{titles}, +which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and \textsf{maintitles}, +require additional attention. The whole point of using a +\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you, +and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} does just that, +surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or +occasionally just leaving them alone. When, however, a title is +quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules. A +summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand +when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} might need your help in +order to comply with them. + +\mylittlespace The internal rules of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} are as follows: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and + \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of + \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image}, + \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no + \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, + \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} + entry types. +\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article}, + \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online}, + \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry + types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, + and \textsf{review} entry types. +\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon}, + \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types, + \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} + (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review}, + and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types. +\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry + types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- + have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to + \textsf{inbook}. Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a + \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation + marks. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} + will be italicized. +\end{description} + +Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend +to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult +section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in +\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself, +8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a +title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on +its own, require, then the following rules apply: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in + quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do + is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will + take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought + within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var, + mchugh:wake). +\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it + would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to + do the formatting yourself. Within the double quotes of the title + another quoted title would take single quotes --- the + \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also, + I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be + brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett, + loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.) +\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or + a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it + would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using + \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard, + osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke). +\end{enumerate} + +The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally +italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text +title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an +italicized title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or +without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title +\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always +retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104, +14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a +quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl). + +\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and +\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an +\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically capitalize the +first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation, +assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in +your .bib database. See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in +section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for more details. + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{title (trad)}} you choose the +\textsf{authordate-trad} style, your \textsf{title} and related fields +will need extra care, familiar to users of the 15th-edition +author-date style. The whole point of using a \textsc{Bib}\TeX-based +system is for it to do the formatting for you, and in most cases +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} does just that, capitalizing +them sentence-style, italicizing them, and sometimes both. There are +two situations that require user intervention. First, in titles that +take sentence-style capitalization, you need, as always in traditional +\textsc{Bib}\TeX, to assist the algorithms by placing anything that +needs to remain capitalized within an extra pair of curly braces. +Second, when a title is quoted within a title, you need to know some +of the rules of the Chicago style. A summary here should serve to +clarify them, and help you to understand when +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} might need your help in +order to comply with them. + +\mylittlespace With regard to sentence-style capitalization, the rules +of the Chicago \textsf{authordate-trad} style are fairly simple: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad Headline Style:] \textsf{journaltitle} in all types, + \textsf{series} in all \textsf{book}-like entries (i.e., not in + \textsf{articles}), and \textsf{title} in \textsf{periodical} + entries. +\item[\qquad Sentence Style:] every other \textsf{title}, + \emph{except} in \textsf{letter} entries, \textsf{review} entries, + and in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Also, + the \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{issuetitle}, and \textsf{maintitle} + in all entry types use sentence style. +\item[\qquad Contextual Capitalization of First Word:] + \textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, + \textsf{maintitle\-addon} in all entry types, also the + \textsf{title} of \textsf{review} entries and of \textsf{misc} + entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. +\item[\qquad Plain:] \textsf{title} in \textsf{letter} entries. +\end{description} + +What this means in practice is that to get a title like \emph{The + Chicago manual of style}, your .bib entry needs to have a field that +looks something like this: +\begin{quote} + \texttt{title = \{The \{Chicago\} Manual of Style\}} +\end{quote} + +This is completely straightforward, but remember that if an +\textsf{article} has a title like: Review of \emph{The Chicago manual + of style}, then the curly braces enclosing material to be formatted +in italics will cause the capitalization algorithm to stop and leave +all of that material as it is, so your .bib entry would need to have a +field something like this: + +\begin{quote} + \texttt{title = \{}\cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} \cmd{mkbibemph\{The + Chicago manual of style\}\}} +\end{quote} + +(As an aside, the use of the \texttt{reviewof} bibstring isn't +strictly necessary here, but it helps with portability across +languages and across the two Chicago styles. If you've noticed a lot +of lowercase letters starting fields in \textsf{dates-test.bib}, +they're present because in the notes \&\ bibliography style +capitalization is complicated by notes using commas where the +bibliography uses periods, and words like \enquote{review} start in +uppercase only if the context demands it. There's considerably less +of this in the author-date styles [note the \textsf{*titleaddon} +fields], but it still pays to be aware of the issue.) + +\mylittlespace With regard to italics, the rules of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} are as follows: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and + \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of + \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{inbook}, + \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no \textsf{entrysubtype}), + \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{report}, + \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} entry types. +\item[\qquad Main Text Font (Roman):] \textsf{title} of + \textsf{article}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{incollection}, + \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} (with an + \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent}, + \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{suppperiodical}, + \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry types, + \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} + entry types. \textsf{booktitleaddon}, \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and + \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types. +\item[\qquad Italics or Roman:] All of the audiovisual entry types --- + \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- have to serve + as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to \textsf{inbook}. + Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a + \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in the main text + font. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} + will be italicized. +\end{description} + +Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend +to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult +section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in +\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself, +8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a +title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on +its own, require, then the following rules apply: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in + quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do + is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will + take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought + within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var, + mchugh:wake). +\item Inside a plain-text title, you should set off other plain-text + titles with quotation marks, while italicized titles should appear + as they would if they were on their own. In such cases you'll need + to do the formatting yourself, using \cmd{mkbibemph} or + \cmd{mkbibquote}. (See barcott:review, garrett, gibbard, + loften:hamlet, loomis:structure, murphy:silent, osborne:poi\-son, + ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke, white:callimachus.) +\end{enumerate} + +The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally +italicized in text should also be italicized in a plain-text title, +but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an italicized +title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or without a +subtitle) retains its quotation marks when it is plain, but loses them +when it is italicized, unless it specifically retains them in the +source (14.104, 14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks, +but that isn't a quotation, retains those marks in all title types +(kimluu:diethyl). + +\mylittlespace Finally, please note that there is also a preamble +option --- \texttt{headline} --- that disables the automatic +sentence-style capitalization routines in \textsf{authordate-trad}. +If you set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be +changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your +titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to +determine capitalization. It works by redefining the command +\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the +latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be +turned off there. See section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}} +\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles +that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves, +and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses it in just this way, with the +additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title} +entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly +powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ +to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters). This field will always +be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed within +quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it you'll need +to provide manually yourself. The single exception to this rule is +when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily only be +capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you need +then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. +See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in +section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below. The package and entry +options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon} +(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) can help you customize the punctuation +that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\ +brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for +examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter; +morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon} +field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is +capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect; +coolidge:speech shows an entry option for controlling the +punctuation.) + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I +have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, +but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain +complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out +that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a +\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle}, +depending on the sort of entry. More specifically, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the +most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if +there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, +if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is +exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters, +plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are +numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for +one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. +For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should +format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or +\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the +\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). In the algorithm for finding a +name for the head of a reference list entry or for a citation, +\textsf{nameb} takes precedence over \textsf{translator}. + +\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which +holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If +\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as +\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler). +Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate +translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for +various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro +(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in +one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review). (Because the +strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one +can't simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\ +bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date +styles, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more +portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple +languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary. [See +section~\ref{sec:international}].) + +\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in +the absence of an \textsf{author}, a \textsf{namea}, an +\textsf{editor}, and a \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be +used at the head of an entry (silver:gawain), and the reference list +entry alphabetized by the translator's name, behavior that can be +controlled with the \texttt{use<name>} switches in the +\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ \textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, +\textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}. + +%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard +\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify +the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or +\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} implements the possibility, +in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a +\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type} +field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g., +\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both +will work. (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and +ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes +be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard +entry-type aliases). + +\mylittlespace Another use for the field is to generalize the +functioning of the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and of its alias +\textsf{suppcollection}. In such entries, the \textsf{type} field can +specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g., +\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.} +Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual} +17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro). + +\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in +\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and +\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g., +\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc}, +or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only +be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in +lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically +do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork}, +\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video}, +above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo, +cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.) + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can +provide one for all entry types. The 16th edition of the +\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if +the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also +\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package +\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references +properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth +noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from +their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to +warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same +locator in several entries. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url. The 16th +edition of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case +it allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that +require it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are +available. To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have +provided the \textbf{userd} field, documented below. If an entry +doesn't have a \textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be +treated, as before, as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184, 15.9; +evanston:library, grove:sibelius, hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison, +sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex). In the default setting of +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, any entry without a \textsf{date}, +\textsf{eventdate}, or \textsf{origdate} will use the \textsf{urldate} +to find a year for citations and the list of references +(grove:sibelius, wikiped:bibtex). + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental +\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In +\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries +with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, the contents of this +field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the +\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for +identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television +program (14:221; bundy:macneil). + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this +supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of the Chicago +author-date style's handling of cross-references within the list of +references. (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of mnemonic for +this latter function.) In the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you +no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include +alphabetized expansions of \textsf{shorthands} in the reference list, +but you may still need to provide cross-references of some sort to +separate entries in that list, perhaps when a single author uses +multiple pseudonyms. In such a case it is unlikely that you will cite +the \textsf{customc} entry itself in the body of your text. +Therefore, in order for it to appear in the reference list, you have +two choices. You can either include the entry key of the +\textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command inside your document, +or you can place that entry key in the \textsf{userc} field of the +.bib entry that actually contains one of the full citations. In the +latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite} for you +when you cite the main entry. (See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast, +creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.) + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field, +recently added to the package, acts as a sort of +\enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most entry types to +identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date or a revision +date. The general usage is fairly simple. If this field is absent, +then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access date, as has long +been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you need to identify it in any other +way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before} +the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}} +or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically +contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex). In the absence of a +\textsf{urldate}, you can in most entry types include a \textsf{userd} +field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it would have +modified a \textsf{urldate}. + +\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some +audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for +\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries +where an \textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify +that date instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, +and it will modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is +no \textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the +absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify +an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the +\textsf{urldate}. Given the absence of those two, it can modify a +\textsf{date}. In all these cases, \textsf{userd} will modify what +remains of any date, i.e., the month and the day, if that date's year +has been printed at the head of the entry. Please see the +documentation of the \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entry types, +and especially of the \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and +\textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279, 15.53; nytrumpet:art). + +\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field +with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of +automatic contextual capitalization for you. + +\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental +\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses +specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work, +something that may be needed if you deem the original language +unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The +\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you +can translate the title and use that translation in your +\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in +\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in +\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. Cf.\ +\textbf{language}, above. (See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern, +pirumova:russian, weresz.) + +\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} +section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex} +offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and +\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it, +mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps +the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment, +instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent} +entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in +\textsf{article} entries, and also the volume of a multi-volume work +in many other sorts of entry. The treatment and placement of +\textsf{volume} information in \textsf{book}-like entries is rather +complicated in the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27, 15.39). In the +reference list, the \textsf{volume} appears either before the +\textsf{maintitle} or before the publication information, while in +citations you may need to provide it in the \textsf{postnote} field +--- see the \textsf{volumes} field, just below. In a number of these +contexts, and in both books and periodicals, \textsf{volume} +information can appear \emph{immediately before} the page number(s). +In such a case, the \emph{Manual} (14.121) prescribes the same +treatment for both sorts of sources, that is, that \enquote{a colon + separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening + space.} I have implemented this, but at the request of Clea~F.\ +Rees I have made this punctuation customizable, using the command +\cmd{postvolpunct} \mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}}. By default it +prints \cmd{addcolon}, but you can use +\cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your +preamble to redefine it. Cf.\ \textsf{part}, and the command +documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}; +conway:evolution shows how sometimes this field may hold series +information, as well. + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex} +field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work, +and in such references you should provide the volume and page numbers +in the \textsf{postnote} field of the relevant \cmd{cite} command, +e.g.: + +\begin{quote} +\cmd{autocite}\texttt{[3:25]\{bibfile:key\}}. +\end{quote} + +Cf.\ 15.22; meredith:letters, tillich:system, weber:saugetiere, +wright:evolution. The entry wright:theory presents one volume of such +a multi-volume work, so you would no longer need to give the volume in +any \textsf{postnote} field when citing it. If both a \textsf{volume} +and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur particularly in +cross-referenced entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will +ordinarily suppress the \textsf{volumes} field, except in some cases +when a \textsf{maintitle} is present. In this latter case, if the +\textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the option +\texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to +\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the +\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to +\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field +of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. See the +option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref} +field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any +data from the parent entry. See \textbf{crossref}, above. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex} +field, especially important for the author-date specification. Please +see all the details under \textbf{date} above. Unlike the +\textsf{date} field \textsf{year} allows non-numeric input, so you can +put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} here if required, or indeed any other +sort of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date +then you can include that guess in square brackets instead of +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:meso\-pot, +leo:madonna, ross:thesis. + +\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries} +\label{sec:authrelated} + +As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all + bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of + relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of}, + \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields + to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex} + provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields + \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.} +Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of +inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields +\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher}, +\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of +these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better +than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more +general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism +is also available. It can provide much of what the older system +provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a +field-by-field discussion of the options now available. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the +\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined +\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The +\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and +\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The +\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in +presenting translations in a list of references. The details of the +\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an +original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here, +however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect +the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally + published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great +many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical +antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have +been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly +speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way +to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field, +which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the + original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the +standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then +the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise, +just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published + as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French + edition:}. This has no effect in citations, where only the work +cited --- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help +to make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the list of references +more palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} +\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to +achieve the same ends. + +\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the +spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping +with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s +functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a +\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its +translation in the list of references, you can also use +\textsf{origlanguage} as \textsf{biblatex} intended it, so that +instead of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will +read \enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual} +doesn't mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain +ambiguities in some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish +to use this functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of +the language, but rather a bibstring, which may, at the time of +writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian}, +\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french}, +\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin}, +\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or +\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of +the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the +documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals +(14.166, 15.38). In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an +\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with +the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information +will be printed in the reference list. You can also use this field in +a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry +to give the place where a published or unpublished letter was written +(14.117). (Jonathan Robinson has suggested that the +\textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances actually be helpful +for disambiguation, his example being early printed editions of the +same material printed in the same year but in different cities. The +new functionality should make this simple to achieve. Cf.\ +\textsf{origdate} [section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}], +\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) +\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as +here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field, +though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the +same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a +separate entry. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the +\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and +their corresponding originals (14.166, 15.38). You can provide an +\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to +the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and +bibliography. (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} +[section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}], \textsf{origlocation}, and +\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to +present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry +using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype} +\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the +entry, using data extracted from a separate entry. + +\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} field. Because the author-date specification has +fairly complicated rules about presenting reprinted editions (15.38), +I have adopted this field as a means of simplifying the problem for +users. Instead of manually formatting the \textsf{location} field, +you can simply put the string \texttt{reprint} into the +\textsf{pubstate} field, and depending on which date(s) you have +chosen to appear at the head of the entry, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will either print the (localized) +string \texttt{reprint} in the proper place or otherwise provide a +notice at the end of the entry detailing the original publication +date. See under \textbf{date} above for the available permutations. +(Cf.\ aristotle:metaphy:gr, maitland:canon, maitland:equity, +schweitzer:bach.) Aside from the word \texttt{reprint}, the field may +also contain the word \texttt{forthcoming}, which instructs the styles +to print that \cmd{bibstring} instead of the \textsf{year} +(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Anything else in the field +will be treated as in the standard styles and printed after the +publication information. + +\mylittlespace There is one subtlety of which you ought to be aware. +In \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism transforms +the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an album into the +original release date for that album. If that date appears in +citations and at the head of reference-list entries, then this +mechanism won't generally make much difference, but if it appears +elsewhere then a recording date will be printed in the middle of the +reference list entry, while the original release date will be printed +near the end, preceded by the appropriate string. \textbf{NB:} For +those uses of the \textsf{pubstate} field that print a notice at the +end of the entry, the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} provides +much the same information, using data extracted from a different +entry. If the information appears inside the entry then there is no +equivalent \textsf{related} functionality. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to +use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should +contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should +extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the +reference list entry which contains the \textsf{related} field itself. +Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the +\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such +entries, never on its own and never in citations. Without a +\textsf{relatedtype} field, this will print the default type, +equivalent to a full reference list entry \emph{immediately after} the +entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no intervening +string. You can specify a string using the \textsf{relatedstring} +field, so in effect this presents a powerful mechanism for presenting +full references to related material of any sort whatsoever. + +\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} default, the +package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related} +entries in the list of references. If you would like to turn this off +you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the +\textsf{options} or \textsf{relatedoptions} field of the relevant +entry, to \texttt{false}. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I +should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set +entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can +do it, though please remember one important detail. By default, +\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among +other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from appearing +separately in the list of references, assuming you don't specifically +cite it elsewhere. If you use the field yourself, then you'll need to +include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the options therein to maintain +this effect. Of course, it may be you don't want all the effects of +\texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it however you wish. See +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for +choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies +is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any, +with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a +string or strings defined within the driver for that +\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and +\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the +\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a +pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything +in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If +your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you +depending on context (coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron). I have not +altered the standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have in fact +modified the \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the +\texttt{reprintfrom} string, which works better syntactically in this +context, and modified the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism to use the +\texttt{origpubin} string, which brings it into line with the notes +\&\ bibliography style. + +\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have +either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of +the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I +have also added one to these six (see below): + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full reference to a + translation, starting with the (localized) string + \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title}, + \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than + in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to + choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original + + translation (14.109; furet:passing:fr). The old \textsf{userf} + mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas} + \textsf{relatedtype} (see below). +\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no + \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard + styles, and with no intervening string, full references to the + \textsf{related} entries. +\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes + in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles. + The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the + matter. +\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old + \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an + original with its translation. It's quite similar to the + \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically + connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can + identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory + string using \textsf{relatedstring}. +\item[\qquad origpubin:] I have barely altered this from the + \textsf{biblatex} default, and it will present reprint information + \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The + \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \& + bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for + author-date. +\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the + old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the + standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted + material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly + for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or + perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with + possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it + behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using + \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I + haven't].) +\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} + package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it + might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've + added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of + them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default + \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related} + entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It + also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article} + and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone, + \textsf{suppperiodical}). + + In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with + the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the + child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the + \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these + components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author}, + \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item, + and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the + end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example, + reviews of live performances. + + This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized + \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the + reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the + \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. If you've changed the + default setting of the \texttt{related} option in the preamble, then + you'll need to ensure that it is set to \texttt{true} in the + individual entries where you use this \textsf{relatedtype} to ensure + that the entry's full data appears in the list of references. Also, + if the mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context, + remember that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still + available. +\end{description} + +\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}} +\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a + look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom}, +\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one + that also allows you to change the introductory string using the} +\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle} +\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the +request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the +original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are +citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays} +volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual} +(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the +bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of + particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase +like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly +parallel to that of including details of a work in the original +language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed +the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a +sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and +\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the +.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite +key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field +(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted + title} field). The main difference between the two forms is that +\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original +work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the +\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only +the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the +\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there. +The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Originally + published in.} Please see the documentation on \textsf{userf} below +for all the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your +data. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the +supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite +both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109) +recommends that, in a reference list at least, you combine references +to both texts in one entry. Lacking specific instructions about the +author-date style, I have nonetheless chosen to implement this +possibility also for a list of references, though in-text citations +will still only refer to individual works. In order to follow this +specification, I have provided a third cross-referencing system (the +others being \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the +name \textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its +function. + +\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by +entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file, +just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type, +and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for +the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the +\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to +include some means of preventing it appearing separately in the list +of references, either a toggle in the \textsf{keywords} field or +perhaps \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field. In this +standard case, the data for the translation will be printed first, +followed by the string \texttt{orig. pub. as}, followed by the +original, author omitted. As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), +I have also included a way to modify the string printed before the +original. In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the +original's language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of +\texttt{originally published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} +or \texttt{Latin edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, +aristotle:metaphy:trans). \textbf{NB:} You can use the +\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas} to replicate the +\textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also customize the +\textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result as with +\textsf{origlanguage}. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\subsection{Commands} +\label{sec:commands:authdate} + +In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may +need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} that I have either +altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or +that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make +your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but +I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more +compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed. + +\subsubsection{Formatting Commands} +\label{sec:formatting:authdate} + +These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your +references in both citations and list of references. You can find +many examples of their usage in \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I shall +try to point you toward a few such entries in what follows. +\textbf{NB:} \textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory +in some situations. See its entry below. + +\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8 +of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which +capitalizes a word inside a citation or list of references entry if +that word follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase +otherwise. The whole question of capitalization is considerably more +complicated in the notes \&\ bibliography style, where the former uses +commas and the latter (often) periods to separate blocks of +information, whereas the more streamlined author-date specification +has few such issues. In \textsf{dates-test.bib} there are only two +places where the \cmd{autocap} macro is necessary, and they both +involve the string \texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{year} field +(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib), though you can now avoid even +this necessity by placing \texttt{forthcoming} in the +\textsf{pubstate} field. + +\mylittlespace I have nonetheless retained the system developed, +following \textsf{biblatex's} example, for the notes \&\ bibliography +style, which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields +in your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey +of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the +extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them. +In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is +begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter, +e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data +begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that +capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house, +morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need +such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try +using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the +mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, for reference +purposes, is the complete list of fields where this functionality is +active: + +\begin{enumerate} +\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work + as you expect them to here.) +\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it. +\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands. +\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review} + (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type, + in the latter case, however, only when there is an + \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is + from an archive. +\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review} + (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type, + in the latter case, however, only when there is an + \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is + from an archive. +\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types. +\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, + \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook}, + \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types. +\end{enumerate} + +If you accidentally use the \cmd{autocap} macro in one of the above +fields, it frankly shouldn't matter at all, and you'll still get what +you want, but taking advantage of the automatic provisions should at +least save some typing. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a +very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to +provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that +string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry. +\textsf{Biblatex} also provides functionality which allows you +sometimes simply to input, for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of +\cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a +bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such +cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the +\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and +\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of +\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} +entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in +the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the +\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries. These are the +places, as far as I can make out, where \textsf{biblatex's} standard +styles support this feature, though I have added the last, +style-specific, one. If the \textsf{biblatex} authors generalize it +still further in a future release, I shall do the same, if possible. + +%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip} + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is +the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here +because it is a crucial part of the mechanism of that package's +\enquote{American} punctuation system. Quotation marks around the +\textsf{title} field in various entry types are automatically provided +by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but titles-within-titles frequently also +require them, so it is best to get accustomed to using this command to +make sure any periods or commas appearing in the neighborhood of the +closing quotes will appear inside them automatically. A few examples +from \textsf{dates-test.bib} should help to clarify this. + +\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title} +contains a quoted phrase: + +\begin{quotation} + \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\ + \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}} +\end{quotation} + +Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no +punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation +mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or +even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here +--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting +for you.) All of these will produce the formatted: +\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning + After} Pill.} + +\mylittlespace Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}: + +\begin{quotation} + \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to + \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}} +\end{quotation} + +Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the +field, and because this reference unit will be separated from +what follows by a period in the list of references, then the +\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the +final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to + \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}} + +\mylittlespace Note in both cases that you only need to be careful +with the capitalization inside the curly brackets if you are using +\textsf{authordate-trad}, as the 16th edition of the \textsf{Manual} +has unified the title formatting for the two remaining styles, which +means that, for them, all lower- and uppercase letters remain as they +are typed in your .bib file. + +\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with +Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though +the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style, +to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't +loaded. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}} +\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a +\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number, +\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon + separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening + space.} The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is +of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and +unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with +established typographic traditions in a number of contexts. Clea~F.\ +Rees has requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the +\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a +\textsf{volume} number and a page number. It is set to \cmd{addcolon} +by default, except when the current language of the entry is French, +in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}. +You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash + postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but +please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not +more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a +\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field. + +\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} and +the following 6 macros were all designed to help +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} cope with the fact that many bibstrings in +the notes \&\ bibliography style differ between notes and +bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms when the +latter prints them in full. These problems do not arise in the +author-date styles, but using these macros will make your .bib database +more portable across languages and across both Chicago styles, and may +be slightly easier to remember than the strings themselves. On the +other hand, of course, they will make your .bib file less portable +across multiple \textsf{biblatex} styles. + +\mylittlespace These macros allow you to provide an \texttt{editor}, a +\texttt{translator}, and/or a \texttt{compiler} in situations where +the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, +\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't +adequate. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as originally I +intended them for use when a particular name applied only to a +specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or +\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above). + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to +identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} (or \textsf{editortype}) won't +do, e.g., in a \textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the appropriate string in your +references. + +\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this +macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit +into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If +you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either +\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files. The +new version of the command should take care of this automatically for +you.) See howell:marriage. + +\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a +compiler. + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a +translator (ratliff:review). + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a +translator and a compiler. + +\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a +compiler. + +\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash + parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator +whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields +(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}). + +\subsubsection{Citation Commands} +\label{sec:cite:authordate} + +The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation +commands, most of which, in \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and +\textsf{authordate-trad}, function as they do in the standard +author-date styles. If you are getting unexpected behavior when using +them please have a look in your .log file. A command like +\cmd{supercite}, listed in §~3.6.2 of the \textsf{biblatex} manual but +not defined by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} or by core +\textsf{biblatex}, defaults to \cmd{cite}, and leaves a warning in the +.log. The following commands may require some minimal explanation, +but if there are standard commands that don't work for you, or new +commands that would be useful, please let me know, and it should be +possible to fix or add them. + +\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't +adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out +that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} sets this command to use +\cmd{parencite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much +the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in +its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}. + +\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}} +Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the +\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the +genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic +constructions (15.24). The \cmd{gentextcite} command, in effect, +provides a way to include almost anything in between the name and the +parenthesized date in a \cmd{textcite}, so its use may well not be +limited to the possessive. In most respects it behaves exactly like +\cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've added +a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to +choose which declensional ending to add to the name. If you don't +specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}. +If you want something different, you'll need to present a third option +to the command, like so:\ +\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. You must include the +two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it +will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a +\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a +\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentextcites} command as well, +though currently you can only specify one genitival ending for all +keys, like so:\ +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{en\-try:key2\}}, +though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the +first citation you can make do with +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}. + +\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text +is unpredictable. There is currently no way to add the genitival +ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will +only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is +in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author +work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however, +you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached +to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names +attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last, +but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option set to +\texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s). When +using one citation command to cite more than one work by the same +author, it is the \emph{first} occurrence of the name which +\textsf{biblatex} prints, eliding subsequent ones. In order to get +the possessive ending on that name you'll need to set +\texttt{genallnames} to \texttt{true}. + +\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} standard +\textsf{biblatex} this command searches first for a +\textsf{labelname}, usually taken from the \textsf{author} or +\textsf{shortauthor} field, then uses the \textsf{shorthand} field if +the former doesn't exist. Because of the way the Chicago author-date +specification recommends handling abbreviations, I have switched this +around, and the command searches for a \textsf{shorthand} first. +This holds also for the multicite form \textbf{\textbackslash + textcites}, though both commands revert to their standard +\textsf{biblatex} behavior when you give the \texttt{cmslos=false} +option in the preamble. + +\subsection{Package Options} +\label{sec:opts:authdate} + +\subsubsection{Pre-set \textsf{biblatex} Options} +\label{sec:preset:authdate} + +Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will +tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I +thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These +settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you +can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your +preamble or by loading the package using +\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, which gives +you the \textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself +inside the square brackets. + +\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} +\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\inline}} and \textsf{authordate-trad} +place references in parentheses by default. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker +for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally. + +\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification +calls for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened +when presenting date ranges. Please note that because of the +author-date style's complicated requirements with respect to dates, +there will be cases when printed ranges don't look exactly right --- +cf., e.g., nass:address. I'm working on this. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}} +enables an \emph{ibidem} mechanism in citations, but only in the most +strictly-defined circumstances. The Chicago author-date style doesn't +print \enquote{Ibid} in citations, but in general a repeated citation +on the same page will print only the page reference. Technically, +this should only occur when a source is cited \enquote{more than once + in one paragraph} (15.26), so you can use the \cmd{citereset} +command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as +the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section, +and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically resets the tracker at page breaks. (Cf.\ +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1.) Whenever there might be any +ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more +informative reference. + +\mylittlespace If you are going to repeat a source, make sure that the +cite command provides a postnote --- you'll no longer get any annoying +empty parentheses, but you will get another standard citation, which +may add too much clutter. + +\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{labelyear=\\true}} option +tells \textsf{biblatex} to provide the special \textsf{labelyear} and +\textsf{extrayear} fields for author-date styles. + +\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\ + minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names +printed in the list of references when that number exceeds 10. These +numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (17.29--30), +and they are different from those for use in citations. With +\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and +\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbibliography} command at the bottom +of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does this automatically +for you, though of course you can change them in your document +preamble. Please see section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} below (and the +file \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}) for hints on dealing with entries +with more than three authors. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables +page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage} +commands for controlling, among other things, the \emph{ibidem} +mechanism. It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside mode, +or whole spreads in twoside mode. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{punctfont=\\true}} fixes a +minor problem with punctuation in titles, ensuring that the colon +between a title and a subtitle appears in the correct, matching font. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} is the +standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, and it enables the use +of \textsf{related} functionality in the list of references. I have +added an entry option, as well, so if you set this to \texttt{false} +in your preamble, in the \textsf{options} field, or in the +\textsf{relatedoptions} field, you can make the package ignore the +\textsf{related} fields. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off +the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice +which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=cms}} setting takes +advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} command provided by +\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber}, in effect implementing a default +sorting order in the list of references tailored to comply with the +Chicago author-date specification. Please see the documentation of +\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquelist=\\minyear}} option +enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to disambiguate entries +which have more than three \textsf{authors}, but which differ +\emph{after} the first name in the list. This will only occur when +two such entries have the same \textsf{year} (15.28). The option is +\textsf{Biber}-only, like the following, which means that this +next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ replacement is required for the +author-date styles. Please see \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} (or +\textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}) and section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth}, +below, for further details. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquename=\\minfull}} +enables the package to distinguish different authors who share a +surname, using initials in the first instance, and whole names if +initials aren't enough (15.21). The option is \textsf{Biber}-only, +like the previous one. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}} +enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of +entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}. +In the list of references, the entry will be alphabetized by the +translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a +per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the +\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain. + +\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options} +\label{sec:authformopts} + +I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands +provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between +items in the list of references and between items in the list of +shorthands (\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of +these in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to +redefine them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you +know that the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the +formatting options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a +replacement for repeated names in the list of references (15.17--19, +and just below); and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main +text and at the bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in +the text, in-line in the notes; 14.19). The code for this last +formatting is also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped +it in a test that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir} +class, which I believe has its own commands for defining these +parameters. You can also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff} +package option, on which see below. + +\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's} +\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of +three dashes separated by gaps. He suggested an alternative, which +I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you +can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your +chosen font. The default definition is: +\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash + rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes} + \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have +added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to +\textsf{chicago-author\-date.bbx}, for use with the \texttt{env} +option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command. The first, +\texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear +inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for +endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the +latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that +I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to +use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the +[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote} +command.) If you use a command like +\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal +abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and +\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the same way. +Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and +\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for +further options available to you for presenting and formatting these +two types of \texttt{biblist}. + +\mylittlespace The next-generation backend \textsf{Biber} and +\textsf{biblatex} offer enhanced functionality in many areas, +including the next three declarations. If the default definitions +don't work well for you, you can redefine all of them in your document +preamble --- see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §§4.5.8 and 4.5.5. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}} +option allows you to add name fields for consideration when +\textsf{biblatex} is attempting to find a shortened name for in-text +citations. This, for example, allows a compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to +appear in citations without any other intervention from the user, +rather than requiring a \textsf{shortauthor} field as previous +releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} did. The default definition +currently is +\texttt{\{shortauthor,author,\\shorteditor,namea,editor,nameb,% + translator,namec\}}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labeldate}} +option allows you to alter the order in which \textsf{Biber} and +\textsf{biblatex} search for the year to use both in citations and at +the head of entries in the list of references. This will also be the +year to which an alphabetical suffix will be appended when an author +has published more than one work in the same year, and the year by +which works will be sorted in the list of references. In the default +configuration, a year will be searched for in the order \textsf{date, + eventdate, origdate, urldate}. This generally suits the Chicago +author-date styles well, except for two situations. First, when a +reference apparatus contains many entries with multiple dates, it may +be simplest to promote the \textsf{origdate} to the head of the list, +which you can do using the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble option. This +changes the order to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. +Second, in \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and, +exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries, the general rule is to +emphasize the earliest date. For these three entry types, then, +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate, + date, urldate}. See \texttt{avdate} in +section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, \texttt{cmsdate} in +section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and the \textbf{date} docs in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}. + +\mylittlespace The +\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}} +third \textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to +include almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting +algorithms for the list of references, so that a great many more +entries will be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring +manual intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the +like. Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the +\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom +scheme, basically a Chicago-specific variant of the default +\texttt{nyt}. You can find its definition in +\textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}. (Please note that it uses the +\textsf{labelyear} as its main year component, which should help +improve the automatic sorting of entries by the same \textsf{author}.) + +\mylittlespace The advantages of this scheme are, specifically, that +any entry headed by one of the supplemental name fields +(\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an +\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry +with an \textsf{entrysubtype} and headed by a \textsf{journaltitle} +will no longer need a \textsf{sortkey} set. Further, the +\textsf{biblatex} \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any +name field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user +intervention. The main disadvantage should only occur very rarely. +In \textsf{author}-less \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries +without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will appear +instead of the \textsf{journaltitle}, and since the latter appears +before the former in the sorting scheme, you'll need a +\textsf{sortkey} for proper alphabetization. + +\subsubsection{{Pre-set \textsf{chicago} Options}} +\label{sec:authpreset} + +At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request of Scot Becker, +I have included this rather specialized option, which controls the +printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} entries. Some +bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total page count in that +field by default, and this option allows you to stop the printing of +this information in the reference list. It defaults to true, which +means the field is printed, but it can be set to false either in the +preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the +\textsf{options} field (though rather than use this latter method it +would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} field from the +affected entries). + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in the reference list. At the request of Daniel Possenriede, +and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for this field +instead of a \textsf{url} (15.9), I have added a third switch, +\texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present and the +\textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}. The package default +remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will print +both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present. The option +can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the +preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the +\textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi} +field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still +eliminate any \textsf{url}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in the list of references. It defaults to true, and can be +set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a +per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} +entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn}, +\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the +.bib file will be printed in the list of references. It defaults to +true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole +document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. + +%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again +at the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which +controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the +periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present. +Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of +publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this +information is available the \emph{Manual} (17.181) prints everything, +so this option defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but +it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, +or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls +whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be +printed in the reference list. It defaults to true, and can be set to +false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a +per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as +in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always +printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this +option. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the +one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the +fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of +them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}, +but you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document +or, for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual +entries. The rationale for all of these options is the availability +of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as +possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely +necessary. Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably +works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but +others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at +least to a first approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may +then polish up the details. + +\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\texttt{avdate=true}}} +\label{sec:ad:avdate}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip} +For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} (15.53) strongly recommends both that you provide a +recording, release, or broadcast date for your references and also +that this earlier date should appear in citations and at the head of +reference list entries. In the default setting of +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, \textsf{biblatex} searches for dates in the +following order: \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}. This +option changes the default ordering in \textsf{music} and +\textsf{video} entries to the following: \textsf{eventyear, origyear, + year, urlyear}. \textsf{Review} entries presenting on-line comments +have similar needs, so the same reordering applies to that entry type, +too. If you simply want to apply the defaults to these three entry +types, you can use \texttt{avdate=false} in the options when loading +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If, however, you want to tailor the +algorithm to your own needs, then you can use \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} +commands in your preamble. Please be aware, however, that some parts +of the style hard-code the search syntax, and although they take +account of the \texttt{avdate} setting, if you use your own +definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} the results may, in some corner +cases, surprise. Please see \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and +\textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}; \textsf{date}, +\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}; and \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in +section~\ref{sec:authformopts}. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the +request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for +controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print +abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given +collection or series. This option controls whether multiple +\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and +\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection +will appear in this space-saving format. The parent collection itself +will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book}, +\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or +\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or +\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation +depending on the value of the option: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref} + or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will + \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list. +\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry + types in the reference list. +\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the + notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with + \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively. +\end{description} + +This option can be set either in the preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the +behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, +\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see +\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of +\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmslos=true}} option alters +\textsf{biblatex's} standard behavior when processing the +\textsf{shorthand} field. Chicago's author-date style only seems to +recommend the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' +names, particularly institutional names, which means the shorthand +will replace only the name part in citations rather than the whole +citation (15.36; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc). The 16th edition +now suggests placing the abbreviation at the head of the entry, +followed by its expansion inside parentheses, an arrangement +automatically provided by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} when +you use the \textsf{shorthand} field, assuming you retain the default +setting of this option. Please note that you can still print a list +of shorthands if you wish, and you can also get back something +approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give +the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your +document preamble. Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, +s.v. \enquote{\textbf{shorthand}} above, and also +\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}. + +\mylittlespace Roger +\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart +requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the +\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and +\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is +\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for nearly all +\textsf{book-} and \textsf{maintitleaddons} in the list of references, +while \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the +default before most \textsf{titleaddons} there. If the punctuation +printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the relevant option +either in the preamble or in individual entries. (Cf.\ +coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option keys are: + +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all +\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace} +\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}} +\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}} +\end{description} + +If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly +\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or +\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth +remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless +you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a +\textsf{titleaddon} field. A simpler solution might be to set the +relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the +punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself. + +\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a +\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur +particularly in cross-referenced entries, then +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the +\textsf{volumes} field. In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle} +is present, this may not be the desired result. In this latter case, +if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this +option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the +\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to +\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field +of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev\\=notes}} +option controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in +place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in citations and reference +lists. It is set to \texttt{notes} by default, so as shipped +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print such fields only in +citations, but you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual +entries, to one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the +abbreviated form both in citations and reference lists, \texttt{bib} +in the reference list only, and \texttt{false} in neither. Please +note that in \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and +\textsf{shorttitle} fields behave in exactly the same manner. For +more details, see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in +section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is +the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling +whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated +references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or +series. It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less +authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook}, +\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}. +The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or +\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a +\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings}, +or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry. Given these multiple cross +references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be +governed by the following options: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use + \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned + entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference + list. +\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry + types in the reference list. +\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one + setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry + types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, + \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries. +\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the + notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with + \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively. +\end{description} + +This option can be set either in the preamble or in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the +behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, +and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref}, +above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{nodates=true}} option means +that for all entry types except \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc}, +and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} will automatically +provide \cmd{bibstring\{nodates\}} for any entry that doesn't +otherwise provide a date for citations and for the heads of entries in +the list of references. If you set \texttt{nodates=false} in your +preamble, then the package won't perform this substitution in any +entry type whatsoever. (The bibstring expands to +\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} in English.) + +\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}} +\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as +standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now +deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with +\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board. + +\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble} +\label{sec:authuseropts} + +These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to +enable. All except the fifth can be used even if you load the package +in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users can +just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the +\cmd{usepackage\break\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of +Emil Salim, I have added to this version of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +the ability to produce annotated reference lists. If you turn this +option on then the contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or +\textsf{annote}) field will be printed after the reference. (You can +also use external files to store annotations -- please see +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.) This +functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it +please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation} +field, in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} option used +\emph{in the preamble} provides a method for simplifying the creation +of data\-bases with a great many multi-date entries. Despite warnings +in previous releases, users have plainly already been setting this +option in their preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to +make it work as \enquote{correctly} as I can. The switches for it are +basically the same as for the entry-only option, that is, assuming an +entry presents a reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published +in 1926 (the \textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the +\textsf{date}): + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Smith 1985). +\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the + \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author + [1926] 1985) in parenthetical citations, Author (1926) 1985 outside + parentheses, e.g., in the reference list. +\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of + the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1926). + NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved + options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head + of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use + \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for + certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options + \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}. +\end{enumerate} + +The important information for the user is that, when you set this +option in your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the +15th-edition synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}), +then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} (and +\textsf{authordate-trad}) will change the default +\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear} +search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. +This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate} +option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the +\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate}, +be that very date. If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its +\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list +entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should +automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} letter +(1926\textbf{a}) and the correct sorting, without having to use the +counter-intuitive .bib file date switching that sometimes accompanied +the entry-only \texttt{cmsdate} option. A few clarifications may yet +be in order. + +\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should +behave as usual. Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly +specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate} options +will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at the head +of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search order for +the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble option. +Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date} and the +\textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should be aware +that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using the +\texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it +produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is +\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry. The preamble +option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as +possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary. +Fifth, the entry-only option \texttt{full} has no effect at all when +used in the preamble; you must set it in individual entries. Finally, +please see the documentation of the \textbf{date} field in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for the fullest discussion of date +presentation in the \textsf{authordate} styles. + +\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsorigdate}} I can't +currently think of any reason why anyone would want to use it on its +own, I should nonetheless mention that the \texttt{cmsorigdate} option +in your preamble will change the default \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} +settings to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. Setting +\texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} in the preamble --- +see the previous option --- sets this to true, but if for some reason +you want to set it to true without any of the other effects of the +\texttt{cmsdate} option, then you can. The effects may surprise. + +\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to +\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the +\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed +in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60). +Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in +your document. See the \textsf{pages} field in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above. + +\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the +\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and +endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or +endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all +publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I +have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include +the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will not +alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in any +way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your publisher. +I have placed all of this code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if +you load the package with a call to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then +once again footnote marks will revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of +course you also lose a fair amount of other formatting, as well. See +section~\ref{sec:loading:auth}, below. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects +the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using +the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that +command in section~\ref{sec:cite:authordate}, above. + +\mylittlespace Several \mymarginpar{\texttt{headline}\\\texttt{(trad + only)}} users requested an option that turned off the automatic +transformations that produce sentence-style capitalization in the +title fields of the 15th-edition author-date style. I have, +therefore, also included it in \textsf{authordate-trad}. If you set +this option, the word case in your title fields will not be changed in +any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your titles +into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to determine +capitalization. It works by redefining the command +\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the +latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be +turned off there. + +\mylittlespace When \colmarginpar{\texttt{hypertitle}} you use the +\textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, the in-text +citations will provide a hyperlink to the full information in the list +of references. Timo Thoms rightly pointed out that, generally, one +only wants one piece of the citation to provide the hyperlink, usually +the \textsf{date} part. The author-date styles will instead link the +\textsf{title} or the \textsf{shorthand} if there isn't a +\textsf{date}, but if you set this option to \texttt{true} globally in +your preamble then all \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will +link, regardless of whether a \textsf{date} is also present. You can +also set \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}} in the \textsf{options} field +of individual entries, allowing you to provide a hyperlink in cases +where the automatic mechanism gets it wrong (ency:britannica). + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual} +(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\ + and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has +followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names +like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that +traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and +since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an +option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the +whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that +numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code +tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if +you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in +the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a +bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of +the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came +before the given names (as in a reference list). The package now +correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given +names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of +which is unaffected by this option. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the +standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have +reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to +\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with +\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply +read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter +form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage} +\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{bibla\-tex\}}, so I hope this +requirement isn't too onerous. + +\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an +early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to +turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that +\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses by default. This mechanism +doesn't actually print \enquote{Ibid,} but rather includes only the +\textsf{postnote} information in a citation, i.e., it will print (224) +instead of (Author 2000, 224). Setting this option will mean that +none of these shortened citations will appear automatically. For more +fine-grained control of individual citations you'll probably want to +use the \cmd{citereset} command, allied possibly with the +\textsf{biblatex}\ \texttt{citereset} option, on which see +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which +only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the +previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a +\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017. +The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping +both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the +\emph{Manual} (9.36). The option is available only in the preamble. + +\mylittlespace Originally +\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} designed for the +notes \&\ bibliography style, this option may in fact be more useful in +the \textsf{authordate} styles. If set to \texttt{true}, it allows +you to alter the punctuation that appears just before the +\textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands, simplifying in +particular the provision of comments within parenthetical citations. +In previous releases, you either needed to include the comment after a +page number, e.g., \cmd{autocite[16; some comment]\{citekey\}}, or +provide a separate .bib entry using the \textsf{customc} entry type, +e.g., \cmd{autocites\{chicago:man\-ual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. With +this option enabled, \cmd{autocite[;\,some\,comment]\{citekey\}} will +do. More generally, the \texttt{postnotepunct} option +allows you to start the \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation +mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in +place of whatever the package might otherwise automatically have +chosen. Please note that this functionality relies on a very nifty +macro by Philipp Lehman which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm +labeling this option \enquote{experimental.} Note also that the +option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands, +not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file. + +\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has +suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands +providing full bibliographical information may replace the list of +references itself. This option, which must be used in tandem with +\texttt{cmslos=false}, prints this full information in the list of +shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib entry +not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a list. +Please see the documentation of the \textsf{shorthand} field in +section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for information on further +options available to you for presenting and formatting the list of +shorthands. + +\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental +option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36) +for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and +the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short +rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this +code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats +might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems. + +\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed +out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or +\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation +of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or +\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that +might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in +the reference list wouldn't include this information. Setting this +option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in individual +entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or \textsf{eprint} +field to appear even in these abbreviated references. + +\subsubsection{Style Options -- Entry} +\label{sec:authentryopts} + +These options are settable on a per-entry basis in the +\textsf{options} field; both relate to the presentation of dates in +citations and the list of references. + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} has simplified the options for entries with more than +one date (15.38). You can choose among them using the +\texttt{cmsdate} entry option. It has 3 possible states relevant to +this problem, alongside a fourth which I discuss below. An example +should make this clearer. Let us assume that an entry presents a +reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published in 1926 (the +\textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the \textsf{date}): + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad off:] This is the default. The citation will look like + (Smith 1985). +\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926] 1985). +\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926). NB: The + \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved options. + If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head of an + entry, then generally speaking you should probably use + \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have retained the option because in some + cases it is still useful. The 15th-edition options \texttt{new} and + \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}. +\end{description} + +As I explained in detail above in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, +s.v.\ \enquote{\textbf{date},}\ because \textsf{biblatex's} sorting +algorithms and automatic creation of the \textsf{extrayear} field +refer by default to the \textsf{date} before the \textsf{origdate} +when both are present, there may be situations when you need to have +the \emph{earlier} year in the \textsf{date} field, and the later one +in \textsf{origdate}, e.g., if you have another reprinted work by the +same author originally printed in the same year. +\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically detect this +switch, and given the same reprinted work as above, the results will +be as follows: + +\begin{description} +\item[\qquad off:] This is the default. The citation will look like + (Smith 1926a). This style is no longer recommended by the 16th + edition of the \emph{Manual}. +\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926a] 1985). + The 15th-edition options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms + for this. +\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926a). As noted + above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th edition of + the \emph{Manual}. +\end{description} + +If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{switchdates}} for any reason, simply +switching the \textsf{date} and the \textsf{origdate} isn't possible +in a given entry, then you can put \texttt{switchdates} in the +\textsf{options} field to achieve the same result. Also, you can use +the preamble version \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in + preamble}} of \texttt{cmsdate} to change the default order of +\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, generally making this date-switching in your +.bib file unnecessary. Please take a look at the full documentation +of the \textbf{date} field to which I referred just above, at the +preamble \texttt{cmsdate} documentation in +section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and also at +\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{dates-test.bib} for examples +of how all this works. + +\mylittlespace Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention certain +difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with more than +one date. In order to facilitate the accurate presentation of such +sources, I made a slight change to the way \texttt{cmsdate=on} +and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work. If, and only if, a work has only one +date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} +field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both +result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that +entry. Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this +behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work +properly without manual intervention. + +\mylittlespace The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} now specifies +that it is \enquote{usually sufficient to cite newspaper and magazine + articles entirely within the text} (15.47). This will apply mainly +to \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries with +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and involves a parenthetical +citation giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and then the full +\textsf{date}, not just the year, with any other relevant identifying +information incorporated into running text. (Cf.\ 14.206.)\ In order +to facilitate this, I have added a further switch to the +\texttt{cmsdate} option \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} --- +\texttt{full} --- which \emph{only} affects the presentation of +citations, and causes the printing of the full date specification +there. You can use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{skipbib} +option to keep such entries from appearing in the list of references, +and you may, if your .bib entry is a complete one, also need +\texttt{useauthor=false} in order to ensure that the +\textsf{journaltitle} appears in the citations rather than the +\textsf{author}. + +\subsection{General Usage Hints} +\label{sec:hints:auth} + +\subsubsection{Loading the Styles} +\label{sec:loading:auth} + +With the addition of the \textsf{authordate-trad} style to the +package, there are now three keys for choosing which style to load, +\texttt{notes}, \texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one +of which you put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command. With +early versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the standard way of +loading the package was via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, e.g.: +\begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,strict,backend=biber,\%\\ + babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}} +\end{quote} +Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the +vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old +invocation, will look like this: +\begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[authordate,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\ + bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}} +\end{quote} + +If you read through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it +sets a number of \textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the +Chicago specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables +intended as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, +above). Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more +\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many +publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in +citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the +defaults I have provided do not conform. + +\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this +can easily be done by putting different options in the call to +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in +the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however, +you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package, +perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether, +then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above. +You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that +sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or +footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls all of the +package's localization files, which means that you'll lose all the +Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your +preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command, or several, adapted +for your setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and +also §§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. + +\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call +the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, cmslos=false} and +\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above), in case these +continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications. +There's very little code, therefore, actually in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal +separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any +suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome. + +\subsubsection{Other Hints} +\label{sec:otherhints:auth} + +Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the +author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to +process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent +variants) will no longer provide all the required features. This +document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if you wish to +continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need \textsf{biblatex} +version 1.4c and, if you have any problems with the current release, +possibly \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a. + +\mylittlespace If your .bib file contains a large number of entries +with more than three authors, then you may run into some limitations +of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code. The default settings are +\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and +\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references. In +practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors, +will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate +to one in citations, like so: (Hlatky et al. 2002). For the vast +majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the +Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference + list includes another work of the same date that would also be + abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are + different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations + must distinguish between them} (15.28). The (\textsf{Biber}-only) +\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, will automatically handle many of these +situations for you, but it is as well to understand that it does so by +temporarily suspending the limits, listed above, on how many names to +print in a citation. Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} +would present such a work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while +hlatky:hrt would be (Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish +between them, but inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different +author lists are exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two +citations might look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and +(Hlatky, Smith et al.\ 2002), which is what the specification +requires. + +\mylittlespace If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further +down the author list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples +--- then the default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 +names printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, +you can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this: +\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\} +and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive +Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the +references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of + Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,} +2002), again as the spec requires. There is, unfortunately, no +simpler way that I know of to deal with this situation. + +\mylittlespace One useful rule, when you are having difficulty +creating a .bib entry, is to ask yourself whether all the information +you are providing is strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is +a very full one, but the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many +circumstances, fairly relaxed about how much of the data from a work's +title page you need to fit into a reference. Authors of introductions +and afterwords, multiple publishers in different countries, the real +names of authors more commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these +are candidates for exclusion if you aren't making specific reference +to them, and if you judge that their inclusion won't be of particular +interest to your readers. Of course, any data that may be of such +interest, and especially any needed to identify and track down a +reference, has to be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and +reevaluate how much information you're providing. I've tried to make +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} robust enough to handle the most complex, +data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can save +yourself some typing by keeping it simple. + +% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Scot Becker has pointed out to me that the inverse +problem not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to +wit, .bib database entries generated by bibliographic managers which +helpfully provide as much information as is available, including +fields that users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI, +\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex} +styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} +§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I +have implemented others that are relevant to +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and +that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general +option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration +-- please see section~\ref{sec:authpreset} above. + +\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, if you aren't going to use +\textsf{Biber}, use \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard +\textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your +.bib file gets to a certain size. + +\section{The \mycolor{\textsf{Jurisdiction}}, + \mycolor{\textsf{Legislation}}, and \mycolor{\textsf{Legal}} Entry + Types} +\label{sec:legal} + +I have received numerous requests over the years to include some means +of referring to legal and public documents which, broadly speaking, +don't fit easily into any of the standard \textsf{biblatex} entry +types. The \emph{Manual} (14.281--317) recommends using the +\emph{Bluebook} as a guide for formatting such references, while also +suggesting certain modifications to this formatting to bring it more +into line with Chicago's usual practices. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} +now offers three entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}}, +\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- which +allow you to present at least a substantial subset of what the +\emph{Bluebook} offers. As the rules for your .bib entries are the +same in the notes \&\ bibliography style and in the author-date +styles, and as these rules mainly come from a source outside the +\emph{Manual,} and additionally as these rules apparently require even +the author-date styles to use a system of foot- or endnotes (15.54), I +have documented these types in a section of their own, applicable to +all the Chicago styles. (Some few changes needed when using the +author-date styles, mainly to do with citation commands, will be +outlined at the end.) You can also consult the example files +\mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and +\mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might construct +your database entries. + +\subsection{Types, Subtypes, and Fields} +\label{sec:legal:types} + +Anyone who has used the \emph{Bluebook} will realize that it is +hopeless to attempt to fit its labyrinthine complexities into three +entry types, but with the addition of numerous \textsf{entrysubtypes} +and some parsing by \textsf{Biber} under the hood, I hope to have +covered the main sorts of material discussed by the \emph{Manual}. As +a first approximation, all three types begin from a structure +analogous to the standard \textsf{biblatex article} type, with a +number of subtle differences that I have attempted to make consistent +across the three. Standard practice is to present the references +\emph{only} in notes, and not in a bibliography, so by default +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} excludes these types from the latter, though +you can control this using an option (see below). + +\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}} type is for +presenting legal cases and court decisions. A typical entry will +contain the following fields: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:} +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt} +\item[title] The case name as seen in the first, long note. +\item[shorttitle] The case name for subsequent, short + notes, ordinarily either the plaintiff or the nongovernmental party. +\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The reporter for the + case, \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form + available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation + either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal} + field. If you wish to present your readers with a list of + abbreviations with their expansions, then the expansion goes in + \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in + \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\ + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.) +\item[pages \emph{or} issue] When using a standard official reporter, + this will contain the opening page of the decision in that reporter, + while any \textsf{postnote} field will contain the specific page on + which a particular citation appears (a \enquote{pincite}). When + citing a commercial electronic database, on the other hand, you + should give, instead of a \textsf{pages} field, the identifying + number of the case using the \textsf{issue} field. + \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} uses the presence of the \textsf{issue} + field to provide the slightly different formatting required for + citations from databases like Westlaw or LexisNexis. When an + \textsf{issue} field is present, then both the \textsf{pages} field + and the \textsf{postnote} field can provide a pincite. (Cf.\ + federal:case and database:case.) +\item[series] If you are citing an official reporter, then it may have + a \textsf{series} number, which will be printed immediately after + the name of the reporter. +\item[volume] The volume number of the reporter. It will often be the + same as the year when using a commercial electronic database, but + you still need to provide it separately. +\item[number] The docket number of the case, generally required when + the reporter is a commercial database. +\item[date] The date of the decision. +\item[location] The abbreviated name of the court, if it isn't clear + from the reporter cited. It will be associated with the + \textsf{date} in American cases, but not in Canadian or UK case (see + below). Being a list field, it can contain more than one item, in + case you need a separate set of parentheses to identify a + jurisdiction as well as a court name in Canadian or UK cases (cf.\ + uk:case:square). +\end{description}} + +These are, so to speak, the basic elements of a +\mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} citation, which may, depending on +specific circumstances, require supplementation by the following: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:} +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt} +\item[entrysubtype\{\mycolor{square}\} \textrm{or} + \{\mycolor{round}\}] The \emph{Manual} includes examples for citing + cases in Canada and in the United Kingdom, and the \texttt{square} + \textsf{entrysubtype} identifies the reporter either as Canadian or + as a UK reporter for which the year is essential to locating the + case, that is, when \enquote{there is either no volume number or the + volumes for each year are numbered anew, not cumulatively} + (14.310). The \texttt{round} subtype, by contrast, identifies a UK + reporter where the volumes are numbered cumulatively, making the + year inessential. (The names refer to the shapes of the brackets + placed around the year in each case. Cf.\ canada:case, + uk:case:round, and uk:case:square.) +\item[origlocation \textrm{or} origpublisher] If you need to cite more + than one reporter for a given case, then there are two + possibilities. Either the second (and subsequent) reporter(s) + use(s) the same pagination as the first (\textsf{origpublisher}) or + the reporters use different pagination (\textsf{origlocation}). + Since both are list fields, you can in theory provide several + reporters, but please note that these fields are currently only + provided for citations of American cases. (Cf.\ state:case:2reps.) +\item[related] It may be necessary sometimes to indicate further + action by another, higher court, such as the US Supreme Court's + grant or denial of \emph{certiorari}. The usual \textsf{related} + mechanism is useful in such situations, particularly with a tailored + \textsf{relatedstring} field. (Cf.\ federal:lower:related.) +\end{description}} + +This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legislation}} is the most complicated of +the new entry types, with several \textsf{entrysubtypes} and a number +of tricky corners, particularly with regard to the provision of +subsequent short notes after the first full citation. It is intended +to cope with constitutions and with legislative and executive +documents of all kinds, with the exception of treaties, for which you +can use the \mycolor{\textsf{legal}} type, below. In effect, the type +tries to cover federal, state, and municipal laws and ordinances, +statutes, bills, resolutions, reports, debates, hearings, presidential +and congressional documents, and constitutions, none of which it does +with particular elegance, so consider it a work in progress. Many of +the fields have close analogues in the \textsf{jurisdiction} type, so +at least there is some bare minimum of consistency when dealing with +public and legal material. + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:} +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt} +\item[author] Some kinds of material, usually reports, may have an + \textsf{author}, often an organizational one. (Cf.\ congress:report and + uk:command.) +\item[title] Reports, bills, hearings and the like frequently have a + \textsf{title} which, please note, quite frequently will not turn up + in short notes, depending on which other fields are present. +\item[titleaddon] This field is considerably more important in + \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} entries than the \textsf{shorttitle} + field, mainly because it will turn up in many short notes where the + \textsf{title} will not. It will frequently contain specifying + information on legislative material, and will therefore often allow + short notes to differentiate citations of sources that might have + the same \textsf{title} but differ in other respects. (Cf.\ + congress:publiclaw, congress:bill, and congress:report.) +\item[number] Gives an identifying number to a \textsf{title} or a + \textsf{titleaddon}, prefixed with \cmd{bib\-string\{number\}}. It + too can appear in short notes. +\item[note] This gives a section or other specifying information + related to a \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{number}. (Cf.\ + congress:publiclaw.) +\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] There is usually a + standard place for publishing various sorts of legislative material, + and as in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries it is + \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form available in + the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation either in the + \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you + wish to present your readers with a list of abbreviations with their + expansions, then the expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the + abbreviation in \textsf{shortjournal}. Like \textsf{titleaddon}, + this field will often appear in short notes. (Cf.\ + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.) +\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}. It can + be a cardinal or an ordinal, depending on the \textsf{shortjournal}. + (Cf.\ congress:publiclaw and congress:bill.) +\item[series] In citations of American material, this will usually + contain session information pertaining to a legislative publication. + Elsewhere it will often contain just be a plain number, not unlike + in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries. (Cf.\ + congress:debate:globe, state:statute:okla, and uk:hansard.) +\item[issue] This field can provide an identifying number in some + circumstances, particularly when you don't want it prefixed by any + bibstring --- cf.\ uk:command. +\item[pages] Somewhat similar to its use in + \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries, this will usually contain + the opening page, or sometimes the section number, of the material + in the \textsf{shortjournal}, while any \textsf{postnote} field will + contain the specific page on which a particular citation appears (a + \enquote{pincite}). +\item[part \textrm{or} chapter] Some sources use \textsf{part} or + \textsf{chapter} numbers instead of \textsf{pages} or sections. + (Cf.\ canada:statute and uk:statute.) +\item[date] The date of publication of the material, usually just a + \textsf{year}, though sometimes a full date, e.g., see + executive:proclamation. +\item[location] If it is not clear from the \textsf{title} or the + \textsf{shortjournal}, this field can specify, in abbreviated form, + the US state where the legislative material originates. It will be + associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes, but will appear + elsewhere in short notes. (Cf.\ state:statute:okla.) +\item[usera] This specifies a particular edition, possibly from a + commercial electronic data\-base, of a legislative publication. It + will be associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes but won't + appear in short ones. (Cf.\ congress:debate:new and + state:statute:ky.) +\item[addendum] You can use this field to specify the speaker at + hearings or in debates, the Canadian or British jurisdiction of some + laws if not otherwise clear from the citation, or possibly simply + additional information about a source. (Cf.\ canada:statute, + congress:debate:new, congress:hearing, state:statute:ky, and + uk:statute.) +\item[entrysubtype] The sheer variety of sources included under the + \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} type, and the specialized rules for + presenting them, have necessitated the introduction of a substantial + network of \textsf{entrysubtypes}: + {\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\mycolor{\textsf{#1}}:} + \begin{description} + \setlength{\parskip}{-2pt} + \item[canada] Identifies Canadian statutes (canada:statute). + \item[constitution] For constitutions, be they federal, state, or + local (constitution:ar\-kansas and constitution:federal). + \textsf{Biber} will automatically detect if the \textsf{title} + contains the string \texttt{Const} and provide the + \textsf{entrysubtype} for you, but in other cases you'll have to + provide it yourself. + \item[hansard] Identifies UK parliamentary debates as published in + \emph{Hansard}. (Cf.\ uk:\break hansard.) + \item[hearing] For congressional hearings (congress:hearing). + \item[uk] Identifies UK statutes and command papers. (Cf.\ + uk:command, uk:statute, and uk:statute:regnal.) + \item[un] For UN documents (un:resolution). + \end{description}} +\end{description}} + +A glance through the \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} file should +help enormously when you're trying to work out how to present a +particular source, and all suggestions for pruning the foliage will be +welcome. + +\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legal}} type is intended as a +catch-all for miscellaneous public documents not included in the +previous two types, but for the moment the only sort of material for +which it is required is international treaties (14.302; treaty). The +usual fields for such material include: + +{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:} +\begin{description} +\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt} +\item[title] The treaty name as seen in the first, long note. +\item[shorttitle] The treaty name for subsequent, short notes. You + can also use the \textsf{shorthand} field in such entries. +\item[titleaddon] This contains the names of the countries involved + in the treaty, in abbreviated form. +\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The standard + publication containing the treaty, \emph{always} presented in an + abbreviated form available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place + the abbreviation either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the + \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you wish to present your readers + with a list of abbreviations with their expansions, then the + expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in + \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\ + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.) +\item[issue] This will contain the identifying number provided by the + \textsf{shortjournal}. +\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}. +\item[date] The exact date of signing, as the year of publication can + differ from it. +\item[pages] This, or a \textsf{postnote} field, can contain a + specific page reference (\enquote{pincite}). +\end{description}} + +\subsection{Citation Commands} +\label{sec:legal:citcommands} + +The \emph{Bluebook} style mandates footnotes without a bibliography, +so it should be simple to include such references in the Chicago notes +\&\ bibliography style, which uses foot- or endnotes as standard. The +usual citation commands should work as you expect, though I wouldn't +recommend the \cmd{textcite} commands, as they will produce surprising +and unsatisfactory results. For users of the author-date styles, +however, the \emph{Bluebook} more or less requires you to adopt a +separate set of notes in addition to the standard author-year +citations, which means that for these three legal entry types you'll +have to remember to use new citation commands that I've provided: +\mycolor{\cmd{fullcite}}, \mycolor{\cmd{footfullcite}}, and +\mycolor{\cmd{parenfullcite}}. The first prints the reference, the +second does so in a footnote, and the third does so inside +parentheses. + +\subsection{Options} +\label{sec:legal:options} + +Several new options allow you to control the presentation of legal +notes in your document. The default settings are indicated in the +margins. + +\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{legalnotes=true} option prevents the +printing of legal citations in a bibliography or reference list, as +the \emph{Bluebook} recommends. You can change this to \texttt{false} +in the preamble of your document, but you should be aware that the +reference printed in the bibliography will be a clone of the long-note +form, as the \emph{Bluebook} doesn't provide an alternative version. + +\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{noneshort=false} option controls the +availability of the short form of the note, intended for use in +subsequent citations of entries already presented in full notes. By +default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} attempts to provide +\emph{Bluebook}-authorized short versions of citations in this +situation, and some of the many \textsf{entrysubtypes} are at least +partially designed to cope with the complexities of the specification. +The \emph{Manual}, for its part, suggests that \enquote{works that + cite only a few legal documents may be better off using the full + form for each citation} (14.287). In the author-date styles, you +can set this option to \texttt{true} either in the preamble or in +individual .bib entries to accomplish this. Assuming you've only used +the \cmd{fullcite} commands for the \emph{Bluebook} entry types, the +option will only apply to such entries. In the notes \&\ bibliography +style the global option would apply to all entry types, but you can, +in addition to the two methods available to author-date users, set +this to \texttt{true} on a type-by-type basis in your preamble. It is +designed mainly for use with \emph{Bluebook} entries, but it might +perhaps be useful elsewhere. Please be aware that, even with this +option on, the \emph{ibidem} mechanism remains in operation for +repeated citations, and also that the option may give surprising +results in the presence of \textsf{shorthand} fields and/or the +\texttt{shorthandfirst} and \texttt{short} options. + +\mylittlespace I \colmarginpar{short=false} have ported this option, +already present in the notes \&\ bibliography style, to the +author-date styles to allow users to present short notes from the very +first citation. I'm not certain what the use case might be for this, +as it's intended for saving space in documents where short notes can +point to references in a full bibliography. Still, if for any reason +you need this you can set the option to \texttt{true} in the preamble. + +\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{supranotes=\\true} is a +\emph{Bluebook}-specific option, and it produces, for some entry types +and subtypes, a back reference to the first, long note at the end of +subsequent, short citations. It takes the form \enquote{\emph{supra} + note \#,} and is available in all Chicago styles, though you'll only +see it in certain sorts of citation, automatically controlled by +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in accordance with the \emph{Bluebook} +specification. If you prefer not to see such back references, you can +set the option to \texttt{false} either in the preamble or in +individual .bib entries. + +\section{Internationalization} +\label{sec:international} + +Several users have requested that, in line with analogous provisions +in other \enquote{American} \textsf{biblatex} styles (e.g., +\textsf{biblatex-apa} and \textsf{biblatex-mla}), I include facilities +for producing a Chicago-like style in other languages. I have +supplied three lbx files, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, its clone +\textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}, and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, in at least +partial fulfillment of this request. For this release, Gustavo Barros +has very kindly provided \textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx} for speakers of +that language, thereby adding to the generous contributions of Stefan +Björk (\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}), Antti-Juhani Kaijahano +(\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}), Baldur Kristinsson +(\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}), and Håkon Malmedal +(\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}, and +\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}). I include \textsf{cms-british.lbx} in +order to simplify and to improve the package's handling of +non-American typographical conventions in English. This means that +all --- or at least most --- of the Chicago-specific bibstrings are +now available for documents and reference apparatuses written in these +languages, with, as I intend, more languages to follow, limited mainly +by my finite time and even-more-finite competence. (If you would like +to provide bibstrings for a language in which you want to work, or +indeed correct deficiencies in the lbx files contained in the package, +please contact me.) + +\mylittlespace Using \mymarginpar{\textbf{babel}} these facilities is +fairly simple. By default, and this functionality remains the same as +it was in the previous release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, calls to +\cmd{DeclareLanguage\-Mapping} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will +automatically load the American strings, and also \textsf{biblatex's} +American-style punctuation tracking, when you: +\begin{enumerate} +\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{american} as the main text + language. +\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{english} as the main text + language. +\item[] \qquad \emph{or} +\item Do not load \textsf{babel} at all. +\end{enumerate} +(This last is a change from the \textsf{biblatex} defaults --- cp.\ +§~3.10.1 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} --- but it seems to me reasonable, +in an American citation style, to expect this arrangement to work well +for the majority of users.) + +\mylittlespace If, for whatever reason, you wanted to use +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} but retain British typographical conventions +--- punctuation outside of quotation marks, outer quotes single rather +than double, etc.\ --- then you no longer need to follow the +complicated rules outlined in previous releases of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Instead, simply load \textsf{babel} with +the \texttt{british} option. + +\mylittlespace If you want to use Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish, +French, German, Icelandic, Norwegian, or Swedish strings in the +reference apparatus, then you can load \textsf{babel} with +\texttt{brazilian}, \texttt{finnish}, \texttt{french}, +\texttt{german}, \texttt{icelandic}, \texttt{ngerman}, \texttt{norsk}, +\texttt{nynorsk}, or \texttt{swedish} as the main document language. +You no longer need any calls to \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} in your +document preamble, since \textsf{bib\-latex-chicago.sty} automatically +provides these if you load the package in the standard way. + +\mylittlespace You can also define which bibstrings to use on an +entry-by-entry basis by using the \textsf{hyphenation} field in your +bib file, but you will have to make sure that the Chicago-specific +strings for the given language are loaded using a +\cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} call in the preamble. Indeed, if +\texttt{american} isn't the main text language when loading +\textsf{babel}, then in order to have access to those strings you'll +need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\break\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in +your preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you. + +\mylittlespace Three other hints may be in order here. Please note, +first, that I haven't altered the standard punctuation procedures used +in any of the other available languages, so commas and full stops will +appear outside of quotation marks, and those quotation marks +themselves will be language-specific. If, for whatever reason, you +wish to follow the Chicago specification and move punctuation inside +quotation marks, then you'll need a declaration of this sort in your +preamble: + +\begin{quote} + \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras\{german\}\{\%}\\ + \hspace*{2em}\cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation\{.,\}\}} +\end{quote} + +Second, depending on the nature of your bibliography database, it will +only rarely be possible to process the same bib file in different +languages and obtain completely satisfactory results. Fields like +\textsf{note} and \textsf{addendum} will often contain +language-specific information that won't be translated when you switch +languages, so manual intervention will be necessary. If you suspect +you may have a need to use the same bib file in different languages, +you can minimize the amount of manual intervention required by using +the bibstrings defined either by \textsf{biblatex} or by +\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Here, a quick read through +\textsf{notes-test.bib} and/or \textsf{dates-test.bib} should give you +an idea of what is available for this purpose --- see esp.\ the +strings \texttt{by}, \texttt{nodate}, \texttt{newseries}, +\texttt{number}, \texttt{numbers}, \texttt{oldseries}, +\texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{reviewof}, \texttt{revisededition}, and +\texttt{volume}, and also section \ref{sec:formatcommands} above, +esp.\ s.v.\ \enquote{\cmd{partedit}.} + +\mylittlespace Finally, the French and German bibstrings I have +provided may well break with established bibliographical traditions in +those languages, but my main concern when choosing them was to remain +as close as possible to the quirks of the Chicago specification. I +have entirely relied on the judgment of the creators of the Finnish, +Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish localizations in those instances. +If you have strong objections to any of the strings, or indeed to any +of my formatting decisions, please let me know. + +\section{One\,.bib Database, Two Chicago Styles} +\label{sec:twostyles} + +I have, when designing this package, attempted to keep at least half +an eye on the possibility that users might want to re-use a .bib +database in documents using the two different Chicago styles. The +extensive unification of the two styles in the 16th edition of the +\emph{Manual} has simplified things, and though I have no idea whether +this will even be a common concern, I still thought I might gather in +this section the issues that a hypothetical user might face. The two +possible conversion vectors are by no means symmetrical, so I provide +two lists, items within the lists appearing in no particular order. +These may well be incomplete, so any additions are welcome. + +\subsection{Notes -> Author-Date } +\label{sec:conv:notesauth} + +This is, I believe, the simpler conversion, as most well-constructed +.bib entries for the notes \&\ bibliography style will nearly +\enquote{just work} in author-date, but here are a few caveats +nonetheless: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \textbf{NB:} Unless you are using \textsf{authordate-trad}, the + formatting of titles in the two styles is now the same, which means + you would no longer need to worry about extra curly brackets and + their effects on capitalization. If you are using + \textsf{authordate-trad}, please see the caveats in the + documentation of the \textsf{title} field in + section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above. +\item You may need to reevaluate your use of shorthands, given that by + default the author-date styles use them in place of authors rather + than in place of the whole citation. The preamble option + \textsf{cmslos=false} may help, but this may leave your document + out-of-spec. +\item The potential problem with multiple author lists containing more + than three names doesn't arise in the notes \&\ bibliography style, + so the \textsf{shortauthor} fields in such entries may need + alteration according to the instructions in + section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} above. +\item Date presentation is relatively simple in notes \&\ + bibliography, so you'll need to contemplate the \texttt{cmsdate} + options from sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts} and + \ref{sec:authentryopts} when doing the conversion to author-date. +\end{enumerate} + +\subsection{Author-Date -> Notes} +\label{sec:conv:authnotes} + +It is my impression that an author-date .bib database is somewhat +easier to construct in the first instance, but subsequently converting +it to notes \&\ bibliography is a little more onerous. Here are some +of the things you may need to address: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item If you've decided against using the \cmd{partedit} macro and + friends from section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above, commands + not strictly necessary for author-date, you'll need to insert them + now. +\item In general, you need to be more careful in notes \&\ bibliography + about capitalization issues. Fields which only appear once in + author-date --- in the list of references --- may appear in both + long notes and in the bibliography, in different syntactic contexts, + so a quick perusal of the documentation of the \cmd{autocap} macro + in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above may help. +\item You also need to be more careful about the use of abbreviations, + e.g., in journal names, where the author-date style is more liberal + in their use than the notes \&\ bibliography style. (Cf.\ 14.179.) + The bibstrings mechanism and package options sort much of this out + automatically, but not all. +\item The \textsf{shorttitle} field is used extensively in notes \&\ + bibliography to keep short notes short, so you may find that you + need to add a fair number of these to an author-date database. In + general this field is ignored by the latter style, so this, too, + will be a one-time conversion. +\item You may need to add \textsf{letter} entries if you are citing + just one letter from a published collection. See + section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v. \enquote{letter,} above. +\item The default shorthand presentation differs from one style to the + other. You may need to reconsider how you use this field when + making the conversion. +\item As I explained above in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, s.v.\ + \enquote{date,} I have included compatibility code in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently + ignored) and \texttt{switchdates} options, along with the automatic + mechanism for reversing \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This + means that you can, in theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib + file when making the conversion, though I'm retaining the right to + revise this if the code in question demonstrably interferes with the + functioning of the notes \&\ bibliography style. +\end{enumerate} + +\section{Interaction with Other Packages} +\label{sec:otherpacks} + +For \mymarginpar{\textbf{endnotes}} users of the \textsf{endnotes} +package --- or of \textsf{pagenote} --- \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 offers +considerably enhanced functionality. Please read the package's +RELEASE file and the documentation of the \texttt{notetype} option in +\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.1.2.1. + +\mylittlespace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{memoir}} problem I have +found occurs because the \textsf{memoir} class provides its own +commands for the formatting of foot- and end-note marks. By default, +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses superscript numbers in the text, and +in-line numbers in foot- or end-notes, but I have turned this off when +the \textsf{memoir} class is loaded, reasoning that users of that +package may well have their own ideas about such formatting. + +\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{ragged2e}} footnote mark code +I've just mentioned also causes problems for the \textsf{rag\-ged2e} +package, but in this case a simple workaround is to load +\textsf{biblatex} \emph{after} you've loaded \textsf{ragged2e} in your +document preamble. + +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace Nick \mymarginpar{\textbf{Xe\LaTeX}} Andrewes alerted +me to problems that appeared when he used the Xe\LaTeX\ engine to +process his files. These included spurious punctuation after +quotation marks in some situations, and also failures in the automatic +capitalization routines. Some of these problems disappeared when I +switched to using \textsf{biblatex's} punctuation-tracking code for +\enquote{American} styles, but some remained. A bug report from +J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott suggested a new way of addressing the issue, and +newer versions of Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package incorporate a +full fix. This, thankfully, doesn't require turning off any of +Xe\LaTeX 's features, and indeed merely involves upgrading to the +latest version of \textsf{csquotes}, which I recommend doing in any +case. Compatibility with the EU1 encoding is now standard in that +package. + +\section{TODO \&\ Known Bugs} +\label{sec:bugs} + +This release implements the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago Manual + of Style}. It also contains a version of the author-date style +(\textsf{authordate-trad}) with traditional title formatting, +alongside the \textsf{authordate} code which unifies the treatment of +titles between itself and the notes \&\ bibliography style. I +strongly encourage users to migrate to one of the styles implementing +the most recent specification, as I am focusing all of my development +and testing time there. With the current release I am removing the +15th-edition styles, long obsolete, in preparation for the move to the +17th edition in the next feature release. + +\mylittlespace Regardless of which edition you are considering, there +remain things I haven't implemented. The solution in brown:bre\-mer +to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal, and I should +investigate a way of making it simpler. If the kludge presented there +doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being, refer separately +to the various parts. If you have other issues with particular sorts +of citation, I'm of course happy to take them on board. The +\emph{Manual} covers an enormous range of materials, but it seems to +me that the available entry types could be pressed into service to +address the vast majority of them. If this optimism proves misguided, +please let me know. + +\mylittlespace I haven't yet explored the possible uses in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for the \textsf{biblatex} +\textsf{datelabelsource} field, new in \textsf{biblatex} 2.8, nor have +I implemented automatic compression of date ranges to go along with +that provided for page ranges. + +\mylittlespace Kenneth L. Pearce has reported a bug that appears when +using multiple citation commands inside the \textsf{annotation} field +of annotated bibliographies. If you run into this problem, he +suggests placing all the citations together in parentheses at the end +of the annotation, though on my machine this doesn't always work too +well, either. + +\mylittlespace Roger Hart, Pierric Sans, and a number of other users +have reported a bug in the formatting of title fields. This, as far +as I can tell, has to do with the interaction between +\cmd{MakeSentenceCase} and certain characters at the start of the +title, particularly Unicode ones. If you are using +\textsf{authordate-trad}, it may help for the moment to put an empty +set of curly braces \{\}\ at the start of the field, but I shall look +into this further. + +%\enlargethispage{-4\baselineskip} + +\mylittlespace This release fixes the formatting errors of which I am +aware. There remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout this +documentation, which mainly represent my inability to make all of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} formatting functions transparent for the +user, but thankfully \textsf{biblatex's} superb punctuation-tracking +code preemptively fixed a great many small errors, some of which I +hadn't even noticed before I began testing that functionality. That +there are other micro-bugs seems certain --- if you report them I'll +do my best to fix them. + +\section{Revision History} +\label{sec:history} + +\textbf{1.0rc5: Released \today} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:\label{deprec:obsol} +\begin{itemize} +\item As Nikola Le\v{c}i\'c spotted, recent releases of + \textsf{biblatex} have introduced some compatibility problems for + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, particularly with regard to the handling + of the \textsf{origlanguage} field (now a list), but also through + the renaming of several other fields and declarations (e.g.\ + \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}}). I have improved the + handling of the \textsf{origlanguage} list by including many new + bibstrings in the package's localization files, but other changes to + formatting macros have made backward compatibility with older + releases of \textsf{biblatex} difficult or impossible. Please + upgrade to version 3.10 --- which has received the most testing --- + to use these styles. +\item As I mentioned in the Notice (section~\ref{sec:Notice}), the + 17th edition of the \emph{Manual} has now appeared, and my + development energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading + all styles to conform to it. You can still file bug reports against + the 16th edition, but the next major feature release will be based + on the 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all + the 15th-edition files from the package. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added + three new entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}}, + \mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- to + allow the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional + (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive + documents. The first (\mycolor{\texttt{round}} and + \mycolor{\texttt{square}}) and last (\mycolor{\texttt{canada}}, + \mycolor{\texttt{constitution}}, \mycolor{\texttt{hansard}}, + \mycolor{\texttt{hearing}}, \mycolor{\texttt{uk}}, and + \mycolor{\texttt{un}}) introduce a number of new + \textsf{entrysubtypes} to help with formatting quirks, including the + presentation of Canadian and UK materials for inclusion in an + otherwise US context. There are also several new options + (\mycolor{\texttt{legalnotes}}, \mycolor{\texttt{noneshort}}, + \mycolor{\texttt{short}}, and \mycolor{\texttt{supranotes}}) for + controlling the output. I have documented all of this in + section~\ref{sec:legal} above, a separate section both because the + specification really comes from the \emph{Bluebook} rather than the + \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry types + treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the + author-date styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look + at the sample files \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might + construct your database entries. Support for \emph{Bluebook} + citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out + its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I + would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended + mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary + localization for the other languages supported by + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. The actual citations in such contexts + would, let it be noted, fall outside of the \emph{Bluebook} spec. +\item I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian + Portuguese localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in + the \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} file. +\item Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the + package's \textsf{bibstrings} couldn't accommodate the needs of his + localization, so with his help I've split the \texttt{recorded} + string into \texttt{discrecorded} and \texttt{songrecorded}, then + added it to all the .lbx files. I've also added two new + \textsf{bibstrings} for the \textsf{lista} field format: + \mycolor{\texttt{subverbo}} and \mycolor{\texttt{subverbis}}. I've + added them to all the .lbx files, but only + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} differs from the default. If + other languages need this change please let me know. +\item The same user also suggested a fix to \textbf{patent} entries: + removing the comma from between the dates when the language doesn't + use a comma in lists. +\item Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using + the \textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, and I + have attempted to rectify them. In citations, only the + \textsf{date} portion should act as a link, if there is a + \textsf{date}, otherwise a \textsf{title} or perhaps a + \textsf{shorthand} will link to the entry in the list of references. + If you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but + don't, you can try setting the new \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}} + option in their \textsf{options} fields. Alternately, you can set + the option to \texttt{true} globally in the preamble and then + \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will serve as links whether + there's a \textsf{date} or not. Cf.\ + section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above. +\item Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the + string \texttt{forth\-coming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field to + present sources that are yet to be published. This is now supported + in all styles, and has the additional benefit of rendering recourse + to the \cmd{autocap} command unnecessary, as the styles print + \cmd{bibstring\{forthcoming\}} where the \textsf{year} would + normally appear. Using the \textsf{year} field itself is, of + course, still supported too. +\item The same user requested that I allow + \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}} as an exact synonym of + \texttt{magazine} in the \textsf{entrysubtype} field of + \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{periodical}, and + \textsf{suppperiodical} entries. I have provided this in all + styles, and whereever you see \texttt{magazine} in this + documentation then \texttt{newspaper} will work in exactly the same + way. +\item Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip + Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} package, I support the use of + \textsf{related} functionality when presenting reviews, so that you + can, for example, easily present multiple reviews of the same item. + I have provided this functionality in all styles. To enable it + you'll need to set the \textsf{relatedtype} field to + \mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, or + \textsf{suppperiodical} types. You should also read the + documentation in section \ref{sec:related} or \ref{sec:authrelated}, + above, as this \textsf{relatedtype} works somewhat differently from + the others. The standard, manual way of citing such works remains, + of course, available. +\item Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an + \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} \textsf{entrysubtype} to the + \textsf{report} type, which would present the \textsf{title} in + quotation marks (or plain roman in \textsf{authordate-trad}) instead + of italics. I can't quite tell if the \emph{Manual} agrees, but I + have fulfilled this request in all styles. +\item The same user pointed out that standard \textsf{biblatex} and + the discussion in the \emph{Manual} both suggest providing + \textsf{venue}, \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and + \textsf{eventtitleaddon} fields for the \textsf{unpublished} type, + thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished + conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all + styles. +\item At the request of N.\ Andrew Walsh, the notes \&\ bibliography + style now offers a way to disambiguate references to different + sources which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that + is, where the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle} are the same. + \textsf{Biblatex's} \texttt{uniquework} option is now active by + default, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides three new user + options, one for choosing a disambiguating field, one for setting + the punctuation between that field and the rest of the short note, + and one for formatting the field using parentheses or square + brackets --- \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}}, + \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}}, and + \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}}, respectively. Please see + section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above, for the details, and note that + \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} has to be set for the mechanism + to print anything at all. +\item User Pétùr spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the + \texttt{url=false} option didn't stop the printing of the + \textsf{urldate}, and second that empty parentheses would appear in + some circumstances around non-existent dates in the author-date + styles. I have fixed both. +\item Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing + bug when presenting a \textsf{subtitle} after a \textsf{title} that + ends in an exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed + since the first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've + finally solved it now after the release of the \emph{Manual's }17th + edition. (Cf.\ batson.) +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{1.0rc4: Released May 2, 2017} + +\mylittlespace Another bug-fix release. + +\begin{itemize} +\item Marko Wenzel reported, and helped to fix, a fairly major problem + with the date handling in the author-date styles, an issue I hadn't + spotted when doing the date-related updates for 1.0rc2. +\item I've also fixed a long-standing inaccuracy in the date-handling + code of \textbf{patent} entries in the author-date styles. Such + entries now behave as the documentation claims they do. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{1.0rc3: Released April 20, 2017} + +\mylittlespace This is a minor bug-fix release. + +\begin{itemize} +\item Charles Schaum reported a whitespace bug that appeared when + using multiple languages with \textsf{Babel}. This was introduced + in the last release by some careless editing by me, and should be + fixed now. +\item Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using + \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ with \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago}. Ulrike Fischer + very kindly suggested an elegant solution, and I have integrated it + into this release. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{1.0rc2: Released March 26, 2017} + +\mylittlespace This is an interim release designed mainly to fix a +number of subtle issues, pointed out by several users, that appear +when you use the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (3.7). These +were mostly concentrated in the date-handling code, which I believe +now behaves correctly, and should do both with the newest +\textsf{biblatex} and with somewhat older releases. A much larger set +of new features is still pending, but I have fixed some other bugs and +added a few new options: + +\begin{itemize} +\item J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott pointed out that, in ordinary British + usage, day numbers are presented as plain cardinals rather than + ordinals. The \emph{Manual} itself also prefers this format, not + only for American-style dates but also for British ones, so I think + the previous behavior of the package was a bug. I have in both + styles set the default presentation of British day numerals to be + plain cardinals, providing a new preamble option + \mycolor{\texttt{ordinalgb}} restoring the previous default and + printing ordinal dates when using the \texttt{british} language with + \textsf{Babel}. +\item I have, in both styles, attempted to provide an improved + \cmd{partedit} macro, the old one being inconvenient for users + writing in French. The new macro should work now without manual + intervention to provide the correct form of the preposition (de or + d'). If you are using the \texttt{french} option to \textsf{Babel}, + please take care to remove any hand-formatting you might have + provided in these contexts. +\item Jan David Hauck has both reported a bug in the \cmd{gentextcite} + code in the author-date styles and also pointed me to its solution, + as provided by moewe on + \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326472/gentextcites-multiple-books-same-author-biblatex-chicago/326628#326628}{Stackexchange}. + It turned out there were other bugs in that code, now also fixed. +\item User laudecir requested a way to present a \textsf{shorthand} + even in the first citation of a given work. The new + \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfirst}} option in the notes \&\ + bibliography style can be set to \texttt{true} either in the + preamble or in individual entries, and should make this + functionality simpler to activate than the \cmd{shorthandcite} + command. +\item Also in the notes \&\ bibliography style, Stefan Björk requested + a way to turn off the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and + \textsf{eprint} information in notes but not in the bibliography. + The new \mycolor{\texttt{urlnotes}} option, which you can set to + \texttt{false} in the preamble or in individual entries, provides + this. Please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online} + entries. +\item Several users pointed out the presence of warnings in .log files + caused by deprecated grammar in the default Sorting Schemes of both + styles. These should now be fixed. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{1.0rc1: Released June 7, 2016} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to + a new \mycolor{\texttt{obsolete}} subdirectory. You can still use + them as they stand, but they won't compile against the newest + \textsf{biblatex}, so you'll have to make sure that you have an + older version (2.9a, perhaps). If you are still using them, I + strongly urge you to consider switching to the the 16th-edition + styles, which contain many new features and bug-fixes. +\item The old Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is + deprecated, and has been replaced by the standard \textsf{biblatex} + \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}. If you have been using the former in + your preamble or in your .bib entries, please replace it with the + latter, which works better across the board. \texttt{Usecompiler} + still \enquote{works,} just not very well. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item Stefan Björk has very generously provided a Swedish localization + file for the package --- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}} --- + which can be loaded and used with \textsf{babel} just like the other + localizations. +\item I have added support for \mycolor{\textbf{related}} + functionality to all the Chicago styles, including all the standard + \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{relatedtypes}}. It is turned on + by default in all styles, but you can turn it off, or alter where + the information is printed, using the \mycolor{\texttt{related}} + option in the preamble or in individual entries. In the notes \&\ + bibliography style, \textsf{related} information is printed by + default only in the bibliography, but you can change that by setting + the option. In the author-date styles, it will only ever print in + the list of references, depending on the option's setting. Please + see sections~\ref{sec:related} and \ref{sec:authrelated} for the + details. +\item I have improved the name-handling code in all styles, + regularizing the functioning of the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, + and \textsf{namec} fields with respect to the other, standard + \textsf{biblatex} names. The former two in particular are newly + available in the \textsf{collection} and \textsf{periodical} entry + types, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now recognizes the standard + \mycolor{\texttt{usenamea}}, \mycolor{\texttt{usenameb}}, and + \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} toggles, the last replacing the + deprecated \texttt{usecompiler} (as above). You can also now use + the \mycolor{\textbf{nameatype}} field just as you would an + \textsf{editortype}, extending the possibilities for identifying + certain roles attached specifically to \textsf{titles} as opposed to + \textsf{booktitles} or \textsf{maintitles}. +\item After a request by user BenVB, I have added support for the + \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} field, which + allows you to present abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles} in all the + styles. You can use the \mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option to + control where in your document these abbreviated forms will appear. + By default, the field is ignored in the notes \&\ bibliography + style, and appears only in citations in the author-date styles. You + can also print a list of journal abbreviations, rather in the manner + of a list of shorthands, using a command like: + \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}. Even though the + \textsf{periodical} entry type uses the \textsf{title} and + \textsf{shorttitle} fields in place of \textsf{journaltitle} and + \textsf{shortjournal}, these entries are included in this + functionality, and controlled by the same \texttt{journalabbrev} + option. Please see s.v.\ \enquote{shortjournal} in + sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}. +\item Following a request by Arne Skjærholt, and his generous + provision of some code to get me started, I have implemented a new + \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcite}} citation command in all styles. The + \enquote{gen} part of the name refers to the genitive case, and it + adds a possessive ending --- \textbf{'s} by default --- to the + author's name in what is otherwise an ordinary \cmd{textcite}. You + can change the added ending however you want, using a third optional + field to the citation command, and you can control to which names + the ending is added in a \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} multicite + command by using the \mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} preamble and + entry option. Please see sections~\ref{sec:citecommands} and + \ref{sec:cite:authordate} for the details. +\item Stefan Björk pointed out that \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and + \textsf{eprint} information could be totally ignored in some entries + when you used the abbreviated cross-referencing functionality + accessed through the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields. At + his request, I have provided a new \mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} entry + and preamble option for all the styles to control the printing of + this information in abbreviated notes or bibliography (reference + list) entries. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and + \ref{sec:authuseropts} for the details. +\item In a related change, I have stopped child entries inheriting + \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields from their + cross-ref'd parents, so if your documents rely on this behavior + please note that you'll have to provide such fields manually in the + child entries. +\item Roger Hart long ago requested a way to control the punctuation + before \textsf{book-}, \textsf{main-}, or plain \textsf{titleaddon} + fields, and I have finally added it in this release in the form of + two entry and preamble options, \mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and + \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}, available in all styles. By + default, the former prints \cmd{addperiod}\cmd{addspace}, hence its + name, and the latter\,\cmd{addcomma}\cmd{addspace}, but you can + change either or both depending on which field you are using and + which sort of entry it appears in --- the default output can be your + guide to which option(s) to change. Please see the available valid + option keys in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and + \ref{sec:authpreset}. +\item The same user also long ago requested that the notes \&\ + bibliography style make it possible to use \emph{Idem} when two + consecutive notes cite different works by the same author. You can + now use the standard \textsf{biblatex} option + \texttt{idemtracker=constrict} in your preamble to activate this in + your documents, but please be aware, first, that the \emph{Manual} + doesn't exactly approve of this and, second, that you'll only see + \emph{Idem} in short notes, never in full ones, which seems to be + the standard (\textsf{biblatex}) way of implementing this. +\item Also only in the notes \& bibliography style, I have added a + \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandpunct}} option to control the punctuation + that appears before the first appearance of a \textsf{shorthand} + and/or a \textsf{shorthandintro} in a long note. The default is + \cmd{addspace}, but you can change it in your preamble or in + individual entries. Please see the available valid option keys in + section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. +\item After reading a discussion started by Ryo Furue at + \href{https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/363}{github}, I have + added, in the author-date styles only, a test to some spacing + commands to prevent line breaks immediately after abbreviation dots. + These tests apply only in running text, never in the list of + references, where good line breaks are already hard enough to find. +\item In addition to moving the 15th-edition styles into an + \texttt{obsolete} subdirectory, I have also reorganized the + author-date style files, adding + \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}} which contains the code + that is common to the \texttt{trad} and the standard + \texttt{authordate} styles. Nothing has changed in terms of loading + the styles, the changes being designed primarily to ease + maintenance. +\item I have created two new documentation files (and an appendix) to + provide short introductions to the Chicago styles, introductions + which attempt to fill the gap between the Quickstart section + (\ref{quickstart}) and the fuller documentation contained in + sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and \ref{sec:authdate} of this file. Both + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}} and + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}} are fully hyperlinked so you + can move easily from formatted citations and (annotated) references + to .bib entries and back, with marginal references to the fuller + discussions here. There is also a short + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} file to discuss a few + entries that would need special treatment for the \texttt{trad} + style. The \textsf{sample} files for each style still exist, but I + intend them mainly for testing purposes, while many more (annotated) + entries are still available for consultation in + \textsf{notes-test.bib} and \textsf{dates-test.bib}. +\item I have made a number of other small enhancements to and fixed + numerous bugs in all the styles, including some subtle inaccuracies + in author-date citations spotted by Arne Skjærholt and some macros + in \textsf{inproceedings} entries that had been missing for years. + I have provided some default values for counters in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} that aid in breaking long + \textsf{urls} across lines, but I make no pretense that these fully + adhere to the \emph{Manual's} specifications. I have added a few + \texttt{bibstrings}, currently missing in standard + \textsf{biblatex}, to \textsf{cms-german.lbx} for use with the + \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality. Recommendations for + better ones would be gratefully received. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9i: Released May 16, 2016} +\begin{itemize} +\item This is another interim release, allowing the use of + \textsf{biblatex} 3.4 for those who want to try it. I have also + fixed one old formatting error when \enquote{n.d.} appears in + author-date citations. A full feature-release based on 3.4 is + imminent. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9h: Released March 22, 2016} +\begin{itemize} +\item This is an interim bug-fix release, updating the styles so that + they will work with \textsf{biblatex} 3.3. The notes \&\ + bibliography style, as pointed out by several users, wouldn't + compile at all with the newest \textsf{biblatex} version, and all + styles had inaccuracies in the presentation of names due to changes + in the name-handling code in \textsf{biblatex}. I've done some + testing against \textsf{biblatex} 3.3, and fixed all the errors I've + spotted, but there may still be parts of my code that need updating + to work well with the current version, so you can still downgrade to + an earlier \textsf{biblatex} --- I recommend 2.9a --- if 3.3 doesn't + work for you. The next release will be a feature release, so if + you've made a request, it should be fulfilled then. + +\item I've also fixed a couple of long-standing bugs, one in the entry + options controlling abbreviated cross-references and another in the + formatting of the \textsf{prenote} field, the latter identified + (ages ago) by Bernd Rellermeyer. + +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9g: Released August 21, 2014} +\begin{itemize} +\item Alexandre Roberts found a showstopper in the functionality + related to the new \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshorthand}} option in the + notes \&\ bibliography style, and I found an unpleasant bug in the + formatting of abbreviated cross-references in the same style. This + release, I hope, fixes both, but is in all other respects identical + to 0.9.9f. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9f: Released August 15, 2014} +\begin{itemize} +\item I've made the alterations needed to bring the styles into line + with the latest version of \textsf{biblatex} (2.9a). This is the + version that has been tested most thoroughly with + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I strongly recommend using it. +\item I fixed several inaccuracies in the presentation of abbreviated + cross-referen\-ces in all the Chicago styles, and while I was working + on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to fulfill + some feature requests bearing on the same area of functionality. +\item First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added + the \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} option to the notes \&\ + bibliography style, which allows child entries to inherit the + \textsf{shorthand} field from their parents. This in turn allows + the \textsf{shorthand} itself to appear in place of the usual + abbreviated citation of parent entries cross-referenced by several + different child entries, thereby saving some space. (This behavior + was already available in the author-date styles, so the option is + unnecessary there.) You'll need to use \texttt{skipbiblist} in the + \textsf{options} field of child entries to make the list of + shorthands work correctly. Please see the documentation of the + \textsf{shorthand} field for the full explanation. +\item Second, following a request from Kenneth Pearce, I have added to + all Chicago styles the capacity to combine abbreviated + cross-references with the presentation of the original text of + translations (via the \textsf{userf} field) or of the original + publication details of an essay or chapter you are citing from a + subsequent reprint (via the \textsf{reprinttitle} field). See the + documentation of those fields, and also of \textsf{crossref}, and + note that you can now, taking certain precautions as outlined in the + \textsf{shorthand} docs, combine the \textsf{userf}, + \textsf{crossref}, and \textsf{shorthand} fields. This mechanism + contains a great many moving parts, so please report any problems + you might have with it. +\item Third, and finally, following a bug report by Mark van Atten I + have fixed all Chicago styles so that the \textsf{biblatex} + \texttt{backref} mechanism works properly in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, including in those entries that use + abbreviated cross-references, and in those that use the + \textsf{userf} or \textsf{reprinttitle} fields. I can't see any + instructions concerning this in the \emph{Manual}, so I've left the + formatting of \texttt{backref} lists in the hands of + \textsf{biblatex} itself. If the default behavior doesn't match + your needs, let me know, as it's possible I could add some further + options for modifying it. +\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option to + all the Chicago styles. If set to \texttt{true} it automatically + compresses page ranges in the \textsf{pages} and \textsf{postnote} + fields, allowing you to type ranges naturally, e.g., 101-{-}109, and + letting the package follow the \emph{Manual's} rules for you. (In + this case, it would yield 101--9 in the document.) Thanks are due + to David Gohlke who brought to my attention a discussion that took + place a couple of years ago on + \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange} + regarding the automatic compression of page ranges. + \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for providing this, + and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly complicated, + Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion code that + implements the specifications. As some users may well be accustomed + to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, and in + their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of this + code a package option. +\item Several users, most recently David Gohlke, have requested a way + to alter the punctuation that appears just before the + \textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands. This allows, in + the notes \&\ bibliography style, citations to fit better into the + flow of text, while in the \textsf{authordate} styles it allows you + very easily to insert comments, which follow a semi-colon, inside + parenthetical text citations. This punctuation is a complex issue + in the \emph{Manual}, but as a first stab at enabling this greater + flexibility, I have introduced the \mycolor{\texttt{postnotepunct}} + package option. Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the + \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and + have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the + package might otherwise automatically have chosen. Please note that + this functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman + which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option + \mycolor{experimental}. Note also that the option only affects the + \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands, not the \textsf{pages} + field in your .bib file. Note, finally, that if you are using the + new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option then any + \textsf{postnote} field starting with a punctuation mark will + require you to do the compression of page ranges yourself. +\item I've added a new inheritance declaration so that + \textbf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textbf{book} entries + the same way they inherit from \textbf{mvbook}. +\item I've fixed a fair number of other bugs, including two in the + \emph{Ibidem} mechanism pointed out by Bernd Rellermeyer, one in the + printing of dates, and one in the \cmd{textcite} command in the + notes \&\ bibliography style, these last two pointed out by Kenneth + Beesley. The presentation of all the periodical entry types + (without an \textsf{entrysubtype}) has also been made more accurate. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9e: Released January 29, 2014} +\begin{itemize} +\item This minor release fixes a regression in the \emph{Ibidem} + mechanism in the notes \&\ bibliography style, spotted by Harold + Bellemare, and present in the package since version 0.9.9c. In all + other respects this release is identical to 0.9.9d. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9d: Released October 30, 2013} +\begin{itemize} +\item Following requests by Kenneth~L.\ Pearce and Bertold Schweitzer, + I have modified and extended the mechanism for creating abbreviated + citations when several parts of the same collection are included in + a reference apparatus. To the \textbf{incollection}, + \textbf{inproceedings}, and \textbf{letter} entries of previous + releases, I have added \textbf{inbook}, \textbf{book}, + \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} + entries. Only \textbf{inbook} entries join the former three in + having this functionality turned on by default --- if you don't want + this, it will require intervention either in the preamble or in the + \texttt{options} field of individual entries. This intervention + will be via the new \mycolor{\texttt{longcrossref}} option, which + controls the behavior of the four essay-like entry types and + defaults to \texttt{false}, while the new + \mycolor{\texttt{booklongxref}} option controls the four book-like + types and defaults to \texttt{true}. The useful settings for the + options differ slightly between the author-date and the notes \&\ + bibliography specifications, so please see all the details in the + docs of the \textsf{crossref} field in + sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above. +\item On the same subject, in the notes \&\ bibliography style, I + should mention that in the first, full citation of one part of a + collection in a note, the code no longer uses a separate citation of + the parent entry to supply parts of what you see printed. (This led + to numerous inaccuracies.) If your setup uses a side-effect of the + old code to print data that hasn't even been inherited by the child, + you may find that you need to change some \textsf{xref} fields to + \textsf{crossref} fields to make it work correctly now. This + situation will, I imagine, be very rare, but you can look at + white:ross:memo in \textsf{notes-test.bib} to see an example. +\item In the author-date styles, several users have been frustrated by + the lack of an approved way of setting the \texttt{cmsdate} option + in the preambles of their documents, and Kenneth~L.\ Pearce + requested that I attempt to ease the burden on users by looking at + this again. With this release, you can now set \texttt{cmsdate} + either to \texttt{both} or \texttt{on} in the preamble, and it will + affect all entries (except \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and + \textbf{video}) with multiple dates. You can still change this + setting in the \texttt{options} field of individual entries, but + what you won't be able to change there is the new call to + \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} which puts the \textsf{origdate} first in the + list of dates when \textsf{Biber} searches for a \textsf{labelyear} + to use in citations and in the list of references. If you have been + using the \texttt{switchdates} mechanism to get the + \textsf{origdate} as the \textsf{labeldate}, your .bib files may + need some editing in order to use the new preamble options. Please + see the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in + section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for all the (voluminous) + details. +\item Following a request by Rasmus Pank Rouland, I adapted new + \textsf{biblatex} code in the \cmd{textcite(s)} commands in all + styles to make them fit more elegantly in the flow of text. Upon + reconsideration of the commands in the notes \&\ bibliography style, + I slightly modified them, but \emph{only} when used inside a foot- + or endnote. In this context, by default, for both \cmd{textcite} + and \cmd{textcites}, you'll now get the \textsf{author's} name(s) + followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations) placed + within parentheses. You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in the preamble + of your document to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcite}} + and \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcites}} commands to change this + formatting. See section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, above. +%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} +\item This release includes support, in all styles, for + \textsf{biblatex's} multi-volume entry types: \textbf{mvbook}, + \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings}, and + \textbf{mvreference}. See sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and + \ref{sec:types:authdate}. +\item If you use \textsf{Biber}, I have added several new inheritance + schemes to all styles to make cross-referenced entries work more + smoothly: \textbf{incollection} entries can now inherit from + \textbf{mvbook} just as they do from \textbf{mvcollection} entries; + \textbf{letter} entries now inherit from \textbf{book}, + \textbf{collection}, \textbf{mvbook}, and \textbf{mvcollection} + entries the same way an \textbf{inbook} or an \textbf{incollection} + entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname}, + \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly + single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and the + \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields of any \textbf{mv*} entry + will \emph{not} be inherited by any other entry type. +\item Following a bug report by Henry~D.\ Hollithron, I've added to + \textbf{unpublished} entries in all styles the possibility of + including an \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc. +\item Thanks to bug reports from Denis Maier and Bertold Schweitzer, I + corrected inaccuracies and outright bugs in many entry types in all + Chicago styles that appeared when there was a \textsf{booktitle} and + not a \textsf{maintitle} or vice versa. This also involved another + rewrite of the code handling the \textsf{volume} field and other + related fields in all non-periodical entry types that use them. +\item On the subject of the \textsf{volume} field, I added a new + preamble and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{delayvolume}}, to the + notes \&\ bibliography style. In long notes where this data isn't + printed before a \textsf{maintitle}, this option allows you to print + it \emph{after} the publication information rather than + \emph{before} it, as may sometimes help clarify things, according to + the \emph{Manual}. This applies to the non-periodical entry types + only. See section~\ref{sec:useropts}. +\item On the same subject, in all styles, I have added a new preamble + and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{hidevolumes}}. This controls + whether, in entries where a \textsf{volume} has been printed before + a \textsf{maintitle}, any \textsf{volumes} field present will also + be printed, in this case \emph{after} the \textsf{maintitle}. By + default, this is set to \texttt{true}, so that the \textsf{volumes} + field won't appear in such circumstances. See + sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset}. +\item On the same subject, I have modified, in all styles, the field + format for the \textbf{part} field, so that if the field contains + something other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print + it as is, capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the + usual bibstring, thus providing a mechanism for altering the string + to your liking. I have also decoupled the \textsf{part} field from + the \textsf{volume} field, allowing it to be printed even in the + absence of the latter, thereby providing a means to refer to + segments of a larger work that don't easily fit the established + schemes. The iso:electrodoc entry in \textsf{dates-test.bib} shows + an example of how this might work. +\item There is a new \mycolor{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} preamble and + entry option in the notes \&\ bibliography style. It turns off the + printing of the child's \textsf{date} next to its \textsf{title} in + abbreviated book-like entries \emph{only}, in both notes and + bibliography. See section~\ref{sec:useropts}. +\item Clea~F.\ Rees requested a way to customize the punctuation when + a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{page} number appear together like + so: \enquote{2:204.} You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in your + preamble to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{postvolpunct}} command to + achieve this, in all styles. If your document language is French, + \textsf{cms-french.lbx} redefines this already and prints something + like \enquote{2 : 204.} See sections~\ref{sec:formatcommands} and + \ref{sec:formatting:authdate}. +\item I extended, in all styles, the functions of the \textsf{userd} + field, allowing it to modify a \textsf{date} field if it hasn't + already been captured by another date specification in the entry. + See the documentation of the field in sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} + and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}. +\item A bug report from Mathias Legrand helped clear up inaccuracies + in the presentation of ordinal numbers in all styles. +\item For the author-date styles, another bug report by Kenneth Pearce + resulted in the addition of the \textsf{labelyear} to the default + \texttt{cms} sorting scheme so that more entries in the reference + list are sorted properly without further user intervention. +\item George Pigman found an odd punctuation-tracking bug in the + author-date styles. This has been fixed. +\item Marc Sommer found a bug in the presentation of the + \textsf{prenote} field in the author-date styles. This has been + fixed. +\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I improved the behavior of + abbreviated foot- and endnotes when using the \textsf{hyperref} + package. +\item I modified the date-presentation code in all the language files + (\textsf{cms-*.lbx}) provided by the package. Now, if an entry + contains a \textsf{(*)year} and an \textsf{(*)endyear} that are + exactly the same, and there aren't any further month or day + specifications, then the \textsf{year} alone will be printed. This + allows for the clearing of spurious \textsf{endyears} inherited from + parent entries. +\item I discovered some unpleasant side effects of my arrangement of + the \textsf{.lbx} files devoted to Norwegian, and reverted to the + arrangement as originally provided by Håkon Malmedal. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9c: Released March 15, 2013} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Antti-Juhani Kaijahano has very kindly provided a new Finnish + localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}}. As you will see if you look + through it, it is still something of a work in progress. If you + would like to fill some of its lacunae, please do let me know. +\item Following a report by Bertold Schweitzer, I have added the + \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb} fields to \textbf{article} and + \textbf{review} entries in all three Chicago styles. As in all the + book-like entry types, they allow you to associate an editor or a + translator specifically with a \textsf{title}, rather than, in these + cases, with an \textsf{issuetitle}. See the docs on these entry + types in sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate}, + above. +\item Thanks to another report by Bertold I have, in all three Chicago + styles, corrected inaccuracies in the presentation of the + \textbf{report} entry type. The \textsf{number} now appears + immediately after the \textsf{type}, and the \textsf{type} itself is + now capitalized properly depending on its context in an entry. +\item A third report by Bertold, detailing inaccuracies in the + treatment of the \textbf{volume} and \textbf{volumes} fields in + certain contexts, has resulted in a complete rewrite of the + presentation of these (and several related) fields in all + non-periodical entry types in all three Chicago styles. This won't + require any changes to your .bib files, but the output you see may, + in some reasonably unusual situations, change. Please let me know + if something doesn't look right to you. +\item A fourth report by Bertold revealed some inadequacies with + multiple \textsf{date} presentation in the two Chicago author-date + styles, issues that particularly involved cross-referenced entries. + In addition to some general fixes in the code, I have also slightly + changed the functioning of the \texttt{cmsdate=both} and + \texttt{cmsdate=on} switches. If, and only if, a work has only one + date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} + field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both + result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that + entry. See the \textbf{date} field docs in + section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above. +\item Following a report by Antti-Juhani Kaijahano, I have modified + the presentation of author-less \textbf{article} and \textbf{review} + entries in the reference list of both Chicago author-date styles. + If such a source had a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, the + styles would already use the \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of + the entry in the list of references, but if there was no + \textsf{entrysubtype} the entry would appear in the list + \textsf{date} first. Now, in keeping with the \emph{Manual} + (14.175), the \textsf{title} will appear first, in both reference + lists and in-text citations. See especially under \textbf{article} + in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above. +\item Several users have pointed out annoying formatting errors in the + styles. Evan Cortens spotted two bugs in the notes \&\ bibliography + style, one of which, under various circumstances, introduced extra + spaces into long notes and the other of which affected the + formatting of the \textsf{type} field in \textsf{thesis} entries. I + have fixed both, also applying the latter fix to several other entry + types that use the \textsf{type} field. Bertold Schweitzer pointed + out a formatting bug with the \textsf{issuesubtitle} field in the + author-date style, now fixed. Mark Sprevak reported some spurious + spaces appearing in headers and footers when using the + \textsf{titleps} package; the culprits were errors in the + \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files, now cleaned up. +\item I have rectified a number of other errors, in particular making + the automatic provision of abbreviated cross-references more robust + in \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and + \textsf{letter} entries, improving the behavior of the + \textsf{postnote} field in certain corner cases, fixing bugs in the + handling of \textsf{pagination} and \textsf{bookpagination} fields, + and slightly altering the placement of the \textsf{addendum} field + in book-like entries to bring it closer to the \emph{Manual's} + specification. A number of other, smaller improvements should also + bring the styles into closer conformity with the specification. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9b: Released December 6, 2012} +\begin{itemize} +\item This release contains a new variant of the author-date style, + available as the\break \mycolor{\texttt{authordate-trad}} option + when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. This provides the + traditional, plain, pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling --- + sentence-style capitalization, absence of quotation marks in + \textsf{article} titles and the like --- but in all other respects + follows the 16th-edition specification, as suggested by the + \emph{Manual} (15.45). Remember that the \texttt{headline} package + option can be used to turn off the automatic sentence-style + capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as presented in the + .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is concerned. Please + see especially the documentation of \textsf{\textbf{title}} in + section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above, for the details. +\item I have updated calls to \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and + \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} in several .cbx files so that the package + works correctly with the most recent version (2.4) of + \textsf{biblatex}. +\item Following a request by Norman Gray, I have included a + \cmd{textcite} (and a \cmd{textcites}) command in the notes \&\ + bibliography style for the first time. Please see + section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above, for the details. +\item Following a request by Daniel Possenriede, I have added in all + three 16th-edition styles a new switch, \mycolor{\texttt{only}}, to + the \texttt{doi} option, which prints the \textsf{doi} when present + and the \textsf{url} only when there is no \textsf{doi}. The + package default remains, however, \texttt{true}. +\item I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic + localization file for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}}. You'll see if you look + through it that it is still something of a work in progress, but it + should cover most needs in that language very well. If you would + like to fill in some of the gaps please let me know. +\item I am also grateful to Håkon Malmedal for providing Norwegian + localizations for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in the files + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}}, + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}}, and + \mycolor{\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}}. +\item I have added a new British localization + (\mycolor{\textsf{cms-british.lbx}}) that should make it much + simpler for users to produce documents adhering to that tradition. + For further details on the usage of all these localizations please + see section~\ref{sec:international}, above. +\item Several users have reported a bug that resulted in doubled + bibstrings in certain contexts. This happened only when using + localizations for which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} didn't have + explicit support, and it should now be fixed. +\item I have changed the way the 16th-edition author-date styles + handle the \emph{Ibidem} mechanism. In the absence of a + \textsf{postnote} field you no longer get empty parentheses, but + rather a standard in-text citation. If you do have a + \textsf{postnote} field, then only that will appear. +\end{itemize} + +%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip} + +\textbf{0.9.9a: Released July 30, 2012} +\begin{itemize} +\item I have made a few changes to \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} to + allow the package to work with the latest version (2.0) of + \textsf{biblatex}. In all other respects this release is identical + to 0.9.9. If you do use the package with \textsf{biblatex} 2.0, + please let me know if there are issues I need to address. Thanks to + Charles Schaum for alerting me to some of them. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.9: Released July 5, 2012} + +\mylittlespace Converting 15th-Edition .bib Files to Use the 16th +Edition: + +\mylittlespace \textbf{Notes and Bibliography Style} + +\begin{itemize} +\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been + significantly altered for the new edition. You no longer need to + worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright} + signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently + ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field now reverts to its usual + function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues. The + spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and + catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still + available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the + dating of musical recordings, so that the \textsf{eventdate} gives + the recording date of a particular song or other portion of a + recording, the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire + album, and the \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album. + Please see the full documentation in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, + above. +\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been + clarified. For television series, the episode and series numbers go + in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as + with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the + original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the + recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD. The + \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a + film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the + medium you are referencing. Please see the full documentation in + section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, above. +\item You should add \textbf{customc} entries to provide + bibliographical cross-references from multiple pseudonyms back to + the author's name. +\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you + to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the + specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or + afterword.%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip} +\item In \textbf{patent} entries, the \emph{Manual} now prefers + sentence-style capitalization for titles, which you'll need to + provide yourself by hand. +\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can + now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help + with alphabetization in the bibliography. +\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available. +\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred + to an access date for online material. You can use the new + \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the + \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date. +\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a + forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the + \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}. +\item I have implemented a reasonable, less-flexible facsimile of the + \textsf{Biber}-only command \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabelname}} which + should work for those using any backend. It allows + \textsf{biblatex} to find a name for short notes outside the + standard name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]} + fields. This should reduce the instances where you need a + \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name. +\item The Chicago-specific setting of another \textsf{Biber}-only + command, \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting\-Scheme=cms}}, allows + non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting + algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a + \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries. If you aren't using + \textsf{Biber}, the package reverts to the standard \texttt{nty} + sorting scheme. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{Author-Date Style} + +\begin{itemize} +\item All title fields now follow the rules for the notes \&\ + bibliography style as far as punctuation, formatting, and + capitalization are concerned. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-\break authordate} + will deal with most of this automatically, but if you have any hand + formatting of lowercase letters within curly braces in your .bib + file, you will need to restore the headline-style capitalization + there. Also, you'll need to be more careful when you provide + quotation marks inside titles, remembering to use \cmd{mkbibquote} + so that punctuation can be brought inside nested quotation marks. + These revisions will apply particularly to \textbf{title}, + \textbf{booktitle}, and \textbf{maintitle} fields. +\item The one exception to these rules is in \textbf{patent} entries, + where sentence-style capitalization of the \textsf{title} is now + specified. You'll have to provide this by hand yourself, as in the + notes \&\ bibliography style. +\item Because of these changes to title formatting, you'll need to + observe the difference between \textbf{article} and \textbf{review} + entries, where the latter contain generic, \enquote{Review of + \ldots} titles and the former standard, specific titles. +\item The presentation of \textbf{shorthand} fields has changed. You + no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include + cross-references from shorthands to expansions in the list of + references. Now, simply using a \textsf{shorthand} field in an + entry places that \textsf{shorthand} in citations and at the head of + the entry in the list of references, where it will be followed by + its expansion within parentheses. The new system will require help + with sorting in the reference list --- placing the + \textsf{shorthand} also in a \textsf{sortkey} should do the trick. +\item On the subject of \textbf{customc} entries, the \emph{Manual} + now recommends using cross-references in several contexts, + particularly when a single author uses more than one pseudonym. + Adding \textsf{customc} entries makes this happen. +\item There have been significant changes when presenting book-like + entries with more than one date. If you are using the + \texttt{cmsdate=on} option, or indeed simply placing the earlier + date in the \textbf{date} field and the later one in + \textbf{origdate}, the presentation will be the same as before, but + you should understand that the \emph{Manual} no longer recommends + this \textsf{origdate}-only style. It prefers, instead, to present + either the \textsf{date} alone or both dates in citations and at the + head of reference list entries. When presenting both dates, there + is now no longer a choice between the \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} + options for \texttt{cmsdate}, but only the \texttt{both} option. If + you have \texttt{old} or \texttt{new} in your .bib files, they will + be treated as synonyms of \texttt{both}. +\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been + significantly altered for the new edition. You no longer need to + worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright} + signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently + ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field reverts to its more usual + function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues. The + spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and + catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still + available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the + dating of musical recordings, which means that such entries will fit + better with the author-date style. It also means that I have had to + redefine the various date fields. The \textsf{eventdate} gives the + recording date of a particular song or other portion of a recording, + the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire album, and the + \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album. The earlier date + is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of + reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in + section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above. +\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been + clarified. For television series, the episode and series numbers go + in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as + with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the + original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the + recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD. The + \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a + film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the + medium you are referencing. The earlier date, once again, is the + one that will appear in citations and at the head of reference list + entries. Please see the full documentation in + section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above. +\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you + to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the + specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or + afterword. +\item The author-date style now prefers longer bibstrings in the list + of references, bringing it into line with the notes \&\ bibliography + style. Generally, the package will take care of this for you, but + if you've been using abbreviated strings in \textsf{note} fields, + for example, you may want to change them so that they conform with + the strings the package provides. In some circumstances the + \cmd{partedit} macro, and its relatives, may help. See + section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}. +\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can + now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help + with alphabetization in the bibliography. +\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available. +\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred + to an access date for online material. You can use the new + \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the + \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date. +\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a + forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the + \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}. +\item The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} is less than enthusiastic + about the use of \enquote{Anon.}\ as the \textsf{author}, preferring + instead that the \textsf{title} or the \textsf{journaltitle} take + its place. If you do decide to get rid of \enquote{Anon.,} new + facilities provided by \textsf{Biber} --- see next entry --- should + mean that \textsf{biblatex} no longer requires assistance when + alphabetizing such author-less entries. +\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command, + \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting-\break Scheme=cms}}, allows + non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting + algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a + \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries. +\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command + \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabel\-name}} allows \textsf{biblatex} to find + a name (\enquote{\textsf{label}}) for citations outside the standard + name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]} fields. + This should reduce the instances where you need a + \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed + publishing information about the original edition using the new + \mycolor{\textbf{origlocation}} and \mycolor{\textbf{origpublisher}} + fields. You can also use the \textsf{origlocation} in + \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) + entries to identify where a published or unpublished letter was + written. These uses apply to both Chicago styles. +\item Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take + advantage of \textsf{biblatex's} facilities for citing + \mycolor{\textbf{eprint}} resources. There is also a new + \mycolor{\texttt{eprint}} option, set to \texttt{true} by default, + which controls the printing of this field in both Chicago styles. + You can set the option both in the preamble and in the + \textsf{options} field of individual entries. The field will always + print in \textbf{online} entries. +\item I have added a new citation command, + \mycolor{\cmd{citejournal}}, to the notes \&\ bibliography style to + allow you to present journal articles using an alternative short + note form, which may be a clearer form of reference in certain + circumstances. Such short notes will present the name of the + \textsf{author}, the \textsf{journaltitle}, and the \textsf{volume} + number. +\item I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard + \textsf{biblatex} \cmd{citeauthor} command, which may be useful for + references to works from classical antiquity. +\item I have added a new \texttt{cmsdate=\mycolor{full}} switch to the + author-date style, which only affects citations in the text, and + means that a full date specification will appear there, rather than + just the year. If you follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations + concerning newspaper and magazine articles only appearing in running + text and not in the reference list, this option will help. +\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{avdate}} option to the + author-date style, set to \texttt{true} by default in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}. This alters the default setting of + \cmd{Declare\-Labelyear} in \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and + \textbf{video} entries to take account of specialized instructions + in the \emph{Manual} for finding dates to appear in citations and at + the head of reference list entries. Setting \texttt{avdate=false} + in the options when you load \textsf{biblatex-chicago} restores the + default settings for all entry types. See \texttt{avdate} in + section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. +\item The \emph{Manual} has added recommendations for citing blogs, + which generally will need an \textbf{article} entry with + \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. You can identify a blog as + such by placing \enquote{blog} in the \textsf{location} field. If + you want to cite a comment to a blog or to other online material, + the \textbf{review} entry type, \textsf{entrysubtype} + \texttt{magazine} will serve. The \textbf{eventdate} dates the + comment, and any timestamp that is required can go in + \textsf{nameaddon}. These instructions work in both specifications. +\item Photographs are no longer presented differently from other sorts + of artworks so, in effect, in both styles, the \textbf{image} type + is now a clone of \textbf{artwork}, though retained for backward + compatibility. +\item Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new + facilities for presenting \textbf{shorthands} in both Chicago + styles. In both, there are two new \texttt{bibenvironments} which + you can set using the \texttt{env} option to the + \cmd{printshorthands} command: \mycolor{\texttt{losnotes}} formats + the list of shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote, + while \mycolor{\texttt{losendnotes}} does the same for endnotes. In + both styles, there is a new preamble option, + \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfull}}, which prints the full + bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of + shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a + bibliography or list of references. In the author-date style, you + need to set the \texttt{cmslos=false} option as well, in order for + this to work. In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have added a + new citation command, \mycolor{\cmd{shorthandcite}}, which prints + the \textsf{shorthand} even in the first citation of a given work. +\item Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three + new field-exclu\-sion options in the notes \&\ bibliography style. + In all three cases, the field in question will always appear in the + bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space. + The fields at stake are \textsf{addendum}, \textsf{note}, and + \textsf{series}, controlled respectively by the new + \mycolor{\texttt{addendum}}, \mycolor{\texttt{notefield}}, and + \mycolor{\texttt{bookseries}} options. All of these are set to + \texttt{true} using the new \mycolor{\texttt{completenotes}} option + in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but you can change the settings + either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of + individual entries. Please see the documentation of these options + in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, above, for details on which entry + types are excluded from their scope. +\item Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have + redefined the \cmd{bibnamedash} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, + which should now by default look a little better in a wider variety + of fonts. +\item At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added + \cmd{DeclareLanguageMap\-ping} commands to + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} for all the languages + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} currently provides. If you load the style + in the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings + manually yourself. +\item I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly + with regard to date ranges. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.8d: Released November 15, 2011} +\begin{itemize} +\item Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with + \textsf{biblatex} 1.7. +\item Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of + \textsf{bookinbook} titles in the author-date style's list of + shorthands. This should work properly now. +\item Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the + notes \&\ bibliography style interacts with the \textsf{hyperref} + package. Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long + notes when the latter are available, but to bibliography entries + instead when you have set the \texttt{short} option. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.8c: Released October 12, 2011} +\begin{itemize} +\item Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the + presentation of \textsf{inproceedings} and \textsf{proceedings} + entries, errors that have been present from the first release of the + style(s). These should now, belatedly, have been put right. +\item Minor improvements to coding and documentation. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.8b: Released September 29, 2011} +\begin{itemize} +\item Bad Dates: Christian Boesch alerted me to some date-formatting + errors produced when using the styles with the \texttt{german} + option to \textsf{babel}. A little further investigation revealed + similar problems with \texttt{french}, and before long it became + clear that date handling in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} was generally, + and significantly, sub-optimal. The whole system should now be more + robust and more accurate. +\item The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your + .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a + look at the documentation of the \textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} + entry types, and of the four date fields, for some information about + how the changes could simplify the creation of their databases. +\item Various other minor improvements. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.8a: Released September 21, 2011} +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style, + discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition. +\item Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes \&\ + bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of + the \textsf{origyear} field. +\item Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential + bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.8: Released August 31, 2011} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere + to the author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} + to process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more + recent variants) will no longer provide all the required features. + Unfortunately, however, the current release of \textsf{Biber} + (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it tricky to use with + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. These bugs have been addressed in 0.9.6 + beta, which is available for various operating systems in the + \texttt{development} subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror, e.g., + \href{http://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/download.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development/binaries/}{UK + mirror}. (If, by the time you read this, \textsf{Biber} 0.9.6 has + already been released, then so much the better.) Please see the + start of \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} for more details. +\item The switch to \textsf{Biber} for the author-date specification + means that \textsf{biblatex} now provides considerably enhanced + handling of the various date fields. I have attempted to document + the relevant changes in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and in the + \textbf{date} discussion in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, + above, but in my testing the only alterations I've so far had to + make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely to the + instructions for specifying date ranges. \textsf{Biber} doesn't + like \{\texttt{1968/75}\}, and will ignore it. Either use + \{\texttt{1968/1975}\} or use \{\texttt{1968-{}-75}\} in the + \textsf{year} field. +\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, and mainly in + \textsf{article}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}, and + \textsf{review} entries, previous releases of + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} recommended using the \cmd{isdot} macro + when you needed both to define a field and not have it appear in the + printed output. This mechanism no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} + 1.6, and while addressing the problem I realized that relying on it + covered over some inconsistencies and bugs in my code, so from this + release forward you will need to modify your .bib and .tex files to + use other, more standard mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in + particular the \cmd{headlesscite} commands and declaring + \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} field. Please + consult the documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, s.v.\ + \enquote{\cmd{isdot},} for a list of example entries where you can + see these changes at work. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed the \cmd{smartcite} citation command in, and added a + \cmd{smartcites} command to, \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, so that the + notes \&\ bibliography style no longer prints parentheses around + citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside\break + \cmd{footnote} commands. Many thanks to Louis-Dominique Dubeau for + pointing out this error. +\item Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron Lambert pointed out an issue with a + command (\cmd{lbx@fromlang}) that \textsf{biblatex} no longer + defines, and Charles Schaum very kindly suggested a temporary + workaround in a newsgroup post, a workaround that should no longer + be necessary. +\item Version 1.6 of \textsf{biblatex} no longer allows you to + redefine the \texttt{minnames} and \texttt{maxnames} options in the + \cmd{printbibliography} command, so I've defined + \texttt{minbibnames} and \texttt{maxbibnames} in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, instead. These parameters have been + available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of + \textsf{biblatex} that will work with the Chicago styles. Of + course, if the (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't + suit your needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.7a: Released March 17, 2011} +\begin{itemize} +\item Added \cmd{smartcite} command to \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} so + that the notes \&\ bibliography style will work with + \textsf{biblatex} 1.3. +\item Added bibstrings \texttt{byconductor} and \texttt{cbyconductor} + to the .lbx files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7. +\item Minor fixes to the docs. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.7: Released February 15, 2011} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The \textbf{customa} and \textbf{customb} entry types are now + obsolete. Any such entries will be ignored. Please change any that + remain to \textbf{letter} and \textbf{bookinbook}, respectively. +\item If you still have any \textbf{customc} entries containing + introductions, prefaces, or the like, please change them to + \textbf{suppbook}. I have recycled \textsf{customc} for another + purpose, on which see below. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item At the request of Johan Nordstrom, I have added three new + audiovisual entry types to both styles, \textbf{audio}, + \textbf{music}, and \textbf{video}. The documentation of + \textsf{audio} in sections~ \ref{sec:entrytypes} and + \ref{sec:types:authdate} above contains an overview of the three, + and the details for each type are to be found under their individual + headings. +\item I have transformed the \textbf{customc} entry type to enable + alphabetized cross-referen\-ces --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be + mnemonic --- to other, separate entries in a reference list or + bibliography. In particular, this facilitates cross-references to + other names in a list, rather than to other works. In author-date, + in a procedure recommended by the \emph{Manual}, this now allows you + to expand shorthands inside the reference list rather than in a list + of shorthands. In both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the + main entry if a reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a + pseudonym or other alternative name. +\item I have introduced the \textbf{userc} field, intended to simplify + the printing of the cross-references provided by \textsf{customc} + entries. The standard \cmd{nocite} command works as well, but the + additional mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances. +\item You can now provide an \textbf{eventdate} in \textsf{music} + entries to identify, e.g., a particular recording session. It will + be printed just after the \textsf{title}. +\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have now implemented the + \textbf{shorthandintro} field, which allows you to change the string + introducing a shorthand in the first, long note. It works just as + it does in the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles. +\item At the request of Scot Becker, I have added six new + field-exclusion options to both styles, all of which can be set both + in the document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of + individual .bib entries. Three of these --- \texttt{doi}, + \texttt{isbn}, and \texttt{url} --- are standard \textsf{biblatex} + options, the others --- \texttt{bookpages}, \texttt{includeall}, and + \texttt{numbermonth} --- are \textsf{chicago}-specific. See the + docs in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset}, + above. +\item At the request of Charles Schaum, I've added the + \texttt{juniorcomma} option to both styles, which can be set in the + document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of individual + entries. It allows you to get the traditional comma between a + surname and \enquote{Jr.} or \enquote{Sr.} +\item Fixed an old inaccuracy in the presentation of \enquote{Jr.} and + \enquote{Sr.,} so that they now appear at the end of names printed + surname first in bibliographies and reference lists. +\item Thanks to Andrew Goldstone, I fixed some old inaccuracies in the + syntax of shortened notes and bibliography entries presenting + multiple contributions to one multi-author (or single-author) + volume. +\item I've altered the directory structure of the archive containing + this release. Files were multiplying, and look set to multiply + still further, so I've copied the structure used by Lehman for + \textsf{biblatex} itself. +\item Fixed an old bug, which I'd guess was triggered quite rarely, in + the formatting of publication information in long notes. +\item Fixed another bug in author-date where the colon separating + titles and subtitles was in the wrong font. The \textsf{biblatex} + \texttt{punctfont} option solved this. +\item Fixed a punctuation bug in \textsf{InReference} entries in the + notes \&\ bibliography style. Also fixed \textsf{title} + presentation in \textsf{Reference} entries in author-date. +\item Fixed some inaccuracies in the tests establishing priority + between \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields. These arose + when date ranges were involved, and it's possible I haven't yet + addressed all possible permutations of the problem. +\item Added several new bibstrings to the \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files for + the new audiovisual entry types. This means that the + \textsf{editortype} fields can now be set to \texttt{director}, + \texttt{producer}, or \texttt{conductor}, depending on your needs. + You can also set the fields to \texttt{none}, which eliminates all + identifying strings, and which is useful for identifying performers + of various sorts. +\item Minor improvements to documentation. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.5a: Released September 7, 2010} +\begin{itemize} +\item Quick fix for an elementary and show-stopping mistake in + \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go.sty}, a mistake disguised if you load + \textsf{csquotes}, which I do in all my test files. Mea culpa. + Many thanks indeed to Israel Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing + this out to me. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9.5: Released September 3, 2010} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item All the custom entry types --- \textbf{customa}, + \textbf{customb}, and \textbf{customc} --- are now deprecated. They + will still work for the time being, but please be aware that in the + next major release they will no longer function, at least not as you + might be expecting. Please change your .bib files to use + \textbf{letter} (=\textbf{customa}), \textbf{bookinbook} + (=\textbf{customb}), and \textbf{suppbook} (=\textbf{customc}) + instead. +\item If by some chance anyone is still using the old \cmd{custpunctc} + macro, it is now obsolete. It really shouldn't be needed, but let + me know if I'm wrong. +\end{itemize} + +%\vspace{2\baselineskip} + +Other New Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the + package, and is fully documented in section~\ref{sec:authdate}, + above. +\item The default way of loading the style(s) has slightly changed. + You should put either \texttt{notes} or \texttt{authordate} in the + options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, e.g.: + \begin{quote} + \cmd{usepackage[authordate,more options% + \,\ldots]\{biblatex-chicago\}} + \end{quote} +\item With the addition of the second Chicago style, I have thought it + appropriate to alter both the name of the package and the names of + the files it contains. The package is now \textsf{biblatex-chicago} + instead of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, and the following + files have been renamed: + \begin{itemize} + \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} + \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.bbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx} + \item \textsf{sample.tex} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex} + \item \textsf{sample.pdf} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf} + \item \textsf{chicago-test.bib} is now \textsf{notes-test.bib} + \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf} (this file) is now + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} + \end{itemize} + The following files have been added: + \begin{itemize} + \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} + \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx} + \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} + \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} + \item \textsf{dates-test.bib} + \end{itemize} + The following files have retained their old names: + \begin{itemize} + \item \textsf{cms-american.lbx} + \item \textsf{cms-french.lbx} + \item \textsf{cms-german.lbx} + \item \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx} + \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} + \end{itemize} +\item I have implemented the \textsf{pubstate} field, slightly + differently yet compatibly in the two styles, to provide a simpler + mechanism for identifying a reprinted book. In the author-date + style, it is highly recommended you use it, as it sorts out some + complicated formatting questions automatically. In the notes \&\ + bibliography style it isn't strictly necessary, but may be useful + anyway and easier to remember than the old system. See the + documentation under \textsf{pubstate} in + sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above. +\item Users of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} no longer need a + \textsf{shortauthor} field in author-less \textsf{manual} entries, + or in author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with a + \texttt{maga\-zine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The package will now + automatically take an author for short notes from the + \textsf{organization} field for \textsf{manual} entries and from the + \textsf{journaltitle} field for the others. You can still use a + \textsf{shortauthor} field if you want, but it's no longer + necessary. (This also holds for \textsf{chicago-authordate}.) +\item Date presentation in the \textsf{misc} entry type (with + \textsf{entrysubtype}) has changed to fix an inaccuracy. You can + now use the \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields to + distinguish between two sorts of archival source: letters and + \enquote{letter-like} sources use \textsf{origdate}, interviews and + other non-letters use \textsf{date}. The only difference is in how + the date is printed, so current .bib entries will continue to work + fine, albeit with minor inaccuracies in the case of non-letter-like + sources. See the docs on \textbf{misc} in + sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate}, above. +\item When only one date is presented in a \textsf{patent} entry --- + either in the \textsf{date} or \textsf{origdate} field --- this will + now always be used as the filing date. In + \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, this makes a change from the + previous (incorrect) behavior. +\item I have included the option \texttt{dateabbrev=false} in the + default settings for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. This ensures + that the long month names are printed, as otherwise recent releases + of \textsf{biblatex} print the abbreviated ones by default. +\item The provision of punctuation in \textsf{entrysubtype} + \texttt{classical} entries has been improved, allowing the comma to + appear before certain kinds of location specifiers even when citing + works by their traditional divisions. See \emph{Manual} 17.253. + (This applies to both Chicago styles.) +\item The \textsf{number} field in \textsf{article}, + \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries now allows you to + include a series or range of numbers in the field, with the style + automatically providing the correct bibstring (singular or plural). +\item I have removed and altered bibstrings in the .lbx files to take + advantage of the new \cmd{bibsstring} and \cmd{biblstring} commands + in \textsf{biblatex}, and added one new string + (\texttt{origpubyear}) needed by + \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9a: Released March 20, 2010} +\begin{itemize} +\item Quick fixes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.9a. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.9: Released March 18, 2010} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The \textbf{userd} field is now obsolete. All information it + used to hold should be placed in the \textsf{edition} field. +\item The \textbf{origyear} field is now obsolete in + \textsf{biblatex}. It has been replaced by \textbf{origdate}, and + because the latter allows a full date specification, I have been + able to make the operation of \textsf{customa} (=\,\textsf{letter}), + \textsf{misc} (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), and \textsf{patent} + entries more intuitive. The RELEASE file contained in this package + gives the short instructions on how to update your .bib files, and + you can also consult the documentation of those entry types above. +\item The modified \textsf{csquotes.cfg} file I provided in earlier + releases is now obsolete, and has been removed from the package. + Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{cs\-quotes} and, if + you are still using my modified .cfg file, remove it from your \TeX\ + search path, or at the very least excise the code I provided. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item Added the files \textsf{cms-german.lbx} (with its clone + \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french\break .lbx}, which + allow the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages. + See section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage. +\item Added the \texttt{annotation} package option to allow the + creation of annotated bibliographies. This code is still not + entirely polished yet, but it is usable. Please see page + \pageref{sec:annote} above for instructions and hints. +\item Added \textsf{biblatex's} new \textbf{bookinbook} entry type, + which currently functions as an alias of the \textsf{customb} type. + As \textsf{biblatex} now provides standard equivalents for all of + the custom types I initially found it necessary to provide --- + \textsf{letter}~= \textsf{customa}, \textsf{bookinbook}~= + \textsf{customb}, and \textsf{suppbook} \& \textsf{suppcollection}~= + \textsf{customc} --- it may soon be time to prune out the custom + types to enhance compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. + I shall give plenty of warning before I do so. +\item In line with the new system adopted in \textsf{biblatex} 0.9, + using the \textsf{editortype} field turns off the usual string + concatenation mechanisms of the Chicago style. See Lehman's RELEASE + file for a discussion of this. +\item I have added support for the new \textsf{editor[a--c]} and + \textsf{editor[a--c]type} fields, and they work just as in standard + \textsf{biblatex}, though I'm uncertain how much use they'll get + from users of the Chicago style. +\item I have added many bibstrings to the .lbx files to help with + internationalization. The new ones that you might want to use in + your .bib files include: \texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{nodate}, + \texttt{revisededition}, \texttt{numbers}, and \texttt{reviewof}. + Please see section~\ref{sec:international} for a fuller list. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.9d: Released February 17, 2010} +\begin{itemize} +\item Chris Sparks and Aaron Lambert both found formatting bugs in the + 0.8.9c code. I've fixed these bugs, and am releasing this version + now, the last in the 0.8.9 series. The next release of + \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, due as soon as possible, will + contain many more significant changes, including those necessary for + it to function properly with the recently-released \textsf{biblatex} + version 0.9. In the meantime, at least version 0.8.9d should produce + more accurate output. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.9c: Released November 4, 2009} +\begin{itemize} +\item Emil Salim noticed that the \emph{ibidem} mechanism wasn't + working properly, printing the page number after \enquote{Ibid} even + when the page reference of the preceding citation was identical. + The fix for this involved setting \texttt{loccittracker=constrict} + in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, something you'll have to do + manually yourself if you're loading the package via a call to + \textsf{biblatex} rather than to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. +\item Several users have reported unwanted behavior when repeated + names in bibliographies are replaced with the \texttt{bibnamedash}. + This release should fix both when the \texttt{bibnamedash} appears + and what punctuation follows it. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.9b: Released September 9, 2009} +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed a long-standing bug in formatting names in the + bibliography. The package now correctly places a comma after the + reversed name that begins the entry, using \textsf{biblatex's} + \cmd{revsdnamedelim} command. Many thanks to Johanna Pink for + catching my rather egregious error. +\item While fixing some formatting errors that cropped up when using + the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (0.8h at time of writing), I + also spotted some more venerable bugs in the code for using + shortened cross-references for citing multiple entries in a + collection of essays or letters. I believe this now works + correctly, but please let me know if you discover differently. +\item Joseph Reagle noticed that endnote marks (produced using the + \textsf{endnotes} package) did not receive the + same treatment as footnote marks. I have rectified this, placing + the code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} so that you can turn it + off either by using the old package-loading system or by setting the + \texttt{footmarkoff} package option when loading + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. +\item Updates to Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package have rendered my + modifications in \textsf{cs\-quotes.cfg} obsolete. Please use the + latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (4.4a at time of writing) and + ignore my file, which will disappear in a later release. +\item At the request of Will Small, I have included some code, still + in an alpha state, to allow you to specify, in the bibliography, the + original publication details of essays which you are citing from + later reprints (a \emph{Collected Essays} volume, for example). See + the documentation above under the \textsf{\mycolor{reprinttitle}} + field if you would like to test this functionality. +\end{itemize} + +%%\enlargethispage{-3\baselineskip} + +\textbf{0.8.9a: Released July 5, 2009} +\begin{itemize} +\item Slight changes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.8e. + The package still works with 0.8c and 0.8d, as well. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.9: Released July 2, 2009} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The \textbf{single-letter bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}}, + \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) are now obsolete. You should replace + any still present in your .bib file with \cmd{autocap} commands --- + see §~3.8.4 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: +\begin{itemize} +\item The default way of loading the package is now with + + \cmd{usepackage[further-options]\{biblatex-chicago\}} + + rather than + + \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]\{biblatex\}}. + + Please see section~\ref{sec:loading} above for details and hints. +\item Package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and + .bbx files and are now gathered in a new file, + \textbf{cms-american.lbx}, which changes the way the package + interacts with \textbf{babel}. It is now somewhat simpler if you + want the defaults, but somewhat more complex if you require + non-standard features. Please see section~\ref{sec:otherpacks} + above for more details. +\item Two new entry types have been added: \textbf{artwork} for works + of visual art excluding photographs, and \textbf{image} for + photographs. See the documentation of \textsf{artwork} for how to + create .bib entries for both types. +\item Added the new bibliography and entry option + \textbf{usecompiler}, set to \texttt{true} by default. This + streamlines the code that finds a name to head an entry + (\textbf{author -> editor [or namea] -> translator [or nameb] -> + compiler [namec] -> title}). The whole system should work more + consistently now, but do see the \textsf{author} and \textsf{namec} + documentation for improved notes on how to use it. +\item Added the new bibliography option \textbf{footmarkoff}, to turn + off the optional in-line (as opposed to superscript) formatting of + the marks in foot- or endnotes. You only need this if you load the + package with the new default \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}; + users loading it the old way get default \LaTeX\ formatting. +\item At Matthew Lundin's request, I have added the citation command + \textbf{\textbackslash head\-lesscite}, which works like + \cmd{headlessfullcite} but allows \textsf{biblatex} to decide + whether to print the full or the short note. +\item Fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing + end-of-entry punctuation, which should solve some of the bugs users + have been finding. See section~\ref{sec:otherhints}, above, and do + please let me know if inconsistencies remain. +\item Added a modified \textbf{csquotes.cfg} file to address issues + users were having when using the \textbf{Xe\LaTeX} engine in + combination with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. See + section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}, above. +\item Added \texttt{natbib} option to allow users of the default setup + to continue to benefit from \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{natbib} + compatibility code. Thanks to Bennett Helm for pointing out this + issue. +\item Added a \textbf{shorthandibid} option to allow the printing of + \emph{ibid.}\ in consecutive references to an entry that contains a + \textsf{shorthand} field. Thanks to Chris Sparks for calling my + attention to this problem. +\item While investigating the preceding, I noticed failures when + combining the \texttt{short} option with a \textsf{shorthand} field. + The package now actually does what it has always claimed to do under + \textbf{shorthand}. +\item Many small bug fixes and improvements to the documentation. +\end{itemize} + +To Do: + +\begin{itemize} +\item The shorthand vs \emph{ibid.}\ question may need more careful + addressing in some cross references, and also in relation to the + \texttt{noibid} package option. +\item Charles Schaum has quite rightly pointed out the inconsistency + in my naming conventions --- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} as + opposed to \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx}, for example. I'm going to + delay a decision on which way to go with this until a later release. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.5a: Released June 14, 2009} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Quick and dirty fixes to bibliography strings to allow + compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} version 0.8d. If you are still + using 0.8c, then I would wait for the next version of + \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, which is due soon. See README. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.5: Released January 10, 2009} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: + + \begin{itemize} + \item The \textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} commands are now + deprecated --- Lehman's \enquote{American} punctuation tracking + facilities should handle quoted text automatically, assuming you + remember always to use \textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote} in your + database. If you still need \cmd{custpunct}, please let me know, + as it may be an error in the style. + \item With \cmd{custpunct} no longer needed, the toggles activated + by placing \enquote{\texttt{plain}} in the \textbf{type} or + \textbf{userb} fields are also deprecated. + \end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item At least \textbf{biblatex 0.8b} is now required --- 0.8c works + fine, as well. +\item I now \emph{strongly recommend} that you use \textbf{babel} with + \enquote{\texttt{american}} as the main text language. See + section~\ref{sec:otherpacks} above for further details. +\item The \textbf{customc} entry type has been revised, allowing you + to cite any sort of supplementary material using the \textbf{type} + field instead of relying on toggles in the \textsf{introduction}, + \textsf{afterword}, and \textsf{foreword} fields, though these + latter still work. The two new entry types \textbf{suppbook} and + \textbf{suppcollection} are both aliased to \textsf{customc}, and + therefore work in exactly the same way. +\item The new entry type \textbf{suppperiodical} is aliased to + \textbf{review}. +\item The new entry type \textbf{letter} is aliased to + \textbf{customa}. +\item In \textbf{inreference} entries the \textsf{postnote} field of + all \cmd{cite} commands is now treated like data in \textsf{lista}, + that is, it will be placed within quotation marks and prefaced with + the appropriate string. The only difference is that you can only + put one such article name in \textsf{postnote}, as it isn't a list + field. +\item I've set the new \textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{usetranslator} + to \texttt{true} by default, which means entries will automatically + be alphabetized by their \textsf{translator} in the absence of an + \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}. +\item A host of small formatting errors were eliminated, nearly all of + them through adopting Lehman's punctuation tracker. +\item In the main body of this documentation, I've added some + \mycolor{\textbf{color coding}} to help you more quickly to identify + entry types and fields that are either new or that have undergone + significant revision. +\end{itemize} + +To Do: + +\begin{itemize} +\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation + \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an + architectural change recommended by Lehman. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.2.2: Released November 24, 2008} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed spurious commas appearing in some bibliography entries, + spotted by Nick Andrewes. While investigating this I noticed a more + general problem with punctuation after italicized titles ending with + question marks or exclamation points. This will be addressed in + forthcoming revisions both of \textsf{biblatex} and of this package. +\item Nick also reported some problems with spurious punctuation in + the bibliography when using XeLaTeX. I haven't yet been able to pin + down the exact cause of these, but if you are using XeLaTeX and are + having (or have solved) similar problems I'd be interested to hear + from you. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.2: Released November 3, 2008} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite + commands (spotted by Joseph Reagle) and also after some prenotes. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.8.1: Released October 22, 2008} + +\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item The \textbf{origlocation} field is now obsolete, and has been + replaced by \textbf{lista}. Please update your .bib files + accordingly. +\item The single-letter \textbf{\textbackslash bibstring} commands I + provided in version 0.7 are now deprecated. In most cases, you'll + be able to take advantage of the automatic contextual capitalization + facilities introduced in this release, but if you still need the + single-letter \cmd{bibstring} functionality then you should switch + to \cmd{autocap}, as I shall be removing the single-letter + \texttt{bibstrings} in a future release. See above under + \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} for all the details. +\item The \textbf{userd} field is now deprecated, as \textsf{biblatex} + 0.8 allows all forms of data to be included in the \textsf{edition} + field. I shall be removing \textsf{userd} in a future release, so + please update your .bib files as soon as is convenient. +\end{itemize} + +Other New Features: + +\begin{itemize} +\item Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with \textsf{biblatex} + 0.8. This most recent version of \textsf{biblatex} is now required + for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df} to work. +\item Added the \textbf{usera} field, which holds supplemental + information about a \textsf{journaltitle} in \textsf{article} and + \textsf{review} entries. See the documentation of the field for + details. +\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash citetitles} multicite command + to fix a problem with spurious punctuation when multiple titles were + listed. +\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle} command to help with + automatic capitalization of titles when they occur at the beginning + of a note. +\item Minor punctuation fixes in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.bbx}. +\end{itemize} + +To Do: + +\begin{itemize} +\item Integrate \textsf{biblatex's} American punctuation facilities. +\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation + \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an + architectural change recommended by Lehman. +\item Investigate and possibly integrate the new entry types provided + in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8. +\end{itemize} + +\textbf{0.7: First public release, September 18, 2008} + +\end{document} + +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b662e9ef26 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..955b989e6a --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1338 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +%\usepackage{endnotes} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[authordate,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,% +bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict,% +annotation]{biblatex-chicago} +% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,% +% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{13pt} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{5pt} +\providecommand{\theendnote}{} +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\newcommand{\mycolor}{}%[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}} +\usepackage{xr-hyper} +\externaldocument[cms-]{../../Docs/biblatex-chicago}% +\externaldocument[trad-]{cms-trad-appendix} +\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor} +\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=MidnightBlue, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey,filecolor=Teal, +baseurl=biblatex-chicago.pdf\#]{hyperref} +\usepackage{cmsdocs} +\bibliography{dates-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +%\tracingstats=2 +\begin{document} + +\section*{The Chicago Author-Date Specification} +\label{sec:spec} + +This file is intended as a brief introduction to the Chicago +author-date specification (16th ed.) \autocite{chicago:manual} as +implemented by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and falls somewhere in +between the \enquote{Quickstart} section of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} and the full documentation as presented +in section~5 \cmssecref{cms-sec:authdate} of that same document. I've +attempted to design this introduction for ease of cross-reference, so +clicking on citations should bring you to the reference list entry, +whence clicking on the entry key in the annotations should present you +with the entry as it appears in the .bib file, where clicking on the +entry type should return you to the reference list. If you have +questions beyond the scope of this introduction, then the full +documentation is the place to look next --- marginal notes here refer +to section or page numbers there, and if you've installed the package +using the standard \TeX\ Live method then clicking on these marginal +notes should take you to the other document. If you can't find +answers there, please write to me at the email address in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}. + +\subsection*{Important Note} +\label{bibernote} + +Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the +author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to +process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent +variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires. +For this release, you really need the current versions of +\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain +features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that +follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if +you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need +\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a. + +\subsection*{Editions} +\label{editions} + +The 16th edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} implements +significant changes to what the author-date specification has, +historically, recommended, and there are certain to be users who +prefer the older format with titles capitalized sentence-style and +not, in the case of most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation +marks. For such users, the \textsf{authordate-trad} style, as +envisaged by the \textcite[15.45]{chicago:manual}, grafts the +traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the current +recommendations for the remainder of the reference apparatus. Please +consult +\href{file:cms-trad-appendix.pdf}{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} for +notes on the few .bib entries from this introduction that would +require modification for the \texttt{trad} style; for the remainder, +you'll notice a few extra sets of curly braces in various +\textsf{title} fields to make the entry usable in both author-date +styles. I have removed the 15th-edition styles from the package to +prepare for the appearance of the new 17th-edition styles, which will +be the focus of my attention, after this last 16th-edition release. + +\subsection*{Usage} +\label{usage} + +As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite} +command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be +exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples: +\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; +\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review}. Any page references +should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson}; +\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}. + +\subsection*{Repeated citations} +\label{sec:ibidem} + +Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date +style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated +citation on the same page will print only the page reference: +\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}. +Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited +\enquote{more than once in one paragraph} +\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset} +command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as +the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section, +and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically resets the tracker at page breaks: + +\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you +are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides +a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer +get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard +citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}. +If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or +at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than +two. + +\subsection*{Other citation commands} +\label{sec:other} + +The other \cmssecref{cms-sec:cite:authordate} citation commands from +\textsf{biblatex} also work fine: + +\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}: +\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution}; +\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with +\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var}.}\ \cmd{footcite} +(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions} + +Multicites should work as you expect, too: + +\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound}; +\cmd{autocites} by the same author: +\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same +author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian}; +\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes: +\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}. + +\textsf{Biblatex-chicago} now also provides a \cmd{gentextcite} +command, which prints an \gentextcite{author:forthcoming} name in the +genitive case in what is otherwise a standard \cmd{textcite}. If you +want to change the default -- \textbf{'s} -- printed there you can +specify whatever text you wish like so: +\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. There is also a +\cmd{gentextcites} command, modified thus: +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{key1\}\{key2\}}. + +\subsection*{Shorthands} +\label{sec:shorthands} + +Chicago's author-date style +\cmssecref[shorthand]{cms-sec:ad:shorthand} only seems to recommend +the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, +particularly institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By +default, I have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}: +\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}: +\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand} +will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of +references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand, +taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th +edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make +sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather +than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a +\cmd{printbiblist\{shorthand\}} command, the list of shorthands will +still be printed, so you now have a variety of options available for +presenting the expansions depending on your specific requirements. +Please note, also, that you can get back something approaching the +\enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give the +\texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your +document preamble. + +\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries} +\label{sec:problematic} + +In most \cmssecref[author]{cms-sec:ad:author} entries, the absence of +an author can be supplied by, e.g., an editor or a translator: +\autocite{chaucer:alt}; \autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an +anonymous work's author is known or can be guessed: +\autocite{horsley:prosodies}; \autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, +in some cases the \textsf{title} may appear in place of the +\textsf{author}: \autocite{anon:stanze}; +\autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th edition is less than +enthusiastic about the use of \enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author. + +By default, in most \cmssecref[date]{cms-sec:ad:date} entry types, an +absent \textsf{date} will automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into +searching for other sorts of dates in the entry, in the order +\textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}: e.g., +\autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a \textsf{urlyear}. In +three entry types --- \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and +\textsf{Video} --- this search order is \textsf{eventyear, origyear, + year, urlyear}, as in these types the earliest year should take +precedence (cf.\ page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). You can also +change the default search order, for all but the three types just +mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble of +your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in +the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or +\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order: +\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for +documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you +want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates +at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can +eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search +order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but +please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into +the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the +specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter +these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\ +section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.) + +In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will +automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}} +instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it +yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}: +\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear +within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. You can handle +forthcoming works in one of two ways: either by using the +\cmd{autocap} macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the +\textsf{date}) field, or by placing the exact string +\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field. Either way the +word will appear, correctly capitalized, in both citations and the +list of references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; +\autocite{contrib:contrib}. + +The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for +entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}. +First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries +have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again, +see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types, +there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the +\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is +\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the +\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of +the original publication date will be printed at the end of the +reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use +\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature}; +\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and +\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while +\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside +the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in +combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide +range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, and also +the following entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}: +\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}. + +\subsection*{Corners of the specification} +\label{sec:corners} + +In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to +present entries in the author-date style. By following up on +suggestions from the notes \&\ bibliography style, one can be +reasonably certain about most of what follows, but if you interpret +the specification differently please let me know. + +\subsubsection*{InReference entries} +\label{sec:inref} + +These present \cmssecref[inreference]{cms-sec:ad:inreference} several +peculiarities: the title of the work should always take the place of +any author, no \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically +be provided, and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation +marks preceded by \enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for +\enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.} This allows you to refer to alphabetized +articles in well-known reference works: \autocite[Hume, +David]{ency:britannica}; \autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius}; +\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}. + +\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries} +\label{sec:authless:art} + +In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries +\cmssecref[article]{cms-sec:ad:article} with the \texttt{magazine} +entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically places the +\textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at the head +of the entry in the list of references: \autocite{gourmet:052006}. +(Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the \textsf{title} at the head +rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.) You can cite newspaper and +magazine articles entirely within the text, i.e., without them +appearing in the reference list \autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if +you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full} entry option: +\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}; \autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In +\textsf{Manual} entries, the \textsf{organization} field does the +same: \autocite{dyna:browser}. If you wish to present an abbreviated +form of the organization name in citations only, then the +\textsf{shortauthor} field --- or in other cases the +\textsf{shorthand} field --- is the place for it: +\autocite{bsi:abbreviation}. For abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles}, +you can use \textsf{shortjournal}, which also allows you, should you +wish, to provide a list of abbreviated journal names with their +expansions using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}: +\autocite{unsigned:ranke}. + +\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype} +\label{sec:misc} + +When \cmssecref[misc]{cms-sec:ad:misc} citing individual letter-like +pieces from an unpublished archive where only an \textsf{origdate} is +present, you no longer need to set the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your +.bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle +this automatically: \autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., +interviews, use the \textsf{date} field, so you don't need +\texttt{cmsdate} there, either: \autocite{spock:interview}. For +undated pieces you can put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the +\textsf{year} field: \autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole +collections, see the next section. + +\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}} +\label{sec:classical} + +This option's \cmssecref[entrysubtype]{cms-sec:ad:entrysubtype} name +derives from its use for citing texts from classical antiquity, though +in the author-date style especially it can be put to use in several +other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry with such an +\textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only, not as +author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of references, +e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear in standard +author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*} command will, +in such a case, produce the title rather than the year. Some examples +should make this clearer: + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +Classical works: without abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using +standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; +\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern +edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}: +\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}. + +Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an: +\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}. + +An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited: +\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example +use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.) + +\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations} +\label{sec:comments} + +If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, +it will need to be separated by a semicolon +\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote}, +then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that +field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}. +Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have two choices. You can enable the +\texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply to type +\cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:\\parma\}} +\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you +can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry +containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field, +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} +\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main +text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g., +\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}. + +\subsubsection*{Multiple authors} +\label{sec:multiple} + +The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are +\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and +\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references +(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In +practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors, +will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate +to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast +majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the +Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference + list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also + be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are + different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations + must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}. +The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option +\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is +as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the +limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation. +Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a +work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be +(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but +inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are +exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might +look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\ +2002), which is what the specification requires. + +If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author +list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the +default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names +printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you +can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this: +\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\} +and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive +Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the +references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of + Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,} +2002), as the spec recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler +way that I know of to deal with this situation. + +\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries} +\label{sec:audiovisual} + +According \cmssecref{cms-sec:ad:avdate} to the \emph{Manual}, +\enquote{Chicago recommends a more comprehensive approach to dating + audiovisual materials than in previous editions.} This means, for +instance, that, even when consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is + generally useful to give information about the original source.} +Also, \enquote{the date of the original recording should be privileged + in the citation} \autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more +book-like entries are generally unaffected by these changes, so +published (\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are +no problem at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin}; +\autocite{verdi:corsaro}; \autocite{shapey:partita}. The dating of +online materials has been enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech}; +\autocite{horowitz:youtube}; \autocite{pollan:plant}. The most +significant changes, however, appear in \textsf{Music} and +\textsf{Video} entries, where every effort should be made to find +date(s) for sources: \autocite{auden:reading}; +\autocite{friends:leia}; \autocite{handel:messiah}; +\autocite{holiday:fool}; \autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps +require further information in the entry or genuinely are better +suited to presentation in running text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}. +The standard \textsf{biblatex} tools for subdividing reference lists +are all available if you want to follow the \emph{Manual's} +recommendations on presenting this kind of material separately from +other sources. + +\subsubsection*{Related entries} +\label{sec:related} + +\textsf{Biblatex} provides \cmssecref{cms-sec:authrelated} a powerful +mechanism, using the \textsf{related} field, for grouping two (or +more) works together in a single entry in the list of references, +while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} offers both this functionality and +some Chicago-specific variants which employ different means. You can +find a full discussion of this in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, but a +few of the entries already cited in this introduction show some of the +possibilities: \autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; +\autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{emerson:nature}; +\autocite{schweitzer:bach}. + +\subsection*{In conclusion} +\label{sec:conclude} + +Allow me, finally, to emphasize just how multifarious are the sources +illustrated in the \emph{CMS}, only a small selection of which have +appeared in this introduction. You will find significantly fuller +guidance in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, +but the \emph{CMS} itself defines the specification and shall +arbitrate all disputes. If you see something in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} that looks wrong to you, or if the +documentation has left you perplexed, please let me know. + + +\printbibliography[title=References] +\setlength{\textheight}{10.5in} +\twocolumn[\Large \texttt{The Database File}] +\vspace*{-6pt} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue] +%% Database entries used to produce +%% citations in this file, taken +%% from dates-test.bib. I have +%% removed the annotations to save +%% room -- you can click on +%% the entry type to return to the +%% reference list entry, where you'll +%% also find the annotations. You can +%% click on text with a grey back- +%% ground to switch to that entry +%% within this .bib listing. Through- +%% out this listing you'll see curly +%% braces around parts of titles and +%% subtitles, which allow the entry +%% to work equally well in authordate +%% and authordate-trad. + +@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}} +@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}} +@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}} +@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=adorno:benj] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{adorno:benj}*, + title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940}, + publisher = hup, + year = 1999, + author = {Adorno, Theodor~W. and Benjamin, Walter}, + editor = {Lonitz, Henri}, + translator = {Nicholas Walker}, + location = {Cambridge, MA} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=anon:stanze] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{anon:stanze}*, + title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta}, + date = 1547, + address = {Florence}, + shorttitle = {Stanze} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=aristotle:metaphy:gr] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{aristotle:metaphy:gr}[aristotle:metaphy:trans]*, + shorttitle = {Metaph\adddot}, + title = {Metaphysics}, + options = {skipbib}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + origdate = 1924, + date = 1997, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + publisher = {Oxford Univ.\ Press and Sandpiper Books}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + volumes = 2, + location = {Oxford} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=aristotle:metaphy:trans] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{aristotle:metaphy:trans}*, + title = {Metaphysica}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1928, + volume = 8, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + nameb = {Ross, W.~D.}, + origlanguage = {greek}, + userf = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{aristotle:metaphy:gr}{anchor}{}}% +{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{aristotle:metaphy:gr}\}}*}, + maintitle = {The Works of {Aristotle}, Translated into {English}}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + edition = 2, + location = {Oxford} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ashbrook:brain] +*\adlnbackref{InBook}{ashbrook:brain}*, + author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch}, + title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God}, + booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain}, + publisher = {Pilgrim Press}, + year = 1997, + chapter = 7, + location = {Cleveland, OH}, + shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=auden:reading] +*\adlnbackref{Music}{auden:reading}*, + title = {Selected Poems}, + author = {Auden, W. H.}, + date = {1991}, + number = 7137, + series = {Spoken Arts}, + type = {audiocassette}, + note = {read by the author} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=author:forthcoming] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{author:forthcoming}*, + author = {Author, Margaret~M.}, + title = {Article Title}, + journaltitle = {Journal Name}, + pubstate = {forthcoming}, + volume = 98 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=babb:peru] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{babb:peru}*, + title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot}, + subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in {Peru}}, + year = 1989, + author = {Babb, Florence}, + publisher = {University of Texas Press}, + edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}}, + location = {Austin} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=barcott:review] +*\adlnbackref{Review}{barcott:review}*, + journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review}, + author = {Barcott, Bruce}, + date = {2000-04-16}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin}, + pages = 7 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=batson] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{batson}*, + author = {Batson, C.~Daniel}, + title = {How Social Is the Animal?}, + subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring}, + journaltitle = {American Psychologist}, + volume = 45, + date = {1990-03}, + pages = {336--346} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=beattie:crime] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{beattie:crime}*, + author = {Beattie, J.~M.}, + title = {The Pattern of Crime in {England}, 1660--1800}, + journaltitle = {Past and Present}, + year = 1974, + number = 62, + pages = {47--95} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=beethoven:sonata29] +*\adlnbackref{Music}{beethoven:sonata29}*, + title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29 \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}}, + author = {Beethoven}, + editor = {Peter Serkin}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CDD 270}, + series = {Proarte Digital} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bernstein:shostakovich] +*\adlnbackref{Music}{bernstein:shostakovich}*, + title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5}, + author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri}, + editor = {Bernstein, Leonard}, + editortype = {conductor}, + editora = {{New York Philharmonic}}, + editoratype = {none}, + number = {IM 35854}, + series = {CBS}, + options = {useauthor=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=boxer:china] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{boxer:china}*, + title = {South {China} in the Sixteenth Century}, + year = 1953, + editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.}, + number = {2nd ser., 106}, + series = {Hakluyt Society Publications}, + location = {London} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=browning:aurora] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{browning:aurora}*, + title = {{Aurora Leigh}}, + subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts, Criticism}, + year = 1996, + author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett}, + editor = {Reynolds, Margaret}, + publisher = {Norton}, + series = {Norton Critical Editions}, + location = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bsi:abbreviation] +*\adlnbackref{Manual}{bsi:abbreviation}*, + title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and Titles of Publications}, + date = 1985, + organization = {British Standards Institute}, + sortname = {BSI}, + address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK}, + shorthand = {BSI} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chaucer:alt] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{chaucer:alt}*, + title = {Chaucer Life-Records}, + year = 1966, + editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.}, + namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith}, + publisher = oup, + note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone and others}, + location = {London} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:comment] +*\adlnbackref{CustomC}{chicago:comment}[chicago:manual]*, + title = {the most recent edition}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + options = {skipbib}, + annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a comment inside another parenthetical citation.} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:manual] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{chicago:manual}*, + title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style}, + year = 2010, + author = {{University of Chicago Press}}, + shortauthor = {\mkbibemph{CMS}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 16, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=clark:mesopot] +*\adlnbackref{Booklet}{clark:mesopot}*, + title = {Mesopotamia}, + subtitle = {Between Two Rivers}, + author = {Hazel V. Clark}, + howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store}, + year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}}, + location = {Mesopotamia, OH} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=conley:fifthgrade] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{conley:fifthgrade}*, + author = {Conley, Alice}, + title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in Sports Activities}, + issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling}, + journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal}, + note = {special issue}, + year = 1999, + volume = 99, + editor = {Good, Thomas~L.}, + number = 5, + pages = {131--146} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=connell:chronic] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{connell:chronic}*, + author = {Connell, A.~D. and Airey, D.~D.}, + title = {The Chronic Effects of Fluoride on the Estuarine Amphipods \mkbibemph{Grandidierella lutosa} and \mkbibemph{G. lignorum}}, + journaltitle = {Water Research}, + date = 1982, + volume = 16, + pages = {1313--1317} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=contrib:contrib] +*\adlnbackref{InCollection}{contrib:contrib}*, + author = {Contributor, Anna}, + title = {Contribution}, + booktitle = {Edited Volume}, + publisher = {Publisher}, + year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming}, + editor = {Editor, Ellen}, + location = {Place} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=conway:evolution] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{conway:evolution}*, + author = {Conway, M.~S.}, + title = {The Evolution of Diversity in Ancient Ecosystems}, + subtitle = {A Review}, + journaltitle = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society}, + date = 1998, + volume = {B 353}, + pages = {327--345} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=cook:sotweed] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{cook:sotweed}*, + title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass}, + year = 1730, + author = {Cook, Ebenezer}, + authortype = {anon?}, + note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}}, + location = {Annapolis} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=coolidge:speech] +*\adlnbackref{Online}{coolidge:speech}*, + author = {Coolidge, Calvin}, + title = {Equal Rights}, + note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc}, + options = {ptitleaddon=space}, + titleaddon = {(speech)}, + related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{loc:leaders}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{loc:leaders}\}}*}, + year = {[1920?]}, + relatedstring = {from} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=creel:house] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{creel:house}*, + author = {Creel, George}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {George Creel to Colonel House}, + note = {Edward~M. House Papers}, + origdate = {1918-09-25}, + organization = {Yale University Library} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=davenport:attention] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{davenport:attention}*, + title = {The Attention Economy}, + subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business}, + year = 2001, + author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.}, + publisher = {Harvard Business School Press}, + addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book}, + location = {Cambridge, MA} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dinkel:agassiz] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{dinkel:agassiz}*, + author = {Dinkel, Joseph}, + title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}}, + entrysubtype = {yes}, + note = {Agassiz Papers}, + location = {Harvard University}, + organization = {Houghton Library} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=donne:var] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{donne:var}*, + author = {Donne, John}, + editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.}, + title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}}, + namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry}, + publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press}, + maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}}, + year = 1995, + volume = 6, + location = {Bloomington} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dunn:revolutions] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{dunn:revolutions}*, + title = {Sister Revolutions}, + subtitle = {French Lightning, {American} Light}, + year = 1999, + author = {Dunn, Susan}, + publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux}, + location = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dyna:browser] +*\adlnbackref{Manual}{dyna:browser}*, + title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser}, + organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.}, + address = {Providence, RI}, + year = 1991 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=eliot:pound] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{eliot:pound}*, + title = {Literary Essays}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + year = 1953, + author = {Pound, Ezra}, + editor = {Eliot, T.~S.}, + publisher = {New Directions}, + location = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=emerson:nature] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{emerson:nature}*, + title = {Nature}, + year = 1985, + origdate = 1836, + location = {Boston}, + options = {cmsdate=old}, + author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo}, + publisher = {Beacon}, + note = {a facsimile of the first \bibstring{edition} with an \bibstring{introduction} by Jaroslav Pelikan} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ency:britannica] +*\adlnbackref{InReference}{ency:britannica}*, + title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica}, + edition = {15}, + shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot}, + options = {hypertitle} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=euripides:orestes] +*\adlnbackref{BookInBook}{euripides:orestes}*, + title = {Orestes}, + year = 1958, + booktitle = {Euripides}, + maintitle = {The Complete {Greek} Tragedies}, + nameb = {Arrowsmith, William}, + volume = 4, + author = {Euripides}, + editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond}, + publisher = uchp, + pages = {185--288}, + location = {Chicago}, +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=evanston:library] +*\adlnbackref{Online}{evanston:library}*, + author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}}, + shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}}, + title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010}, + subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach}, + organization = {Evanston Public Library}, + url = {http://www.epl.org/library/ strategic-plan-00.html}, + urldate = {2002-07-18} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=friends:leia] +*\adlnbackref{Video}{friends:leia}*, + title = {The One with the {Princess Leia} Fantasy}, + date = 2003, + booktitle = {Friends}, + booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1}, + author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.}, + eventdate = {1996-09-19}, + editor = {Mancuso, Gail}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Burbank, CA} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=genesis] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{genesis}*, + shorttitle = {Gen\adddot}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + keywords = {nosample}, + title = {Genesis}, +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=gourmet:052006] +*\adlnbackref{Review}{gourmet:052006}*, + journaltitle = {Gourmet}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-05}, + title = {Kitchen {Notebook}} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=grove:sibelius] +*\adlnbackref{InReference}{grove:sibelius}*, + title = {The New {Grove} Dictionary of Music and Musicians}, + author = {Hepokoski, James}, + shorttitle = {New {Grove} Dict\adddot}, + lista = {Sibelius, Jean}, + url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/}, + urldate = {2002-01-03}, + sortkey = {New Grove} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=handel:messiah] +*\adlnbackref{Video}{handel:messiah}*, + title = {Messiah}, + date = {1988}, + eventdate = {1987-12-19}, + userd = {performed}, + type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot}, + editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Shaw, Robert}, + editoratype = {none}, + author = {Handel, George Frederic}, + publisher = {Video Artists International}, + address = {Ansonia Station, NY} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=hlatky:hrt] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{hlatky:hrt}*, + author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley, Mary~A.}, + title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone Therapy}, + subtitle = {Results from the {Heart and Estrogen/Progestin Replacement Study (HERS)} Trial}, + journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association}, + date = {2002-02-06}, + volume = 287, + number = 5, + url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/ v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo}, + urldate = {2002-01-07} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=holiday:fool] +*\adlnbackref{Music}{holiday:fool}*, + title = {I'm a Fool to Want You}, + eventdate = {1958-02-20}, + date = {1960}, + booktitle = {Lady in Satin}, + author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack}, + editor = {Holiday, Billie}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CL 1157}, + publisher = {Columbia}, + type = {33\onethird\ rpm}, + note = {with Ray Ellis}, + options = {useauthor=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=horowitz:youtube] +*\adlnbackref{Online}{horowitz:youtube}*, + title = {{HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL} 2-{Chopin Nocturne} in Fm Op.55}, + organization = {YouTube video, 5:53}, + sortkey = {Horowitz}, + url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch? v=cDVBtuWkMS8}, + urldate = {2009-01-09}, + userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj,}}, + note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct}, + date = {1968-09-22}, + shorttitle = {HOROWITZ} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=horsley:prosodies] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{horsley:prosodies}*, + title = {On the Prosodies of the {Greek and Latin} Languages}, + year = 1796, + author = {Horsley, Samuel}, + authortype = {anon} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=house:papers] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{house:papers}*, + author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma}, + title = {Papers}, + note = {Yale University Library}, + entrysubtype = {classical} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=iso:electrodoc] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{iso:electrodoc}*, + title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts} from {International Standard ISO} 690-2}, + part = {part 2}, + date = 2001, + maintitle = {Information and Documentation}, + mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References}, + author = {{International Organization for Standardization}}, + shorthand = {ISO}, + publisher = {National Library of Canada}, + sortname = {ISO}, + address = {Ottawa}, + url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/ tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=james:ambassadors] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{james:ambassadors}*, + title = {The Ambassadors}, + year = 1996, + origdate = 1909, + options = {cmsdate=on}, + author = {James, Henry}, + publisher = {Project Gutenberg}, + url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/ books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt} +} +\end{lstlisting}\clearpage +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=lakeforester:pushcarts] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{lakeforester:pushcarts}*, + journaltitle = {Lake Forester}, + date = {2000-03-23}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks}, + options = {cmsdate=full}, + location = {Lake Forest, IL} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=loc:leaders] +*\adlnbackref{Online}{loc:leaders}[coolidge:speech]*, + author = {Library of Congress}, + title = {American Leaders Speak}, + subtitle = {Recordings from {World War I} and the 1920 Election, 1918--1920}, + url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/ nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html}, + note = {RealAudio and WAV formats} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=maitland:canon] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{maitland:canon}*, + title = {Roman canon law in the {Church of England}}, + date = 1998, + origdate = 1898, + author = {Maitland, Frederic W.}, + publisher = {Lawbook Exchange}, + address = {Union, NJ}, + options = {cmsdate=new}, + pubstate = {reprint} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=maitland:equity] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{maitland:equity}*, + title = {Equity, also the Forms of Action at Common Law}, + subtitle = {Two Courses of Lectures}, + date = 1926, + origdate = 1909, + author = {Maitland, Frederic W.}, + editor = {Chaytor, A.~H. and others}, + publisher = cup, + address = {Cambridge}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + sortyear = {2010} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nytrumpet:art] +*\adlnbackref{Music}{nytrumpet:art}*, + title = {Art of the Trumpet}, + date = 1982, + origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02}, + author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}}, + shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}}, + number = {PVT 7183}, + series = {Vox/Turnabout}, + userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,}, + sortkey = {New York Trumpet}, + type = {compact disc} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nyt:trevorobit] +*\adlnbackref{Review}{nyt:trevorobit}*, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-04-10}, + title = {obituary of {Claire Trevor}}, + options = {cmsdate=full}, + pages = {national edition} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pirumova] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{pirumova}*, + author = {Pirumova, N.~M.}, + title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement}, + subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of the Twentieth Century}, + publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}}, + year = 1977, + language = {russian}, + location = {Moscow} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pirumova:russian] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{pirumova:russian}*, + title = {Zemskoe liberal'noe dvizhenie}, + subtitle = {Sotsial'nye korni i evoliutsiia do nachala XX veka}, + date = 1977, + usere = {The zemstvo liberal movement: Its social roots and evolution to the beginning of the twentieth century}, + langid = {russian}, + author = {Pirumova, N.~M.}, + publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}}, + address = {Moscow} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=plato:republic:gr] +*\adlnbackref{BookInBook}{plato:republic:gr}*, + title = {Republic}, + shorttitle = {Resp\adddot}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1902, + volume = 4, + author = {Plato}, + editor = {Burnet, J.}, + shortauthor = {Pl\adddot}, + booktitle = {{Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias}}, + maintitle = {Opera}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + series = {Oxford Classical Texts}, + pages = {327--621}, + location = {Oxford} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pollan:plant] +*\adlnbackref{Online}{pollan:plant}*, + author = {Pollan, Michael}, + title = {Michael {Pollan} Gives a Plant's-Eye View}, + organization = {TED video, 17:31}, + url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/ talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_ plant_s_eye_view.html}, + urldate = {2008-02}, + date = {2007-03}, + userd = {posted} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ross:thesis] +*\adlnbackref{MastersThesis}{ross:thesis}*, + author = {Ross, Dorothy}, + title = {The {Irish-Catholic} Immigrant, 1880--1900}, + subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility}, + school = {Columbia University}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schubert:muellerin] +*\adlnbackref{Audio}{schubert:muellerin}*, + title = {{Das Wandern (Wandering)}}, + date = 1895, + booktitle = {{Die sch\"one M\"ullerin} ({The} Maid of the Mill)}, + maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)}, + maintitle = {First Vocal Album}, + options = {ctitleaddon=space}, + author = {Schubert, Franz}, + publisher = {G.~Schirmer}, + address = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schweitzer:bach] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{schweitzer:bach}*, + title = {{J. S. Bach}}, + origdate = 1966, + date = 1911, + author = {Schweitzer, Albert}, + origlocation = {London}, + origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel}, + addendum = {Citations refer to the Dover edition}, + options = {cmsdate=both}, + translator = {Newman, Ernest}, + publisher = {Dover}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + location = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=shapey:partita] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{shapey:partita}*, + author = {Shapey, Ralph}, + title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}}, + titleaddon = {score}, + entrysubtype = {music}, + date = 1966, + note = {Special Collections}, + organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library}, + institution = {University of Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=silver:gawain] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{silver:gawain}*, + title = {Sir {Gawain} and the {Green Knight}}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1974, + translator = {Silverstein, Theodore}, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=spock:interview] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{spock:interview}*, + author = {Spock, Benjamin}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn}, + date = {1974-11-20}, + note = {interview 67A, transcript}, + organization = {Senn Oral History Collection}, + institution = {National Library of Medicine}, + location = {Bethesda, MD} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=stendhal:parma] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{stendhal:parma}*, + title = {The Charterhouse of {Parma}}, + date = 1925, + author = {Stendhal}, + nameaddon = {Marie Henri Beyle}, + publisher = {Boni \& Liveright}, + address = {New York}, + translator = {Scott-Moncrieff, C.~K.} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=unsigned:ranke] +*\adlnbackref{Review}{unsigned:ranke}*, + journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1828-02}, + title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von Ranke}}, + number = {23--24}, + sortkey = {Erg}, + shortjournal = {Erg\"anzungsbl\"atter z. Allg. Lit.-Ztg.} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=verdi:corsaro] +*\adlnbackref{Audio}{verdi:corsaro}*, + title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})}, + titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave}, + date = 1998, + author = {Verdi, Giuseppe}, + editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth}, + number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas}, + series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi}, + volumes = 2, + address = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting}\clearpage +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=virginia:plantation] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{virginia:plantation}*, + title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which It Hath Been Advanced}, + location = {London}, + sorttitle = {True and Sincere}, + shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration}, + year = 1610 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:ross:memo] +*\adlnbackref{Letter}{white:ross:memo}*, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to Harold Ross}, + titleaddon = {memorandum}, + xref = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{white:total}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{white:total}\}}*}, + pages = 273, + origdate = {1946-05-02} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:russ] +*\adlnbackref{Letter}{white:russ}*, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to B.~Russell}, + xref = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{white:total}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{white:total}\}}*}, + pages = 283, + origdate = {1946-09-02} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:total] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{white:total}*, + title = {{Letters of E.~B. White}}, + year = 1976, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano}, + publisher = {Harper \&\ Row}, + location = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=wikiped:bibtex] +*\adlnbackref{InReference}{wikiped:bibtex}*, + title = {Wikipedia}, + lista = {BibTeX}, + userd = {last modified}, + url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ BibTeX}, + urldate = {2012-05-18} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71a9ceab27 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..663d7026a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,517 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +%\usepackage{endnotes} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[authordate,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,% +bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict]{biblatex-chicago} +% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,% +% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% In case someone prints the annotations. +\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh ho-ro-witz} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{5pt} +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,citecolor=black, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true]{hyperref} +\bibliography{dates-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +\begin{document} + +\section*{The Chicago Author-Date Specification: Testing Only} +\label{sec:spec} + +\subsection*{Please see cms-dates-intro.pdf first} +\label{bibernote} + +Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the +author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to +process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent +variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires. +For this release, you really need the current versions of +\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain +features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that +follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if +you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need +\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a. +(Please contact me at the email address in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} if you have any difficulty obtaining a +copy of this earlier release.) + +\subsection*{Editions} +\label{editions} + +This file documents the author-date specification from the 16th +edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style}, published in 2010. +This edition implements significant changes to what the specification +has, historically, recommended, and there are certain to be users who +prefer the older format with titles capitalized sentence-style and +not, in the case of most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation +marks. For such users, the \textsf{authordate-trad} style, as +envisaged by the \emph{Manual} \autocite*[15.45]{chicago:manual}, +grafts the traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the +current recommendations for the remainder of the reference apparatus. +Please consult \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf} to see how this looks in +practice. The 15th-edition styles are still in the package, but they +have not been updated in some time, and are now officially obsolete. +I would strongly encourage all users to switch to one of the +16th-edition styles as soon as possible, as I am concentrating all of +my development time there. + +\subsection*{Usage} +\label{usage} + +As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite} +command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be +exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples: +\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; +\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review}. Any page references +should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson}; +\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}. + +\subsection*{Repeated citations} +\label{sec:ibidem} + +Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date +style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated +citation on the same page will print only the page reference: +\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}. +Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited +\enquote{more than once in one paragraph} +\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset} +command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as +the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section, +and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically resets the tracker at page breaks: + +\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you +are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides +a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer +get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard +citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}. +If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or +at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than +two. + +\subsection*{Other citation commands} +\label{sec:other} + +The other citation commands from \textsf{biblatex} also work fine: + +\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}: +\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution}; +\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with +\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var}.}\ \cmd{footcite} +(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions} + +Multicites should work as you expect, too: + +\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound}; +\cmd{autocites} by the same author: +\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same +author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian}; +\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes: +\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}. + +\textsf{Biblatex-chicago} now also provides a \cmd{gentextcite} +command, which prints an \gentextcite{author:forthcoming} name in the +genitive case in what is otherwise a standard \cmd{textcite}. If you +want to change the default <\textbf{'s}> printed there you can specify +whatever text you wish like so: +\cmd{gentext\-cite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. There is also a +\cmd{gentextcites} command, modified thus: +\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{key1\}\{key2\}}. + +\subsection*{Shorthands} +\label{sec:shorthands} + +Chicago's author-date style only seems to recommend the use of +shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, particularly +institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By default, I +have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}: +\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}: +\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand} +will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of +references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand, +taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th +edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make +sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather +than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a +\cmd{printbiblist\{shorthand\}} command, the list of shorthands will +still be printed, so you now have a variety of options available for +presenting the expansions depending on your specific requirements. +Please note, also, that you can get back something approaching the +\enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give the +\texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your +document preamble. + +\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries} +\label{sec:problematic} + +In most entries, the absence of an author can be supplied by, e.g., an +editor or a translator: \autocite{chaucer:alt}; +\autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an anonymous work's author is +known or can be guessed: \autocite{horsley:prosodies}; +\autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, in some cases the +\textsf{title} may appear in place of the \textsf{author}: +\autocite{anon:stanze}; \autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th +edition is less than enthusiastic about the use of +\enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author. + +By default, in most entry types, an absent \textsf{date} will +automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into searching for other sorts of +dates in the entry, in the order \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, + urlyear}: e.g., \autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a +\textsf{urlyear}. In three entry types --- \textsf{Music}, +\textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} --- this search order is +\textsf{eventyear, origyear, year, urlyear}, as in these types the +earliest year should take precedence (cf.\ +page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). Beginning with this release, +you can change the default search order, for all but the three types +just mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble +of your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in +the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or +\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order: +\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for +documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you +want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates +at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can +eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search +order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but +please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into +the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the +specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter +these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\ +section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and especially section~5.2, +s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date}} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} for the +gory details.) + +In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will +automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}} +instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it +yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}: +\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear +within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works +are straightforward, assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap} +macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the \textsf{date}) field, so +that the word appears correctly in both citations and the list of +references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}. + +The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for +entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}. +First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries +have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again, +see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types, +there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the +\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is +\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the +\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of +the original publication date will be printed at the end of the +reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use +\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature}; +\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and +\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while +\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside +the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in +combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide +range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, the +documentation in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, particularly in +section~5.2, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date},} and also the following +entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}: +\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}. + +\subsection*{Corners of the specification} +\label{sec:corners} + +In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to +present entries in the author-date style. I'm pretty certain about +most of what follows, but if you interpret the specification +differently please let me know. + +\subsubsection*{InReference entries} +\label{sec:inref} + +These present several peculiarities: the title of the work should +always take the place of any author, no +\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically be provided, +and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation marks preceded by +\enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for \enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.} +This allows you to refer to alphabetized articles in well-known +reference works: \autocite[Hume, David]{ency:britannica}; +\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius}; +\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}. + +\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries} +\label{sec:authless:art} + +In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries with the +\texttt{magazine} entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically +places the \textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at +the head of the entry in the list of references: +\autocite{gourmet:052006}. (Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the +\textsf{title} at the head rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.) +You can cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text, +i.e., without them appearing in the reference list +\autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full} +entry option: \autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}; +\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In \textsf{Manual} entries, the +\textsf{organization} field does the same: \autocite{dyna:browser}. +If you wish to present an abbreviated form of the organization name in +citations only, then the \textsf{shortauthor} field --- or in other +cases the \textsf{shorthand} field --- is the place for it: +\autocite{bsi:abbreviation}. For abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles}, +you can use \textsf{shortjournal}, which also allows you, should you +wish, to provide a list of abbreviated journal names with their +expansions using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}: +\autocite{unsigned:ranke}. + +\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype} +\label{sec:misc} + +When citing individual letter-like pieces from an unpublished archive +where only an \textsf{origdate} is present, you no longer need to set +the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your .bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle this automatically: +\autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., interviews, use the +\textsf{date} field, so you don't need \texttt{cmsdate} there, either: +\autocite{spock:interview}. For undated pieces you can put +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the \textsf{year} field: +\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole collections, see the next +section. + +\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}} +\label{sec:classical} + +This option's name derives from its use for citing texts from +classical antiquity, though in the author-date style especially it can +be put to use in several other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry +with such an \textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only, +not as author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of +references, e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear +in standard author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*} +command will, in such a case, produce the title rather than the year. +Some examples should make this clearer: + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +Classical works: without abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using +standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; +\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern +edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}: +\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}. + +Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an: +\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}. + +An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited: +\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example +use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.) + +\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations} +\label{sec:comments} + +If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, +it will need to be separated by a semicolon +\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote}, +then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that +field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}. +Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have two choices. You can enable the +\texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply to type +\cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}} +\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you +can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry +containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field, +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} +\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main +text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g., +\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}. + +\subsubsection*{Multiple authors} +\label{sec:multiple} + +The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are +\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and +\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references +(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In +practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors, +will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate +to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast +majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the +Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference + list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also + be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are + different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations + must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}. +The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option +\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is +as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the +limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation. +Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a +work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be +(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but +inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are +exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might +look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\ +2002), which is what the specification requires. + +If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author +list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the +default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names +printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you +can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this: +\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\} +and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive +Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the +references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of + Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,} +2002), as the spec recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler +way that I know of to deal with this situation. + +\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries} +\label{sec:audiovisual} + +According to the \emph{Manual}, \enquote{Chicago recommends a more + comprehensive approach to dating audiovisual materials than in + previous editions.} This means, for instance, that, even when +consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is generally useful to give + information about the original source.} Also, \enquote{the date of + the original recording should be privileged in the citation} +\autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more book-like entries +are generally unaffected by these changes, so published +(\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are no problem +at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin}; \autocite{verdi:corsaro}; +\autocite{shapey:partita}. The dating of online materials has been +enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{horowitz:youtube}; +\autocite{pollan:plant}. The most significant changes, however, +appear in \textsf{Music} and \textsf{Video} entries, where every +effort should be made to find date(s) for sources: +\autocite{auden:reading}; \autocite{friends:leia}; +\autocite{handel:messiah}; \autocite{holiday:fool}; +\autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps require further information +in the entry or genuinely are better suited to presentation in running +text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}. The standard \textsf{biblatex} +tools for subdividing reference lists are all available if you want to +follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations on presenting this kind of +material separately from other sources. + +\subsection*{Further examples (mainly for testing purposes)} +\label{testing} + +Article: \autocite{assocpress:gun}; \autocite{brown:bremer}; +\autocite{chu:panda}; \autocite{conley:fifthgrade}; +\autocite{connell:chronic}; \autocite{ellis:blog}; +\autocite{friedman:learning}; \autocite{garaud:gatine}; +\autocite{garrett}; \autocite{gibbard}; \autocite{kern}; +\autocite{kimluu:diethyl}; \autocite{lewis}; \autocite{loften:hamlet}; +\autocite{loomis:structure}; \autocite{morgenson:market}; +\autocite{osborne:poison}; \autocite{reaves:rosen}; +\autocite{rozner:liberation}; \autocite{schneider:mittelpleistozaene}; +\autocite{sewall:letter}; \autocite{stenger:privacy}; +\autocite{terborgh:preservation}; \autocite{wall:radio}; +\autocite{warr:ellison}; \autocite{white:callimachus}. + +Artwork: \autocite{leo:madonna}. + +Audio: \autocite{greek:filmstrip}; \autocite{weed:flatiron}. + +Book: \autocite{barrows:reading}; \autocite{churchill:letters}; +\autocite{cohen:schiff}; \autocite{cotton:manufacture}; +\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}; \autocite{creasey:morton:hide}; +\autocite{creasey:york:death}; \autocite{davenport:attention}; +\autocite{feydeau:farces}; \autocite{furet:passing:eng}; +\autocite{furet:passing:fr}; \autocite{hopp:attalid}; +\autocite{howell:marriage}; \autocite{lach:asia}; +\autocite{lecarre:quest}; \autocite{levistrauss:savage}; +\autocite{lynch:webstyle}; \autocite{maisonneuve:relations}; +\autocite{mchugh:wake}; \autocite{menchu:crossing}; +\autocite{meredith:letters}; \autocite{michelangelo:poems}; +\autocite{mla:style}; \autocite{natrecoff:camera}; +\autocite{palmatary:pottery}; \autocite{pelikan:christian}; +\autocite{rodman:walk}; \autocite{schellinger:novel}; +\autocite{sechzer:women}; \autocite{sereny:cries}; +\autocite{soltes:georgia}; \autocite{stendhal:parma}; +\autocite{suangtho:tectona}; \autocite{thompson:making}; +\autocite{tillich:system}; \autocite{times:guide}; +\autocite{turabian:manual}; \autocite{walker:columbia}; +\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}; \autocite{weber:saugetiere}; +\autocite{weresz}; \autocite{white:total}; +\autocite{wright:evolution}; \autocite{wright:theory}. + +BookInBook: \autocite{bernhard:boris}; \autocite{bernhard:ritter}. + +Collection: \autocite{brush:ornithology}; +\autocite{harley:cartography}; \autocite{harley:ancient:cart}; +\autocite{kamrany:economic}; \autocite{prairie:state}; +\autocite{zukowsky:chicago}. + +Image: \autocite{bedford:photo}. + +InBook: \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; \autocite{phibbs:diary}; +\autocite{will:cohere}. + +InCollection: \autocite{centinel:letters}; \autocite{ellet:galena}; +\autocite{keating:dearborn}; \autocite{lippincott:chicago}; +\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}; \autocite{wiens:avian}. + +InProceedings: \autocite{frede:inproc}. + +InReference: \autocite[absolute]{oed:cdrom}. + +Manual: \autocite{dyna:browser}. + +Misc: \autocite{roosevelt:speech}. + +Music: \autocite{floyd:atom}; \autocite{mozart:figaro}; +\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}. + +Online: \autocite{harwood:biden}; \autocite{powell:email}. + +Patent: \autocite{petroff:impurity}. + +Periodical: \autocite{good:wholeissue}; \autocite{whittington:water}. + +Report: \autocite{herwign:office}. + +Review: \autocite{ac:comment}; \autocite{bundy:macneil}; +\autocite{Clemens:letter}; \autocite{kozinn:review}; +\autocite{ratliff:review}; \autocite{wallraff:word}. + +SuppBook: \autocite{friedman:intro}; \autocite{polakow:afterw}; +\autocite{prose:intro}. + +Thesis: \autocite{murphy:silent}. + +Unpublished: \autocite{nass:address}. + +Video: \autocite{cleese:holygrail}; \autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}. + + +% \printshorthands % No longer necessary in author-date. +% \nocite{*} +\printbibliography[notkeyword=nosample,title=References] + +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6910dc8dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dad24754a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,% +bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,compresspages,% +related=true]{biblatex-chicago} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% If someone prints annotations +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor} +\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=MidnightBlue, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey, +filecolor=Teal]{hyperref} +%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\defbibnote{legal}{(U.S.\ unless noted.)} +\bibliography{legal-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +\begin{document} + +\section*{Jurisdiction Entries} +\label{juris} + +\subsection*{Long note forms} +\label{sec:long} +\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case} +\item Database case\autocite{database:case} +\item Lower federal-court case (with Supreme Court + action)\autocite{federal:lower:related} +\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps} +\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case} +\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round} +\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square} +\end{enumerate} + +\subsection*{Short note forms} +\label{sec:short} +\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\setcounter{enumi}{7} +\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case} +\item Database case\autocite[3]{database:case} +\item Lower federal-court case\autocite[215]{federal:lower:related} +\item The same, to show \emph{ibidem} + handling\autocite[212]{federal:lower:related} +\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps} +\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case} +\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round} +\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square} +\end{enumerate} + +\section*{Legislation Entries} +\label{legis} + +\subsection*{Long note forms} +\label{legis:long} +\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\setcounter{enumi}{15} +\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill} +\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw} +\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new} +\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional + Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe} +\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report} +\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing} +\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation} +\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky} +\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla} +\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal} +\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas} +\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute} +\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal} +\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute} +\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard} +\item UK command paper\autocite{uk:command} +\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution} +\end{enumerate} + +\subsection*{Short note forms} +\label{legis:short} +\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\setcounter{enumi}{32} +\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill} +\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw} +\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new} +\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional + Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe} +\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report} +\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing} +\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation} +\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky} +\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla} +\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal} +\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas} +\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute} +\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal} +\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute} +\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard} +\item UK command paper\autocite[15--16]{uk:command} +\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution} +\end{enumerate} + +\section*{Legal Entry} +\label{legal} + +\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt} +\setcounter{enumi}{49} +\item Treaty, long form\autocite[45]{treaty} +\item Treaty, short form\autocite[46]{treaty} +\end{enumerate} + +\nocite{bluebook} + +\printshorthands + +\printbiblist[prenote=legal,title=Legal Authority +Shorthands]{shortjournal} + +\printbibliography[notkeyword=original] +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a7fb7b925 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cfc390da1 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex @@ -0,0 +1,828 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{endnotes} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,% +bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,annotation]{biblatex-chicago} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{6mm} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\@makeenmark}{\textcolor{DarkSlateGrey}{\textsf{\@theenmark}}} +\makeatother +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\hyphenation{tech-re-port} +\protected\def\onethird{{\mbox{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +%\setlength{\parskip}{5pt} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\newcommand{\mycolor}{}%[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}} +\usepackage{xr-hyper} +\externaldocument[cms-]{../../Docs/biblatex-chicago}% +\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor} +\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,filecolor=Teal,citecolor=black, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,urlcolor=DarkSlateBlue, +linkcolor=DarkSlateBlue,baseurl=biblatex-chicago.pdf\#]{hyperref} +\usepackage{cmsdocs} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{5pt}}%.5\baselineskip}} +\bibliography{notes-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +%\tracingstats=2 +\begin{document} + +\section*{The Chicago Notes \&\ Bibliography Specification} +\label{sec:spec} + +This file is intended as a brief introduction to the Chicago notes \&\ +bibliography specification (16th ed.)\autocite{chicago:manual}\ as +implemented by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and falls somewhere in +between the \enquote{Quickstart} section of +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} and the full documentation as presented +in section~4 \cmssecref{cms-sec:Spec} of that same document. I've +attempted to design this introduction for ease of cross-reference, so +clicking on long-note citations should bring you to the bibliography +entry, whence clicking on the entry key in the annotation should +present you with the entry as it appears in the .bib file, where +clicking on the entry type should return you to the long note. If you +have questions beyond the scope of this introduction, then the full +documentation is the place to look next --- marginal notes here refer +to section or page numbers there, and if you've installed the package +using the standard \TeX\ Live method then clicking on these marginal +notes should take you to the other document. If you can't find +answers there, please write to me at the email address in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}. + +\subsection*{Standard entry types} +\label{sec:standard} + +\begin{refsection} + These \cmssecref{cms-sec:entrytypes} should pose no particular + issues to those who have used \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ or \textsf{biblatex} + before, but here is an example of each of the following standard + entry types: + \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{garaud:gatine}.}, + \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{mchugh:wake}.}, + \endnote[\value{Booklet}]{\cite{clark:mesopot}.}, + \endnote[\value{InBook}]{\cite{ashbrook:brain}.}, + \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{contrib:contrib}.}, + \endnote[\value{InProceedings}]{\cite{frede:inproc}.}, + \endnote[\value{Manual}]{\cite{dyna:browser}.}, + \endnote[\value{MastersThesis}]{\cite{ross:thesis}.}, + \endnote[\value{TechReport}]{\cite{herwign:office}.}, and + \endnote[\value{Unpublished}]{\cite{nass:address}.}. + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Long-Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style (with + annotations)] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Other entry types} +\label{sec:other} + +\begin{refsection} + + These \cmssecref{cms-sec:entrytypes} entry types are + \textsf{biblatex} innovations, designed to cater for as large a + range of reference needs as possible. The list here is by no means + exhaustive, but rather tries to exemplify some of the more + complicated or (possibly) unfamiliar entry types, including: + \endnote[\value{Artwork}]{\cite{leo:madonna}.}, + \endnote[\value{Audio}]{\cite{schubert:muellerin}.}, + \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\cite{euripides:orestes}.}, + \endnote[\value{InReference}]{\cite{wikiped:bibtex}.}, + \endnote[\value{Letter}]{\cite{jackson:paulina:letter}.}, + \endnote[\value{Music}]{\cite{holiday:fool}.}, + \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{ratliff:review}.}, + \endnote[\value{SuppBook}]{\cite{polakow:afterw}.}, and + \endnote[\value{Video}]{\cite{friends:leia}.}. + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Long-Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Short notes} +\label{sec:short} + +\begin{refsection} + + The \cmssecref[shortauthor]{cms-sec:shortauthor} note forms we've + seen so far are intended to appear on the first citation of a given + work, while subsequent citations use a shorter form, usually merely + \textsf{Author}, \textsf{Title}. Both of these fields, of course, + have a \textsf{short} form to allow space-saving abridgements of + names and titles. You can also use the option \texttt{short} when + you load \textsf{biblatex-chicago} and you'll get the short form + from the start, something only recommended by the \emph{CMS} when + you have a full bibliography to clarify all the abbreviated + references. The following are the short forms of all the works + cited in long notes in previous sections: + \endnote[\value{Article}]{\shortcite{garaud:gatine}.}, + \endnote[\value{Artwork}]{\shortcite{leo:madonna}.}, + \endnote[\value{Audio}]{\shortcite{schubert:muellerin}.}, + \endnote[\value{Book}]{\shortcite{mchugh:wake}.}, + \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\shortcite{euripides:orestes}.}, + \endnote[\value{Booklet}]{\shortcite{clark:mesopot}.}, + \endnote[\value{InBook}]{\shortcite{ashbrook:brain}.}, + \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\shortcite{contrib:contrib}.}, + \endnote[\value{InProceedings}]{\shortcite{frede:inproc}.}, + \endnote[\value{InReference}]{\shortcite[Aristotle]{wikiped:bibtex}.}, + \endnote[\value{Letter}]{\shortcite{jackson:paulina:letter}.}, + \endnote[\value{Manual}]{\shortcite{dyna:browser}.}, + \endnote[\value{MastersThesis}]{\shortcite{ross:thesis}.}, + \endnote[\value{Music}]{\shortcite{holiday:fool}.}, + \endnote[\value{Review}]{\shortcite{ratliff:review}.}, + \endnote[\value{SuppBook}]{\shortcite{polakow:afterw}.}, + \endnote[\value{TechReport}]{\shortcite{herwign:office}.}, + \endnote[\value{Unpublished}]{\shortcite{nass:address}.}, and + \endnote[\value{Video}]{\shortcite{friends:leia}.}. + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Short-Note Style} \theendnotes} +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{The \textsf{entrysubtype} field} +\label{sec:subtype} + +\begin{refsection} + The \cmssecref[entrysubtype]{cms-sec:entrysub} Chicago notes \&\ + bibliography style covers a wide variety of source materials, so it + is perhaps no surprise that even the range of entry types offered by + \textsf{biblatex} isn't quite sufficient. In many cases, the + \textsf{entrysubtype} field can further expand the repertoire + available to users. Such cases include, in particular, the + periodical types, where the \emph{CMS} differentiates between + articles and reviews in scholarly journals and those in magazines + and newspapers aimed at a more general readership. For the latter + two sorts of source, you place the string \texttt{magazine} in the + \textsf{entrysubtype} field, and the citation style changes + accordingly: + \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{lakeforester:pushcarts}.} and + \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{bundy:macneil}.}. + + \mylittlespace The \textsf{Misc} type provides a second + differentiating function for the \textsf{entrysubtype} field. + Without such a field, \textsf{Misc} entries function as they do in + standard \textsf{biblatex} and in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, that is, as + hold-alls for sources that won't easily fit into other categories. + (Ideally, such entries will be very rare when using + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.) With an \textsf{entrysubtype}, + \textsf{Misc} entries will present their source as part of an + unpublished archive, to be distinguished from \textsf{Unpublished} + entries, which usually will have a specific title and won't come + from a named archive: + \endnote[\value{Misc}]{\headlesscite{creel:house}.}. + + \mylittlespace The \textsf{entrysubtype} field is, finally, also + useful for presenting pre-Renaissance works by their traditional + divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are + presumed to be the same across all editions. For such citations, + you put the string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} + field, and though this has no effect on long notes or in the + bibliography, it changes the punctuation in short notes, as below: + \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\shortcite[360e--361b]{plato:republic:gr}.}. + (Were you citing such a work by the pages in a modern edition, the + \textsf{entrysubtype} would be unnecessary --- see the Euripides + citation above.) + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Abbreviated references } +\label{sec:abbrev} + +\begin{refsection} + + The \cmssecref[crossref]{cms-sec:crossref} \emph{CMS} suggests, as a + space-saving measure, that when multiple parts of a single + collection are present in a reference apparatus, then references + may, following certain rules, abbreviate the portion that refers to + the collection as a whole. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} implements + this recommendation using a combination of package options (both + entry and preamble) and the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} + fields. In \textsf{InBook}, \textsf{InCollection}, + \textsf{InProceedings}, and \textsf{Letter} entries, the option is + \texttt{longcrossref}, set to \texttt{false} by default, so if more + than one such entry cross-references the same parent entry, then the + abbreviated notes and bibliography entries will automatically + appear. The first full note citing such a source is not + abbreviated, but all subsequent notes, and all bibliography entries, + are: + \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{ellet:galena}.}, + \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{keating:dearborn}.}, + \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{prairie:state}.}. + +\mylittlespace The possible settings for the \texttt{longcrossref} +option are \texttt{true} (no abbreviated references); \texttt{false} +(abbreviated references in notes and bibliography); \texttt{notes} +(abbreviated references only in the bibliography); \texttt{bib} +(abbreviated references only in notes); and \texttt{none} (abbreviated +references everywhere, including in the four entry types controlled by +the \texttt{booklongxref} option). + +\mylittlespace The four entry types subject to the +\texttt{booklongxref} option are \texttt{Book}, \texttt{BookInBook}, +\texttt{Collec\-tion}, and \texttt{Proceedings}. The option has the +same four settings as \texttt{longcrossref}, excluding the +\texttt{none} switch, but it is set to \texttt{true} by default, +because the \emph{CMS} isn't as explicit in condoning abbreviated +references in such entry types, so you have to turn them on yourself, +as I have in this document using \texttt{booklongxref=false} in the +preamble when loading \texttt{biblatex-chi\-ca\-go}: + \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{harley:ancient:cart}.}, + \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{harley:cartography}.}, + \endnote[\value{MVCollection}]{\cite{harley:hoc}.}. + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Online materials} +\label{sec:online} + +\begin{refsection} + + With \cmssecref[online]{cms-sec:online} online sources, the + \emph{CMS} emphasizes the nature of the source rather more than the + place where that source is found. This means, for example, that an + online edition of a book calls for a + \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{james:ambassadors}.} entry. Even an + intrinsically online source, if it is structured more or less like a + conventional printed periodical, may demand an + \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{stenger:privacy}.} or + \textsf{Review} entry rather than an \textsf{Online} one. Blogs + lend themselves well to the + \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{ellis:blog}.} type, while a comment + on a blog becomes a + \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{ac:comment}.}. For things like + mailing lists or less journalistic web pages, the + \endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{powell:email}.} type works well, as + it does for short online videos + (\endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{pollan:plant}.}) and for short + online audio pieces, too: + \endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{coolidge:speech}.}. (Some of these + latter also work well in a \textsf{Misc} entry with an + \textsf{entrysubtype}.) + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Related entries} +\label{sec:related} + +\begin{refsection} + + \textsf{Biblatex} provides \cmssecref{cms-sec:related} a powerful + mechanism, using the \textsf{related} field, for grouping two (or + more) works together in a single entry in the bibliography and/or in + long notes, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} offers both this + functionality and some Chicago-specific variants which employ + different means. You can find a full discussion of this in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, but one of the entries already cited + in the previous section (\cmslink{coolidge:speech}) presents the two + entries together in both notes and bibliography, whereas a second + example places a text and its translation together, but only in the + bibliography: \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{furet:related}.}. + + {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes} + \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{Citation commands} +\label{sec:citation} + +\begin{refsection} + + Although \cmssecref{cms-sec:citecommands} \cmd{autocite} will no + doubt be the most commonly used citation command, + \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, following \textsf{biblatex}, does provide + a range of other commands for more specialized usages. We have + already seen + \cmd{headlesscite},\footnote[1]{\headlesscite{creel:house}.} which + allows you to avoid, in notes, repetition of an \textsf{author's} + name when it appears in the \textsf{title} as well. We have also + seen \cmd{full\-cite},\footnote{\fullcite{loc:leaders}.} to + guarantee a long note, and + \cmd{shortcite},\footnote{\shortcite{coolidge:speech}.} to guarantee + a short one. (You can also use \cmd{footfullcite} to get a + \cmd{fullcite} in a footnote.) There are a few others that may + occasionally be useful: + \cmd{surnamecite},\footnote{\surnamecite{harley:hoc}.} for when a + note follows a discussion where the presence of the + \textsf{authors'} (or \textsf{editors'}, etc.)\ full names makes + their full repetition in the note unnecessary; + \cmd{citejournal},\footnote{\citejournal{lakeforester:pushcarts}.} + which provides an alternative short form when citing + \textsf{Articles}; and the standard \cmd{textcite}, which inserts + the name of an author or other \textcite{contrib:contrib} into the + flow of text, with a footnote below. + +% {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\large Note Style} \theendnotes} +% \printbibliography[title=\large Bibliography Style] +\end{refsection} + +\subsection*{In conclusion} +\label{sec:conclude} + +Allow me, finally, to emphasize just how multifarious are the sources +illustrated in the \emph{CMS}, only a small selection of which have +appeared in this introduction. You will find significantly fuller +guidance in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, +but the \emph{CMS} itself defines the specification and shall +arbitrate all disputes. If you see something in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} that looks wrong to you, or if the +documentation has left you perplexed, please let me know. + +\printbibliography[title=\large References] + +\twocolumn[\Large \texttt{The Database File}] +\vspace*{-6pt} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue] +%% Database entries used to produce +%% citations in this file, taken +%% from notes-test.bib. I have +%% removed the annotations to save +%% room -- they can be viewed in the +%% main text above. You can click on +%% the entry type to return to the +%% long-note formats, and you can +%% click on text with a grey back- +%% ground to switch to that entry +%% within this .bib listing. + +@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BiBTeX,label=ac:comment] +*\lnbackref{Review}{6}*{ac:comment, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2008-06-30}, + author = {AC}, + eventdate = {2008-07-01}, + nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)}, + crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{ellis:blog}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{ellis:blog}\}}*, + title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ashbrook:brain] +*\lnbackref{InBook}{1}*{ashbrook:brain, + author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch}, + title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God}, + booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain}, + publisher = {Pilgrim Press}, + year = 1997, + chapter = 7, + location = {Cleveland, OH}, + shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bundy:macneil] +*\lnbackref{Review}{4}*{bundy:macneil, + journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour}, + usera = {PBS}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1990-02-07}, + author = {Bundy, McGeorge}, + title = {interview by Robert MacNeil}, + shorttitle = {interview} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:manual] +*\hyperlink{Hfootnote.1}{\color{DarkBlue}@Book}*{chicago:manual, + title = {The Chicago Manual of Style}, + year = 2010, + author = {{University of Chicago Press}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 16, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=clark:mesopot] +*\lnbackref{Booklet}{1}*{clark:mesopot, + title = {Mesopotamia}, + subtitle = {Between Two Rivers}, + author = {Hazel V. Clark}, + howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store}, + year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}}, + location = {Mesopotamia, OH} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=contrib:contrib] +*\lnbackref{InCollection}{1}*{contrib:contrib, + author = {Contributor, Anna}, + title = {Contribution}, + booktitle = {Edited Volume}, + publisher = {Publisher}, + pubstate = {forthcoming}, + editor = {Editor, Ellen}, + location = {Place} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=coolidge:speech] +*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{coolidge:speech, + author = {Coolidge, Calvin}, + title = {Equal Rights}, + titleaddon = {(speech)}, + note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc}, + related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{loc:leaders}{anchor}{}}{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{loc:leaders}}*}, + options = {related=true,ptitleaddon= + space,ctitleaddon=space}, + year = {ca.\,1920} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=creel:house] +*\lnbackref{Misc}{4}*{creel:house, + author = {Creel, George}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {George Creel to Colonel House}, + origdate = {1918-09-25}, + note = {Edward~M. House Papers}, + organization = {Yale University Library} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dyna:browser] +*\lnbackref{Manual}{1}*{dyna:browser, + title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser}, + organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.}, + address = {Providence, RI}, + year = 1991, + shorttitle = {Dynatext} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ellet:galena] +*\lnbackref{InCollection}{5}*{ellet:galena, + author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.}, + title = {By Rail and Stage to Galena}, + crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{prairie:state}% +{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{prairie:state}\}}*, + pages = {271--79} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ellis:blog] +*\lnbackref{Article}{6}*{ellis:blog, + author = {Ellis, Rhian}, + title = {Squatters' Rights}, + journaltitle = {Ward Six}, + location = {blog}, + date = {2008-06-30}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/ 2008/06/sqatters-rights.html}, + entrysubtype = {magazine} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=euripides:orestes] +*\lnbackref{BookInBook}{2}*{euripides:orestes, + title = {Orestes}, + year = 1958, + booktitle = {Euripides}, + maintitle = {The Complete Greek Tragedies}, + nameb = {Arrowsmith, William}, + volume = 4, + author = {Euripides}, + editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond}, + publisher = uchp, + pages = {185--288}, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=frede:inproc] +*\lnbackref{InProceedings}{1}*{frede:inproc, + author = {Dorothea Frede}, + title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12}, + subtitle = {Pleasure}, + booktitle = {Aristotle}, + booksubtitle = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics}, Book VII}, + series = {Symposium Aristotelicum}, + editor = {Carlo Natali}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + address = {Oxford}, + year = {2009}, + pages = {183-207} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=friends:leia] +*\lnbackref{Video}{2}*{friends:leia, + title = {The One with the Princess Leia Fantasy}, + date = 2003, + booktitle = {Friends}, + booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1}, + author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.}, + eventdate = {1996-09-19}, + editor = {Mancuso, Gail}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Burbank, CA} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=furet:passing:eng] +*\lnbackref{Book}{7}*{furet:passing:eng, + title = {The Passing of an Illusion}, + year = 1999, + author = {Furet, François}, + userf = {furet:passing:fr}, + translator = {Furet, Deborah}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting}%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=furet:related] +*\lnbackref{Book}{7}*{furet:related, + title = {Le passé d'une illusion}, + year = 1995, + related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault% +{furet:passing:eng}{anchor}{}}{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{furet:passing:eng}}*}, + relatedtype = {bytranslator}, + author = {Furet, François}, + publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont}, + location = {Paris} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=garaud:gatine] +*\lnbackref{Article}{1}*{garaud:gatine, + author = {Garaud, Marcel}, + title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles}, + journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest}, + year = 1967, + volume = 9, + series = 4, + pages = {11--27}, + shorttitle = {Recherches sur les défrichements} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:ancient:cart] +*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{harley:ancient:cart, + title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval Europe and the Mediterranean}, + crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{harley:hoc}% +{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{harley:hoc}\}}*, + date = {1987}, + volume = 1 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:cartography] +*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{harley:cartography, + title = {Cartography in the Traditional East and Southeast Asian Societies}, + year = 1994, + crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{harley:hoc}% +{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{harley:hoc}\}}*, + volume = {2}, + part = {2}, + shorttitle = {Cartography in East and Southeast Asia} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:hoc] +*\lnbackref{MVCollection}{5}*{harley:hoc, + title = {The History of Cartography}, + date = {1987/}, + editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David}, + volumes = {3}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=herwign:office] +*\lnbackref{TechReport}{1}*{herwign:office, + options = {useprefix=true}, + author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric}, + title = {Future Office Systems Requirements}, + institution = {CERN DD internal note}, + year = 1988, + month = 11 +} +\end{lstlisting}\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=holiday:fool] +*\lnbackref{Music}{2}*{holiday:fool, + title = {I'm a Fool to Want You}, + eventdate = {1958-02-20}, + date = {1960}, + booktitle = {Lady in Satin}, + author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack}, + editor = {Holiday, Billie}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CL 1157}, + publisher = {Columbia}, + type = {33\onethird~rpm}, + note = {with Ray Ellis}, + options = {useauthor=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=jackson:paulina:letter] +*\lnbackref{Letter}{2}*{jackson:paulina:letter, + author = {Jackson, Paulina}, + title = {Paulina Jackson to John Pepys Junior}, + booktitle = {The Letters of Samuel Pepys and His Family Circle}, + origdate = {1676-10-03}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + year = 1955, + editor = {Heath, Helen Truesdell}, + shorttitle = {to John Pepys Junior}, + pages = {\bibstring{number} 42}, + location = {Oxford} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=james:ambassadors] +*\lnbackref{Book}{6}*{james:ambassadors, + title = {The Ambassadors}, + year = 1996, + origdate = 1909, + author = {James, Henry}, + publisher = {Project Gutenberg}, + url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/ books/gutenberg/etext96/ ambas10.txt} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=keating:dearborn] +*\lnbackref{InCollection}{5}*{keating:dearborn, + author = {Keating, William~H.}, + title = {Fort Dearborn and Chicago}, + crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{prairie:state}% +{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{prairie:state}\}}*, + pages = {84--87} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=lakeforester:pushcarts] +*\lnbackref{Article}{4}*{lakeforester:pushcarts, + journaltitle = {Lake Forester}, + date = {2000-03-23}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks}, + location = {Lake Forest, IL}, + shorttitle = {Pushcarts Evolve} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=leo:madonna] +*\lnbackref{Artwork}{2}*{leo:madonna, + author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}}, + shortauthor = {Leonardo}, + title = {Madonna of the Rocks}, + type = {oil on canvas}, + institution = {Louvre}, + year = {1480s}, + note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot}, + location = {Paris} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=loc:leaders] +*\hyperlink{Hendnote.623}{\color{DarkBlue}@Online}*{loc:leaders, + author = {Library of Congress}, + title = {American Leaders Speak}, + subtitle = {Recordings from World War I and the 1920 Election, 1918--1920}, + url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/ nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html}, + note = {RealAudio and WAV formats}, + options = {skipbib} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=mchugh:wake] +*\lnbackref{Book}{1}*{mchugh:wake, + title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}}, + year = 1980, + author = {McHugh, Roland}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press}, + location = {Baltimore} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nass:address] +*\lnbackref{Unpublished}{1}*{nass:address, + author = {Nass, Clifford}, + title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People}, + note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of Science Editors}, + location = {San Antonio, TX}, + date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=plato:republic:gr] +*\lnbackref{BookInBook}{4}*{plato:republic:gr, + title = {Republic}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1902, + volume = 4, + author = {Plato}, + editor = {Burnet, J.}, + booktitle = {Clitopho, Res Publica, Timaeus, Critias}, + maintitle = {Opera}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + series = {Oxford Classical Texts}, + pages = {327--621}, + location = {Oxford} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=polakow:afterw] +*\lnbackref{SuppBook}{2}*{polakow:afterw, + author = {Polakow, Valerie}, + title = {Lives on the Edge}, + subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other America}, + pages = {175--184}, + afterword = {yes}, + year = 1993, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pollan:plant] +*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{pollan:plant, + author = {Pollan, Michael}, + title = {Michael Pollan Gives a Plant's-Eye View}, + organization = {TED video, 17:31}, + url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/ + talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_ + plant_s_eye_view.html}, + urldate = {2008-02}, + date = {2007-03}, + userd = {posted} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=powell:email] +*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{powell:email, + author = {Powell, John}, + date = {1998-04-23}, + titleaddon = {e-mail to Grapevine mailing list}, + url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/ grapevine/issues/83.txt}, + shorttitle = {\autocap{e}-mail to Grapevine mailing list} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prairie:state] +*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{prairie:state, + title = {Prairie State}, + subtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers and Other Observers}, + year = 1968, + editor = {Angle, Paul~M.}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ratliff:review] +*\lnbackref{Review}{2}*{ratliff:review, + author = {Ratliff, Ben}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of + Samba: Popular Music and + National Identity in Brazil}, + \bibstring{by} Hermano Vianna, + \parteditandtrans John Charles + Chasteen}, + journaltitle = {Lingua Franca}, + date = {1999-04}, + volume = 9, + pages = {B13--B14}, + shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of Samba}} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ross:thesis] +*\lnbackref{MastersThesis}{1}*{ross:thesis, + author = {Ross, Dorothy}, + title = {The Irish-Catholic Immigrant, 1880--1900}, + subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility}, + school = {Columbia University}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schubert:muellerin] +*\lnbackref{Audio}{2}*{schubert:muellerin, + title = {Das Wandern (Wandering)}, + date = 1895, + shorttitle = {Das Wandern}, + booktitle = {Die sch\"one M\"ullerin (The Maid of the Mill)}, + maintitle = {First Vocal Album \mkbibemph{(for high voice)}}, + author = {Schubert, Franz}, + publisher = {G.~Schirmer}, + address = {New York} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=stenger:privacy] +*\lnbackref{Article}{6}*{stenger:privacy, + journaltitle = {CNN.com}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1999-12-20}, + author = {Stenger, Richard}, + title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears}, + url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ ptech/12/20/implant.device/}, + shorttitle = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=wikiped:bibtex] +*\lnbackref{InReference}{2}*{wikiped:bibtex, + title = {Wikipedia}, + lista = {BibTeX}, + url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/BibTeX}, + urldate = {2011-09-03}, + userd = {last modified} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +%% \printshorthands + +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% TeX-trailer-start: "^[^%\n]*\\\\printshorthands" +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fec20977da --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..080d8217c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,% +bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,compresspages]{biblatex-chicago} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm} +%\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv} +%\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% If someone prints annotations +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\bibliography{notes-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +\begin{document} +Note\autocite{ac:comment} note\autocite{adorno:benj} +note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr} note\autocite{adorno:benj} +note\autocite[23]{adorno:benj} note\autocite{ashbrook:brain} +note\autocite[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr} +note\autocite{ac:comment} note\autocite{assocpress:gun} +note\autocite{auden:reading} note\autocite[149]{ashbrook:brain} +note\autocite{author:forthcoming} note\autocite{assocpress:gun} +note\autocite{babb:peru}. + +Note\autocite{author:forthcoming} note\autocite{auden:reading} +note\autocite{barcott:review} note\autocite{batson} +note\autocite{babb:peru} note\autocite{barcott:review} +note\autocite[339]{batson} note\autocite{beattie:crime} +note\autocite{bedford:photo} note\autocite{babb:peru} +note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29} note\autocite{bernhard:boris} +note\autocite{bernhard:ritter}. + +Note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{boxer:china} +note\autocite{beattie:crime} note\autocite{brown:bremer} +note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29} note\autocite{bernhard:ritter} +note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{bernhard:boris} +note\autocite{boxer:china} note\autocite{browning:aurora} +note\autocite[pt.\ 2, 55]{brown:bremer} note\autocite{bundy:macneil} +note\autocite{centinel:letters}. + +Note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords} note\autocite{browning:aurora} +note\autocite[\printdate]{bundy:macneil} +note\autocite[29]{centinel:letters}. + +Note\autocite{chaucer:alt} note\autocite{clark:mesopot} +note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords} note\autocite{cleese:holygrail} +note\autocite{Clemens:letter} note\autocite{cohen:schiff} +note\autocite{Clemens:letter} note\autocite{clark:mesopot} +note\autocite{cleese:holygrail} note\autocite{cohen:schiff} +note\autocite{chaucer:alt} note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade} +note\autocite{contrib:contrib}. + +Note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade} note\autocite{contrib:contrib} +note\autocite{cook:sotweed} note\autocite{cotton:manufacture} +note\autocite{coolidge:speech} note\autocite{cook:sotweed} +note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast} note\autocite{creasey:york:death} +note\autocite{cotton:manufacture} note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide} +note\autocite{coolidge:speech} note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast} +note.\footnote{\headlessfullcite{creel:house}.} + +Note\autocite{davenport:attention} note\autocite{creasey:york:death} +note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide} +note\footnote{\headlesscite[\letterdatelong]{creel:house}.} +note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz} note\autocite{donne:var} +note\autocite{davenport:attention} note\autocite{dunn:revolutions} +note\autocite{dyna:browser} note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz} +note\autocite{eliot:pound} note\autocite{ellet:galena} +note\autocite{donne:var} note\autocite{dyna:browser}. + +Note\autocite{ellis:blog} note\autocite{emerson:nature} +note\footfullcite{ency:britannica} note\autocite{dunn:revolutions} +note\autocite{eliot:pound} note\autocite{euripides:orestes} +note\autocite{ellet:galena} note\autocite{ellis:blog} +note\autocite{emerson:nature} note\autocite{evanston:library} +note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3]{feydeau:farces}.} +note\autocite{floyd:atom} note\autocite{euripides:orestes}. + +Note\autocite{frede:inproc} note\autocite{friedman:learning} +note\autocite{evanston:library} note\autocite{feydeau:farces} +note\autocite{floyd:atom} note\autocite{frede:inproc} +note\autocite{friedman:learning} note\autocite{friends:leia} +note\autocite{furet:passing:eng} note\autocite{garaud:gatine} +note\autocite{garrett} note\autocite{gibbard}. + +Note\autocite{friends:leia} note\autocite{furet:passing:eng} +note\autocite{garrett} note\autocite{good:wholeissue} +note\autocite{gourmet:052006} note\autocite{garaud:gatine} +note\autocite{greek:filmstrip} note\autocite{grove:sibelius} +note\autocite{handel:messiah} note\autocite{harley:cartography} +note\autocite{harley:ancient:cart} note\autocite{harwood:biden} +note\autocite{gibbard} note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}. + +Note\autocite{good:wholeissue} note\autocite{hlatky:hrt} +note\autocite{greek:filmstrip} note\autocite{gourmet:052006} +note\autocite{handel:messiah} note\autocite{harwood:biden} +note\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius} +note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw} note\autocite{holiday:fool} +note\autocite{horsley:prosodies} note\autocite{harley:cartography} +note\autocite{horowitz:youtube}. + +Note\autocite{harley:ancient:cart} +note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter} note\autocite{hlatky:hrt} +note\autocite{james:ambassadors} note\autocite{holiday:fool} +note\autocite{horowitz:youtube} note\autocite{horsley:prosodies} +note\autocite{keating:dearborn} note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter} +note\autocite{kern} note\autocite{james:ambassadors} +note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl}. + +Note\autocite{keating:dearborn} note\autocite{kozinn:review} +note\autocite{kern} note\autocite{lach:asia} +note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl} note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts} +note\autocite{kozinn:review} note\autocite{levistrauss:savage} +note\autocite{lach:asia} note\autocite{leo:madonna} +note\autocite{lewis} note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts} +note\autocite{levistrauss:savage} note\autocite{lecarre:quest} +note\autocite[29]{lewis} note\autocite{lecarre:quest} +note\autocite{lippincott:chicago}. + +Note\autocite{loften:hamlet} note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations} +note\autocite{lippincott:chicago} note\autocite{loften:hamlet} +note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum} +note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations} +note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[2:218]{meredith:letters}.} +note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite[6.9.4]{mla:style} +note\autocite{morgenson:market} note\autocite{mozart:figaro}. + +Note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{nasa:db} +note\autocite{nass:address} note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum} +note\autocite{natrecoff:camera} note\autocite[2:25]{meredith:letters} +note\autocite[6.9.5]{mla:style} note\autocite{morgenson:market} +note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{mozart:figaro} +note\autocite{nasa:db} note\autocite{nass:address}. + +Note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor} note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit} +note\autocite{nytrumpet:art} note\autocite{osborne:poison} +note\autocite{oed:cdrom} note\autocite{natrecoff:camera} +note\autocite{palmatary:pottery} note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor} +note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit} note\autocite[arithmetical]{oed:cdrom} +note\autocite{nytrumpet:art} note\autocite{pelikan:christian} +note\autocite{petroff:impurity} note\autocite{osborne:poison} +note\autocite{phibbs:diary}. + +Note\autocite{palmatary:pottery} note\autocite{pirumova} +note\autocite{pelikan:christian} note\autocite{petroff:impurity} +note\autocite{plato:republic:gr} note\autocite{polakow:afterw} +note\autocite{phibbs:diary} +note\autocite[360e--361b]{plato:republic:gr} note\autocite{pirumova} +note\autocite{polakow:afterw} note\autocite{pollan:plant} +note\autocite{powell:email}. + +Note\autocite{prose:intro} note\autocite{ratliff:review} +note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{pollan:plant} +note\autocite{powell:email} note\autocite{prose:intro} +note\autocite{rodman:walk} note\autocite{roosevelt:speech} +note\autocite{ross:thesis} note\autocite{ratliff:review} +note\autocite{rozner:liberation} note\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}. + +Note\autocite{saberhagen:beluga} note\autocite{schellinger:novel} +note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{schubert:muellerin} +note\autocite{rodman:walk} note\autocite{schweitzer:bach} +note\autocite{roosevelt:speech} note\autocite{ross:thesis} +note\autocite{rozner:liberation} note\autocite{rubinstein:chopin} +note\autocite{sechzer:women} note\autocite{schellinger:novel} +note\autocite{sereny:cries} note\autocite{schubert:muellerin} +note\autocite{saberhagen:beluga}. + +Note\autocite{schweitzer:bach} +note\footnote{\headlessfullcite{sewall:letter}.} +note\autocite{shapey:partita} note\autocite{sechzer:women} +note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex} note\autocite{sereny:cries} +note\autocite{silver:gawain} +note\footnote{\headlesscite{sewall:letter}.} +note\autocite{soltes:georgia} note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex} +note\autocite{spock:interview} note\autocite{shapey:partita}. + +Note\autocite{stenger:privacy} note\autocite{silver:gawain} +note\autocite{tillich:system} note\autocite{soltes:georgia} +note\autocite{spock:interview} note\autocite{times:guide} +note\autocite{twain:audio} note\autocite{virginia:plantation} +note\autocite{stenger:privacy} note\autocite{chicago:manual} +note\autocite{twain:audio} note\autocite[2:45]{tillich:system}. + +Note\autocite[police ranks]{times:guide} +note\autocite{virginia:plantation} note\autocite{chicago:manual} +note\autocite{unsigned:ranke} note\autocite{herwign:office} +note\autocite{verdi:corsaro} note\autocite{wallraff:word} +note\autocite{unsigned:ranke} note\autocite{warr:ellison} +note\autocite{herwign:office} note\autocite{wallraff:word} +note\autocite{verdi:corsaro} note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}. + +Note\autocite{weed:flatiron} note\autocite{weresz}. +note\autocite{white:callimachus} note\autocite{white:ross:memo} +note\autocite{warr:ellison} note\autocite{weed:flatiron} +note\autocite{wikiped:bibtex} note\autocite{will:cohere} +note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}. As \textcite{zukowsky:chicago} +says. + +Note\autocite{weresz} note\autocite{white:russ} +note\autocite{white:callimachus} note\autocite{white:ross:memo} +note\autocite{white:russ} note\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex} +note\autocite{will:cohere} note\footnote{\textcite{zukowsky:chicago} + makes a similar point.} +note\autocites[See][3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}[360e--361b] +{plato:republic:gr}[and also][for additional +information]{white:callimachus} note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans} +note\autocites[See][]{mchugh:wake}[and][569]{warr:ellison} +note.\footnote{\citetitles{warr:ellison}{mchugh:wake}.} + +Note\footnote{\Citetitle{powell:email}.} +note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3:126]{meredith:letters}.} +note\autocite[3:126]{meredith:letters} note\footfullcite[2]{weresz} +note\autocite[2]{weresz} note\footnote{\fullcite{zukowsky:chicago}.} +note.\footnote{\cite*{zukowsky:chicago}.} + +\nocite{furet:related,house:papers} + +\printshorthands + +\printbibliography[notkeyword=original] +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..042c5a7b46 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79f284a89d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +%\usepackage{endnotes} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[authordate-trad,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,% +bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict,% +annotation]{biblatex-chicago} +% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,% +% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{5pt} +\providecommand{\theendnote}{} +%\usepackage{listings} +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor} +\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=black, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey]{hyperref} +\usepackage{cmsdocs} +\bibliography{dates-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +\begin{document} + +\nocite{barcott:review:15,donne:var:15,shapey:partita:15} +\section*{Appendix: \texttt{authordate-trad} References} +\label{sec:trad:appendix} +\printbibliography[heading=none] + +\twocolumn%[\Large \texttt{The trad Database File}] +\vspace*{-6pt} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue] +%% Database entries used to produce +%% citations in this file, taken +%% from dates-test.bib, and designed +%% to show some of the changes +%% need to use the authordate-trad +%% style, with its sentence-style +%% capitalization of titles. I have +%% removed the annotations to save +%% room -- you can click on +%% the entry type to return to the +%% reference list entry, where you'll +%% also find the annotations. +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=barcott:review:15] +*\adlnbackref{Article}{barcott:review:15}*, + journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review}, + author = {Barcott, Bruce}, + date = {2000-04-16}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The last marlin: The story of a family at sea}, \bibstring{by} {Fred Waitzkin}}, + pages = 7 +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=donne:var:15] +*\adlnbackref{Book}{donne:var:15}*, + author = {Donne, John}, + editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.}, + title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the \mkbibquote{Epicedes and obsequies}}, + namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry}, + publisher = {Indiana Univ.\ Press}, + maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}}, + year = 1995, + volume = 6, + location = {Bloomington} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=shapey:partita:15] +*\adlnbackref{Misc}{shapey:partita:15}*, + author = {Shapey, Ralph}, + title = {Partita for violin and thirteen players}, + titleaddon = {score}, + entrysubtype = {music}, + date = 1966, + note = {Special Collections}, + organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library}, + institution = {University of Chicago} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da39867718 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78be328258 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,508 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +%\usepackage{endnotes} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel} +\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[authordate-trad,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,% +bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict]{biblatex-chicago} +% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,% +% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{gentium} +%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf +\usepackage{ifthen} +\usepackage{setspace} +\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4} +\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm} +\usepackage{url} +\urlstyle{rm} +\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy} +\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% In case someone prints the annotations. +\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh ho-ro-witz} +\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{5pt} +\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}% + \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} +\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,citecolor=black, +plainpages=false,breaklinks=true]{hyperref} +\bibliography{dates-test} +%%\onehalfspacing +\begin{document} + +\section*{The Chicago authordate-trad Specification:% + \ Testing Only} +\label{sec:spec} + +\subsection*{Please see cms-dates-intro.pdf first} +\label{bibernote} + +Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the +author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to +process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent +variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires. +For this release, you really need the current versions of +\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain +features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that +follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if +you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need +\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a. +(Please contact me at the email address in +\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} if you have any difficulty obtaining a +copy of this earlier release.) + +\subsection*{Editions} +\label{editions} + +This file documents the \textsf{authordate-trad} specification which, +as envisaged by the \emph{Manual} \autocite*[15.45]{chicago:manual}, +grafts the traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the +current, 16th-edition recommendations for the remainder of the +reference apparatus. This newest edition implemented significant +changes to what the author-date specification has, historically, +recommended, and there are certain to be users who prefer the older +format with titles capitalized sentence-style and not, in the case of +most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation marks. I have +implemented the \textsf{authordate-trad} style for such users. To +compare it with the standard style, please see +\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}. You can also still use the +15th-edition styles from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, which have been +updated with some improvements borrowed from the 16th edition, but +which are now strongly deprecated. (See +\textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf} and \textsf{cms15-dates-sample.pdf}.) +I would encourage all users to switch to one of the 16th-edition +styles as soon as possible, as I am concentrating all of my +development time there. + +\subsection*{Usage} +\label{usage} + +As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite} +command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be +exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples: +\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; +\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review:15}. Any page +references should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson}; +\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}. + +\subsection*{Repeated citations} +\label{sec:ibidem} + +Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date +style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated +citation on the same page will print only the page reference: +\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}. +Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited +\enquote{more than once in one paragraph} +\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset} +command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as +the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section, +and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} +automatically resets the tracker at page breaks: + +\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you +are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides +a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer +get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard +citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}. +If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or +at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than +two. + +\subsection*{Other citation commands} +\label{sec:other} + +The other citation commands from \textsf{biblatex} also work fine: + +\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}: +\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution}; +\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with +\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var:15}.}\ \cmd{footcite} +(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions} + +Multicites should work as you expect, too: + +\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound}; +\cmd{autocites} by the same author: +\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same +author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian}; +\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes: +\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}. + +\subsection*{Shorthands} +\label{sec:shorthands} + +Chicago's author-date style only seems to recommend the use of +shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, particularly +institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By default, I +have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}: +\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}: +\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand} +will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of +references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand, +taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th +edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make +sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather +than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a \cmd{printshorthands} +command, the list of shorthands will still be printed, so you now have +a variety of options available for presenting the expansions depending +on your specific requirements. Please note, also, that you can get +back something approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of +shorthands if you give the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your document preamble. + +\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries} +\label{sec:problematic} + +In most entries, the absence of an author can be supplied by, e.g., an +editor or a translator: \autocite{chaucer:alt}; +\autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an anonymous work's author is +known or can be guessed: \autocite{horsley:prosodies}; +\autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, in some cases the +\textsf{title} may appear in place of the \textsf{author}: +\autocite{anon:stanze}; \autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th +edition is less than enthusiastic about the use of +\enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author. + +By default, in most entry types, an absent \textsf{date} will +automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into searching for other sorts of +dates in the entry, in the order \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, + urlyear}: e.g., \autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a +\textsf{urlyear}. In three entry types --- \textsf{Music}, +\textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} --- this search order is +\textsf{eventyear, origyear, year, urlyear}, as in these types the +earliest year should take precedence (cf.\ +page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). Beginning with this release, +you can change the default search order, for all but the three types +just mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble +of your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the +\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in +the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or +\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order: +\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for +documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you +want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates +at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can +eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search +order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but +please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into +the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the +specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter +these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\ +section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and especially section~5.2, +s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date}} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} for the +gory details.) + +In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will +automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}} +instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it +yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}: +\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear +within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works +are straightforward, assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap} +macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the \textsf{date}) field, so +that the word appears correctly in both citations and the list of +references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}. + +The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for +entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}. +First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries +have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again, +see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types, +there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the +\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is +\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the +\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of +the original publication date will be printed at the end of the +reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use +\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature}; +\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and +\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while +\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside +the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in +combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide +range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, the +documentation in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, particularly in +section~5.2, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date},} and also the following +entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}: +\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}. + +\subsection*{Corners of the specification} +\label{sec:corners} + +In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to +present entries in the author-date style. I'm pretty certain about +most of what follows, but if you interpret the specification +differently please let me know. + +\subsubsection*{InReference entries} +\label{sec:inref} + +These present several peculiarities: the title of the work should +always take the place of any author, no +\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically be provided, +and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation marks preceded by +\enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for \enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.} +This allows you to refer to alphabetized articles in well-known +reference works: \autocite[Hume, David]{ency:britannica}; +\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius}; +\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}. + +\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries} +\label{sec:authless:art} + +In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries with the +\texttt{magazine} entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically +places the \textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at +the head of the entry in the list of references: +\autocite{gourmet:052006}. (Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the +\textsf{title} at the head rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.) +You can cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text, +i.e., without them appearing in the reference list +\autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full} +entry option: \autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}; +\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In \textsf{Manual} entries, the +\textsf{organization} field does the same: \autocite{dyna:browser}. +If you wish to present an abbreviated form of the journal (or +organization) name only in citations, then the \textsf{shortauthor} +field --- or in other cases the \textsf{shorthand} field --- is the +place for it, making sure to include formatting: +\autocite{unsigned:ranke}; \autocite{bsi:abbreviation}. + +\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype} +\label{sec:misc} + +When citing individual letter-like pieces from an unpublished archive +where only an \textsf{origdate} is present, you no longer need to set +the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your .bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and +\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle this automatically: +\autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., interviews, use the +\textsf{date} field, so you don't need \texttt{cmsdate} there, either: +\autocite{spock:interview}. For undated pieces you can put +\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the \textsf{year} field: +\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole collections, see the next +section. + +\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}} +\label{sec:classical} + +This option's name derives from its use for citing texts from +classical antiquity, though in the author-date style especially it can +be put to use in several other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry +with such an \textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only, +not as author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of +references, e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear +in standard author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*} +command will, in such a case, produce the title rather than the year. +Some examples should make this clearer: + +%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip} + +Classical works: without abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation: +\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using +standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; +\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern +edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}: +\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}. + +Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an: +\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}. + +An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited: +\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example +use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.) + +\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations} +\label{sec:comments} + +If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, +it will need to be separated by a semicolon +\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote}, +then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that +field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}. +Without a \textsf{postnote}, you now have two choices. You can enable +the new \texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply +to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:\ parma\}} +\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you +can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry +containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field, +\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} +\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main +text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g., +\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}. + +\subsubsection*{Multiple authors} +\label{sec:multiple} + +The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are +\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and +\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references +(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In +practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors, +will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate +to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast +majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the +Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference + list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also + be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are + different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations + must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}. +The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option +\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, +will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is +as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the +limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation. +Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a +work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be +(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but +inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are +exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might +look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\ +2002), which is what the specification requires. + +If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author +list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the +default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names +printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you +can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this: +\{\{Hlatky et al., Quality of life,\}\} and \{\{Hlatky et al., +Depressive symptoms,\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the +references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., Quality of life, 2002) +and (Hlatky et al., Depressive symptoms, 2002), as the spec +recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler way that I know of to +deal with this situation. + +\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries} +\label{sec:audiovisual} + +According to the \emph{Manual}, \enquote{Chicago recommends a more + comprehensive approach to dating audiovisual materials than in + previous editions.} This means, for instance, that, even when +consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is generally useful to give + information about the original source.} Also, \enquote{the date of + the original recording should be privileged in the citation} +\autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more book-like entries +are generally unaffected by these changes, so published +(\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are no problem +at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin}; \autocite{verdi:corsaro}; +\autocite{shapey:partita:15}. The dating of online materials has been +enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{horowitz:youtube}; +\autocite{pollan:plant}. The most significant changes, however, +appear in \textsf{Music} and \textsf{Video} entries, where every +effort should be made to find date(s) for sources: +\autocite{auden:reading}; \autocite{friends:leia}; +\autocite{handel:messiah}; \autocite{holiday:fool}; +\autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps require further information +in the entry or genuinely are better suited to presentation in running +text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}. The standard \textsf{biblatex} +tools for subdividing reference lists are all available if you want to +follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations on presenting this kind of +material separately from other sources. + +\subsection*{Further examples (mainly for testing purposes)} +\label{testing} + +Article: \autocite{assocpress:gun}; \autocite{brown:bremer}; +\autocite{chu:panda}; \autocite{conley:fifthgrade}; +\autocite{connell:chronic}; \autocite{ellis:blog}; +\autocite{friedman:learning}; \autocite{garaud:gatine}; +\autocite{garrett:15}; \autocite{gibbard:15}; \autocite{kern}; +\autocite{kimluu:diethyl:15}; \autocite{lewis:15}; +\autocite{loften:hamlet}; \autocite{loomis:structure:15}; +\autocite{morgenson:market}; \autocite{osborne:poison:15}; +\autocite{reaves:rosen}; \autocite{rozner:liberation}; +\autocite{schneider:mittelpleistozaene}; \autocite{sewall:letter}; +\autocite{stenger:privacy}; \autocite{terborgh:preservation}; +\autocite{wall:radio}; \autocite{warr:ellison}; +\autocite{white:callimachus}. + +Artwork: \autocite{leo:madonna}. + +Audio: \autocite{greek:filmstrip}; \autocite{weed:flatiron}. + +Book: \autocite{barrows:reading}; \autocite{churchill:letters}; +\autocite{cohen:schiff}; \autocite{cotton:manufacture}; +\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}; \autocite{creasey:morton:hide}; +\autocite{creasey:york:death}; \autocite{davenport:attention}; +\autocite{feydeau:farces}; \autocite{furet:passing:eng}; +\autocite{furet:passing:fr}; \autocite{hopp:attalid}; +\autocite{howell:marriage}; \autocite{lach:asia}; +\autocite{lecarre:quest}; \autocite{levistrauss:savage}; +\autocite{lynch:webstyle}; \autocite{maisonneuve:relations}; +\autocite{mchugh:wake:15}; \autocite{menchu:crossing}; +\autocite{meredith:letters}; \autocite{michelangelo:poems}; +\autocite{mla:style}; \autocite{natrecoff:camera}; +\autocite{palmatary:pottery}; \autocite{pelikan:christian}; +\autocite{rodman:walk}; \autocite{schellinger:novel}; +\autocite{sechzer:women}; \autocite{sereny:cries}; +\autocite{soltes:georgia}; \autocite{stendhal:parma}; +\autocite{suangtho:tectona}; \autocite{thompson:making}; +\autocite{tillich:system}; \autocite{times:guide}; +\autocite{turabian:manual}; \autocite{walker:columbia}; +\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}; \autocite{weber:saugetiere}; +\autocite{weresz}; \autocite{white:total}; +\autocite{wright:evolution}; \autocite{wright:theory}. + +BookInBook: \autocite{bernhard:boris}; \autocite{bernhard:ritter}. + +Collection: \autocite{brush:ornithology}; +\autocite{harley:cartography}; \autocite{harley:ancient:cart}; +\autocite{kamrany:economic}; \autocite{prairie:state}; +\autocite{zukowsky:chicago}. + +Image: \autocite{bedford:photo}. + +InBook: \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; \autocite{phibbs:diary}; +\autocite{will:cohere}. + +InCollection: \autocite{centinel:letters}; \autocite{ellet:galena}; +\autocite{keating:dearborn}; \autocite{lippincott:chicago}; +\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}; \autocite{wiens:avian}. + +InProceedings: \autocite{frede:inproc}. + +InReference: \autocite[absolute]{oed:cdrom}. + +Manual: \autocite{dyna:browser}. + +Misc: \autocite{roosevelt:speech:trad}. + +Music: \autocite{floyd:atom}; \autocite{mozart:figaro}; +\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}. + +Online: \autocite{harwood:biden}; \autocite{powell:email}. + +Patent: \autocite{petroff:impurity}. + +Periodical: \autocite{good:wholeissue}; \autocite{whittington:water}. + +Report: \autocite{herwign:office}. + +Review: \autocite{ac:comment:trad}; \autocite{bundy:macneil}; +\autocite{Clemens:letter}; \autocite{kozinn:review}; +\autocite{ratliff:review:15}; \autocite{wallraff:word}. + +SuppBook: \autocite{friedman:intro}; \autocite{polakow:afterw}; +\autocite{prose:intro}. + +Thesis: \autocite{murphy:silent:15}. + +Unpublished: \autocite{nass:address}. + +Video: \autocite{cleese:holygrail}; \autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}. + + +% \printshorthands % No longer necessary in author-date. +% \nocite{*} +\printbibliography[notkeyword=nosample,title=References] + +\end{document} +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a7df2634a --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +\ProvidesPackage{cmsdocs} + +\RequirePackage{refcount} +\RequirePackage{listings} +\RequirePackage[svgnames]{xcolor} +\RequirePackage{hyperref} + +%%% This file contains kludges and hacks to enable the bespoke +%%% cross-referencing system found in cms-notes-intro.pdf and +%%% cms-dates-intro.pdf. It contains code adapted from several +%%% sources, especially from Ulrich Dirr's hyperendnotes.sty, found on +%%% comp.text.tex. Please don't load it unless you really mean to, as +%%% it messes with the standard biblatex-chicago macros. + +%%% These counters are for the slightly more informative endnote marks +%%% used in the notes intro. + +\newcounter{Article}\setcounter{Article}{1} +\newcounter{Artwork}\setcounter{Artwork}{2} +\newcounter{Audio}\setcounter{Audio}{3} +\newcounter{Book}\setcounter{Book}{4} +\newcounter{BookInBook}\setcounter{BookInBook}{5} +\newcounter{Booklet}\setcounter{Booklet}{6} +\newcounter{Collection}\setcounter{Collection}{7} +\newcounter{CustomC}\setcounter{CustomC}{8} +\newcounter{Image}\setcounter{Image}{9} +\newcounter{InBook}\setcounter{InBook}{10} +\newcounter{InCollection}\setcounter{InCollection}{11} +\newcounter{InProceedings}\setcounter{InProceedings}{12} +\newcounter{InReference}\setcounter{InReference}{13} +\newcounter{Letter}\setcounter{Letter}{14} +\newcounter{Manual}\setcounter{Manual}{15} +\newcounter{MastersThesis}\setcounter{MastersThesis}{16} +\newcounter{Misc}\setcounter{Misc}{17} +\newcounter{Music}\setcounter{Music}{18} +\newcounter{MVBook}\setcounter{MVBook}{19} +\newcounter{MVCollection}\setcounter{MVCollection}{20} +\newcounter{MVProceedings}\setcounter{MVProceedings}{21} +\newcounter{MVReference}\setcounter{MVReference}{22} +\newcounter{Online}\setcounter{Online}{23} +\newcounter{Patent}\setcounter{Patent}{24} +\newcounter{Periodical}\setcounter{Periodical}{25} +\newcounter{Proceedings}\setcounter{Proceedings}{26} +\newcounter{Reference}\setcounter{Reference}{27} +\newcounter{Report}\setcounter{Report}{28} +\newcounter{Review}\setcounter{Review}{29} +\newcounter{SuppBook}\setcounter{SuppBook}{30} +\newcounter{SuppCollection}\setcounter{SuppCollection}{31} +\newcounter{SuppPeriodical}\setcounter{SuppPeriodical}{32} +\newcounter{TechReport}\setcounter{TechReport}{33} +\newcounter{Thesis}\setcounter{Thesis}{34} +\newcounter{Unpublished}\setcounter{Unpublished}{35} +\newcounter{Video}\setcounter{Video}{36} + +%%% Here starts the adaptation of hyperendnotes.sty + +\newif\ifenotelinks +\newcounter{Hendnote} +% Redefining portions of endnotes-package: +\let\savedhref\href +\let\savedurl\url +\def\endnotemark{% + \@ifnextchar[\@xendnotemark{% + \stepcounter{endnote}% + \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \@endnotemark + }% +}% +\def\@xendnotemark[#1]{% + \begingroup\c@endnote#1\relax + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \endgroup + \@endnotemark +}% +\def\endnotetext{% + \@ifnextchar[\@xendnotenext{% + \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \@endnotetext + }% +}% +\def\@xendnotenext[#1]{% + \begingroup + \c@endnote=#1\relax + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \endgroup + \@endnotetext +}% +\def\endnote{% + \@ifnextchar[\@xendnote{% + \stepcounter{endnote}% + \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \@endnotemark\@endnotetext + }% +}% +\def\@xendnote[#1]{% + \begingroup + \c@endnote=#1\relax + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}% + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}% + \show\@theenvalue + \endgroup + \@endnotemark\@endnotetext +}% +\def\@endnotemark{% + \leavevmode + \ifhmode + \edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\nobreak + \fi + \ifenotelinks + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi + {% + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \hyper@@anchor{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}{\empty}% + }% + }% + \hyper@linkstart{link}{Hendnote.\@theenvalue}% + \makeenmark + \hyper@linkend + \ifhmode + \spacefactor\@x@sf + \fi + \relax +}% +\long\def\@endnotetext#1{% + \if@enotesopen + \else + \@openenotes + \fi + \immediate\write\@enotes{% + \@doanenote{\@theenmark}{\@theenvalue}% + }% + \begingroup + \def\next{#1}% + \newlinechar='40 + \immediate\write\@enotes{\meaning\next}% + \endgroup + \immediate\write\@enotes{% + \@endanenote + }% +}% +\def\theendnotes{% + \immediate\closeout\@enotes + \global\@enotesopenfalse + \begingroup + \makeatletter + \edef\@tempa{`\string>}% + \ifnum\catcode\@tempa=12 + \let\@ResetGT\relax + \else + \edef\@ResetGT{\noexpand\catcode\@tempa=\the\catcode\@tempa}% + \@makeother\>% + \fi + \def\@doanenote##1##2##3>{% + \def\@theenmark{##1}% + \def\@theenvalue{##2}% + \par +% \smallskip %<-small vertical gap between endnotes + \begingroup + \def\href{\expandafter\savedhref}% + \def\url{\expandafter\savedurl}% + \@ResetGT + \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark}% + \enoteformat + }% + \def\@endanenote{% + \par\endgroup + }% + % Redefine, how numbers are formatted in the endnotes-section: + \renewcommand*\@makeenmark{% + \hbox{\normalfont\@theenmark~}% + }% + % header of endnotes-section + \enoteheading + % font-size of endnotes + \enotesize + \input{\jobname.ent}% + \endgroup +}% +\def\enoteformat{% + \renewcommand{\makeenmark}% + {\color{DarkBlue}{\textsf{\theenmark:\,\,}}}% + \rightskip\z@ + \leftskip\z@ + \parindent=2.3em + \leavevmode\llap{% + \setcounter{Hendnote}{\@theenvalue}% + \addtocounter{Hendnote}{-1}% + \refstepcounter{Hendnote}% + \ifenotelinks + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi + {\@firstofone}% + {\hyperlink{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}}% + {\makeenmark}% + }% +}% +% stop redefining portions of endnotes-package: + +% Toggle switch in order to turn on/off back-links in the +% endnote-section: +\enotelinkstrue +% \enotelinksfalse + +%%% Here we substitute entry types for the usual numbers for endnote +%%% marks. + +\def\cmssymbol#1{\expandafter\@cmssymbol\csname c@#1\endcsname} + +\def\@cmssymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or Article\or Artwork\or Audio\or Book\or + BookInBook\or Booklet\or Collection\or CustomC\or Image\or InBook\or + InCollection\or InProceedings\or InReference\or Letter\or Manual\or + MastersThesis\or Misc\or Music\or MVBook\or MVCollection\or + MVProceedings\or MVReference\or Online\or Patent\or Periodical\or + Proceedings\or Reference\or Report\or Review\or SuppBook\or + SuppCollection\or SuppPeriodical\or TechReport\or Thesis\or + Unpublished\or Video\else\@ctrerr\fi} + +\renewcommand{\theendnote}{\cmssymbol{endnote}} + +%%% Now we define parameters and a command for the lstlisting +%%% environments, which print the .bib entries at the end of the .pdf. + +\lstset{% + basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily, + breaklines=true, + breakatwhitespace=true, + breakautoindent=false, + breakindent=40pt, + escapechar=*, + keywordstyle=\color{DarkBlue}, + columns=fullflexible, +}% + +\lstdefinelanguage{BibTeX} +{keywords={% + @string% + }, + comment=[l][\itshape]{@comment}, + sensitive=false, +}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\lnbackref}[2]{% + \hyperlink{Hendnote.#2\the\value{#1}}{\color{DarkBlue}@#1}} + +\newrobustcmd*{\adlnbackref}[2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\adlnbackref@i{#1}{#2}}% + {\adlnbackref@i{#1}{#2}[{#2}]}}% + +\def\adlnbackref@i#1#2[#3]{% + \hyperlink{cite.0@#3}{\color{DarkBlue}@#1}\{#2}% + +%%% Here we renew some macros from chicago-notes.cbx, and add some +%%% field formats to make navigating the intro easier. + +\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{% + \ifnumequal{\the\value{refsection}}{8}% + {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing} + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{loc:leaders}% + {\printtext{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing} + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing} + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{cite:short}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% Simplify .bib creation + {\ifuseauthor% + {\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}\isdot\newcunit}% + {}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printlist{organization}\isdot\newcunit}% + {}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}% + \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?% + \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}% + {\printnames{labelname}%\usebibmacro{choose+labelname}% + \isdot\classicpunct}}}% + \ifboolexpr{(% + test {\ifbibliography}% + or + test {\ifnumgreater{\the\value{refsection}}{3}}% + ) + and + not test {\ifnumequal{\the\value{refsection}}{8}}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}? + + +\renewbibmacro*{cite:journal}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{prenote}% + {\bibsentence\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}}% + {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}% + \bibrightbracket\newcunit}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?% + \bibrightbracket\newcunit}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \isdot\newcunit}}% + \iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{% + \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{% + \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}% + \iffieldundef{volume}% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\iffieldundef{issue} + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield[journum]{number}}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{cmsbiblink}{% + \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{\abx@field@entrykey}{anchor}{}}{#1}} + +\def\cmsdocref@entry{% + \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}% + {\printfield{entrykey}}% + {\printfield{clonesourcekey}}} + +\def\cmsdoc@entrykey{% + \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}% + {\abx@field@entrykey}% + {\abx@field@clonesourcekey}} + +\newcommand*{\cmslink}[1]{% + \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{#1}{anchor}{}}% + {\texttt{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep% + \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{\cmsdoc@entrykey}{anchor}{}}% + {\small{\textbf{[\cmsdocref@entry]\addspace}}}\small#1} + +%%% These commands provide the hyperlinks to the external docs in +%%% biblatex-chicago.pdf. + +\newrobustcmd*{\cmssecref}[2][]{\marginpar{\href{\@baseurl% + \getrefbykeydefault{#2}{anchor}{}}{\small §\,\getrefnumber{#2}}% + \ifblank{#1}{}{\scriptsize,\, s.v.\\[1pt]\enquote{#1}}}} +\newrobustcmd*{\cmspagref}[1]{\marginpar{\href{\@baseurl% + page.\getpagerefnumber{#1}}{p.~\getpagerefnumber{#1}}}} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..296de365a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib @@ -0,0 +1,3794 @@ +%@String{cup = {Cambridge Univ.\ Press}}% 15th edition +%@String{oup = {Oxford Univ.\ Press}} +%@String{uchp = {Univ.\ of Chicago Press}} +%@String{hup = {Harvard Univ.\ Press}} +%@String{pup = {Princeton Univ.\ Press}} +%@String{ucp = {Univ.\ of California Press}} +%@String{sup = {Stanford Univ.\ Press}} +%@String{uncp = {Univ.\ of North Carolina Press}} + +@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}}% 16th edition +@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}} +@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}} +@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}} +@String{pup = {Princeton University Press}} +@String{ucp = {University of California Press}} +@String{sup = {Stanford University Press}} +@String{uncp = {University of North Carolina Press}} + +@Review{Clemens:letter, + journaltitle = {Wall Street Journal}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + author = {Clemens, David}, + date = {2000-04-21}, + title = {letter to the editor}, + annotation = {A typical letter to an editor, using a Review entry + by necessity in the 16th edition, though you can use + an Article entry in the 15th edition, where either + will work. Note the use of the lower-case initial + letter in the title, which isn't strictly necessary + in author-date, though it works fine.} +} + +@CustomC{abbrev:BSI, + author = {BSI}, + title = {British Standards Institute}, + annotation = {A CustomC entry presenting the expansion of a + shorthand from another entry (bsi:abbreviation). It + allows the presentation of that expansion in the + correct, alphabetized place in the list of + references. 15th Edition Only.} +} + +@CustomC{abbrev:ISO, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + author = {ISO}, + title = {International Organization for Standardization}, + annotation = {A CustomC entry presenting the expansion of a + shorthand from another entry (iso:electrodoc). It + allows the presentation of that expansion in the + correct, alphabetized place in the list of + references. The entrysubtype allows you to print + the expansion elsewhere, e.g., in a footnote. 15th + edition only.} +} + +@Review{ac:comment, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + author = {AC}, + eventdate = {2008-07-01}, + nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)}, + crossref = {ellis:blog}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html}, + title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}}, + annotation = {The 16th edition suggests a format such as this for + presenting comments on blogs or other online + material. With only a generic title, it takes a + Review entry instead of an Article one, and the + crossref field points to the blog to which the + comment is attached. The eventdate gives the date + of the comment, and if additional temporal + specificity is required then you can use the + nameaddon field to give a timestamp, inside + parentheses.} +} + +@Review{ac:comment:trad, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + author = {AC}, + eventdate = {2008-07-01}, + nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)}, + crossref = {ellis:blog}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html}, + title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, Squatters' rights}, + annotation = {authordate-trad only. The 16th edition suggests a + format such as this for presenting comments on blogs + or other online material. Note the sentence-style + capitalization in the title field, and the crossref + field which points to the blog to which the comment + is attached. The eventdate gives the date of the + comment, and if additional temporal specificity is + required then you can use the nameaddon field to + give a timestamp, inside parentheses.} +} + +@Book{adorno:benj, + title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940}, + publisher = hup, + year = 1999, + author = {Adorno, Theodor W. and Benjamin, Walter}, + editor = {Lonitz, Henri}, + translator = {Nicholas Walker}, + location = {Cambridge, MA}, + annotation = {A published collection of letters, in a + \textsf{Book} entry rather than \textsf{Letter}. + Citations of it could provide details of the + individual letter in the running text, and/or just + cite by page number.} +} + +@Book{anon:stanze, + title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta}, + date = 1547, + address = {Florence}, + shorttitle = {Stanze}, + annotation = {The standard way to present this work, allowing it + to be alphabetized by \textsf{title}, and providing + a \textsf{shorttitle} for in-text citations.} +} + +@Book{anon:stanze:15, + title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta}, + date = 1547, + author = {Anon\adddot}, + address = {Florence}, + annotation = {One 15th edition only solution for an anonymous + work in an author-date reference list. All such + works will be grouped together in the list.} +} + +@Book{aristotle:metaphy:gr, + shorttitle = {Metaph\adddot}, + title = {Metaphysics}, + options = {skipbib}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + origdate = 1924, + date = 1997, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + publisher = {Oxford Univ.\ Press and Sandpiper Books}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + volumes = 2, + location = {Oxford}, + annotation = {A work from classical antiquity, presented in a + \textsf{Book} entry with \texttt{classical} + \textsf{entrysubtype}, hence in-text citations will + be author-title rather than author-date. This + assumes you are using the traditional, fixed + divisions of the text, in this case those of + Bekker's edition, instead of page references to this + particular edition. In the latter case, you + wouldn't need the \textsf{entrysubtype}. Putting + \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field means + it won't be printed separately in the reference + list, because it will be appended to the entry for + the English translation, given below. This volume + is a reprint edition, identified as such in the + \textsf{pubstate} field. The absence of any + \texttt{cmsdate} instruction in the \textsf{options} + field means that the reprint information is + presented as you see it here. The + \textsf{shorttitle} provides the + officially-sanctioned abbreviation for this work in + citations, should you want to use such + abbreviations.} +} + +@Book{aristotle:metaphy:trans, + title = {Metaphysica}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1928, + volume = 8, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + nameb = {Ross, W.~D.}, + origlanguage = {greek}, + userf = {aristotle:metaphy:gr}, + maintitle = {The Works of {Aristotle}, Translated into {English}}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + edition = 2, + location = {Oxford}, + annotation = {The translation of the previous entry, in this case + also using \textsf{Book} with \texttt{classical} + \textsf{entrysubtype}, as citations will be by the + pages of Bekker's edition. The \textsf{userf} field + contains the entry key for the Greek original, which + means the entry in the list of references will + contain the translation followed by the Greek text. + The \textsf{origlanguage} field means that the + connecting text between the two books in the list of + references will read \enquote{Greek edition:} + instead of \enquote{Originally published as.} Note + also \textsf{nameb}, the translator of this + particular volume of the \textsf{maintitle}, as + distinct from the \textsf{editor} of the whole + series, even though in this case they happen to be + the same person.} +} + +@InBook{ashbrook:brain, + author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch}, + title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful {God}}, + booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain}, + publisher = {Pilgrim Press}, + year = 1997, + chapter = 7, + location = {Cleveland, OH}, + annotation = {A typical \textsf{InBook} entry, identified by + \textsf{title} and also, in this case, by + \textsf{chapter} number rather than page range.} +} + +@CustomC{ashe:creasey, + author = {Ashe, Gordon}, + title = {Creasey, John}, + annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from + the pseudonym in the author field to the real name + in the title field, allowing your readers to find + the cited work under the author's real name. The + entry for that work, creasey:ashe:blast, contains a + userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring + that this cross-reference will be printed if the + main entry itself is cited.} +} + +@Article{assocpress:gun, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-06-12}, + author = {{Associated Press}}, + title = {Westchester Approves Measure on Gun Safety}, + annotation = {A fairly typical Article entry from a newspaper, + with the keyword "magazine" as entrysubtype, and + with a corporate author inside an extra set of curly + braces.} +} + +@Music{auden:reading, + title = {Selected Poems}, + author = {Auden, W. H.}, + date = {1991}, + number = 7137, + series = {Spoken Arts}, + type = {audiocassette}, + note = {read by the author}, + annotation = {A spoken-word recording, here presented as a + \textsf{Music} entry, though the \emph{CMS} + sometimes uses a more book-like presentation for + such material, using an \textsf{Audio} entry, as + with \texttt{twain:audio} in + \textsf{dates-test.bib}.} +} + +@Music{auden:reading:15, + title = {Poems}, + author = {Auden, W. H.}, + number = 7137, + series = {Spoken Arts}, + type = {compact disc}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + note = {read by the author}, + annotation = {An audiobook, lacking traditional publishing + information, presented in a Music entry, with which + cp. twain:audio, an Audio entry. Here, the type + field contains the medium, while the series and + number field contain the label information for the + CD, as is standard in Music entries. The + entrysubtype may help with in-text citations of a + source like this in the author-date style. 15th + edition only.} +} + +@Article{author:forthcoming, + author = {Author, Margaret~M.}, + title = {Article Title}, + journaltitle = {Journal Name}, + pubstate = {forthcoming}, + volume = 98, + annotation = {An example of how to deal with a forthcoming + \textsf{Article} by placing the string + \texttt{forthcoming} into the \textsf{pubstate} + field. Cf.\ the alternate way of doing this in + \cmslink{contrib:contrib}.} +} + +@Book{babb:peru, + title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot}, + subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in {Peru}}, + year = 1989, + author = {Babb, Florence}, + publisher = {University of Texas Press}, + edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}}, + location = {Austin}, + annotation = {A revised edition, with the \cmd{bibstring} + \texttt{revisededition} in the \textsf{edition} + field.} +} + +@Review{barcott:review, + journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review}, + author = {Barcott, Bruce}, + date = {2000-04-16}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The + Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin}, + pages = 7, + annote = {A \textsf{Review} entry presenting a review from a + newspaper, with keyword \texttt{magazine} in + \textsf{entrysubtype}, and with the \cmd{bibstring} + \texttt{reviewof} in the \textsf{title} field. You + could just write \enquote{review of} instead, but + the \cmd{bibstring} makes the entry portable across + languages. Note the formatting of the reviewed + book's title using \cmd{mkbibemph}, and the + headline-style capitalization you have to provide by + hand inside that formatting, which makes this entry + incorrect for the \texttt{trad} style.} +} + +@Article{barcott:review:15, + journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review}, + author = {Barcott, Bruce}, + date = {2000-04-16}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The last marlin: The + story of a family at sea}, \bibstring{by} {Fred Waitzkin}}, + pages = 7, + annotation = {Because of the absence of quotation marks around the + \textsf{title} in the \texttt{trad} style, the + \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entry types are + more or less interchangeable. This entry presents a + review from a newspaper, with keyword + \texttt{magazine} in \textsf{entrysubtype}, and with + \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} in the \textsf{title} + field. You could just write \enquote{review of} + instead, but the \cmd{bibstring} makes the entry + portable across languages. Note the formatting of + the reviewed book's title using \cmd{mkbibemph}, and + the sentence-style capitalization you have to + provide by hand for the \texttt{trad} style, because + the curly braces of \cmd{mkbibemph} protect the text + from the automatic sentence-style capitalization + provided by the package. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} + never modifies the capitalization of the + \textsf{journaltitle}, so that field should always + work properly across styles.} +} + +@Book{barrows:reading, + title = {Reading the Short Story}, + date = 1959, + volume = 1, + author = {Barrows, Herbert}, + editor = {Ray, {Gordon~N.}}, + publisher = {Houghton Mifflin}, + maintitle = {An Introduction to Literature}, + address = {Boston}, + annotation = {An entry citing one volume of a multi-volume work. + The editor refers to the whole series.}} + +@Article{batson, + author = {Batson, C.~Daniel}, + title = {How Social Is the Animal?}, + subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring}, + journaltitle = {American Psychologist}, + volume = 45, + date = {1990-03}, + pages = {336--346}, + annotation = {A very typical \textsf{Article} entry, but notice + that you no longer need to include the + \textsf{subtitle} in the \textsf{title} field when + the latter ends in a question mark, as the styles + now do the right thing automatically.} +} + +@Article{beattie:crime, + author = {Beattie, J.~M.}, + title = {The Pattern of Crime in {England}, 1660--1800}, + journaltitle = {Past and Present}, + year = 1974, + number = 62, + pages = {47--95}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Article} entry with a \textsf{number} + instead of a \textsf{volume}.} +} + +@Image{bedford:photo, + author = {Bedford, Francis}, + title = {Stratford on {Avon} Church from the {Avon}}, + type = {albumen print of collodion negative}, + note = {18.8 x 28.0 cm\adddot}, + year = {1860s}, + institution = {International Museum of Photography at George + Eastman House}, + location = {Rochester}, + annotation = {A typical Image entry, for presenting a photograph. + Note the type field, and the fact that it begins + with a lowercase letter, allowing biblatex to + capitalize it contextually if needed, though this is + less important in the author-date style. In the + 16th edition, Image is an alias for Artwork, as + photographs are now treated just the same as works + in other media, but you still need the Image entry + type for the 15th edition.} +} + +@Music{beethoven:sonata29, + title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29 + \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}}, + author = {Beethoven}, + editor = {Peter Serkin}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CDD 270}, + series = {Proarte Digital}, + annotation = {A musical recording exhibiting several of the + peculiarities common to the audiovisual entry types. + Here, the composer goes in the \textsf{author} + field, while the performer goes into the + \textsf{editor} field. The \textsf{editortype} + \texttt{none} prevents any identifying string being + used for the performer, as none is needed. As in + most \textsf{Music} entries, the \textsf{series} and + \textsf{number} give label identifying information. + In the absence of any sort of date whatsoever, the + style provides the string \enquote{n.d\adddot} for + citations, a situation generally frowned upon by the + \emph{CMS}.} +} + +@BookInBook{bernhard:boris, + author = {Bernhard, Thomas}, + title = {A Party for {Boris}}, + crossref = {bernhard:themacher}, + sorttitle = {Party}, + year = 1990, + annotation = {A BookInBook entry, presenting part of a book that + could in other contexts be a book in its own right. + The title here will therefore be italicized. This + example shows the new abbreviated references + available in this entry type when a crossref or xref + is used, assuming the booklongxref option is set + properly - which it isn't by default - either in the + preamble or in the options field. Such treatment, I + note, isn't explicitly condoned by the Chicago + specification. See the next entry.} +} + +@BookInBook{bernhard:ritter, + title = {{Ritter, Dene, Voss}}, + date = 1990, + author = {Bernhard, Thomas}, + crossref = {bernhard:themacher}, + annotation = {This entry presents a second play by the same author + contained in the same volume as the previous entry. + With the crossref field present and the booklongxref + set properly - which it isn't by default - you'll + get abbreviated references to both in the list of + references.} +} + +@Book{bernhard:themacher, + title = {Histrionics}, + translator = {Jansen, Peter~K. and Northcott, Kenneth}, + subtitle = {Three Plays}, + date = 1990, + author = {Bernhard, Thomas}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {This entry provides the booktitle for the previous + two. It will be printed in the list of references, + and the entries there for its two children - + bernhard:boris and bernhard:ritter - will be + abbreviated references to it, assuming the + booklongxref option is set properly, which it isn't + by default. Biber automatically converts the title + of the Book to the booktitle of the BookInBook.} +} + +@Music{bernstein:shostakovich, + title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5}, + author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri}, + editor = {Bernstein, Leonard}, + editortype = {conductor}, + editora = {{New York Philharmonic}}, + editoratype = {none}, + number = {IM 35854}, + series = {CBS}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + annotation = {This is a rather abbreviated \textsf{Music} entry, + lacking a \textsf{date} and a \textsf{type}. It + does, however, show the method for emphasizing the + conductor instead of the composer (the + \textsf{options} field), and also for identifying + the conductor in the \textsf{editortype} field. + Here, the performing orchestra goes in the + \textsf{editora} field, and the \textsf{editoratype} + \texttt{none} prevents any string attaching to the + orchestra, as one isn't needed. The usual + \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} give the label + information. The \emph{CMS} strongly encourages you + to find a date for such an entry -- online resources + should be able to help.} +} + +@Book{boxer:china, + title = {South {China} in the Sixteenth Century}, + year = 1953, + editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.}, + number = {2nd ser., 106}, + series = {Hakluyt Society Publications}, + location = {London}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{series} and a + \textsf{number}. In all book-like entries (as + opposed to \textsf{Article}, \textsf{Periodical}, + and \textsf{Review} entries, for example) the + \textsf{series} field will be a name, as here, while + the \textsf{number} field may contain such + information as \enquote{2nd ser.} or + \enquote{vol. 3,} or just a plain number. Putting + \enquote{2nd ser.} in the \textsf{number} field may + seem counter-intuitive, but it's necessary for + getting the punctuation to work out right.} +} + +@Article{brown:bremer, + title = {A {Swedish} Traveler in Early {Wisconsin}}, + subtitle = {The Observations of {Frederika Bremer}}, + titleaddon = {pts.\ 1 and 2}, + journaltitle = {Wisconsin Magazine of History}, + year = 1978, + issue = {Summer}, + volume = 61, + pages = {300--318\addsemicolon\space 62 (Autumn): + 41\bibrangedash 56}, + editor = {Brown, George~C.}, + annotation = {An unusual Article entry, combining into one + reference a two-part article using both the + titleaddon field and the pages field. This is a + kludge, and at some point I hope to implement a + better system. You could, also, simply refer to + each part separately. Note also the issue field, + with the name of a season, and the lowercase letter + starting the titleaddon field, which will + automatically capitalize the data depending on the + context within an entry.} +} + +@Book{browning:aurora, + title = {{Aurora Leigh}}, + subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts, + Criticism}, + year = 1996, + author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett}, + editor = {Reynolds, Margaret}, + publisher = {Norton}, + series = {Norton Critical Editions}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{series} field, + but no \textsf{number}.} +} + +@Collection{brush:ornithology, + date = 1983, + title = {Perspectives in Ornithology}, + booktitle = {Perspectives in Ornithology}, + editor = {Brush, A.~H. and Clark, Jr., G.~A.}, + publisher = cup, + address = {Cambridge}, + annotation = {A collection, cited along with one of its component + essays. The latter, wiens:avian, will be + abbreviated when printed in the reference list. + Note the provision of a booktitle for the use of + child references.}} + +@Manual{bsi:abbreviation, + title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and + Titles of Publications}, + date = 1985, + organization = {British Standards Institute}, + sortname = {BSI}, + address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK}, + shorthand = {BSI}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Manual} entry providing an author in the + \textsf{organization} field and a \textsf{shorthand} + field for in-text citations. By default, the + \textsf{shorthand} will be printed at the head of + the entry, followed by the expansion in parentheses. + The \textsf{sortname} field ensures that the entry + is correctly alphabetized by the first thing you see + in the entry, i.e., the \textsf{shorthand}.} +} + +@Manual{bsi:abbreviation:15, + title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and + Titles of Publications}, + date = 1985, + organization = {British Standards Institute}, + userc = {abbrev:BSI}, + sortkey = {British}, + address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK}, + shorthand = {BSI}, + annotation = {A Manual entry providing an organizational author + and a shorthand field for in-text citations. For + the 15th edition, the userc field points to a + CustomC entry which provides the expansion of the + shorthand inside the reference list, rather than in + a list of shorthands. Using the field in this way + ensures that the expansion will be printed if this + entry is cited.} +} + +@Review{bundy:macneil, + journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour}, + usera = {PBS}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1990-02-07}, + author = {Bundy, McGeorge}, + title = {interview by {Robert MacNeil}}, + annotation = {A television interview presented in a Review entry, + with "magazine" entrysubtype. In the 15th edition, + you could use an Article entry. Note that the + interviewee is presented as the author, and that the + broadcast network is given in the usera field. Note + also the use of a lowercase letter to start the + title, which would be necessary for automatic + contextual capitalization of a generic title in a + Review entry for the notes + bibliography style. + Here, though unnecessary, it does no harm.} +} + +@InCollection{centinel:letters, + author = {Centinel}, + nameaddon = {\bibstring{pseudonym}}, + titleaddon = {letters}, + booktitle = {The Complete {Anti-Federalist}}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1981, + editor = {Storing, Herbert J.}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A rare example of a generic, unformatted title in an + InCollection entry, it therefore has a titleaddon + field and no title field, though actually in + author-date it works just as well with a title. + Note use of lowercase initial letter in that + titleaddon field. "Centinel" is a pseudonym and the + actual author isn't known, so the bibstring + pseudonym is put in the nameaddon field.} +} + +@Book{chaucer:alt, + title = {Chaucer Life-Records}, + year = 1966, + editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.}, + namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith}, + publisher = oup, + note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone + and others}, + location = {London}, + annotation = {In the author-date system, unlike in a bibliography + or note, an entry will generally need some sort of + name to precede the \textsf{date}, so here the + \textsf{editors} provide that name. The compilers go + in \textsf{namec}, and other information in + \textsf{note}. Cf.\ this entry in + \textsf{notes-test.bib}.} +} + +@CustomC{chicago:comment, + title = {the most recent edition}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + options = {skipbib}, + annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a + comment inside another parenthetical citation.} +} + +@CustomC{chicago:comment:15, + title = {no longer the current edition}, + options = {skipbib}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a + comment inside another parenthetical citation.} +} + +@Book{chicago:manual, + title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style}, + year = 2010, + author = {{University of Chicago Press}}, + shortauthor = {\mkbibemph{CMS}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 16, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A manual presented in a \textsf{Book} entry. Note + the extra curly brackets around the corporate + \textsf{author}, which is printed twice, both as + \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher}. (I have + also provided an unorthodox \textsf{shortauthor} for + convenience in this package documentation.) Cf.\ + \cmslink{chicago:comment} for an example of how to + use a \textsf{CustomC} entry to provide a comment + inside a parenthesized citation.} +} + +@Book{chicago:manual:15, + title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style}, + year = 2003, + author = {{Univ. of Chicago Press}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 15, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A manual presented in a Book entry. Note curly + brackets around corporate author, which is printed + twice, both as author and publisher.} +} + +@Article{chu:panda, + author = {{Chu Ching} and Long Zhi}, + title = {The Vicissitudes of the Giant Panda, + \mkbibemph{Ailuropoda melanoleuca} {(David)}}, + journaltitle = {Acta Zoologica Sinica}, + date = 1983, + language = {Chinese}, + volume = 20, + number = 1, + pages = {191--200}, + annotation = {An article with a title translated for a readership + presumed unable to read the original Chinese. The + language field contains the name of the original + language, capitalized here because to this point + Chinese hasn't been included in the usual biblatex + bibstring mechanism. 17.177 (15th ed.) and 14.194 + (16th ed.) in the Manual present this entry with + what seems to me to be punctuation inconsistent with + their practice elsewhere, so the processed entries + in cms15-dates-sample.pdf and cms-dates-sample.pdf + don't match it.} +} + +@Book{churchill:letters, + title = {The {Churchill-Eisenhower} Correspondence, 1953--1955}, + date = 1990, + author = {Churchill, Winston and Eisenhower, Dwight~D.}, + editor = {Boyle, Peter~G.}, + publisher = uncp, + address = {Chapel Hill}, + annotation = {Ordinarily, when citing individual letters in the + author-date system, the reference will be to the + volume as a whole, which will look like this entry. + The Manual suggests that further identifying + information be given in the text itself.}} + +@Booklet{clark:mesopot, + title = {Mesopotamia}, + subtitle = {Between Two Rivers}, + author = {Hazel V. Clark}, + howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store}, + year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}}, + location = {Mesopotamia, OH}, + annotation = {A standard \textsf{Booklet} entry, though the same + information could be presented in a \textsf{Book} + entry, using \textsf{publisher} instead of + \textsf{howpublished}. Note the brackets around the + \textsf{year}, as this is obviously a best guess.} +} + +@Video{cleese:holygrail, + title = {Commentaries}, + date = 2001, + titleaddon = {disc 2}, + booktitle = {Monty {Python and the Holy Grail}}, + author = {Cleese, John and Gilliam, Terry and Idle, Eric and + Jones, Terry and Palin, Michael}, + editor = {Gilliam, Terry and Jones, Terry}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Columbia Tristar Home Entertainment}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Culver City, CA}, + edition = {special \bibstring{edition}}, + annotation = {This shows some typical features of a Video entry. + It focusses on some of the DVD extras, so the actors + providing the commentary appear in the author field. + The directors go in the editor field, as usual, with + the identifying string in editortype. The booktitle + provides the film title in this instance -- the + title in this case will appear in the main text font + rather than italicized, because of the presence of a + booktitle. The titleaddon tells where in the DVD + set the commentaries are to be found, and the type + field gives the medium. The date field contains the + date the DVD was released, and the original release + date (origdate) isn't needed here, according to the + Manual, because the entry cites the DVD extras + rather than the film itself.} +} + +@Book{cohen:schiff, + title = {{Jacob H. Schiff}}, + subtitle = {A Study in {American} Leadership}, + year = 1999, + author = {Cohen, Naomi~W.}, + publisher = {University Press of New England and Brandeis + University Press}, + location = {Hanover, NH}, + annotation = {A Book with two publishers.} +} + +@Article{conley:fifthgrade, + author = {Conley, Alice}, + title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in + Sports Activities}, + issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes + of Schooling}, + journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal}, + note = {special issue}, + year = 1999, + volume = 99, + editor = {Good, Thomas~L.}, + number = 5, + pages = {131--146}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Article} that is part of a special issue + of a journal. The \textsf{title} of the issue goes + in \textsf{issuetitle}, the editor of the issue in + \textsf{editor}, and the sort of issue in + \textsf{note}, with a lowercase initial letter. + Cf.\ \texttt{good:wholeissue} for how to refer to + the special issue as a whole, rather than to one + article in it, using a \textsf{Periodical} entry.} +} + +@Article{connell:chronic, + author = {Connell, A.~D. and Airey, D.~D.}, + title = {The Chronic Effects of Fluoride on the Estuarine + Amphipods \mkbibemph{Grandidierella lutosa} and + \mkbibemph{G. lignorum}}, + journaltitle = {Water Research}, + date = 1982, + volume = 16, + pages = {1313--1317}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Article} with italicized words in the + \textsf{title}.} +} + +@InCollection{contrib:contrib, + author = {Contributor, Anna}, + title = {Contribution}, + booktitle = {Edited Volume}, + publisher = {Publisher}, + year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming}, + editor = {Editor, Ellen}, + location = {Place}, + annotation = {A forthcoming essay in an \textsf{InCollection} + entry. Note the \cmd{autocap} command in the + \textsf{year} field. The + \cmslink{author:forthcoming} entry presents an + alternate way of providing the same information.} +} + +@Article{conway:evolution, + author = {Conway, M.~S.}, + title = {The Evolution of Diversity in Ancient Ecosystems}, + subtitle = {A Review}, + journaltitle = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society}, + date = 1998, + volume = {B 353}, + pages = {327--345}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Article} in a \textsf{journaltitle} which + appears in different series, here \enquote{B} for + Biological, which information can be given in the + \textsf{volume} field.} +} + +@Book{cook:sotweed, + title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass}, + year = 1730, + author = {Cook, Ebenezer}, + authortype = {anon?}, + note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}}, + location = {Annapolis}, + annotation = {A complicated \textsf{Book} entry. First, the + \textsf{author} is unknown, but guessed at, hence + the \texttt{anon?} in the \textsf{authortype} field. + The \textsf{note} field gives the author as printed + in the book, presented inside quotation marks. If + you remember to use \cmd{mkbibquote} here, then + appropriate punctuation will automatically be + provided.} +} + +@Online{coolidge:speech, + author = {Coolidge, Calvin}, + title = {Equal Rights}, + note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc}, + options = {ptitleaddon=space}, + titleaddon = {(speech)}, + related = {loc:leaders}, + year = {[1920?]}, + relatedstring = {from}, + annotation = {This is a recording from an online archive, using an + \textsf{Online} entry. The \textsf{related} field + cites the archive itself using an \textsf{Online} + entry, and the \textsf{relatedstring} links the two + references. The \textsf{options} field replaces the + period with a space before the parenthesized + \textsf{titleaddon}. Cp.\ \texttt{weed:flatiron} + and \texttt{loc:city}, which cite a film from an + online archive, both using a \textsf{Video} entry. + Note that if you use the \textsf{Online} type for + this, instead of \textsf{Misc} with an + \textsf{entrysubtype}, it will work just as well in + the \textsf{authordate-trad} style.} +} + +@Misc{coolidge:speech:trad, + author = {Coolidge, Calvin}, + title = {Equal rights (speech)}, + entrysubtype = {speech}, + note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc}, + addendum = {from \fullcite{loc:leaders}}, + year = {[1920?]}, + annotation = {This is a recording from an online archive, using a + Misc entry with an entrysubtype, and intended for + authordate-trad only. The addendum cites the + archive itself using an Online entry. + Cp. weed:flatiron and loc:city, which cite a film + from an online archive, both using a Video entry.}} + +@Book{cotton:manufacture, + title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present + Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with + Suggestions for Its Improvement}, + year = 1869, + author = {{Cotton Manufacturer}}, + shortauthor = {{Cotton Manufac\adddot}}, + publisher = {Bury, UK}, + annotation = {A Book with a corporate author. You can, for the + 16th edition, eliminate the indefinite article at + the start of the author's name, which also allows + you to eliminate the sortkey field. The shortauthor + field may help shorten the in-text citation.} +} + +@Book{creasey:ashe:blast, + title = {A Blast of Trumpets}, + year = 1976, + userc = {ashe:creasey}, + author = {Creasey, John}, + nameaddon = {Gordon Ashe, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + publisher = {Holt, Rinehart \& Winston}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {The first of 3 Books written by the same author + under three different pseudonyms. You have + considerable latitude in how to present these, but + the method chosen here allows all three to be + grouped together in the bibliography. Note the + pseudonym in nameaddon, identified with the + bibstring pseudonym. Also note ampersand in + publisher, which prevents the two parts of the + publisher's name from being taken as two different + publishers. The 16th edition makes it a requirement + in such entries that you also include a cross + reference from the different pseudonyms back to the + author's name, something accomplished using a + CustomC entry and the userc field which + automatically makes sure the cross-reference + prints.} +} + +@Book{creasey:morton:hide, + title = {Hide the Baron}, + year = 1978, + author = {Creasey, John}, + userc = {morton:creasey}, + nameaddon = {Anthony Morton, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + publisher = {Walker}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {Second of three Book entries by same author under + different pseudonyms.} +} + +@Book{creasey:york:death, + title = {Death to My Killer}, + year = 1966, + author = {Creasey, John}, + userc = {york:creasey}, + nameaddon = {Jeremy York, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + publisher = {Macmillan}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {Third of three Book entries by same author under + different pseudonyms.} +} + +@Misc{creel:house, + author = {Creel, George}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {George Creel to Colonel House}, + note = {Edward~M. House Papers}, + origdate = {1918-09-25}, + organization = {Yale University Library}, + annotation = {An unpublished letter from an archive, presented in + a \textsf{Misc} entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. + The \texttt{cmsdate} option is no longer needed in + such an entry. The manuscript collection is found + in the \textsf{note} and \textsf{organization} + fields -- depending on the entry, you can use + \textsf{note}, \textsf{organization}, + \textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in + ascending order of generality, though you should + consistently put the most specific collection name + in the \textsf{note} field. If you are citing + several items from the same collection, then the + \emph{CMS}, 15.49, suggests not having individual + entries but only one for the collection + (\cmslink{house:papers}), with more specific + information forming part of the flow of the text. + If, however, you cite only one item from a + collection, then you can use an entry like this one. + Cf.\ \cmslink{dinkel:agassiz}, + \cmslink{spock:interview}.} +} + +@Book{davenport:attention, + title = {The Attention Economy}, + subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business}, + year = 2001, + author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.}, + publisher = {Harvard Business School Press}, + addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book}, + location = {Cambridge, MA}, + annotation = {An example of the use of an \textsf{addendum} in a + \textsf{Book} entry, in this case to identify that + the work is an e-book.} +} + +@Misc{dinkel:agassiz, + author = {Dinkel, Joseph}, + title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request + of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}}, + entrysubtype = {yes}, + note = {Agassiz Papers}, + location = {Harvard University}, + organization = {Houghton Library}, + annotation = {A manuscript presented in a \textsf{Misc} entry with + a randomly-selected \textsf{entrysubtype} to + distinguish it from a traditional \textsf{Misc} + entry. The \textsf{title} begins with a generic + term, hence the initial lowercase letter. This + entry uses three fields to locate the manuscript, + starting with \textsf{note} and ascending in + generality through \textsf{organization} to + \textsf{location}. If you are citing several items + from the same collection, then the \emph{CMS}, + 15.49, suggests not having individual entries but + only one for the collection, with specific + information forming part of the flow of the text. + If, however, you cite only one item from a + collection, then you can use an entry like this one. + Note that, in \textsf{Misc} entries and a few + others, an empty \textsf{year} field will not + automatically produce a no date + (\enquote{n.d\adddot} in English) abbreviation, so + if you want one to be present you'll have to provide + it yourself, as here. Cf.\ \cmslink{creel:house} + and \cmslink{house:papers}.} +} + +@Book{donne:var, + author = {Donne, John}, + editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.}, + title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the + \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}}, + namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry}, + publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press}, + maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}}, + year = 1995, + volume = 6, + location = {Bloomington}, + annote = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{maintitle} + editor (\textsf{editor} field) and a \textsf{title} + editor (\textsf{namea} field). Also, inside an + italicized title, all other titles are put in + quotation marks, and using \cmd{mkbibquote} will + automatically move appropriate punctuation inside + the closing quotation mark. It also, however, means + that this entry won't be correctly presented for the + \textsf{authordate-trad} style.} +} + +@Book{donne:var:15, + author = {Donne, John}, + editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.}, + title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the + \mkbibquote{Epicedes and obsequies}}, + namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry}, + publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press}, + maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}}, + year = 1995, + volume = 6, + location = {Bloomington}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{maintitle} + editor (\textsf{editor} field) and a \textsf{title} + editor (\textsf{namea} field). Also, inside an + italicized title, all other titles are put in + quotation marks, and using \cmd{mkbibquote} will + automatically move appropriate punctuation inside + the closing quotation mark. In the \texttt{trad} + style, you need to provide the sentence-style + capitalization yourself inside the \cmd{mkbibquote} + command.} +} + +@Book{dunn:revolutions, + title = {Sister Revolutions}, + subtitle = {French Lightning, {American} Light}, + year = 1999, + author = {Dunn, Susan}, + publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} with two \textsf{publishers}, + showing ampersands to prevent them being treated as + four.} +} + +@Manual{dyna:browser, + title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser}, + organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.}, + address = {Providence, RI}, + year = 1991, + annotation = {A technical manual presented in a \textsf{Manual} + entry. In absence of a named author the + \textsf{organization} is printed twice, as author + and as publisher. Note that you no longer need a + \textsf{sortkey} when using the default sorting + scheme.} +} + +@Book{eliot:pound, + title = {Literary Essays}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + year = 1953, + author = {Pound, Ezra}, + editor = {Eliot, T.~S.}, + publisher = {New Directions}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} listed by its (famous) + \textsf{editor} rather than by its (equally-famous) + \textsf{author}. The \textsf{options} field allows + such presentation.} +} + +@InCollection{ellet:galena, + author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.}, + title = {By Rail and Stage to {Galena}}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {271--279}, + annotation = {First of three InCollection entries + cross-referencing the same Collection. + Cf. keating:dearborn and lippincott:chicago. All + three entries will have an abbreviated form in the + list of references. If you don't want this + space-saving measure, you can, for example, set + longcrossref=true in the options field. With Biber, + an empty subtitle field is no longer necessary to + prevent inheritance from a parent entry.} +} + +@Article{ellis:blog, + author = {Ellis, Rhian}, + title = {Squatters' Rights}, + journaltitle = {Ward Six}, + location = {blog}, + date = {2008-06-30}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + annotation = {The 16th edition specifies an Article-like + presentation for blogs, the main peculiarity being + the identification of the material as a blog using + the location field, which is usually reserved for + identifying the place of publication of obscure + journals. See ac:comment, a Review entry, for how + to reference comments on such online material.} +} + +@Book{emerson:nature, + title = {Nature}, + year = 1985, + origdate = 1836, + location = {Boston}, + options = {cmsdate=old}, + author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo}, + publisher = {Beacon}, + note = {a facsimile of the first \bibstring{edition} with an + \bibstring{introduction} by Jaroslav Pelikan}, + annotation = {A reprinted \textsf{Book}, in this case a facsimile, + with the \textsf{note} field giving the relevant + information. The \textsf{origdate} field gives the + date of original publication. Note the use of a + lowercase letter to start the \textsf{note} field. + With the amount of information given in the note + field, it may be less awkward to use a + \texttt{cmsdate} option rather than to put + \texttt{reprint} into a \textsf{pubstate} field. + This \texttt{cmsdate} option will print both dates, + in the format (1836) 1985.} +} + +@InReference{ency:britannica, + title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica}, + shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot}, + keywords = {nosample}, + edition = {15}, + options = {hypertitle}, + annotation = {An \textsf{InReference} entry, citing a well-known + reference work, and therefore generally not to + appear in the list of references, but for + demonstration purposes I here allow it to do so. + With an \textsf{options} field set to + \texttt{skipbib}, you'd only need the + \textsf{shorttitle} for citations. As it stands, + the \textsf{options} field contains + \texttt{hypertitle}, which ensures that the + \textsf{title} acts as a hyperlink between the + in-text citation and the entry in the list of + references. The \emph{CMS} is not altogether clear + about how to present such information in the + author-date style, so this should be looked upon as + a possible style of presentation only.} +} + +@Video{episode:tv, + title = {Episode Title}, + booktitleaddon = {series 5, episode 2}, + options = {cmsdate=on}, + entrysubtype = {tv}, + editor = {{Production Company}}, + editortype = {producer}, + date = {2000/2007}, + origdate = 2004, + pubstate = {reprint}, + booktitle = {Series Title}, + publisher = {Production Company}, + type = {DVD}, + annotation = {The 15th edition of the Manual doesn't, that I can + find, provide guidance for citing television + programs, so I guessed, using the analogy of films, + at how to present one using the Video entry type. + (The 16th edition does give an example -- see + friends:leia -- but I have retained this entry only + for the 15th edition, as there are significant + structural changes between the two editions when + presenting audio-visual material.) The title of the + episode will be presented in the main text font, as + there is a booktitle presenting the name of the TV + series. The booktitleaddon -- in a slight change + from previous releases -- gives details about the + episode, and the type gives the medium, as usual. + The origdate is the year of original transmission, + while the date provides the year range for the whole + series, though it would perhaps make more sense in + this situation to provide the date the DVD was + released, instead. The entrysubtype isn't + necessary, but may be of some use in the author-date + style if you want the origdate to appear in + parentheses after the main part of the entry, for + which you would also require the pubstate field as + shown. Repeating the publisher as the editor, and + giving an editortype, may help to present this entry + in the list of references and, possibly, in textual + citatons, as well.} +} + +@BookInBook{euripides:orestes, + title = {Orestes}, + year = 1958, + booktitle = {Euripides}, + maintitle = {The Complete {Greek} Tragedies}, + nameb = {Arrowsmith, William}, + volume = 4, + author = {Euripides}, + editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond}, + publisher = uchp, + pages = {185--288}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A work from antiquity, cited by pages in a modern + edition, hence not needing \texttt{classical} in + \textsf{entrysubtype}. Since the titles of such + works are uniformly italicized, we need to use a + \textsf{BookInBook} entry with a \textsf{title} and + a \textsf{booktitle} (\enquote{book within a book}), + and in this case also a \textsf{maintitle}. Note the + editors of the \textsf{maintitle} (\textsf{editor} + field), and the translator of the \textsf{title} + (\textsf{nameb} field).} +} + +@Online{evanston:library, + author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}}, + shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}}, + title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010}, + subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach}, + organization = {Evanston Public Library}, + url = {http://www.epl.org/library/strategic-plan-00.html}, + urldate = {2002-07-18}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Online} entry, with a corporate author, + hence extra curly braces in \textsf{author} and + \textsf{shortauthor}. The \textsf{title} field holds + the title of the specific web page, while the + \textsf{organization} field holds the title or owner + of the site as a whole.} +} + +@Book{feydeau:farces, + title = {Four Farces by {Georges Feydeau}}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1970, + translator = {Shapiro, Norman R.}, + author = {Feydeau, Georges}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A standard Book entry, with a translator.} +} + +@Music{floyd:atom, + title = {Atom Heart Mother}, + date = 1990, + origdate = 1970, + author = {{Pink Floyd}}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + number = {CDP 7 46381 2}, + publisher = {Capitol}, + type = {compact disc}, + annotation = {16th edition only An example of a re-released + album. The original release date will appear in + citations and at the head of the reference list + entry, while the CD re-release date appears later. + Because the origdate is used at the head of the + entry, the pubstate field here has no effect, though + in other circumstances, and in the notes and + bibliography style, it will print a notice at the + end of the entry clarifying that it is indeed a + re-release.} +} + +@inproceedings{frede:inproc, + keywords={secondary}, + author = {Dorothea Frede}, + title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12}, + subtitle = {Pleasure}, + booktitle = {Aristotle}, + booksubtitle = {\mkbibquote{Nicomachean Ethics}, Book VII}, + series = {Symposium Aristotelicum}, + editor = {Carlo Natali}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + address = {Oxford}, + year = {2009}, + pages = {183-207}, + annotation = {A standard inproceedings entry.} +} + +@SuppBook{friedman:intro, + author = {Friedman, Milton}, + title = {The Road to Serfdom}, + bookauthor = {Hayek, F.~A.}, + introduction = {yes}, + date = 1994, + pages = {ix--xx}, + publisher = uchp, + note = {Anniversary ed.}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {An introduction to a work by someone else, presented + in a SuppBook entry. Note that for an introduction, + afterword or foreword you need only define the + relevant field, and leave the others undefined, and + the style will provide the rest automatically. The + 16th edition now requires page numbers in the list + of references for this sort of entry.} +} + +@Article{friedman:learning, + author = {Friedman, James~W. and Mezzetti, Claudio}, + title = {Learning in Games by Random Sampling}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Economic Theory}, + date = {2001-05}, + volume = 98, + number = 1, + doi = {10.1006/jeth.2000.2694}, + url = {http://www.idealibrary.com/links/doi/10.1006/jeth.2000.2694}, + annotation = {Standard Article entry with a DOI and a URL + provided. The 16th edition prefers a DOI if one is + available.} +} + +@Video{friends:leia, + title = {The One with the {Princess Leia} Fantasy}, + date = 2003, + booktitle = {Friends}, + booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1}, + author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.}, + eventdate = {1996-09-19}, + editor = {Mancuso, Gail}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Burbank, CA}, + annotation = {This is a template for citing television shows. The + \textsf{eventdate} is the original broadcast date, + while the \textsf{date} applies to the + \vadjust{\eject}medium you are citing. As in other + audiovisual entries, the earliest date automatically + goes at the head of the entry. Note that + information about the season and episode numbers + goes in \textsf{booktitleaddon}.} +} + +@Book{furet:passing:eng, + title = {The Passing of an Illusion}, + year = 1999, + author = {Furet, François}, + translator = {Furet, Deborah}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A translation, with the original presented in a + separate entry (furet:passing:fr). In that entry, a + related field refers to this entry, which will be + printed after its parent in the list of references, + connected by the default strings associated with the + bytranslator relatedtype. By default, this entry + will not appear separately in the reference list + unless you cite it directly.} +} + +@Book{furet:passing:fr, + title = {Le passé d'une illusion}, + year = 1995, + related = {furet:passing:eng}, + relatedtype = {bytranslator}, + author = {Furet, François}, + publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont}, + location = {Paris}, + annotation = {The original of the previous entry. The related + field calls that entry, and the relatedtype + determines how that entry will be presented. In + citations this is all ignored, but in the list of + references the original and translation are + presented in the same entry, connected by bibstrings + and the name of the translator. These two entries + show one of the two options suggested by the Manual + for presenting an original and a translation in the + same reference list entry.} +} + +@Article{garaud:gatine, + author = {Garaud, Marcel}, + title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine + poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles}, + journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest}, + year = 1967, + volume = 9, + langid = {french}, + series = 4, + pages = {11--27}, + annotation = {An Article in a journaltitle which is into its 4th + series. This entry illustrates several + language-related issues. The Manual recommends + preserving sentence-style capitalization in + languages that ordinarily use it, as here in both + title and journaltitle. Because of the way the + capitalization code works for the title field in the + authordate-trad style, you would need to use extra + curly braces around words you wished to remain + capitalized in the output. However, because I've + identified the language of the entry as French using + the langid field, the code, independently of any + "otherlang" setting, leaves the title as presented + here, which is correct without needing to use extra + braces. The journaltitle field is always exempt + from the sentence capitalization code, so you + needn't worry about extra braces there.} +} + +@Article{garrett, + author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.}, + title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa Passes}}, + journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry}, + year = 1975, + volume = 13, + number = 1, + pages = {47--60}, + location = {West Virginia University}, + annote = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be + immediately recognizable to your readership, or + indeed that may be shared by a number of different + journals, so you add a location field to tell where + the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting + in the title field.} +} + +@Article{garrett:15, + author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.}, + title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa passes}}, + journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry}, + year = 1975, + volume = 13, + number = 1, + pages = {47--60}, + location = {West Virginia University}, + annotation = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be + immediately recognizable to your readership, or + indeed that may be shared by a number of different + journals, so you add a location field to tell where + the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting + in the title field, where you need sentence-style + capitalization for the 15th edition.} +} + +@Misc{genesis, + shorttitle = {Gen\adddot}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + keywords = {nosample}, + title = {Genesis}, + annotation = {A simple \textsf{Misc} entry (w/ + \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}) that would + allow you easily to cite the Qur'an or individual + books of the Bible. Ordinarily it wouldn't appear + in the list of references, but it does here for + demonstration purposes. Some other sacred works may + need italicized titles. Cf.\ \emph{CMS}, + 14.253-255.} +} + +@Article{gibbard, + author = {Gibbard, Allan}, + title = {Morality in Living}, + subtitle = {Korsgaard's {Kantian} Lectures}, + journaltitle = {Ethics}, + year = 1999, + volume = 110, + number = 1, + pages = {140--164}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Sources of + Normativity}, \bibstring{by} {Christine M. Korsgaard}}, + annote = {A book review as an Article. It has a specific + title (title field) as well as a generic one + (titleaddon field). Note bibstring macro and + formatting in the titleaddon.} +} + +@Article{gibbard:15, + author = {Gibbard, Allan}, + title = {Morality in Living}, + subtitle = {Korsgaard's {Kantian} Lectures}, + journaltitle = {Ethics}, + year = 1999, + volume = 110, + number = 1, + pages = {140--64}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The sources of + normativity}, \bibstring{by} {Christine M. Korsgaard}}, + annotation = {A book review as an Article. It has a specific + title (title field) as well as a generic one + (titleaddon field). Note bibstring macro and + formatting in the titleaddon, with sentence-style + capitalization for the 15th ed.} +} + +@Periodical{good:wholeissue, + issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling}, + title = {Elementary School Journal}, + date = {1999}, + volume = 99, + number = 5, + editor = {Good, Thomas~L.}, + note = {special issue}, + annotation = {A reference to an entire special issue of a journal, + using a Periodical entry. The issue's title here + goes in the issuetitle field, while the name of the + journal goes in title rather than journaltitle. The + nature of the issue once again goes in the note + field, with an initial lowercase letter. + Cf. conley:fifthgrade for an example of an Article + entry presenting one article from this special + issue.} +} + +@Review{gourmet:052006, + journaltitle = {Gourmet}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-05}, + title = {Kitchen {Notebook}}, + annotation = {A regular column in a magazine, presented in a + \textsf{Review} entry (with \texttt{magazine} + \textsf{entrysubtype}). This name is capitalized + headline style. Since there is no \textsf{author}, + the \textsf{journaltitle} will be used instead; + there is no longer any need for a \textsf{sortkey}.} +} + +@Audio{greek:filmstrip, + title = {The {Greek} and {Roman} World}, + date = 1977, + publisher = {Society for Visual Education}, + type = {filmstrip, 44 min\adddot}, + address = {Chicago}, + sortkey = {Greek and Roman}, + annotation = {For the 16th edition only, the title will + automatically appear at the head of such an entry, + and in citations, as well. The sortkey is needed + because of the definite article in the title.} +} + +@Audio{greek:filmstrip:15, + title = {The {Greek} and {Roman} World}, + date = 1977, + publisher = {Society for Visual Education}, + author = {{Society for Visual Education}}, + type = {filmstrip}, + address = {Chicago}, + annotation = {An Audio entry for a filmstrip, the medium being + given in the type field. For the author-date style, + it probably makes sense to give the publisher as the + author, also, so that the entry in the reference + list doesn't start with the date. 15th edition + only} +} + +@InReference{grove:sibelius, + title = {The New {Grove} Dictionary of Music and Musicians}, + author = {Hepokoski, James}, + shorttitle = {New {Grove} Dict\adddot}, + lista = {Sibelius, Jean}, + url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/}, + urldate = {2002-01-03}, + sortkey = {New Grove}, + annotation = {An example of an online \textsf{InReference} entry, + which I have allowed, as an example, to appear in + the list of references. The \textsf{author} field + refers to the author of the specific entry in + \textsf{lista}, and will be printed after the name + of that entry, set off by a comma. If you need to + provide the author or editor of a reference work as + a whole, then you should probably use a + \textsf{Book} entry. (Cf.\ + \texttt{schellinger:novel}.) Note the + \textsf{sortkey}, needed because otherwise the + author's name will be used for sorting in the list + of references. Note also that in citations of + \textsf{InReference} entries, you can put an + alphabetized article title in the \textsf{postnote} + field, and it will be formatted for you + automatically.} +} + +@Video{handel:messiah, + title = {Messiah}, + date = {1988}, + eventdate = {1987-12-19}, + userd = {performed}, + type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot}, + editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Shaw, Robert}, + editoratype = {none}, + author = {Handel, George Frederic}, + publisher = {Video Artists International}, + address = {Ansonia Station, NY}, + annotation = {This is a videotape of a performance, presented + therefore as a \textsf{Video} entry rather than as + \textsf{Music}. The composer goes in + \textsf{author}, the performers and conductor in + \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editora}. Note the + \texttt{none} in both \textsf{editortypes}, as the + context presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is + playing. The usual \textsf{type} field identifies + the medium. The \textsf{eventdate}, which will + provide the date for the head of the entry and for + citations, identifies when the performance took + place, and the \textsf{userd} field allows you to + specify just what sort of \textsf{eventdate} it is.} +} + +@Video{handel:messiah:15, + title = {Messiah}, + date = 1988, + titleaddon = {selections}, + type = {VHS}, + editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Shaw, Robert}, + editoratype = {none}, + author = {Handel, George Frederic}, + publisher = {Video Treasures}, + address = {Batavia, OH}, + annotation = {15th edition only This is a videotape of an + oratorio, presented therefore as a Video entry + rather than as Music. The composer goes in author, + the performers and conductor in editor and editora. + Note the "none" in both editortypes, as the context + presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is playing. + The usual type field identifies the medium.} +} + +@Collection{harley:ancient:cart, + title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval + {Europe} and the {Mediterranean}}, + crossref = {harley:hoc}, + date = {1987}, + volume = 1, + annotation = {A Collection entry, with the maintitle coming from + the MVCollection entry cited in the crossref field. + With the booklongxref option set properly, and not + by default, this and the next entry will now produce + abbreviated references in the list of references. + Cf. lach:asia.}, +} + +@Collection{harley:cartography, + title = {Cartography in the Traditional {East and Southeast + Asian} Societies}, + crossref = {harley:hoc}, + year = 1994, + volume = {2}, + part = {2}, + annotation = {A Collection entry, with its maintitle's logical + volumes published in separate physical parts, hence + a volume and a part number. The maintitle itself + comes from the MVCollection entry cited in the + crossref field. With the booklongxref option set + properly, and not by default, this and the previous + entry will now produce abbreviated references in the + list of references. Cf. lach:asia.} +} + +@MVCollection{harley:hoc, + title = {The History of Cartography}, + date = {1987/}, + editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David}, + volumes = {3}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {This entry shows the new MVCollection type used as + the parent to two child Collection entries -- + harley:ancient:cart and harley:cartography. It will + be presented in the list of references when more + than one of its children are cited, and those + children's entries will be abbreviated in the list + as well, assuming the option booklongxref is set + properly (it won't be by default). Biber + automatically transforms the title of this entry + into a maintitle for the children. Please note that + this treatment isn't explicitly allowed in the + Chicago specification.} +} + +@Online{harwood:biden, + author = {Harwood, John}, + title = {The Pros and Cons of {Biden}}, + organization = {\mkbibemph{New York Times} video, 2:00}, + date = {2008-08-23}, + url = {http://video.on.nytimes.com/?fr_story=a425c9aca92f51bd19f2a621fd93b5e266507191}, + annotation = {An online video using an Online entry. Note the + formatting in the organization field. + Cf. horowitz:youtube.} +} + +@TechReport{herwign:office, + options = {useprefix=true}, + author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric}, + sortname = {Van}, + title = {Future Office Systems Requirements}, + institution = {CERN DD internal note}, + date = {1988-11}, + annotation = {A Report entry, the type already set by using the + TechReport alias instead of Report. The institution + field identifies the issuer of the report.} +} + +@Video{hitchcock:nbynw, + title = {Crop Duster Attack}, + booktitle = {North by Northwest}, + date = 2000, + origdate = 1959, + editor = {Hitchcock, Alfred}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + address = {Burbank, CA}, + annotation = {This Video entry cites one scene (title) from a film + (booktitle). By contrast with the notes & + bibliography style, we don't need an options field + here, as we allow the director to appear at the head + of the entry. The editortype field identifies the + directorial role, while the origdate and date give + the original year of release and the year of DVD + release, respectively. In the 15th edition, the + pubstate field means that the origdate will be + printed in parentheses after the main part of the + entry, with a bibstring identifying it as the year + of original release. In the 16th edition, by + contrast, the origdate will appear automatically at + the head of the entry and in citations, and + therefore the pubstate field will be ignored} +} + +@Article{hlatky:hrt, + author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and + Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley, + Mary~A.}, + title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in + Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone + Therapy}, + subtitle = {Results from the {Heart and Estrogen/Progestin + Replacement Study (HERS)} Trial}, + journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association}, + date = {2002-02-06}, + volume = 287, + number = 5, + url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo}, + urldate = {2002-01-07}, + annotation = {A standard \textsf{Article} entry with a + \textsf{url} provided. The presence of 5 authors + provokes use of \enquote{et al\adddot} in text + citations, though not in the list of references, + because the settings for \texttt{maxbibnames} and + \texttt{minbibnames} have been changed in + \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}.} +} + +@Music{holiday:fool, + title = {I'm a Fool to Want You}, + eventdate = {1958-02-20}, + date = {1960}, + booktitle = {Lady in Satin}, + author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack}, + editor = {Holiday, Billie}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CL 1157}, + publisher = {Columbia}, + type = {33\onethird\ rpm}, + note = {with Ray Ellis}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + annotation = {This entry illustrates how to cite a song + (\textsf{title}) from an album (\textsf{booktitle}). + The writers of the song go in \textsf{author}, while + the \textsf{options} field prevents these writers + from appearing in citations or at the head of the + entry in the list of references. The performer goes + in \textsf{editor}, with the \textsf{editortype} + ensuring that no identifying string appears. The + \textsf{eventdate} gives the recording date of a + song -- you would use \textsf{origdate} if the + recording date applied to the album as a whole. The + \textsf{date} gives the release date of the album.} +} + +@Book{hopp:attalid, + title = {Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der letzten Attaliden}, + date = 1977, + author = {Hopp, Joachim}, + publisher = {C.~H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung}, + number = 25, + series = {Vestigia: Beitr\"age zur alten Geschichte}, + hyphenation = {german}, + address = {Munich}, + annotation = {A book in a series. The latter is given in the + series field, and the volume within the series in + the number field. Note also the hyphenation field + to preserve German capitalization in the title, + which therefore doesn't require extra curly braces.} +} + +@Online{horowitz:youtube, + title = {{HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL} 2-{Chopin Nocturne} in Fm Op.55}, + organization = {YouTube video, 5:53}, + sortkey = {Horowitz}, + url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8}, + urldate = {2009-01-09}, + userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},}, + note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct}, + date = {1968-09-22}, + shorttitle = {HOROWITZ}, + annotation = {A YouTube video, presented in an \textsf{Online} + entry. The \textsf{userd} field allows you to + modify what is printed before the \textsf{urldate}, + while the \textsf{note} field here is used for a + similar purpose, to clarify the \textsf{date} field. + The \textsf{shorttitle} abbreviates what will appear + in citations of this author-less entry, and the + \textsf{sortkey} is required because, in this corner + case, the \textsf{organization} would otherwise be + used for alphabetization, an arrangement that works + for many entries, but not this one.} +} + +@Book{horsley:prosodies, + title = {On the Prosodies of the {Greek and Latin} Languages}, + year = 1796, + author = {Horsley, Samuel}, + authortype = {anon}, + annotation = {An anonymous \textsf{Book}, with the \textsf{author} + known, though not named on the title page. The + string \texttt{anon} goes in the \textsf{authortype} + field.} +} + +@Misc{house:papers, + author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma}, + title = {Papers}, + note = {Yale University Library}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + annotation = {An example of a \textsf{Misc} entry (with an + \textsf{entrysubtype}) specifically for a reference + list, assuming that more than one item has been + cited from this same collection. If you cite just + one item from such a collection, then the entry + might look like \cmslink{creel:house}. In this + entry type the absence of a \textsf{date} field does + not trigger the automatic provision of the + \enquote{n.d\adddot} \cmd{bibstring}, which means + that the reference list entry will not contain one + if it isn't wanted. The \textsf{entrysubtype} + \texttt{classical} makes the in-text citations + provide name + title instead of just name, which may + help clarify the reference in some circumstances. + This entry also illustrates the use of a comma in a + reference list to set off a middle initial from a + following plain-text title, only used when the + period alone might lead to ambiguity. Cf.\ + \emph{CMS}, 14.241. The \cmd{adddot} and + \cmd{addcomma} commands you see here are the most + effective way of doing this.} +} + +@Book{howell:marriage, + title = {The Marriage Exchange}, + subtitle = {Property, Social Place, and Gender in the Cities of + the {Low Countries}}, + date = 1998, + author = {Howell, M.~C.}, + number = {\partedit C.~R. Stimpson}, + publisher = uchp, + series = {Women in Culture and Society}, + address = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A book in a series, providing also the series editor + in the number field, which is the only way to get + the name to follow the series. Note also the + partedit macro, though in the author-date style you + could just provide the correct string ("ed." in the + 15th edition, "edited by" in the 16th) if you're + sure you know it.} +} + +@Book{iso:electrodoc, + title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts} + from {International Standard ISO} 690-2}, + part = {part 2}, + date = 2001, + maintitle = {Information and Documentation}, + mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References}, + author = {{International Organization for Standardization}}, + shorthand = {ISO}, + publisher = {National Library of Canada}, + sortname = {ISO}, + address = {Ottawa}, + url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm}, + annote = {A \textsf{Book} with a \textsf{maintitle} and an + organizational \textsf{author}. You can use the + \textsf{part} field on its own to define how the + \textsf{title} relates to the \textsf{maintitle}, + assuming that the usual \textsf{volume} and + \textsf{part} fields don't provide an appropriate + solution. Any non-numeric \textsf{part} field will + be printed as-is. The \textsf{shorthand} for + \vadjust{\eject}the organization will appear in the + in-text citations, and at the head of the reference + list entry, followed by its expansion (the + \textsf{author}) in parentheses. The + \textsf{sortname} ensures that the entry is + alphabetized by the first thing that appears there, + that is, the \textsf{shorthand}.} +} + +@Book{iso:electrodoc:15, + title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts} + from {International Standard ISO} 690-2}, + titleaddon = {Part 2 of\nopunct}, + date = 2001, + maintitle = {Information and Documentation}, + userc = {abbrev:ISO}, + mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References}, + shorthand = {ISO}, + author = {{International Organization for Standardization}}, + publisher = {National Library of Canada}, + address = {Ottawa}, + url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm}, + annotation = {A book with a maintitle and an organizational + author. You can use the titleaddon field to + identify how the title relates to the maintitle, + assuming that the usual volume and part fields don't + provide an appropriate solution. The nopunct + command suppresses the following punctuation. The + shorthand for the organization will appear in the + in-text citations. For the 15th edition, the userc + field points to a CustomC entry which provides the + expansion of the shorthand inside the reference + list, rather than in a list of shorthands. Using + the field in this way ensures that the expansion + will be printed if this entry is cited.}} + +@Book{james:ambassadors, + title = {The Ambassadors}, + year = 1996, + origdate = 1909, + options = {cmsdate=on}, + author = {James, Henry}, + publisher = {Project Gutenberg}, + url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt}, + annotation = {This entry presents an online edition of a book + which, not being inherently an online text, still + uses a \textsf{Book} entry. The \textsf{origyear} + field is the date of the print publication of the + text that is now online, and the \texttt{cmsdate=on} + option tells the style to use the \textsf{origdate} + in both reference list and citations, something that + isn't part of the specification for the 16th + edition, which would probably recommend + \texttt{both} here.} +} + +@Collection{kamrany:economic, + title = {Economic Issues of the Eighties}, + date = 1980, + editor = {Kamrany, Nake~M. and Day, Richard~H.}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ. Press}, + address = {Baltimore}, + annotation = {Collection entry with two editors}} + +@InCollection{keating:dearborn, + author = {Keating, William~H.}, + title = {{Fort Dearborn and Chicago}}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {84--87}, + annotation = {Second of three InCollection pieces from the same + Collection, using the crossref field. The entry in + the list of references will be shortened.} +} + +@Article{kern, + author = {Kern, W.}, + title = {Waar verzamelde Pigafetta zijn Maleise woorden?}, + usere = {Where did Pigafetta collect his Malaysian words?}, + journaltitle = {Tijdschrift voor Indische taal-, land- en volkenkunde}, + year = 1938, + volume = 78, + hyphenation = {dutch}, + pages = {271--273}, + annotation = {An Article with a Dutch title that may need + translating for a significant portion of your + readership. You give the translation in the usere + field, using sentence-style capitalization. The + hyphenation field allows you not to use extra curly + braces in the title.} +} + +@Article{kimluu:diethyl, + author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh}, + title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the + \mkbibquote{Morning After} Pill}, + journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal}, + year = 1999, + volume = 2, + pages = {65--70}, + location = {Indiana University South Bend}, + annote = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need + further specification for your readership, hence the + use of the location field. For the 16th edition + only, Note also the quoted phrase inside the title, + with headline-style capitalization.} +} + +@Article{kimluu:diethyl:15, + author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh}, + title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the + \mkbibquote{morning after} Pill}, + journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal}, + year = 1999, + volume = 2, + pages = {65--70}, + location = {Indiana University South Bend}, + annotation = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need + further specification for your readership, hence the + use of the location field. For the 15th edition + only, note also the quoted phrase inside the title, + with sentence-style capitalization you need to + provide yourself.} +} + +@Review{kozinn:review, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + date = {2000-04-21}, + author = {Kozinn, Allan}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} concert performance + \bibstring{by} {Timothy Fain} (violin) and {Steven Beck} + (piano), 92nd {Street Y, New York}}, + pages = {Weekend section}, + annotation = {A Review entry presenting a review in a newspaper, + with "magazine" in entrysubtype. Note the use of + the bibstrings in title, which help but do not + complete the internationalization of the entry. + Beginning the field without a bibstring and with + lower-case letters in a chosen language + (e.g. "review of") is possibly a better alternative. + Note also the pages field, which gives a more + general reference than page number, as sometimes the + latter might change between editions.} +} + +@Book{lach:asia, + title = {The Scholarly Disciplines}, + maintitle = {Asia in the Making of {Europe}}, + year = 1977, + volume = {2}, + part = {3}, + author = {Lach, Donald}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A Book with a maintitle, its logical volumes + published in several physical parts, hence both a + volume and part number. Cf. harley:cartography.} +} + +@Article{lakeforester:pushcarts, + journaltitle = {Lake Forester}, + date = {2000-03-23}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks}, + options = {cmsdate=full}, + location = {Lake Forest, IL}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Article} entry from a newspaper, using a + \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The + article doesn't have an author, so the + \textsf{journaltitle} will be used at the head of + the entry and in citations. The newspaper might not + be well known, so the \textsf{location} field helps + your readers out in this case. There is no longer + any need for a \textsf{sortkey}. Finally, note the + \texttt{full} key for the \texttt{cmsdate} option, + which prints a full date specification in citations + and means you wouldn't need this entry to appear in + the reference list, though I have allowed it to + appear here as an example.} +} + +@Book{lecarre:quest, + title = {The Quest for {Karla}}, + publisher = {Knopf}, + year = 1982, + author = {Le Carr{\'e}, John}, + nameaddon = {David John Moore Cornwell}, + location = {New York}, + options = {useprefix=true}, + annotation = {A fairly standard Book entry, with, however, the + pseudonym in the author field and the real name in + nameaddon. This isn't strictly necessary in this + case, as one normally refers to this author by the + pseudonym, but if it is of particular interest this + is how you would present such information.} +} + +@Artwork{leo:madonna, + author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}}, + shortauthor = {Leonardo}, + title = {Madonna of the Rocks}, + type = {oil on canvas}, + note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot}, + year = {1480s}, + institution = {Louvre}, + location = {Paris}, + annotation = {A typical Artwork entry. Note the type field and + the fact that it begins with a lowercase letter, + allowing biblatex to capitalize it contextually when + needed, though this isn't strictly necessary for + author-date.} +} + +@Book{levistrauss:savage, + title = {The Savage Mind}, + year = 1962, + author = {Lévi-Strauss, Claude}, + publisher = {Weidenfeld \& Nicolson}, + location = {Chicago: University of Chicago Press; London}, + annotation = {A standard Book entry, showing a kludge in the + location field for including two publishers in two + different countries. The simplest thing to do in + such a situation is to pick the one nearest to you + and just use it, but this may be necessary + sometimes.} +} + +@Article{lewis, + author = {Lewis, Judith}, + title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to + Be a Great Ladie}}, + subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the {British} Aristocracy, + 1558--1959}, + journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies}, + year = 1998, + volume = 37, + pages = {26--53}, + annote = {16th edition only An Article entry showing a + quotation inside a title. Note the headline-style + capitalization inside the formatting.} +} + +@Article{lewis:15, + author = {Lewis, Judith}, + title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a misfortune to + be a great ladie}}, + subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the {British} Aristocracy, + 1558--1959}, + journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies}, + year = 1998, + volume = 37, + pages = {26--53}, + annotation = {15th edition only An Article entry showing a + quotation inside a title. Note the sentence-style + capitalization inside the formatting.} +} + +@InCollection{lippincott:chicago, + author = {Lippincott, Sarah Clarke}, + title = {Chicago}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {362--370}, + annotation = {Third and last of the InCollection entries referring + to the same Collection. The reference list entries + of all three are abbreviated. Cf. ellet:galena + and keating:dearborn.} +} + +@Video{loc:city, + title = {The Life of a City}, + subtitle = {Early Films of {New York}, 1898--1906}, + author = {{Library of Congress}}, + type = {MPEG}, + url = {http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/papr/nychome.html}, + urldate = {2001-08-14}, + annotation = {This Video entry gives the online location of the + weed:flatiron film, providing an MPEG file for + download. As the parent entry calls this using a + related field, you no longer need a skipbib option + to keep it from appearing in the reference list, nor + do you need a kludge in the year field to keep the + urldate where it should be.} +} + +@Online{loc:leaders, + author = {Library of Congress}, + title = {American Leaders Speak}, + subtitle = {Recordings from {World War I} and the 1920 Election, + 1918--1920}, + url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html}, + note = {RealAudio and WAV formats}, + annotation = {This \textsf{Online} entry provides the online + location of the \cmslink{coolidge:speech} entry. As + the parent entry calls this using a \textsf{related} + field, you no longer need a \texttt{skipbib} option + to keep it from appearing in the reference list, nor + do you need a kludge in the \textsf{year} field to + keep a spurious \enquote{n.d.} from appearing.} +} + +@Article{loften:hamlet, + author = {Loften, Peter}, + title = {Reverberations between Wordplay and Swordplay in + \mkbibemph{Hamlet}}, + journaltitle = {Aeolian Studies}, + year = 1989, + volume = 2, + pages = {12--29}, + annotation = {An Article entry with a formatted title within its + title.} +} + +@Article{loomis:structure, + author = {Loomis, Jr., C.~C.}, + title = {Structure and Sympathy in {Joyce's} \mkbibquote{The Dead}}, + journaltitle = {PMLA}, + date = 1960, + volume = 75, + pages = {149--151}, + annote = {16th edition only An article entry with a quoted + title within its title} +} + +@Article{loomis:structure:15, + author = {Loomis, Jr., C.~C.}, + title = {Structure and Sympathy in {Joyce's} \mkbibquote{The dead}}, + journaltitle = {PMLA}, + date = 1960, + volume = 75, + pages = {149--51}, + annotation = {15th edition only An article entry with a quoted + title within its title} +} + +@Book{lynch:webstyle, + title = {Web Style Guide}, + subtitle = {Basic Design Principles for Creating {Web} Sites}, + date = 1999, + author = {Lynch, Patrick~J. and Horton, Sarah}, + publisher = {Yale Univ. Press}, + address = {New Haven}, + annotation = {A plain book with a subtitle}} + +@Book{maisonneuve:relations, + title = {Les relations publiques}, + subtitle = {Dans une société en mouvance}, + year = 1998, + author = {Maisonneuve, Danielle and Lamarche, Jean-François and + St-Amand, Yves}, + publisher = {Presses de l'Université de Québec}, + location = {Sainte-Foy, QC}, + annotation = {Standard Book entry, maintaining French + sentence-style capitalization.} +} + +@Book{maitland:canon, + title = {Roman canon law in the {Church of England}}, + date = 1998, + origdate = 1898, + author = {Maitland, Frederic W.}, + publisher = {Lawbook Exchange}, + address = {Union, NJ}, + options = {cmsdate=new}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + annotation = {A reprint edition. The \emph{CMS} gives many + options for presenting this information. This + example provides both dates at the head of the entry + in the reference list and in citations, using + \texttt{cmsdate=new} in the \textsf{options} field. + It is identified as a reprint with the + \textsf{pubstate} field. Cf.\ + \cmslink{james:ambassadors} and + \cmslink{maitland:equity} for other alternatives.} +} + +@Book{maitland:equity, + title = {Equity, also the Forms of Action at Common Law}, + subtitle = {Two Courses of Lectures}, + date = 1926, + origdate = 1909, + author = {Maitland, Frederic W.}, + editor = {Chaytor, A.~H. and others}, + publisher = cup, + address = {Cambridge}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + sortyear = {2010}, + annotation = {Another reprint edition, showing an alternative way + of presenting the information. This example + provides just the \textsf{date} of the reprint at + the head of the reference list and in the citation + -- there's no \texttt{cmsdate} option, which means + \texttt{cmsdate=off} -- and then gives the date of + the original, identified as such by a string, after + the publication data. The string \texttt{reprint} + in the \textsf{pubstate} field, even though it isn't + printed in the entry, is necessary to make this + original publication information appear (unless you + decide to use the \textsf{relatedtype} + \texttt{origpubin}). Also, the \textsf{sortyear} + field is necessary here because \textsf{biblatex} + sorts automatically by the \textsf{year} rather than + the \textsf{origyear}, and this entry from 1926 + should come after \cmslink{maitland:canon} which + prints its \textsf{origdate} (1898) first. Cf.\ + \cmslink{james:ambassadors}} +} + +@Book{mchugh:wake, + title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}}, + year = 1980, + author = {McHugh, Roland}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press}, + location = {Baltimore}, + type = {plain}, + annote = {16th edition only A Book with a quoted title + inside an italicized one. Remember to use + \mkbibquote. See next entry.} +} + +@Book{mchugh:wake:15, + title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans wake}}, + year = 1980, + author = {McHugh, Roland}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ.\ Press}, + location = {Baltimore}, + type = {plain}, + annotation = {15th edition only A Book with a quoted title + inside an italicized one. Remember to use + \mkbibquote, and to provide sentence-style + capitalization inside the formatting.} +} + +@Book{menchu:crossing, + title = {Crossing Borders}, + date = 1999, + author = {Mench\'u, Rigoberta}, + editor = {Wright, Ann}, + translator = {Wright, Ann}, + publisher = {Verso}, + address = {New York}, + annotation = {Book with translator and editor, who are the same}} + +@Book{meredith:letters, + title = {The Letters of {George Meredith}}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + year = 1970, + author = {Meredith, George}, + editor = {Cline, C.~L.}, + volumes = 3, + location = {Oxford}, + annotation = {A published collection of letters referred to by + page rather than by individual letter, hence using a + Book entry rather than Letter. You should be aware + that, because there are three volumes of letters, + the postnote field of any cite command should + contain both volume and page references, as in + "2:234". For the author-date style the Manual + recommends using entries of this sort for all + published letters, giving references to the dates of + individual letters in the text itself (15th + ed. 17.77, 16th ed. 15.40).} +} + +@Book{michelangelo:poems, + title = {The Complete Poems of {Michelangelo}}, + date = 1999, + author = {Michelangelo}, + publisher = uchp, + address = {Chicago}, + translator = {Nims, J.~F.}, + annotation = {Plain book entry with translator}} + +@Book{mla:style, + title = {{MLA} Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}, + editor = {Gibaldi, Joseph}, + year = 1998, + publisher = {Modern Language Association of America}, + edition = 2, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {In the notes + bibliography style I used a Reference + entry to present this data, with useeditor=false in + the options field to allow the work to be + alphabetized by the title in the bibliography. + Given the nature of the author-date style, it seems + preferable just to use a book entry, allowing it to + be sorted under the editor's name in the reference + list.} +} + +@Article{morgenson:market, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + pages = {sec.~3}, + date = {2000-04-23}, + author = {Morgenson, Gretchen}, + title = {Applying a Discount to Good Earnings News}, + titleaddon = {Market Watch}, + annotation = {An Article entry (entrysubtype "magazine") + presenting a regular column in a newspaper, which + column also has an individual, specific title. The + latter goes in the title field and the former in the + titleaddon field. Note also the reference to the + section in the pages field.} +} + +@CustomC{morton:creasey, + author = {Morton, Anthony}, + title = {Creasey, John}, + annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from + the pseudonym in the author field to the real name + in the title field, allowing your readers to find + the cited work under the author's real name. The + entry for that work, creasey:morton:hide, contains a + userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring + that this cross-reference will be printed if the + main entry itself is cited.} +} + +@Music{mozart:figaro, + title = {Le nozze di {Figaro}}, + howpublished = {\textsf{\small\textcircledP}}, + date = {1987}, + author = {Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus}, + editor = {{Vienna Philharmonic}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Muti, Riccardo}, + editoratype = {conductor}, + number = {CDS~7~47978~8}, + publisher = {EMI Records Ltd.}, + type = {3 compact discs}, + note = {with Thomas Allen, Margaret Price, Jorma Hynninen, + Ann Murray, Kurt Rydl, and the Konzertvereinigung + Wiener Staatsopernchor}, + annotation = {This Music entry shows how a single such entry can + work in both the 15th and 16th editions of the + author-date style. Because the 16th edition ignores + the howpublished field, if you use it to provide + copyright details for the 15th edition it won't get + in the way of the 16th. The other fields are the + same for both specifications.} +} + +@PhdThesis{murphy:silent, + author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit}, + title = {What a Book Can Do}, + subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent Spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate}, + school = {University of North Carolina}, + year = 2000, + annote = {16th edition only A Thesis entry, using the + PhdThesis alias to define the type field. The + school field is an alias for biblatex's institution. + Note also the formatting of a title within a quoted + title.} +} + +@PhdThesis{murphy:silent:15, + author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit}, + title = {What a Book Can Do}, + subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate}, + school = {University of North Carolina}, + year = 2000, + annotation = {15th edition only A Thesis entry, using the + PhdThesis alias to define the type field. The + school field is an alias for biblatex's institution. + Note also the formatting of a title within a quoted + title.} +} + +@Unpublished{nass:address, + author = {Nass, Clifford}, + title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People}, + note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of + Science Editors}, + location = {San Antonio, TX}, + date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09}, + annotation = {A typical Unpublished entry, presenting an + unpublished piece that isn't part of a formal + archive, which would usually require a Misc entry. + The note field provides the details of what sort of + piece it is, and whence it came. The date field + gives the range for the whole meeting, which will be + printed at the end of the entry, while the year + alone will appear at the head and in citations.} +} + +@Book{natrecoff:camera, + title = {The {KH-4B} Camera System}, + year = 1967, + author = {{National Reconnaissance Office}}, + publisher = {National Photographic Interpretation Center}, + addendum = {now declassified and also available online}, + location = {Washington, DC}, + url = + {http://www.fas.org/spp/military/program/imint/kh-4%20camera%20system.htm}, + annotation = {A technical manual presented in a Book entry. The + addendum gives extra details, and there's a url for + easier access. Note initial lowercase letter in + addendum, and corporate author with extra curly + braces. If you're going to be citing this text + frequently, you might want to use a shorthand field + to save space in the body of your text.} +} + +@Review{nyt:trevorobit, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-04-10}, + title = {obituary of {Claire Trevor}}, + options = {cmsdate=full}, + pages = {national edition}, + annotation = {An obituary in a \textsf{Review} entry + (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}). Without + an author, the \textsf{journaltitle} will head the + entry and appear in citations. The lowercase letter + beginning the \textsf{title} field isn't + \vadjust{\eject}strictly necessary in the + author-date style, but does no harm and maintains + compatibility with the notes + bibliography style, + just in case. The \textsf{sortkey} field is no + longer needed. Note also the \texttt{full} key for + the \texttt{cmsdate} option, which prints a full + date specification in citations and means you + wouldn't need this entry to appear in the reference + list, though I have allowed it to appear here as an + example.} +} + +@Music{nytrumpet:art, + title = {Art of the Trumpet}, + date = 1982, + origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02}, + author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll + (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}}, + shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}}, + number = {PVT 7183}, + series = {Vox/Turnabout}, + userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,}, + sortkey = {New York Trumpet}, + type = {compact disc}, + annotation = {A well-populated \textsf{Music} entry. The + \textsf{title}, \textsf{date}, \textsf{author}, + \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{number}, + \textsf{series}, \textsf{sortkey}, and \textsf{type} + fields are fairly standard, and you can also specify + the recording date of the album, which goes in the + \textsf{origdate} field. The \textsf{userd} field + acts as a sort of date type field. In this example, + the \textsf{origdate} would by default be preceded + by the \cmd{bibstring} \texttt{recorded}, but the + \textsf{userd} field allows you to provide your own + here.} +} + +@Music{nytrumpet:art:15, + title = {Art of the Trumpet}, + date = 1982, + author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll + (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}}, + shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}}, + number = {PVT 7183}, + series = {Vox/Turnabout}, + publisher = {The Moss Music Group}, + howpublished = {\textsf{\small\textcircledP}\ and + \textsf{\small\textcopyright}}, + sortkey = {New York Trumpet}, + type = {compact disc}, + annotation = {15th edition only This can be considered an + example of a satisfyingly full Music entry, + providing nearly all pertinent information, although + the composers are missing on what is presumably a + compilation CD. The performers take the composers' + place in the author field, the series and number + field give the label information, and the type field + gives the medium. The publisher of the label is + also present, along with the date and the + howpublished field, presenting, as the Manual + suggests, the nature of the copyrights asserted by + the publisher. (The pubstate field, only in this + entry type, could serve as a synonym for + howpublished.)} +} + +@InReference{oed:cdrom, + title = {Oxford {English} Dictionary}, + publisher = oup, + edition = 2, + shorttitle = {{OED}, \mkbibemph{2nd ed}\adddot}, + note = {CD-ROM, version 2.0}, + annotation = {An example of a reference work on CD-ROM, presented + in an InReference entry. The shorttitle is for + in-text citations.} +} + +@Article{osborne:poison, + journaltitle = {Salon}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-03-29}, + author = {Osborne, Lawrence}, + title = {Poison Pen}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \emph{The Collaborator: The + Trial and Execution of Robert Brasillach}, + \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan}, + url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html}, + urldate = {2001-07-10}, + annote = {16th edition only A review from a magazine, but + with both specific (title field) and generic + (titleaddon field) titles, presented in an Article + entry, entrysubtype "magazine." Note formatting in + the titleaddon, where you provide the headline-style + capitalization yourself. The entry also gives a url + to the online version. See next entry.} +} + +@Article{osborne:poison:15, + journaltitle = {Salon}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-03-29}, + author = {Osborne, Lawrence}, + title = {Poison Pen}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \emph{The collaborator: The + trial and execution of Robert Brasillach}, + \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan}, + url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html}, + urldate = {2001-07-10}, + annotation = {15th edition only A review from a magazine, but + with both specific (title field) and generic + (titleaddon field) titles, presented in an Article + entry, entrysubtype "magazine." Note formatting in + the titleaddon, where you need to provide + sentence-style capitalization yourself, as this + field doesn't take advantage of the package's + automatic routines for doing so. The entry also + gives a url to the online version.} +} + +@Book{palmatary:pottery, + title = {The Pottery of {Marajó Island, Brazil}}, + year = 1950, + author = {Palmatary, Helen~C.}, + series = {Transactions of the American Philosophical Society}, + number = {\bibstring{newseries}, 39, pt. 3}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + annotation = {A Book entry, with series and number fields. The + name of the series alone goes in that field, with + any other information (like the bibstring + "newseries") going in the number field.} +} + +@Book{pelikan:christian, + title = {The Emergence of the {Catholic} Tradition}, + year = 1971, + maintitle = {The {Christian} Tradition}, + mainsubtitle = {A History of the Development of Doctrine}, + volume = 1, + author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A Book entry showing one volume of a multi-volume + maintitle.} +} + +@Patent{petroff:impurity, + title = {Blocked impurity band detectors}, + author = {Petroff, M.~D. and Stapelbroek, M.~G.}, + origdate = {1980-10-23}, + date = {1986-02-04}, + number = {4,586,960}, + type = {patentus}, + annotation = {A Patent entry, with the patent number in the number + field, a bibstring in the type field, the filing + date in origdate, and the issue date in date. Note + the sentence-style capitalization of the title of + Patent entries, which you now have to provide + yourself, as the 16th edition style doesn't do it + automatically. Note also that the bibstring in the + type field is not identified as such -- the + formatting macros, in this instance, detect that it + is a bibstring and treat it accordingly. This + functionality isn't widespread, so you shouldn't + always count on it being present elsewhere.} +} + +@InBook{phibbs:diary, + author = {Phibbs, Brendan}, + title = {Herrlisheim}, + subtitle = {Diary of a Battle}, + booktitle = {The Other Side of Time}, + booksubtitle = {A Combat Surgeon in {World War II}\@}, + pages = {117--163}, + publisher = {Little, Brown}, + year = 1987, + address = {Boston}, + annotation = {A named part of a larger book, hence we use the + InBook entry type. You can provide either a page + range in a pages field or a chapter number in a + chapter field.} +} + +@Book{pirumova, + author = {Pirumova, N.~M.}, + title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement}, + subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of + the Twentieth Century}, + publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}}, + year = 1977, + language = {russian}, + location = {Moscow}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry presenting a Russian work, but + giving the English translation of the \textsf{title} + rather than the original, making it easier for a + readership assumed to be without Russian to parse. + In such a case, the language of the original goes in + the \textsf{language} field. Also note the + quotation marks around part of the + \textsf{publisher's} name, with \textsf{biblatex} + providing the punctuation.} +} + +@Book{pirumova:russian, + title = {Zemskoe liberal'noe dvizhenie}, + subtitle = {Sotsial'nye korni i evoliutsiia do nachala XX veka}, + date = 1977, + usere = {The zemstvo liberal movement: Its social roots and + evolution to the beginning of the twentieth century}, + langid = {russian}, + author = {Pirumova, N.~M.}, + publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}}, + address = {Moscow}, + annotation = {The same work as the preceding entry, but giving the + transliteration of the Russian \textsf{title} rather + than the translation. In such a case, the + translation of the \textsf{title} goes in the + \textsf{usere} field. The \textsf{langid} field + means that the \textsf{subtitle} doesn't require any + additional curly braces in the \texttt{trad} style.} +} + +@BookInBook{plato:republic:gr, + title = {Republic}, + shorttitle = {Resp\adddot}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1902, + volume = 4, + author = {Plato}, + editor = {Burnet, J.}, + shortauthor = {Pl\adddot}, + booktitle = {{Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias}}, + maintitle = {Opera}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + series = {Oxford Classical Texts}, + pages = {327--621}, + location = {Oxford}, + annotation = {A work from antiquity, which will be cited by the + traditional divisions, and which therefore requires + the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The + \textsf{title} of such a work being italicized, it + needs a \textsf{BookInBook} entry, and it has all + three sorts of title, plus a \textsf{series} to + boot. The \textsf{shortauthor} and + \textsf{shorttitle} fields provide the + officially-sanctioned abbreviations for use in + citations.} +} + +@SuppBook{polakow:afterw, + author = {Polakow, Valerie}, + title = {Lives on the Edge}, + subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other + {America}}, + afterword = {yes}, + year = 1993, + pages = {175--184}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A standard example of a SuppBook entry, specifically + citing an afterword written by the main author of + the book. Note that you need only put something in + the afterword field (and not define a foreword or + introduction field) to make the reference work. The + 16th edition requires, for the entry in the list of + references, a page range for the part being cited.} +} + +@Online{pollan:plant, + author = {Pollan, Michael}, + title = {Michael {Pollan} Gives a Plant's-Eye View}, + organization = {TED video, 17:31}, + url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_plant_s_eye_view.html}, + urldate = {2008-02}, + date = {2007-03}, + userd = {posted}, + annotation = {Another online video, presented in an + \textsf{Online} entry. Note the \textsf{userd} + field to modify the string printed before the + \textsf{urldate}. Cf.\ \texttt{harwood:biden}, + \cmslink{horowitz:youtube}.} +} + +@Online{powell:email, + author = {Powell, John}, + date = {1998-04-23}, + titleaddon = {e-mail to {Grapevine} mailing list}, + url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/grapevine/issues/83.txt}, + annotation = {An Online entry showing how in the 16th edition of + the author-date style a generic title should go into + a titleaddon field, rather than into title, so that + it won't be placed inside quotation marks. This + works just fine in the 15th edition as well. Note + also the absence of any organization or owner of the + site as whole.} +} + +@Collection{prairie:state, + booktitle = {Prairie State}, + title = {Prairie State}, + booksubtitle = {Impressions of {Illinois}, 1673--1967, by Travelers + and Other Observers}, + subtitle = {Impressions of {Illinois}, 1673--1967, by Travelers + and Other Observers}, + year = 1968, + editor = {Angle, Paul~M.}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A Collection entry, the one that has been + cross-referenced by three other entries in this + bibliography. Note the usual duplication of title + and booktitle in a parent entry when the children + use crossref, and note the editor instead of an + author. If more than one child cross-references the + parent, the parent will be printed in the + bibliography even if not independently cited.} +} + +@SuppBook{prose:intro, + author = {Prose, Francine}, + bookauthor = {Wallraff, Barbara}, + title = {Word Court}, + subtitle = {Wherein Verbal Virtue is Rewarded, Crimes against + the Language Are Punished, and Poetic Justice Is + Done}, + year = 2000, + location = {New York}, + pages = {xvii--xxxviii}, + introduction = {yes}, + publisher = {Harcourt}, + annotation = {A typical SuppBook entry, with an author providing + an introduction to someone else's book. That someone + else goes in bookauthor. The introduction field + just needs defining any which way, with afterword + and foreword not defined at all. The 16th edition + requires, for the entry in the list of references, a + page range for the part being cited.} +} + +@Review{ratliff:review, + author = {Ratliff, Ben}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of + Samba: Popular Music and National Identity in + Brazil}, \bibstring{by} {Hermano Vianna}, + \parteditandtrans {John Charles Chasteen}}, + journaltitle = {Lingua Franca}, + date = {1999-04}, + volume = 9, + pages = {B13--B14}, + annote = {16th edition only A Review entry presenting a + review from a scholarly journaltitle, hence no + entrysubtype needed. Note the bibstrings in the + title of the review, and the formatting of the title + of the book reviewed there. Also note the use of + parteditandtrans. The author-date system doesn't + absolutely require the use of these mechanisms, + which were invented to cope with the differences + between notes and bibliography in the other Chicago + style. Still, although simply writing "edited and + translated by" yourself will suffice, using these + mechanisms will make your .bib file work across + multiple languages, and will also allow it to work, + with fewer modifications, in the notes \& + bibliography style, should that be needed. See next + entry.} +} + +@Article{ratliff:review:15, + author = {Ratliff, Ben}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The mystery of + samba: Popular music and national identity in + Brazil}, \bibstring{by} {Hermano Vianna}, + \parteditandtrans {John Charles Chasteen}}, + journaltitle = {Lingua Franca}, + date = {1999-04}, + volume = 9, + pages = {B13--B14}, + annotation = {15th edition only An Article entry presenting a + review from a scholarly journaltitle, hence no + entrysubtype needed. Note the bibstrings in the + title of the review, and the formatting of the title + of the book reviewed there. Also note the use of + parteditandtrans. The author-date system doesn't + absolutely require the use of these mechanisms, + which were invented to cope with the differences + between notes and bibliography in the other Chicago + style. Still, although simply writing "ed. and + trans." yourself will suffice, using these + mechanisms will make your .bib file work across + multiple languages, and will also allow it to work, + with fewer modifications, in the notes \& + bibliography style, should that be needed.} +} + +@Article{reaves:rosen, + journaltitle = {Time}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2001-03-14}, + author = {Reaves, Jessica}, + title = {A Weighty Issue}, + subtitle = {Ever-Fatter Kids}, + titleaddon = {interview with James Rosen}, + url = {http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,102443,00.html}, + annotation = {A magazine interview with its own, specific title, + presented in an Article entry with "magazine" + entrysubtype. The generic title goes in titleaddon, + with the style taking care of capitalization of the + first word. The author of this article is different + from the interviewee, which suggests a certain + flexibility in the Manual's requirements for such + things. The url field gives the online location.} +} + +@Book{rodman:walk, + title = {Walk on the Wild Side}, + publisher = {Delacorte Press}, + year = 1997, + author = {Rodman, Dennis}, + note = {with Michael Silver}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A Book entry with a named ghostwriter, given in the + note field.} +} + +@Misc{roosevelt:speech, + author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor}, + title = {\mkbibquote{Is America Facing World Leadership?}}, + entrysubtype = {speech}, + note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46}, + titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College}, + url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2}, + date = {1959-05-06}, + annotation = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in + a Misc entry with an entrysubtype. Note the + formatting of the title. Cp. coolidge:speech.} +} + +@Misc{roosevelt:speech:trad, + author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor}, + title = {Is {America} facing world leadership?}, + entrysubtype = {speech}, + note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46}, + titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College}, + url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2}, + date = {1959-05-06}, + annotation = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in + a Misc entry with an entrysubtype, and intended for + authordate-trad only. Note the formatting of the + title. Cp. coolidge:speech.} +} + +@MastersThesis{ross:thesis, + author = {Ross, Dorothy}, + title = {The {Irish-Catholic} Immigrant, 1880--1900}, + subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility}, + school = {Columbia University}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Thesis} entry with its \textsf{type} + pre-defined by the alias \textsf{MastersThesis}. + The \texttt{nodate} \cmd{bibstring} (which gives + \enquote{n.d\adddot} in English) may be used in + almost any entry type if you can't find a date, + though the author-date style automatically provides + it in most types if you don't.} +} + +@Article{rozner:liberation, + journaltitle = {Voprosy istorii}, + year = 1979, + author = {Rozner, I.~G.}, + title = {The War of Liberation of the {Ukrainian} People in + 1648--1654 and {Russia}}, + number = 4, + language = {russian}, + pages = {51--64}, + annotation = {This is a Russian journal, and its journaltitle is + in transliterated Russian, while its article title + is translated into English, hence the original + language provided in the language field.} +} + +@Music{rubinstein:chopin, + title = {The {Chopin} Collection}, + date = 1991, + author = {Rubinstein, Artur}, + publisher = {RCA Victor/BMG}, + number = {60822-2-RG}, + type = {11 compact discs}, + origdate = {1946/1967}, + annotation = {16 edition only. A Music entry giving the + original recording dates of a later compilation. In + the author-date style, you don't see the "recorded" + bibstring, so there may be some ambiguity as to what + the origdate represents. Cf. floyd:atom.} +} + +@Book{schellinger:novel, + title = {Encyclopedia of the Novel}, + publisher = {Fitzroy Dearborn}, + year = 1998, + editor = {Schellinger, Paul and Hudson, Christopher and Rijsberman, Marijk}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {As this isn't one of the universally-known reference + works, its entry will have (in the absence of an + author) the editors at its head, hence the choice of + Book rather than Reference.} +} + +@Article{schneider:mittelpleistozaene, + author = {Schneider, B.}, + title = {Eine mittelpleistoz\"ane Herpetofauna von der Insel + Chios, \"Ag\"ais}, + journaltitle = {Senckenbergiana Biologica}, + hyphenation = {german}, + date = 1975, + volume = 56, + pages = {191--198}, + annotation = {An article in German with the title left + untranslated. The hyphenation field means you don't + need additional curly braces in the title to + preserve the capitalization. Cf. pirumova:russian.} +} + +@Audio{schubert:muellerin, + title = {{Das Wandern (Wandering)}}, + date = 1895, + booktitle = {{Die sch\"one M\"ullerin} ({The} Maid of the Mill)}, + maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)}, + maintitle = {First Vocal Album}, + options = {ctitleaddon=space}, + author = {Schubert, Franz}, + publisher = {G.~Schirmer}, + address = {New York}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Audio} entry presenting a published + musical score. Note the presence of all three sorts + of \textsf{title}, and the \textsf{options} field + providing a space in place of a comma before the + parenthesized \textsf{maintitleaddon}.} +} + +@Book{schweitzer:bach, + title = {{J. S. Bach}}, + origdate = 1966, + date = 1911, + author = {Schweitzer, Albert}, + origlocation = {London}, + origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel}, + addendum = {Citations refer to the Dover edition}, + options = {cmsdate=both}, + translator = {Newman, Ernest}, + publisher = {Dover}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A reprinted \textsf{Book}, showing how to present + this information by putting \texttt{reprint} in the + \textsf{pubstate} field, the origdate into the + \textsf{date} field, and the date into + \textsf{origdate}. The style notices that the years + have been switched with a simple numerical test, and + prints them in their proper places. This would + allow you to present several reprinted works from + the same year by the same author, and have the years + suffixed with a,b,c, etc. as required by the spec. + The \texttt{cmsdate=both} option prints both dates. + The \textsf{origlocation} and \textsf{origpublisher} + fields allow you to present further information + about the original edition, if you should so wish, + and the \textsf{addendum} clarifies which edition + will be providing the page references for + citations.} +} + +@Book{sechzer:women, + title = {Women and Mental Health}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ. Press}, + year = 1996, + editor = {Sechzer, Jeri A. and Pfaffilin, S.~M. and Denmark, + F.~L. and Griffin, A. and Blumenthal, S.~J.}, + location = {Baltimore}, + annotation = {A Book without an author, but with more than 3 + editors, hence the "et al." mechanism comes into + play in citations, though not in the reference + list.} +} + +@Book{sereny:cries, + title = {Cries Unheard}, + subtitle = {Why Children Kill; {The} Story of {Mary Bell}}, + year = 1999, + author = {Sereny, Gitta}, + publisher = {Metropolitan Books and Henry Holt}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {A Book with two subtitles, the second separated by a + semicolon, according to the spec.} +} + +@Article{sewall:letter, + author = {Sewall, Jonathan}, + title = {Letter of {Jonathan Sewall}}, + journaltitle = {Proceedings of the Massachusetts Historical Society}, + date = {1896-01}, + volume = 10, + pages = {412--415}, + series = 2, + annotation = {A letter presented as an article in a scholarly + journal, hence the Article entry. Note plain number + in series field of an Article entry.} +} + +@Misc{shapey:partita, + author = {Shapey, Ralph}, + title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}}, + titleaddon = {score}, + entrysubtype = {music}, + date = 1966, + note = {Special Collections}, + organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library}, + institution = {University of Chicago}, + annotation = {An example of an unpublished musical score, + presented in a \textsf{Misc} (with + \textsf{entrysubtype}) rather than an \textsf{Audio} + entry. Note that, having a non-generic title, you + need to provide quotation marks in the + \textsf{title} in the author-date style, which means + that the entry is incorrect for the \texttt{trad} + style.} +} + +@Misc{shapey:partita:15, + author = {Shapey, Ralph}, + title = {Partita for violin and thirteen players}, + titleaddon = {score}, + entrysubtype = {music}, + date = 1966, + note = {Special Collections}, + organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library}, + institution = {University of Chicago}, + annotation = {An example of an unpublished musical score, + presented in a \textsf{Misc} entry (with + \textsf{entrysubtype}) rather than an \textsf{Audio} + entry, which is what you would use for a published + score. Because \textsf{Misc} entries with an + \textsf{entrysubtype} don't provide any formatting + of the \textsf{title} at all, when you use the + \texttt{trad} style you may need to pay special + attention to them, as here, where no quotation + marks are necessary in the \textsf{title}} +} + +@Book{silver:gawain, + title = {Sir {Gawain} and the {Green Knight}}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1974, + translator = {Silverstein, Theodore}, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {Here, neither \textsf{author} nor \textsf{editor} + are available, so the reference list entry and + citations will start with the \textsf{translator}.} +} + +@InCollection{sirosh:visualcortex, + author = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Bednar, J.~A.}, + title = {Self-Organization of Orientation Maps, Lateral + Connections, and Dynamic Receptive Fields in the + Primary Visual Cortex}, + booktitle = {Lateral Interactions in the Cortex}, + booksubtitle = {Structure and Function}, + publisher = {UTCS Neural Networks Research Group}, + year = 1996, + editor = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Choe, Y.}, + url = {http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/nn/web-pubs/htmlbook96/}, + urldate = {2001-08-27}, + location = {Austin, TX}, + annotation = {Part of a collection with its own title, hence + requiring an InCollection entry.} +} + +@Book{soltes:georgia, + title = {Georgia}, + subtitle = {Art and Civilization through the Ages}, + publisher = {Philip Wilson}, + year = 1999, + editor = {Soltes, Ori Z.}, + location = {London}, + annotation = {A Book entry without an author, hence with the + editor at the head of citations.} +} + +@Misc{spock:interview, + author = {Spock, Benjamin}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn}, + date = {1974-11-20}, + note = {interview 67A, transcript}, + organization = {Senn Oral History Collection}, + institution = {National Library of Medicine}, + location = {Bethesda, MD}, + annotation = {An unpublished interview from an archive, hence + requiring the \textsf{Misc} entry type with an + \textsf{entrysubtype}. The interview is dated, but + isn't letter-like, so you put the date in the + \textsf{date} field. The interviewee is the + \textsf{author}, and the \textsf{title}, with its + initial lowercase letter, names the interviewer. + This \textsf{Misc} entry has all 4 locating fields + in increasing generality: \textsf{note}, + \textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and + \textsf{location}. The first of these also starts + with a lowercase letter. The \emph{CMS} suggests + that if you refer to more than one piece from such + an archive, that you include only the archive in the + reference list, with more specific information + forming part of the flow of text. Cf.\ + \cmslink{creel:house} and \cmslink{house:papers}.} +} + +@Book{stendhal:parma, + title = {The Charterhouse of {Parma}}, + date = 1925, + author = {Stendhal}, + nameaddon = {Marie Henri Beyle}, + publisher = {Boni \& Liveright}, + address = {New York}, + translator = {Scott-Moncrieff, C.~K.}, + annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with the real name of the + author given, in the \textsf{nameaddon} field, after + the pseudonym, in the \textsf{author} field.} +} + +@Article{stenger:privacy, + journaltitle = {CNN.com}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1999-12-20}, + author = {Stenger, Richard}, + title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears}, + url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ptech/12/20/implant.device/}, + annotation = {This is an intrinsically-online source, but is + structured like a newspaper, so we use the Article + entry type and "magazine" entrysubtype. The Manual + is specific about this, and it limits the range of + things you might put into an Online entry.} +} + +@Book{suangtho:tectona, + title = {Flowering and Seed Production in \mkbibemph{Tectona + grandis} {L.f\adddot}}, + subtitle = {Report on the {DANIDA Training Course on Tree + Improvement Program}}, + date = 1990, + author = {Suangtho, V. and Lauridson, E.~B.}, + address = {Chiang Mai, Thailand}, + annotation = {A book title showing "reverse italics," where a + normally italicized term is in roman inside an + italicized title. Note the formatting of the + species name.} +} + +@Article{terborgh:preservation, + author = {Terborgh, J.}, + title = {Preservation of Natural Diversity}, + subtitle = {The Problem of Extinction-Prone species}, + journaltitle = {BioScience}, + date = 1974, + volume = 24, + pages = {715--722}, + annotation = {A standard Article entry.}} + +@Book{thompson:making, + title = {The Making of the {English} Working Class}, + date = 1964, + author = {Thompson, E.~P.}, + publisher = {Pantheon}, + address = {New York}, + addendum = {(Published in UK in 1963.)}, + annotation = {A book published in different years in the US and + the UK. It's possible you may want to remove the + parentheses in the addendum for the 16th edition.} +} + +@Book{tillich:system, + title = {Systematic Theology}, + year = {1951\bibdatedash 63}, + author = {Tillich, Paul}, + publisher = uchp, + volumes = 3, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A Book entry with 3 volumes published over time. + Any postnote fields in citation commands should + provide volume and page, like so: "2:157."} +} + +@Book{times:guide, + title = {The {Times} Guide to {English} Style and Usage}, + edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}}, + lista = {police ranks and postal addresses}, + namec = {Austin, Tim}, + year = 1999, + publisher = {Times Books}, + location = {London}, + annotation = {In the notes+bibliography style, I presented this + text as an InReference entry, so that citations + started with the title and and you could use a + postnote field to cite other alphabetized articles + without having to provide the "s.v." string + yourself. In the author-date style you may + sometimes want to choose the book type, allowing the + reference-list entry to begin with the compiler's + name. The disadvantage to this is that in text + citations you'll have to provide that "s.v." string + yourself in the postnote field. Perhaps the + simplest solution is the one I've used in + ency:britannica and grove:sibelius, providing a + shorttitle for the in-text citations and + automatically producing "s.v." for you when you have + a postnote.} +} + +@Book{turabian:manual, + title = {A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and + Dissertations}, + date = 1996, + author = {Turabian, Kate~L.}, + publisher = uchp, + address = {Chicago}, + edition = 6, + note = {Rev. John Grossman and Alice Bennett}, + annotation = {A book with edition information included in the note + field. For the 16th edition you might want to + include the full string "revised by."} +} + +@Audio{twain:audio, + title = {The Humor of {Mark Twain}}, + author = {Twain, Mark}, + series = {Commuters' Library}, + publisher = {Entertainment Software}, + type = {6 cassettes}, + address = {Arlington, TX}, + annotation = {An Audio entry presenting an audiobook, which means + the publishing information will be presented as it + would be in the standard book-like entries. The + Manual sometimes presents this sort of material + somewhat differently, requiring a Music entry -- + cf. auden:reading. Here, the type field gives the + medium.} +} + +@Review{unsigned:ranke, + journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1828-02}, + title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der + romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von + Ranke}}, + number = {23--24}, + sortkey = {Erg}, + shortjournal = {Erg\"anzungsbl\"atter z. Allg. Lit.-Ztg.}, + annotation = {A rather unusual \textsf{Review} entry + (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), without + an author. In the author-date style we allow the + \textsf{journaltitle} to come first in the + reference-list entry and provide an abbreviated + \textsf{shortjournal} for citations. Note the + formatting of the reviewed title in the + \textsf{title} field. The \textsf{number} field + provides the consecutive numbers of the magazine in + which the review appeared, and the style + automatically provides the correct (plural) + bibstring.} +} + +@Audio{verdi:corsaro, + title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})}, + titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave}, + date = 1998, + author = {Verdi, Giuseppe}, + editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth}, + number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas}, + series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi}, + volumes = 2, + address = {Chicago}, + annotation = {An \textsf{Audio} entry presenting a published + operatic score. Note the \enquote{reverse italics} + in the \textsf{title}, and also the + \textsf{titleaddon}, which identifies the + librettist. Note also the two publishers, and two + places of publication, presented in a modified + \textsf{publisher} field.} +} + +@Book{virginia:plantation, + title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and + Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the + Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which + It Hath Been Advanced}, + location = {London}, + sorttitle = {True and Sincere}, + shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration}, + year = 1610, + annote = {An anonymous \textsf{Book} entry with a very long + \textsf{title}. The \emph{CMS} prefers such entries + generally to appear under their titles rather than + under \enquote{Anon.} Here, the \textsf{shorttitle} + removes the indefinite article, and the + \textsf{sorttitle} does the same.} +} + +@Book{virginia:plantation:15, + title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and + Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the + Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which + It Hath Been Advanced}, + author = {Anon\adddot}, + year = 1610, + annotation = {An anonymous Book entry with a very long title. + Providing the author "Anon." simplifies the + presentation in the author-date style. 15th + edition only} +} + +@Book{walker:columbia, + title = {The {Columbia} Guide to Online Style}, + date = 1998, + author = {Walker, J.~R. and Taylor, T.}, + publisher = {Columbia Univ. Press}, + address = {New York}, + annotation = {A plain book entry with two authors}} + +@Article{wall:radio, + author = {Wall, J.~V.}, + title = {2700 {MHz} Observations of {4C} Radio Sources in the + Declination Zone +4 to -4}, + journaltitle = {Australian J. Phys. Astrophys.}, + date = 1971, + volume = {Suppl. no. 20}, + annotation = {A supplement volume to a journal, showing one way of + providing this information using the volume field. + Also note the abbreviated journal title, which is + sometimes recommended in reference lists.} +} + +@Review{wallraff:word, + journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + author = {Wallraff, Barbara}, + date = {2000-04}, + title = {Word {Court}}, + annotation = {A regular column in a magazine, without an + individual title, hence the use of a Review entry + type, entrysubtype "magazine," with a title and no + titleaddon. In the 15th edition, you can use the + Article type, but Review works just as well.} +} + +@Article{warr:ellison, + author = {Warr, Mark and Ellison, Christopher~G.}, + title = {Rethinking Social Reactions to Crime}, + subtitle = {Personal and Altruistic Fear in Family Households}, + journaltitle = {American Journal of Sociology}, + date = {2000-11}, + volume = 106, + number = 3, + pages = {551--578}, + url = {http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AJS/journal/issues/v106n3/050125/050125.html}, + annotation = {An Article with an online version.} +} + +@Book{wauchope:ceramics, + title = {A Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics in + {Middle America}}, + year = 1950, + author = {Wauchope, Robert}, + publisher = {Tulane University}, + series = {Middle American Research Records}, + number = {\bibstring{volume} 1, \bibstring{number} 14}, + location = {New Orleans, LA}, + annotation = {A Book with a series and number. The name of the + series alone goes in series, the rest in number.} +} + +@Book{weber:saugetiere, + title = {Die S\"augetiere}, + date = 1928, + author = {Weber, M. and de Burlet, H.~M. and Abel, O.}, + volumes = 2, + publisher = {Gustav Fischer}, + hyphenation = {german}, + address = {Jena}, + edition = 2, + annotation = {A multi-volume work, in its second edition. The + hyphenation field tells the style to leave the + title's capitalization alone, hence the absence of + extra curly braces.} +} + +@Video{weed:flatiron, + title = {At the Foot of the {Flatiron}}, + date = 1903, + related = {loc:city}, + relatedstring = {from}, + author = {Weed, A.~E.}, + publisher = {American Mutoscope {and} Biograph Company}, + type = {35~mm; 2 min., 19 sec.}, + annotation = {This complete film taken from an online archive uses + a Video entry. The creator of the film goes in the + author field, and the medium w/ running length in + the type field. The related field cites another + (Video) entry, containing information about the + online location of the MPEG version of the original + 35mm film. Linked by the relatedstring field, these + two entries will be presented together in the + reference list, as suggested by the Manual 14.280.} +} + +@Book{weresz, + author = {Wereszycki, Henryk}, + title = {Koniec sojuszu trzech cesarzy}, + usere = {The end of the Three Emperors' League}, + publisher = {PWN}, + year = 1977, + location = {Warsaw}, + annotation = {A Book in Polish, with the title given in Polish + (though lacking diacritics) and a translation given + for a readership who might not know that language. + The translation, in the usere field, is capitalized + sentence style.} +} + +@Article{white:callimachus, + author = {White, Stephen~A.}, + title = {Callimachus {Battiades} (\mkbibemph{Epigr.} 35)}, + journaltitle = {Classical Philology}, + date = {1999-04}, + volume = 94, + pages = {168--181}, + annotation = {A standard Article entry with a formatted title + quoted in the title field.} +} + +@Letter{white:ross:memo, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to Harold Ross}, + titleaddon = {memorandum}, + xref = {white:total}, + pages = 273, + origdate = {1946-05-02}, + annotation = {In the author-date style, the \emph{CMS} (15.40) + recommends that the list of references contain only + the whole collection of published letters + (\cmslink{white:total}, below), with any further + information being provided as part of the running + text. (If you follow this method, then the + \textsf{Letter} entry type needn't ever be used.) + If, for some reason, you still want to cite + individual letters in the list of references, this + and the \cmslink{white:russ} entry demonstrate how + to do so. Chicago's mechanism for shortened + cross-references is operative in \textsf{Letter} + entries using \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} (as + in \textsf{InCollection} and \textsf{InProceedings} + entries), so the information printed in the list of + references will be abbreviated. You can simply use + the \textsf{origdate} field for the date of the + letter, and you'll get separate letters, ordered by + date, and with a,b,c, etc. appended to differentiate + letters from the same year.} +} + +@Letter{white:russ, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to B.~Russell}, + xref = {white:total}, + pages = 283, + origdate = {1946-09-02}, + annotation = {This is a spurious entry I've just made up to show + the cross-referencing mechanism at work in + \textsf{Letter} entries. See + \cmslink{white:ross:memo} for the details.} +} + +@Book{white:total, + title = {{Letters of E.~B. White}}, + year = 1976, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano}, + publisher = {Harper \&\ Row}, + location = {New York}, + annotation = {The parent entry of the two preceding child entries. + Note that it is a \textsf{Book} entry, and will + appear in the reference list if more than one child + inherits from it, even though it isn't cited + itself.} +} + +@Periodical{whittington:water, + title = {World Development}, + date = 1991, + editor = {Whittington, D. and others}, + issuetitle = {A Study of Water Vending and Willingness to Pay for + Water in {Onitsha, Nigeria}}, + note = {special issue}, + volume = 19, + number = {2--3}, + annotation = {A special issue of a journal, cited as a whole, + hence the use of the Periodical entry type. The + type of issue goes in the note field.}} + +@InCollection{wiens:avian, + author = {Wiens, J.~A.}, + title = {Avian Community Ecology}, + subtitle = {An Iconoclastic View}, + crossref = {brush:ornithology}, + pages = {355--403}, + annotation = {An essay in a collection, the child entry of the + parent given in the crossref field. The presence of + this field means that the entry in the list of + references will be abbreviated, and include a + shortened reference to the parent. + Cf. ellet:galena, lippincott:chicago, and + keating:dearborn.} +} + +@InReference{wikiped:bibtex, + title = {Wikipedia}, + lista = {BibTeX}, + userd = {last modified}, + url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX}, + urldate = {2012-05-18}, + annotation = {An online \textsf{InReference} entry, usually not + presented in a list of references. Here is how you + might do so, with the \textsf{urldate}, in the + absence of the other three kinds of date, providing + the year for citations and the list of references. + It is strongly recommended that you at least have a + \textsf{urldate} field, as such sources change + rather rapidly, though the \emph{CMS} would prefer + that you use a revision date or the like instead of + an access date. Here, the \textsf{userd} field + identifies which sort of date is at stake.} +} + +@InBook{will:cohere, + author = {Williams, Joseph~M. and Colomb, Gregory~C.}, + title = {Coherence {II}}, + booktitle = {Style}, + booksubtitle = {Toward Clarity and Grace}, + bookauthor = {Williams, Joseph~M.}, + pages = {81--95}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1990, + location = {Chicago}, + annotation = {A chapter in a book that has a different authorship + from the book as a whole. In such a case, you can + use an InBook entry, with the author(s) of the + chapter in the author field, and the author(s) of + the whole book in the bookauthor field.} +} + +@Book{wright:evolution, + title = {Evolution and the Genetics of Populations}, + year = {1968--78}, + sortyear = {1968}, + author = {Wright, Sewell}, + publisher = uchp, + address = {Chicago}, + volumes = 4, + annotation = {A multi-volume work published over several years, so + the year field provides the range. Such a year + field doesn't sort properly in recent iterations of + biblatex, so the sortyear field makes it work.}} + +@Book{wright:theory, + title = {Theory of Gene Frequencies}, + date = 1969, + maintitle = {Evolution and the Genetics of Populations}, + volume = 2, + author = {Wright, Sewell}, + publisher = uchp, + address = {Chicago}, + annotation = {One volume of the multi-volume work from the + previous entry.}} + +@CustomC{york:creasey, + author = {York, Jeremy}, + title = {Creasey, John}, + annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from + the pseudonym in the author field to the real name + in the title field, allowing your readers to find + the cited work under the author's real name. The + entry for that work, creasey:york:death, contains a + userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring + that this cross-reference will be printed if the + main entry itself is cited.} +} + +@Collection{zukowsky:chicago, + title = {Chicago Architecture, 1872--1922}, + subtitle = {Birth of a Metropolis}, + year = 1987, + editor = {Zukowsky, John}, + publisher = {Prestel-Verlag in association with the Art Institute + of Chicago}, + location = {Munich}, + annotation = {A standard Collection entry, with an editor instead + of an author. Note extra information in publisher + field.} +} + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76354c872f --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +@Book{bluebook, + title = {The Bluebook}, + subtitle = {A Uniform System of Citation}, + edition = {20}, + namec = {{The editors of the Columbia Law Review} and {the Harvard + Law Review} and {the University of Pennsylvania Law + Review} and {the Yale Law Journal}}, + location = {Cambridge, MA}, + publisher = {The Harvard Law Review Association}, + date = 2015} + +@Jurisdiction{canada:case, + title = {Robertson v\adddotspace Thomson Corp\adddot}, + shortjournal = {S.C.R\adddot}, + journaltitle = {Supreme Court Reports \mkbibemph{(Canada)}}, + entrysubtype = {square}, + shorttitle = {Robertson}, + date = 2006, + volume = 2, + pages = 363, + location = {Can\adddot}} + +@Legislation{canada:statute, + bookpagination = {section}, + entrysubtype = {canada}, + chapter = {C-36}, + title = {Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act}, + journaltitle = {Revised Statutes of Canada}, + shortjournal = {R.S.C\adddot}, + date = 1985, + pages = 5, + addendum = {Can\adddot}} + +@Legislation{congress:bill, + title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002}, + journaltitle = {Congress}, + shortjournal = {Cong\adddot}, + date = 2002, + titleaddon = {H.R.\ 5005}, + volume = {107th}} + +@Legislation{congress:debate:globe, + shortjournal = {Cong.\ Globe}, + journaltitle = {Congressional Globe}, + series = {39th Cong\adddot}, + date = 1866, + part = {2d Sess\adddot}, + pages = 39} + +@Legislation{congress:debate:new, + journaltitle = {Congressional Record}, + shortjournal = {Cong.\ Rec\adddot}, + date = {2002-10-16}, + pages = {S10\addcomma491}, + volume = 148, + addendum = {statement of Sen.\ Dodd}, + usera = {daily ed.}} + +@Legislation{congress:hearing, + title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002}, + journaltitle = {Congress}, + shortjournal = {Cong\adddot}, + shorthand = {\mkbibemph{Hearings on H.R.\ 5005}}, + entrysubtype = {hearing}, + date = 2002, + subtitle = {Hearings on H.R.\ 5005, Day 3, Before the Select Comm.\ + on Homeland Security}, + volume = {107th}, + pages = 203, + addendum = {statement of David Walker, Comptroller General of + the United States}} + +@Legislation{congress:publiclaw, + title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002}, + journaltitle = {United States Statutes at Large}, + shortjournal = {Stat\adddot}, + date = 2002, + note = {\S\ 2}, + titleaddon = {Pub.\ L\adddot}, + volume = 116, + number = {107-296}, + pages = 2135} + +@Legislation{congress:report, + author = {Select Comm.\ on Homeland Security}, + title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002}, + date = 2002, + titleaddon = {H.R.\ Rep\adddot}, + number = {107-609}, + part = 1} + +@Legislation{constitution:arkansas, + title = {Ark.\ Const.\ of 1868}, + pagination = {section}, + bookpagination = {section}, + titleaddon = {art.\ III}, + pages = {2}, + addendum = {superseded 1874}} + +@Legislation{constitution:federal, + options = {ctitleaddon=space}, + title = {U.S.\ Const\adddot}, + titleaddon = {amend.\ XIV}, + pages = 2, + pagination = {section}, + bookpagination = {section}} + +@Jurisdiction{database:case, + title = {Horn v\adddotspace Pub.\ Water Supply Dist.\ No.\ 8}, + shorttitle = {Horn}, + date = {2005-01-21}, + journaltitle = {Westlaw}, + location = {Mo.\ Ct.\ App\adddot}, + number = {WD 63889}, + issue = 119835, + volume = 2005, + shortjournal = {WL}} + +@Legislation{executive:proclamation, + title = {Proclamation}, + journaltitle = {Federal Register}, + shortjournal = {Fed.\ Reg\adddot}, + date = {2008-01-08}, + volume = 73, + number = 8214, + pages = 1439} + +@Jurisdiction{federal:case, + title = {United States v\adddotspace Christmas}, + shorttitle = {Christmas}, + date = 2000, + volume = 222, + series = 3, + pages = 141, + journaltitle = {Federal Reporter}, + shortjournal = {F\adddot}, + location = {4th Cir\adddot}} + +@Jurisdiction{federal:lower:related, + title = {City of Las Vegas v\adddotspace Walsh}, + journaltitle = {P\adddot}, + shorttitle = {Walsh}, + related = {scotus:case}, + relatedstring = {\mkbibemph{cert.\ denied}}, + relatedoptions = {skipbib}, + date = 2005, + location = {Nev\adddot}, + series = 3, + volume = 124, + pages = 203} + +@Jurisdiction{scotus:case, + journaltitle = {United States Supreme Court Reports}, + shortjournal = {U.S\adddot}, + date = 2006, + volume = 547, + pages = 1071} + +@Jurisdiction{state:case:2reps, + title = {Henningsen v\adddotspace Bloomfield Motors, Inc\adddot}, + shorttitle = {Henningsen}, + date = 1960, + volume = 32, + origlocation = {161 A.2d 69}, + pages = 358, + journaltitle = {N.J\adddot}} + +@Legislation{state:statute:ky, + title = {An Act Guaranteeing Governmental Independence}, + shortjournal = {Ky.\ Rev.\ Stat.\ Ann\adddot}, + date = {1985}, + bookpagination = {section}, + usera = {LexisNexis}, + pages = {520.020}, + addendum = {passed Jan.\ 3, 1974}} + +@Legislation{state:statute:okla, + title = {S.\ Res.\ 20}, + journaltitle = {Leg\adddot}, + location = {Okla\adddot}, + date = 1979, + series = {2d Sess\adddot}, + volume = {37th}} + +@Legal{treaty, + title = {Treaty Banning Nuclear Weapon Tests in the + Atmosphere, in Outer Space and Under Water}, + journaltitle = {U.S.T\adddot}, + date = {1963-08-05}, + shorthand = {Treaty}, + options = {skipbib}, + titleaddon = {U.S.-U.K.-U.S.S.R\adddot}, + issue = 1313, + volume = 14} + +@Jurisdiction{uk:case:round, + title = {R v\adddotspace Dudley and Stephens}, + shortjournal = {Q.B.D.}, + journaltitle = {Queen's Bench Division \mkbibemph{(UK)}}, + shorttitle = {Dudley and Stephens}, + date = 1884, + location = {D.C.}, + entrysubtype = {round}, + volume = 14, + pages = 273} + +@Jurisdiction{uk:case:square, + title = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddotspace v\adddotspace + Gulliver and Ors}, + shorttitle = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddot}, + location = {H.L. and Eng.}, + shortjournal = {A.C.}, + journaltitle = {Appeal Cases \mkbibemph{(UK)}}, + entrysubtype = {square}, + date = 1967, + volume = 2, + pages = 134} + +@Legislation{uk:command, + author = {HM Treasury}, + title = {The Basle Facility and the Sterling Area}, + journaltitle = {Cmnd\adddot}, + date = 1968, + issue = 3787, + entrysubtype = {uk}} + +@Legislation{uk:hansard, + journaltitle = {Parl.\ Deb., H.C\adddot}, + year = {1944--45}, + series = 5, + entrysubtype = {hansard}, + volume = {407}, + pages = {425-446}} + +@Legislation{uk:statute, + title = {Manchester Corporation Act}, + entrysubtype = {uk}, + date = 1967, + addendum = {Eng.}, + chapter = {xl}} + +@Legislation{uk:statute:regnal, + chapter = {2}, + series = {3}, + entrysubtype = {uk}, + title = {Act of Settlement}, + journaltitle = {Will\adddot}, + date = {1701}, + volume = {12 \&\ 13}} + +@Legislation{un:resolution, + title = {S.C.\ Res.\ 7}, + pages = {\pno\ 4(a)}, + entrysubtype = {un}, + bookpagination = {paragraph}, + shortauthor = {SC}, + date = {1946-06-26}, + titleaddon = {The Spanish Question}, + url = {http://www.un.org/documents/sc/res/1946/scres46.htm}} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..115bb18065 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib @@ -0,0 +1,3038 @@ +@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}} +@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}} +@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}} +@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}} +@String{pup = {Princeton University Press}} +@String{ucp = {University of California Press}} +@String{sup = {Stanford University Press}} + +@Review{Clemens:letter, + journaltitle = {Wall Street Journal}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-04-21}, + author = {Clemens, David}, + title = {letter to the editor}, + shorttitle = {letter to the editor}, + annote = {A typical letter to an editor -- note the use of + lowercase letter in title and shorttitle, using the + automatic capitalization function of those fields in + Review entries.} +} + +@Review{ac:comment, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2008-06-30}, + author = {AC}, + eventdate = {2008-07-01}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html}, + nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)}, + crossref = {ellis:blog}, + title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}}, + annote = {The 16th edition suggests a format such as this for + presenting comments on blogs or other online + material. With only a generic title, it takes a + \textsf{Review} entry instead of an \textsf{Article} + one, and the \textsf{crossref} field points to the + blog to which the comment is attached. The + \textsf{eventdate} gives the date of the comment, + and if additional temporal specificity is required + then you can use the \textsf{nameaddon} field to + give a timestamp, inside parentheses.} +} + +@Book{adorno:benj, + title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940}, + publisher = hup, + year = 1999, + author = {Adorno, Theodor W. and Benjamin, Walter}, + editor = {Lonitz, Henri}, + translator = {Nicholas Walker}, + location = {Cambridge, MA}, + shorttitle = {Complete Correspondence}, + annote = {A published collection of letters, in a Book entry + rather than Letter. References to it would be by + page rather than by individual letter.} +} + +@Book{aristotle:metaphy:gr, + shorttitle = {Metaphysics}, + title = {Metaphysics}, + keywords = {original}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + origdate = 1924, + year = 1997, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press and Sandpiper Books}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + volumes = 2, + location = {Oxford}, + annote = {A work from classical antiquity, presented in a Book + entry with "classical" entrysubtype, hence + references to it will have a special form in short + notes. This assumes you are using the traditional, + fixed divisions of the text, in this case those of + Bekker's edition, instead of page references to this + edition. In the latter case, you don't need the + entrysubtype. Also note keywords field, which means + it won't be printed separately in the bibliography, + because it will be appended to the entry for the + english translation, given in the next entry. This + volume is a reprint edition, notice the use of the + string "reprint" in the pubstate field, and the + origyear field holding date of original publication. + Finally, notice two publishers, separated by keyword + "and."} +} + +@Book{aristotle:metaphy:trans, + title = {Metaphysica}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1928, + volume = 8, + author = {Aristotle}, + editor = {Ross, W.~D.}, + nameb = {Ross, W.~D.}, + origlanguage = {greek}, + userf = {aristotle:metaphy:gr}, + maintitle = {The Works of Aristotle, Translated into English}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + edition = 2, + location = {Oxford}, + annote = {Translation of the previous entry, in this case also + using Book with "classical" entrysubtype, as + references will be by the pages of Bekker's edition. + The userf field contains the entry key for the Greek + original, which means the bibliography entry will + contain the reference to the translation followed by + that to the Greek text. The origlanguage field + means that the connecting text between the two books + in the bibliography will read "Greek edition:" + instead of "Originally published as." Note also + nameb, the translator of this particular volume of + the maintitle, as distinct from the editor of the + whole series, even though in this case they happen + to be the same person.} +} + +@InBook{ashbrook:brain, + author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch}, + title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God}, + booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain}, + publisher = {Pilgrim Press}, + year = 1997, + chapter = 7, + location = {Cleveland, OH}, + shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes}, + annote = {A typical \textsf{InBook} entry, identified both by + a \textsf{title} and also, in this case, by a + \textsf{chapter} number rather than a \textsf{pages} + range.} +} + +@CustomC{ashe:creasey, + author = {Ashe, Gordon}, + title = {Creasey, John}, + annote = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from + the pseudonym in the author field to the real name + in the title field, allowing your readers to find + the cited work under the author's real name. The + entry for that work, creasey:ashe:blast, contains a + userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring + that this cross-reference will be printed if the + main entry itself is cited.} +} + +@Article{assocpress:gun, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-06-12}, + author = {{Associated Press}}, + title = {Westchester Approves Measure on Gun Safety}, + shorttitle = {Westchester Approves Measure}, + annote = {A fairly typical Article entry from a newspaper, + with the keyword "magazine" as entrysubtype, and + with a corporate author inside an extra set of curly + braces.} +} + +@Music{auden:reading, + title = {Selected Poems}, + author = {Auden, W. H.}, + number = 7137, + series = {Spoken Arts}, + type = {audiocassette}, + date = {1991}, + note = {read by the author}, + annote = {An audiobook presented in a Music entry, with which + cp. twain:audio, an Audio entry. Here, the type + field contains the medium, while the series and + number field contain the label information for the + cassette, as is standard in Music entries.} +} + +@Article{author:forthcoming, + author = {Author, Margaret~M.}, + title = {Article Title}, + journaltitle = {Journal Name}, + year = {forthcoming}, + volume = 98, + annote = {An example of how to deal with a forthcoming + article.} +} + +@Book{babb:peru, + title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot}, + subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in Peru}, + year = 1989, + author = {Babb, Florence}, + publisher = {University of Texas Press}, + edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}}, + location = {Austin}, + annote = {A revised edition, with the bibstring revisededition + in the edition field.} +} + +@Review{barcott:review, + journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review}, + date = {2000-04-16}, + author = {Barcott, Bruce}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The + Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin}, + pages = 7, + shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin}}, + annote = {Typical Review entry from a magazine or newspaper, + with keyword "magazine" in entrysubtype, and with + the bibstring reviewof in the title and shorttitle + fields. You could just write "review of" instead, + but the bibstring makes the entry portable across + languages. Note the formatting of the reviewed + book's title using \mkbibemph.} +} + +@Article{batson, + author = {Batson, C.~Daniel}, + title = {How Social Is the Animal?}, + subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring}, + journaltitle = {American Psychologist}, + date = {1990-03}, + volume = 45, + pages = {336--346}, + annote = {Very typical Article entry, but notice that you no + longer need to include the subtitle in the title + field when the latter ends in a question mark, as + the styles now do the right thing + automatically. This also means that you no longer + necessarily need a shorttitle field in such + entries.} +} + +@Article{beattie:crime, + author = {Beattie, J.~M.}, + title = {The Pattern of Crime in England, 1660--1800}, + journaltitle = {Past and Present}, + year = 1974, + number = 62, + pages = {47--95}, + shorttitle = {The Pattern of Crime in England}, + annote = {Article entry with number instead of volume.} +} + +@Image{bedford:photo, + author = {Bedford, Francis}, + title = {Stratford on Avon Church from the Avon}, + type = {albumen print of collodion negative}, + institution = {International Museum of Photography at George + Eastman House}, + year = {1860s}, + note = {18.8 x 28 cm\adddot}, + location = {Rochester}, + annote = {A typical Image entry, for presenting a photograph. + In the 16th edition, there is no longer any + difference between the presentation of photographs + and works in other media, so this entry type is a + clone of Artwork. Note the type field, and the fact + that it begins with a lowercase letter, allowing + biblatex to capitalize it contextually if needed.} +} + +@Music{beethoven:sonata29, + title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29 + \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}}, + author = {Beethoven}, + editor = {Peter Serkin}, + shorttitle = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CDD 270}, + series = {Proarte Digital}, + annote = {A musical recording exhibiting several of the + peculiarities common to the audiovisual entry types. + Here, the composer goes in the author field, while + the performer goes into the editor field. The + editortype "none" prevents any identifying string + being used for the performer, as none is needed. As + in most Music entries, the series and number give + label identifying information, but the Manual hasn't + provided a medium for the type field. (I'm assuming + that one is supposed to be able to gather this + information from the number and series field, but + the absence of a date doesn't help, either.)} +} + +@BookInBook{bernhard:boris, + title = {A Party for Boris}, + sorttitle = {Party}, + crossref = {bernhard:themacher}, + annote = {A BookInBook entry, presenting part of a book that + could in other contexts be a book in its own right. + The title here will therefore be italicized. This + example shows the new abbreviated references + available in this entry type when a crossref or xref + is used, assuming the booklongxref option is set + properly - which it isn't by default - either in the + preamble or in the options field. Such treatment, I + note, isn't explicitly condoned by the Chicago + specification. See the next entry.} +} + +@BookInBook{bernhard:ritter, + title = {Ritter, Dene, Voss}, + crossref = {bernhard:themacher}, + annote = {This entry presents a second play by the same author + contained in the same volume as the previous entry. + With the crossref field present and the booklongxref + set properly - which it isn't by default - you'll + get abbreviated references to both in the + bibliography and in long notes (after the first).} +} + +@Book{bernhard:themacher, + title = {Histrionics}, + translator = {Jansen, Peter~K. and Northcott, Kenneth}, + subtitle = {Three Plays}, + date = 1990, + author = {Bernhard, Thomas}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {This entry provides the booktitle for the previous + two. It will be printed in the bibliography, and + the entries for its two children -- bernhard:boris + and bernhard:ritter -- will be abbreviated + references to it, assuming the booklongxref option + is set properly, which it isn't by default. Please + note that this style of cross-reference, with the + title of the Book automatically converted to the + booktitle of the BookInBook, is only available with + Biber as your backend.} +} + +@Music{bernstein:shostakovich, + title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5}, + author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri}, + editor = {Bernstein, Leonard}, + editortype = {conductor}, + editora = {{New York Philharmonic}}, + editoratype = {none}, + number = {IM 35854}, + series = {CBS}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + annote = {Like beethoven:sonata29, this is another rather + abbreviated Music entry, lacking a date and a type. + It does, however, show the method for emphasizing + the conductor instead of the composer, and also for + identifying the conductor in the editortype field. + Here, the performing orchestra goes in the editora + field, and the editoratype "none" prevents any + string attaching to the orchestra, as one isn't + needed. The usual series and number give the label + information. The 16th edition strongly encourages + you to find a date for such an entry -- online + resources should be able to help.} +} + +@Book{boxer:china, + title = {South China in the Sixteenth Century}, + year = 1953, + editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.}, + number = {2nd ser., 106}, + series = {Hakluyt Society Publications}, + location = {London}, + shorttitle = {South China}, + annote = {Book entry with series and number. In all book-like + entries (as opposed to Article, Periodical, and + Review entries) the series field will be a name, as + here, while the number field may contain such + information as "2nd ser." or "vol. 3," or just a + plain number. Putting "2nd ser." in the number + field may seem counter-intuitive, but it's necessary + for getting the punctuation to work out right.} +} + +@Article{brown:bremer, + title = {A Swedish Traveler in Early Wisconsin}, + subtitle = {The Observations of Frederika Bremer}, + titleaddon = {pts.\ 1 and 2}, + journaltitle = {Wisconsin Magazine of History}, + year = 1978, + issue = {Summer}, + volume = 61, + pages = {300--318\addsemicolon\space 62 (Autumn 1978): + 41\bibrangedash 56}, + editor = {Brown, George~C.}, + annote = {An unusual Article entry, combining into one + reference a two-part article using both the + titleaddon field and the pages field. This is a + kludge, and at some point I hope to implement a + better system. You could, also, simply refer to + each part separately. Note also the issue field, + with the name of a season, and the lowercase letter + starting the titleaddon field, which will + automatically capitalize the data depending on the + context within an entry.} +} + +@Book{browning:aurora, + title = {Aurora Leigh}, + subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts, + Criticism}, + year = 1996, + author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett}, + editor = {Reynolds, Margaret}, + publisher = {Norton}, + series = {Norton Critical Editions}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A Book entry with a series field, but no number.} +} + +@Review{bundy:macneil, + journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour}, + usera = {PBS}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1990-02-07}, + author = {Bundy, McGeorge}, + title = {interview by Robert MacNeil}, + shorttitle = {interview}, + annote = {A television interview, with a generic title, + presented in a \textsf{Review} entry, with + \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The + \emph{CMS} often treats such sources, including + online ones, as \textsf{journaltitles} in + \textsf{Article} or \textsf{Review} entries, the + \textsf{entrysubtype} indicating the distance from + traditional scholarly journals. Note here that the + interviewee is presented as the \textsf{author}, and + that the broadcast network is given in the + \textsf{usera} field. Note also the use of + lowercase letters to start both \textsf{title} and + \textsf{shorttitle}, allowing automatic contextual + capitalization of a generic title in a + \textsf{Review} entry.} +} + +@InCollection{centinel:letters, + author = {Centinel}, + nameaddon = {\bibstring{pseudonym}}, + titleaddon = {letters}, + booktitle = {The Complete Anti-Federalist}, + publisher = uchp, + shorttitle = {\autocap{l}etters}, + year = 1981, + editor = {Storing, Herbert J.}, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A rare example of a generic, unformatted title in an + InCollection entry, it therefore has a titleaddon + field and no title field. Note use of lowercase + initial letter in that titleaddon field, and of + \autocap in the shorttitle. "Centinel" is a + pseudonym and the actual author isn't known, so the + bibstring pseudonym is put in the nameaddon field.} +} + +@Book{chaucer:alt, + title = {Chaucer Life-Records}, + options = {useeditor=false,usenamec=false}, + year = 1966, + editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.}, + namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith}, + sortkey = {Chaucer}, + publisher = oup, + note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone + and others}, + location = {London}, + annote = {One way of presenting a Book so that the title comes + first in the entry. Here, we disable the use of + author, editor, translator, and compiler in the + options field, so the title is all that remains. + Note that we have to disable translator even though + there isn't one in the entry -- this is necessary to + make sure that no name will be found to place before + the title. The compilers go in namec, and other + information in note, which starts with a lowercase + letter. If you are using Biber, then you need the + sortkey field, as this entry triggers boundary + behavior caused by the sorting algorithms continuing + to use the namec field even though that name isn't + placed at the head of the entry. Cf. next entry.} +} + +@Book{chaucer:liferecords, + title = {Chaucer Life-Records}, + publisher = oup, + year = 1966, + note = {\partedit Martin M. Crow and Clair C. Olson from + materials compiled by John M. Manly and Edith + Richert, with the assistance of Lilian J. Redstone + and others}, + location = {London}, + annote = {A second way of presenting the same Book. There's + no author, editor, or compiler, so the title goes + first in the entry. All other information appears + in the note field, using the \partedit macro to get + the initial strings right in bibliography and + notes. (If your bibliography is in French, you'll + need to add "de" after this \partedit command.) + Cf. the previous entry.} +} + +@Book{chicago:manual, + title = {The Chicago Manual of Style}, + year = 2010, + author = {{University of Chicago Press}}, + shorthand = {\mkbibemph{CMS}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 16, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A manual presented in a \textsf{Book} entry. Note + curly braces around corporate \textsf{author}, which + is printed twice, both as \textsf{author} and + \textsf{publisher}.} +} + +@Book{chicago:manual:15, + title = {The Chicago Manual of Style}, + year = 2003, + author = {{University of Chicago Press}}, + publisher = uchp, + edition = 15, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A manual presented in a Book entry. Note curly + brackets around corporate author, which is printed + twice, both as author and publisher.} +} + +@Booklet{clark:mesopot, + title = {Mesopotamia}, + subtitle = {Between Two Rivers}, + author = {Hazel V. Clark}, + howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store}, + year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}}, + location = {Mesopotamia, OH}, + annote = {A standard \textsf{Booklet} entry, though the same + information could be presented in a \textsf{Book} + entry, using \textsf{publisher} instead of + \textsf{howpublished}. Note the brackets around the + \textsf{year}, indicating that this is a guess.} +} + +@Video{cleese:holygrail, + title = {Commentaries}, + date = 2001, + titleaddon = {disc 2}, + booktitle = {Monty Python and the Holy Grail}, + author = {Cleese, John and Gilliam, Terry and Idle, Eric and + Jones, Terry and Palin, Michael}, + editor = {Gilliam, Terry and Jones, Terry}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Columbia Tristar Home Entertainment}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Culver City, CA}, + edition = {special \bibstring{edition}}, + annote = {This shows some typical features of a Video entry. + It focusses on some of the DVD extras, so the actors + providing the commentary appear in the author field. + The directors go in the editor field, as usual, with + the identifying string in editortype. The booktitle + provides the film title in this instance -- the + title in this case will appear in quotation marks + rather than italicized, because of the presence of a + booktitle. The titleaddon tells where in the DVD + set the commentaries are to be found, and the type + field gives the medium. The date field contains the + date the DVD was released, and the original release + date (origdate) isn't needed here, according to the + Manual, because the entry cites the DVD extras + rather than the film itself.} +} + +@Book{cohen:schiff, + title = {Jacob H. Schiff}, + subtitle = {A Study in American Leadership}, + year = 1999, + author = {Cohen, Naomi~W.}, + publisher = {University Press of New England and Brandeis + University Press}, + location = {Hanover, NH}, + annote = {A Book with two publishers.} +} + +@Article{conley:fifthgrade, + author = {Conley, Alice}, + title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in + Sports Activities}, + issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes + of Schooling}, + journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal}, + note = {special issue}, + year = 1999, + volume = 99, + editor = {Good, Thomas~L.}, + number = 5, + pages = {131--146}, + shorttitle = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions}, + annote = {An Article that is part of a special issue of a + journal. Title of the issue goes in issuetitle, + editor of the issue in editor, and the sort of issue + in note, with lowercase initial letter. + Cf. good:wholeissue for how to refer to the special + issue as a whole, rather than to one article in it, + using a Periodical entry.} +} + +@InCollection{contrib:contrib, + author = {Contributor, Anna}, + title = {Contribution}, + booktitle = {Edited Volume}, + publisher = {Publisher}, + pubstate = {forthcoming}, + editor = {Editor, Ellen}, + location = {Place}, + annote = {A fabricated \textsf{InCollection} entry, showing + how to present a \texttt{forthcoming} essay using + the \textsf{pubstate} field.} +} + +@Book{cook:sotweed, + title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass}, + year = 1730, + author = {Cook, Ebenezer}, + shortauthor = {{Ebenezer Cook}}, + authortype = {anon?}, + shorttitle = {Sotweed Redivivus}, + note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}}, + location = {Annapolis}, + annote = {A complicated Book entry. First, the author is + unknown, but guessed at, hence the "anon?" in the + authortype field. Because he's unknown, it may be + best in this case to put extra curly brackets in + shortauthor, so that in the short note form it's + clearer who's at stake, though this is optional. The + note field gives the author as printed in the book, + presented as a citation inside quotation marks. If + you remember to use \mkbibquote here, then + appropriate punctuation will automatically be + provided, so there's no more need for \custpunct or + "plain" in the type field.} +} + +@Online{coolidge:speech, + author = {Coolidge, Calvin}, + title = {Equal Rights}, + titleaddon = {(speech)}, + related = {loc:leaders}, + note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc}, + options = {related=true,ptitleaddon=space,ctitleaddon=space}, + year = {ca.\,1920}, + annote = {This is a recording from an online archive, using an + \textsf{Online} entry. The two \texttt{titleaddon} + options allow the parenthesized \textsf{titleaddon} + to appear with only a space intervening, both in + notes and bibliography. The \textsf{related} field + cites the archive itself, another \textsf{Online} + entry, and the \texttt{related=true} option causes + the archive reference to be printed both in notes + and bibliography. Cp.\ \texttt{weed:flatiron} and + \texttt{loc:city}, which cite a film from an online + archive, both using a \textsf{Video} entry.} +} + +@Book{cotton:manufacture, + title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present + Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with + Suggestions for Its Improvement}, + year = 1869, + author = {{Cotton Manufacturer}}, + location = {Bury, UK}, + shorttitle = {Inquiry into the Causes}, + annote = {A Book with a corporate author. In the 15th + edition, a sortkey field helped alphabetize the + entry in the bibliography, as the author started + with the indefinite article, which you want ignored + in this context. For the 16th edition, you can + eliminate the indefinite article, and therefore also + the sortkey.} +} + +@Book{cotton:manufacture:15, + title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present + Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with + Suggestions for Its Improvement}, + year = 1869, + author = {{A Cotton Manufacturer}}, + publisher = {Bury, UK}, + sortkey = {Cott}, + shorttitle = {Inquiry into the Causes}, + annote = {15th-edition version of the previous entry, with the + article in the author field and the required + sortkey.} +} + +@Book{creasey:ashe:blast, + title = {A Blast of Trumpets}, + year = 1976, + author = {Creasey, John}, + nameaddon = {Gordon Ashe, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + userc = {ashe:creasey}, + publisher = {Holt, Rinehart \& Winston}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {The first of 3 Books written by the same author + under three different pseudonyms. You have + considerable latitude in how to present these, but + the method chosen here allows all three to be + grouped together in the bibliography. Note the + pseudonym in nameaddon, identified with the + bibstring pseudonym. Also note ampersand in + publisher, which prevents the two parts of the + publisher's name from being taken as two different + publishers. The 16th edition makes it a requirement + in such entries that you also include a cross + reference from the different pseudonyms back to the + author's name, something accomplished using a + CustomC entry and the userc field which + automatically makes sure the cross-reference + prints.} +} + +@Book{creasey:morton:hide, + title = {Hide the Baron}, + year = 1978, + author = {Creasey, John}, + userc = {morton:creasey}, + nameaddon = {Anthony Morton, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + publisher = {Walker}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {Second of three Book entries by same author under + different pseudonyms.} +} + +@Book{creasey:york:death, + title = {Death to My Killer}, + year = 1966, + author = {Creasey, John}, + userc = {york:creasey}, + nameaddon = {Jeremy York, \bibstring{pseudonym}}, + publisher = {Macmillan}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {Third of three Book entries by same author under + different pseudonyms.} +} + +@Misc{creel:house, + author = {Creel, George}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {George Creel to Colonel House}, + origdate = {1918-09-25}, + note = {Edward~M. House Papers}, + organization = {Yale University Library}, + annote = {An unpublished letter from an archive, presented in + a \textsf{Misc} entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. + You can avoid the awkward repetition of the author's + name in notes by using \cmd{headlessfullcite} or + \cmd{headlesscite} instead of the usual citation + commands. The manuscript collection + \vadjust{\eject}is found in the \textsf{note} and + \textsf{organization} fields --- depending on the + entry, you can use \textsf{note}, + \textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and/or + \textsf{location}, in ascending order of generality, + though you should consistently put the most specific + collection name in the \textsf{note} field. As in + \textsf{Letter} entries the date of the letter goes + in \textsf{origdate}, and in the short note form you + can use the macro \cmd{letterdatelong} in the + \textsf{postnote} field to identify the letter by + this date, if it helps disambiguate. (In other + non-letter-like \textsf{Misc} entries, you would use + the \textsf{date} field instead of + \textsf{origdate}.)} +} + +@Book{davenport:attention, + title = {The Attention Economy}, + subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business}, + year = 2001, + author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.}, + publisher = {Harvard Business School Press}, + addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book}, + location = {Cambridge, MA}, + annote = {Example of the use of addendum in a Book entry, in + this case to identify that the work is an e-book.} +} + +@Misc{dinkel:agassiz, + author = {Dinkel, Joseph}, + title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request + of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz}, + entrysubtype = {defined}, + shorttitle = {description of Louis Agassiz}, + note = {Agassiz Papers}, + location = {Harvard University}, + organization = {Houghton Library}, + annote = {A manuscript presented in a Misc entry with a + randomly-selected entrysubtype to distinguish it + from a traditional Misc entry. The title and + shorttitle begin with a generic term, hence the + initial lowercase letters. This entry uses three + fields to locate the manuscript, starting with note + and ascending in generality through organization to + location.} +} + +@Book{donne:var, + author = {Donne, John}, + editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.}, + title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the + \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}}, + namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry}, + publisher = {Indiana University Press}, + maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of John Donne}, + year = 1995, + volume = 6, + location = {Bloomington}, + shorttitle = {\mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and \mkbibquote{Epicedes and + Obsequies}}, + annote = {A Book entry with a maintitle editor (editor field) + and a title editor (namea field). Also, inside an + italicized title, all other titles are put in + quotation marks, and using \mkbibquote will + automatically move appropriate punctuation inside + the closing quotation mark.} +} + +@Book{dunn:revolutions, + title = {Sister Revolutions}, + subtitle = {French Lightning, American Light}, + year = 1999, + author = {Dunn, Susan}, + publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {Book with two publishers, showing ampersands to + prevent them being treated as four.} +} + +@Manual{dyna:browser, + title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser}, + organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.}, + address = {Providence, RI}, + year = 1991, + shorttitle = {Dynatext}, + annote = {A technical manual presented in a \textsf{Manual} + entry. In the absence of a named author the + \textsf{organization} is printed twice, as + \textsf{author} and as \textsf{publisher}. If you + are using \textsf{Biber}, you don't need a + \textsf{sortkey} to help with alphabetization, + though with \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ it would still be + necessary.} +} + +@Book{eliot:pound, + title = {Literary Essays}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + year = 1953, + author = {Pound, Ezra}, + editor = {Eliot, T.~S.}, + publisher = {New Directions}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A Book listed by its (famous) editor rather than by + its (equally-famous) author. The options field + makes it happen. This is a simple example, but + remember that if you have a namea defined then + biblatex-chicago-notes will use that, and then + you'll need to provide a shorteditor for the short + note form and, if you're not using Biber, a sortkey + to help with alphabetization.} +} + +@InCollection{ellet:galena, + author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.}, + title = {By Rail and Stage to Galena}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {271--279}, + annote = {First of two \textsf{InCollection} entries + cross-referencing the same \textsf{Collection}. + Since it is cited first in this file, its long note + reference contains the full bibliographical data for + the \textsf{Collection} entry, whereas the + subsequent long note --- \cmslink{keating:dearborn} + --- contains an abbreviated reference to the + \textsf{Collection}. Both parts have an abbreviated + reference in the bibliography. If you don't want + this space-saving measure, then you can, for + example, set \texttt{longcrossref=true} in the + \textsf{options} field. With \textsf{Biber}, an + empty \textsf{subtitle} field is no longer necessary + to prevent inheritance from the parent entry, and + the \textsf{title} of a \textsf{Collection} will + become a \textsf{booktitle} in its children.} +} + +@Article{ellis:blog, + author = {Ellis, Rhian}, + title = {Squatters' Rights}, + journaltitle = {Ward Six}, + location = {blog}, + date = {2008-06-30}, + url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + annote = {The 16th edition of the \emph{CMS} specifies an + \textsf{Article}-like presentation for blogs, the + main peculiarity being the identification of the + material as a blog using the \textsf{location} + field, which is usually reserved for identifying the + place of publication of obscure journals. See + ac:comment, a \textsf{Review} entry, for how to + reference comments on such online material.} +} + +@Book{emerson:nature, + title = {Nature}, + year = 1985, + origdate = 1836, + author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo}, + publisher = {Beacon}, + note = {a facsimile of the first edition with an + introduction by Jaroslav Pelikan}, + location = {Boston}, + annote = {A reprinted Book, in this case a facsimile, with the + note field giving the relevant information. The + origdate field gives date of original publication. + Note use of lowercase letter to start note field.} +} + +@InReference{ency:britannica, + title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica}, + keywords = {original}, + edition = 15, + lista = {Salvation}, + annote = {A simple InReference entry, citing a well-known + reference work, and therefore not to appear in the + bibliography. The lista field gives the name of the + (alphabetically-arranged) article from which the + citation is taken.} +} + +@Video{episode:tv, + title = {Episode Title}, + booktitleaddon = {series 5, episode 2}, + entrysubtype = {tv}, + date = {2000/2007}, + origdate = 2004, + booktitle = {Series Title}, + publisher = {Production Company}, + type = {DVD}, + annote = {The 15th edition of the Manual doesn't, that I can + find, provide guidance for citing television + programs, so I have guessed, using the analogy of + films, at how to present one using the Video entry + type. The title of the episode will be presented + within quotation marks, as there is a booktitle + presenting the name of the TV series. The + booktitleaddon gives details about the episode, and + the type gives the medium, as usual. The origdate + is the year of original transmission, while the date + provides the year range for the whole series, though + it would perhaps make more sense in this situation + to provide the date the DVD was released, instead. + The entrysubtype isn't necessary, but may be of some + use in the author-date style.} +} + +@BookInBook{euripides:orestes, + title = {Orestes}, + year = 1958, + booktitle = {Euripides}, + maintitle = {The Complete Greek Tragedies}, + nameb = {Arrowsmith, William}, + volume = 4, + author = {Euripides}, + editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond}, + publisher = uchp, + pages = {185--288}, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A work from antiquity, cited by pages in a modern + edition, hence not needing \texttt{classical} in the + \textsf{entrysubtype} field. Since the titles of + such works are uniformly italicized, we need to use + a \textsf{BookInBook} entry with a \textsf{title} + and a \textsf{booktitle} (\enquote{book within a + book}) and in this case also a \textsf{maintitle}, a + multi-volume collection of \textsf{booktitles}. + Note also the editors of the \textsf{maintitle} + (\textsf{editor} field), and the translator of the + \textsf{title} (\textsf{nameb} field).} +} + +@Online{evanston:library, + author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}}, + shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}}, + title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010}, + subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach}, + organization = {Evanston Public Library}, + url = {http://www.epl.org/library/strategic-plan-00.html}, + urldate = {2002-07-18}, + shorttitle = {Strategic Plan}, + annote = {An Online entry, with a corporate author, hence + extra curly braces in author and shortauthor. The + title field holds the title of the specific web + page, while the organization field holds the title + or owner of the site as a whole.} +} + +@Book{feydeau:farces, + title = {Four Farces by Georges Feydeau}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1970, + translator = {Shapiro, Norman R.}, + author = {Feydeau, Georges}, + location = {Chicago}, + shorttitle = {Four Farces}, + annote = {A standard Book entry, but one which may prompt you + to use the \headlessfullcite citation command for + your first reference to it, as the title contains + the author's name which needn't be repeated, though + there's no harm in doing so.} +} + +@Music{floyd:atom, + title = {Atom Heart Mother}, + date = 1990, + origdate = 1970, + author = {{Pink Floyd}}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + number = {CDP 7 46381 2}, + publisher = {Capitol}, + type = {compact disc}, + annote = {16th edition only. An example of a re-released + album, using the pubstate field to print a notice at + the end of the entry clarifying that it is indeed a + re-release. If you don't use the pubstate field in + this way, biblatex-chicago will assume that the + origdate is a recording date rather than a release + date. You could also use a userd field to identify + what sort of date the origdate is, though this would + print the information in the middle of the entry + rather than at the end. As far as I can tell from + the Manual, this is a matter of taste.} +} + +@inproceedings{frede:inproc, + keywords={secondary}, + author = {Dorothea Frede}, + title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12}, + subtitle = {Pleasure}, + booktitle = {Aristotle}, + booksubtitle = {\mkbibquote{Nicomachean Ethics,} Book VII}, + series = {Symposium Aristotelicum}, + editor = {Carlo Natali}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + address = {Oxford}, + year = {2009}, + pages = {183--207}, + annote = {A fairly standard \textsf{InProceedings} entry, + showing some of the complications of formatting + titles within titles in both the \textsf{title} and + the \textsf{booksubtitle} fields.} +} + +@Article{friedman:learning, + author = {Friedman, James~W. and Mezzetti, Claudio}, + title = {Learning in Games by Random Sampling}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Economic Theory}, + date = {2001-05}, + volume = 98, + number = 1, + doi = {10.1006/jeth.2000.2694}, + url = {http://www.idealibrary.com/links/doi/10.1006/jeth.2000.2694}, + shorttitle = {Learning in Games}, + annote = {Standard Article entry with a doi and a url + provided. The 16th edition prefers a DOI if one is + available.} +} + +@Video{friends:leia, + title = {The One with the Princess Leia Fantasy}, + date = 2003, + booktitle = {Friends}, + booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1}, + author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.}, + eventdate = {1996-09-19}, + editor = {Mancuso, Gail}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Burbank, CA}, + annote = {This is a template for citing an episode of a + television series using a \textsf{Video} entry. The + name of the episode goes in the \textsf{title} field + while the name of the series goes in + \textsf{booktitle}. (Were you to cite an entire + series rather than a single episode, you wouldn't + need the \textsf{booktitle} for it, but only a + \textsf{title}.) The writers of the episode go in + \textsf{author}, while the director goes in + \textsf{editor}, using an \textsf{editortype} field + to specify her role, something of frequent + occurrence in the audio-visual types. The + \textsf{eventdate} is the original broadcast date, + while the \textsf{date} applies to the medium you + are citing. That medium itself goes in the + \textsf{type} field. Note that information about + the season and episode numbers goes in + \textsf{booktitleaddon}.} +} + +@Book{furet:passing:eng, + title = {The Passing of an Illusion}, + year = 1999, + author = {Furet, François}, + userf = {furet:passing:fr}, + translator = {Furet, Deborah}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A translation, serving as the target of the + \textsf{related} field of \cmslink{furet:related}. + If it isn't cited independently, it will appear only + after that entry in the bibliography, connected to + it using the format defined by the + \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{bytranslator}. You + could also give this entry a \textsf{userf} field + referring to the original text, + \texttt{furet:passing:fr}, or indeed a + \textsf{related} field referring to the same .bib + entry, along with a \textsf{relatedtype} + \texttt{origpubas}. In notes, by default, neither + of these mechanisms would have any effect, but in + the bibliography the translation and the original + would be presented in the same entry, connected (in + the absence of an \textsf{origlanguage} or + \textsf{relatedstring} field, respectively) by the + string \enquote{Originally published as.}} +} + +@Book{furet:passing:fr, + title = {Le passé d'une illusion}, + year = 1995, + keywords = {original}, + author = {Furet, François}, + publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont}, + location = {Paris}, + annote = {The original of the previous entry. The keywords + field prevents it being printed separately in the + bibliography.} +} + +@Book{furet:related, + title = {Le passé d'une illusion}, + year = 1995, + related = {furet:passing:eng}, + relatedtype = {bytranslator}, + author = {Furet, François}, + publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont}, + location = {Paris}, + annote = {This entry presents the same \textsf{Book} as + \texttt{furet:passing:fr}, but does so using the + \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{bytranslator} + functionality. This is the alternate Chicago form + for presenting a text and its translation together + in a single bibliography entry. Cp.\ + furet:passing:eng.} +} + +@Article{garaud:gatine, + author = {Garaud, Marcel}, + title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine + poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles}, + journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest}, + year = 1967, + volume = 9, + series = 4, + pages = {11--27}, + shorttitle = {Recherches sur les défrichements}, + annote = {An \textsf{Article} entry with \textsf{author}, + \textsf{title}, \textsf{journaltitle}, + \textsf{year}, \textsf{volume}, \textsf{series}, and + \textsf{pages} fields. Note also the preservation + of French capitalization in the two titles.} +} + +@Article{garrett, + author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.}, + title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa Passes}}, + journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry}, + year = 1975, + volume = 13, + number = 1, + pages = {47--60}, + location = {West Virginia University}, + annote = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be + immediately recognizable to your readership, or + indeed that may be shared by a number of different + journals, so you add a location field to tell where + the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting + in the title field.} +} + +@Article{gibbard, + author = {Gibbard, Allan}, + title = {Morality in Living}, + subtitle = {Korsgaard's Kantian Lectures}, + journaltitle = {Ethics}, + year = 1999, + volume = 110, + number = 1, + pages = {140--164}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Sources of + Normativity}, by Christine M. Korsgaard}, + annote = {A book review as an Article, because it has a + specific title (title field) as well as a generic + one (titleaddon field). Note \bibstring macro and + formatting in the titleaddon.} +} + +@Periodical{good:wholeissue, + issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling}, + title = {Elementary School Journal}, + year = 1999, + volume = 99, + number = 5, + editor = {Good, Thomas~L.}, + note = {special issue}, + annote = {A reference to an entire special issue of a journal, + using a Periodical entry. The issue's title here + goes in the issuetitle field, while the name of the + journal goes in title rather than journaltitle. The + nature of the issue once again goes in the note + field, with an initial lowercase letter. + Cf. conley:fifthgrade for an example of an Article + entry presenting one article from this special + issue.} +} + +@Review{gourmet:052006, + journaltitle = {Gourmet}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-05}, + title = {Kitchen Notebook}, + sortkey = {Gourmet}, + shorttitle = {Kitchen Notebook, May 2000}, + annote = {A regular column in a magazine, presented in a + Review entry (with "magazine" entrysubtype) because + there is no specific title, only the generic one of + the name of the column, which is nonetheless + capitalized. Since there is no author, the + journaltitle will be used instead, in notes, short + notes, and bibliography. Also, if you use Biber and + the 16th edition style, you no longer need a sortkey + to alphabetize by the journaltitle rather than by + the title.} +} + +@Audio{greek:filmstrip, + title = {The Greek and Roman World}, + date = 1977, + publisher = {Society for Visual Education}, + type = {filmstrip, 44 min\adddot}, + address = {Chicago}, + sortkey = {Greek and Roman}, + annote = {A standard Audio entry presenting a filmstrip. The + type field explains what sort of content it is, and + the sortkey helps with alphabetization, preventing + biblatex from using "The" for that purpose.} +} + +@InReference{grove:sibelius, + title = {The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians}, + author = {Hepokoski, James}, + lista = {Sibelius, Jean}, + url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/}, + urldate = {2002-01-03}, + sortkey = {New Grove}, + annote = {An example of an online InReference entry, which I + have allowed, as an example, to appear in the + bibliography. The author field refers to the author + of the specific entry in lista, and will be printed + after the name of that entry, parenthesized in the + 15th edition, merely set off by a comma in the 16th. + If you need to provide the author or editor of a + reference work as a whole, then you should probably + use a Book entry. (Cf. schellinger:novel.) Note + also the short citation, where you can now put an + alphabetized article title in the postnote field, + and it will be formatted for you automatically in + InReference entries.} +} + +@Video{handel:messiah, + title = {Messiah}, + date = 1988, + type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot}, + eventdate = {1987-12-19}, + userd = {performed}, + editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Shaw, Robert}, + editoratype = {none}, + author = {Handel, George Frederic}, + publisher = {Video Artists International}, + address = {Ansonia Station, NY}, + annote = {16th edition only. This is a videotape of an + oratorio, presented therefore as a Video entry + rather than as Music. The composer goes in author, + the performers and conductor in editor and editora. + Note the "none" in both editortypes, as the context + presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is playing. + The usual type field identifies the medium. The + eventdate identifies when the performance took + place, and the new userd field allows you to specify + just what sort of eventdate it is.} +} + +@Collection{harley:ancient:cart, + title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval + Europe and the Mediterranean}, + crossref = {harley:hoc}, + date = {1987}, + volume = 1, + annote = {A \textsf{Collection} entry, with the + \textsf{maintitle} coming from the + \textsf{MVCollection} entry cited in the + \textsf{crossref} field. With the + \texttt{booklongxref} option set properly, and not + by default, this and \cmslink{harley:cartography} + will produce abbreviated references in the + bibliography and in long notes (after the first).} +} + +@Collection{harley:cartography, + title = {Cartography in the Traditional East and Southeast + Asian Societies}, + year = 1994, + crossref = {harley:hoc}, + volume = {2}, + part = {2}, + shorttitle = {Cartography in East and Southeast Asia}, + annote = {A second \textsf{Collection} entry cross-referencing + the same \textsf{MVCollection}. With the + \texttt{booklongxref} option set to \texttt{false} + in the preamble, this and the previous entry will + now produce abbreviated references in the + bibliography and in long notes (after the first). + Since its \textsf{maintitle's} logical volumes are + sometimes published in separate physical parts, it + has both a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} + number.} +} + +@MVCollection{harley:hoc, + title = {The History of Cartography}, + date = {1987/}, + editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David}, + volumes = {3}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {This entry shows the \textsf{MVCollection} type used + as the parent to two child \textsf{Collection} + entries --- \cmslink{harley:ancient:cart} and + \cmslink{harley:cartography}. It will be presented + in the bibliography when more than one of its + children are cited, even if it isn't itself + independently cited. Please note that this style of + cross-referencing, where the \textsf{title} of the + \textsf{MVCollection} automatically becomes the + \textsf{maintitle} of the \textsf{Collection}, is + only available with \textsf{Biber} as your backend.} +} + +@Online{harwood:biden, + author = {Harwood, John}, + title = {The Pros and Cons of Biden}, + organization = {\mkbibemph{New York Times} video, 2:00}, + date = {2008-08-23}, + url = {http://video.on.nytimes.com/?fr_story=a425c9aca92f51bd19f2a621fd93b5e266507191}, + annote = {An online video using an Online entry. Note the + formatting in the organization field. + Cf. horowitz:youtube.} +} + +@TechReport{herwign:office, + options = {useprefix=true}, + author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric}, + title = {Future Office Systems Requirements}, + institution = {CERN DD internal note}, + year = 1988, + month = 11, + annote = {A \textsf{Report} entry, with the \textsf{type} + field automatically set by using the + \textsf{TechReport} alias instead of + \textsf{Report}. The \textsf{institution} field + identifies the issuer of the report.} +} + +@Video{hitchcock:nbynw, + title = {Crop Duster Attack}, + booktitle = {North by Northwest}, + date = 2000, + origdate = 1959, + editor = {Hitchcock, Alfred}, + editortype = {director}, + publisher = {Warner Home Video}, + type = {DVD}, + address = {Burbank, CA}, + options = {useauthor=false,useeditor=false}, + annote = {This Video entry cites one scene (title) from a film + (booktitle). Here, the entry in the bibliography + will be alphabetized by the name of the scene, as + the useeditor=false option turns off the printing of + the editor at the head of the entry. The editortype + field identifies the editor's role, while the + origdate and date give the original year of release + and the year of DVD release, respectively.} +} + +@Article{hlatky:hrt, + author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and + Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley, + Mary~A.}, + title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in + Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone + Therapy}, + subtitle = {Results from the Heart and Estrogen/Progestin + Replacement Study (HERS) Trial}, + journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association}, + date = {2002-02-06}, + volume = 287, + number = 5, + url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo}, + urldate = {2002-01-07}, + shorttitle = {Quality of Life and Depressive Symptoms}, + annote = {Standard Article entry with url provided. 5 authors + provokes use of "et al." in notes, though not in + bibliography, because the settings for maxbibnames + and minbibnames have been set in + biblatex-chicago.sty.} +} + +@Music{holiday:fool, + title = {I'm a Fool to Want You}, + eventdate = {1958-02-20}, + date = {1960}, + booktitle = {Lady in Satin}, + author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack}, + editor = {Holiday, Billie}, + editortype = {none}, + number = {CL 1157}, + publisher = {Columbia}, + type = {33\onethird\ rpm}, + note = {with Ray Ellis}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + annote = {This entry illustrates some of the peculiarities of + \textsf{Music} entries. It cites a song + (\textsf{title}) from an album (\textsf{booktitle}). + (Were you to cite a whole album, then you wouldn't + need the \textsf{booktitle}, only the album title in + \textsf{title}.) The writers of the song go in + \textsf{author}, while the \textsf{options} field + prevents these writers from appearing at the head of + notes or of the entry in the bibliography. The + performer goes in \textsf{editor}, with the + \textsf{editortype} ensuring that no identifying + string appears. The \textsf{eventdate} gives the + recording date of a song --- you would use + \textsf{origdate} if the recording date applied to + the album as a whole. The \textsf{date} gives the + release date of the album, while the \textsf{type} + field gives the medium of the release.} +} + +@Online{horowitz:youtube, + title = {HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL 2-Chopin Nocturne in Fm Op.55}, + organization = {YouTube video, 5:53}, + sortkey = {Horowitz}, + url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8}, + urldate = {2009-01-09}, + userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},}, + note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct}, + date = {1968-09-22}, + shorttitle = {HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL}, + annote = {A YouTube video, presented in an Online entry. The + new userd field allows you to modify what is printed + before the urldate, while the note field here is + used for a similar purpose, to clarify the date + field. The shorttitle abbreviates what will appear + in citations of this author-less entry, and the + sortkey is required because, in this corner case, + the organization would otherwise be used for + alphabetization, an arrangement that works for many + entries, but not this one.} +} + +@Book{horsley:prosodies, + title = {On the Prosodies of the Greek and Latin Languages}, + year = 1796, + author = {Horsley, Samuel}, + authortype = {anon}, + shorttitle = {Prosodies}, + annote = {An anonymous Book, with the author known, though not + named on the title page. The string "anon" goes in + the authortype field.} +} + +@Misc{house:papers, + author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma}, + title = {Papers}, + note = {Yale University Library}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + annote = {An example of a Misc entry (with an entrysubtype) + specifically for a bibliography, assuming that more + than one item has been cited from this same + collection. The individual items cited would look + like creel:house, and in such a case would not + appear in the bibliography. This entry also + illustrates the use of a comma in a bibliography + entry to set off a middle initial from a following + plain-text title, only used when the period alone + might lead to ambiguity. Cf. Manual, 15th + ed. 17.231, 16th ed 14.241. The \adddot and + \addcomma commands you see here are the most + effective way of doing this.} +} + +@Letter{jackson:paulina:letter, + author = {Jackson, Paulina}, + title = {Paulina Jackson to John Pepys Junior}, + booktitle = {The Letters of Samuel Pepys and His Family Circle}, + origdate = {1676-10-03}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + year = 1955, + editor = {Heath, Helen Truesdell}, + shorttitle = {to John Pepys Junior}, + pages = {\bibstring{number} 42}, + location = {Oxford}, + annote = {An individual letter from a published collection, + hence the \textsf{Letter} entry, designed + specifically for this sort of reference. The + \textsf{title} field should always look like this, + and the \textsf{author} won't be printed in notes, + as this field already specifies it. The + \textsf{shorttitle's} form is specific to this entry + type, eventually printing the \textsf{author's} + surname followed by the contents of this field, + which again is specified for this type of reference. + The \textsf{origdate} field holds the date of the + original letter, while the \textsf{year} (or + \textsf{date}) holds the date of the publication of + the collection as a whole. The \textsf{pages} field + in this example holds not the page, but the number + in the collection -- notice the \cmd{bibstring} -- + while the \textsf{booktitle} is the title of that + published collection. If you refer to more than one + letter from such a collection, then only the name of + the collection need appear in the bibliography.} +} + +@Book{james:ambassadors, + title = {The Ambassadors}, + year = 1996, + origdate = 1909, + author = {James, Henry}, + publisher = {Project Gutenberg}, + url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt}, + annote = {This cites an online edition of a book which, not + being inherently an online text, uses a + \textsf{Book} entry. The \textsf{origdate} field is + the date of the print publication of the text that + is now online.} +} + +@InCollection{keating:dearborn, + author = {Keating, William~H.}, + title = {Fort Dearborn and Chicago}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {84--87}, + annote = {Second of the \textsf{InCollection} pieces from the + same \textsf{Collection}, the latter identified + using the \textsf{crossref} field. Even in the + first, long note, the data for the whole collection + will be presented in abbreviated form, since + \cmslink{ellet:galena} (which see) has already been + cited.} +} + +@Article{kern, + author = {Kern, W.}, + title = {Waar verzamelde Pigafetta zijn Maleise woorden?}, + usere = {Where did Pigafetta collect his Malaysian words?}, + journaltitle = {Tijdschrift voor Indische taal-, land- en volkenkunde}, + year = 1938, + volume = 78, + pages = {271--273}, + shorttitle = {Pigafetta}, + annote = {An Article with a Dutch title that may need + translating for a significant portion of your + readership. You give the translation in the usere + field, using sentence-style capitalization. } +} + +@Article{kimluu:diethyl, + author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh}, + title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the + \mkbibquote{Morning After} Pill}, + journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal}, + year = 1999, + volume = 2, + pages = {65--70}, + location = {Indiana University South Bend}, + annote = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need + further specification for your readership, hence the + use of the location field. Note also the quoted + phrase inside the title.} +} + +@Review{kozinn:review, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + date = {2000-04-21}, + author = {Kozinn, Allan}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} concert performance + \bibstring{by} Timothy Fain (violin) \bibstring{and} + Steven Beck (piano), 92nd Street Y, New York}, + pages = {Weekend section}, + shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} Fain \bibstring{and} Beck + concert}, + annote = {A typical Review entry from a newspaper, with + "magazine" in entrysubtype. Note the use of the + bibstrings in title and shorttitle, which help but + do not complete the internationalization of the + entry. Beginning the fields without bibstrings and + with lower-case letters in a chosen language + (e.g. "review of") is possibly a better + alternative. Note also the pages field, which gives + a more general reference than page number, as + sometimes the latter might change between editions.} +} + +@Book{lach:asia, + title = {The Scholarly Disciplines}, + maintitle = {Asia in the Making of Europe}, + year = 1977, + volume = {2}, + part = {3}, + author = {Lach, Donald}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A Book with a maintitle, its logical volumes + published in several physical parts, hence both a + volume and part number. Cf. harley:cartography.} +} + +@Article{lakeforester:pushcarts, + journaltitle = {Lake Forester}, + date = {2000-03-23}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks}, + location = {Lake Forest, IL}, + shorttitle = {Pushcarts Evolve}, + annote = {An \textsf{Article} entry from a newspaper. As the + source isn't a traditional scholarly one, the entry + requires \texttt{magazine} in the + \textsf{entrysubtype} field. The article doesn't + have an \textsf{author}, so the \textsf{title} will + be used at the head of the entry in notes and short + notes, while the \textsf{journaltitle} appears there + in the bibliography. (The \emph{CMS} suggests + that such sources needn't appear in the bibliography + at all, assuming that the note contains a full + enough reference.) The newspaper might not be well + known, so the \textsf{location} field helps your + readers out in this case. If you are using + \textsf{Biber}, a \textsf{sortkey} field isn't + necessary to alphabetize by \textsf{journaltitle} + rather than by \textsf{title}.} +} + +@CustomC{lecarre:cornwell, + author = {Cornwell, David John Moore}, + title = {Le Carr{\'e}, John}, + annote = {A CustomC entry providing an alphabetized cross + reference to a separate entry in the bibliography. + (See next entry.)} +} + +@Book{lecarre:quest, + title = {The Quest for Karla}, + publisher = {Knopf}, + year = 1982, + author = {Le Carr{\'e}, John}, + userc = {lecarre:cornwell}, + nameaddon = {David John Moore Cornwell}, + location = {New York}, + options = {useprefix=true}, + annote = {A fairly standard Book entry, with, however, the + pseudonym in the author field and the real name in + nameaddon. This isn't strictly necessary in this + case, as one normally refers to this author by the + pseudonym, but if it is of particular interest this + is how you would present such information. The + userc field points to a CustomC entry providing a + cross-reference from the author's real name to his + pseudonym, and ensures that this cross-reference + will be printed if this parent entry is cited.} +} + +@Artwork{leo:madonna, + author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}}, + shortauthor = {Leonardo}, + title = {Madonna of the Rocks}, + type = {oil on canvas}, + institution = {Louvre}, + year = {1480s}, + note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot}, + location = {Paris}, + annote = {This is a typical \textsf{Artwork} entry, with the + artist presented in the \textsf{author} field. Note + the \textsf{type} field for the medium of the work, + and also the fact that it begins with a lowercase + letter, allowing \textsf{biblatex} to capitalize it + contextually when needed.} +} + +@Book{levistrauss:savage, + title = {The Savage Mind}, + year = 1962, + author = {Lévi-Strauss, Claude}, + publisher = {Weidenfeld \& Nicolson}, + location = {Chicago: University of Chicago Press; London}, + annote = {A standard Book entry, showing a kludge in the + location field for including two publishers in two + different countries. The simplest thing to do in + such a situation is to pick the one nearest to you + and just use it, but this may be necessary + sometimes.} +} + +@Article{lewis, + author = {Lewis, Judith}, + title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to Be a Great Ladie}}, + subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the British Aristocracy, + 1558--1959}, + journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies}, + year = 1998, + volume = 37, + pages = {26--53}, + shorttitle = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to Be a Great Ladie}}, + annote = {An Article entry showing a quotation inside a title + that will itself take quotation marks in + bibliography and notes. (You may need to experiment + with some kernings if the cluster of quotation marks + at the start is unreadable.) Using \mkbibquote will + ensure that all the punctuation comes out right.} +} + +@InCollection{lippincott:chicago, + author = {Lippincott, Sarah Clarke}, + title = {Chicago}, + crossref = {prairie:state}, + pages = {362--370}, + annote = {Third and last of the InCollection entries referring + to the same Collection. The first, long note will + have abbreviated data for the collection, because + other citations of entries in that collection have + already occurred. The bibliography entries of all + three are also abbreviated. Cf. ellet:galena and + keating:dearborn.} +} + +@Video{loc:city, + title = {The Life of a City}, + subtitle = {Early Films of New York, 1898--1906}, + author = {{Library of Congress}}, + type = {MPEG}, + url = {http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/papr/nychome.html}, + urldate = {2001-08-14}, + annote = {This Video entry provides the online location of the + weed:flatiron film, providing it as an MPEG file for + download. It is referenced in the other entry by a + related field, so you don't need a skipbib option + here, as entries referenced only in such fields are + by default never presented separately.} +} + +@Online{loc:leaders, + author = {Library of Congress}, + title = {American Leaders Speak}, + subtitle = {Recordings from World War I and the 1920 Election, + 1918--1920}, + url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html}, + note = {RealAudio and WAV formats}, + annote = {This Online entry provides the online archive + location of the coolidge:speech entry, which + references it using a related field. You no longer + need skipbib in the options field, as by default + entries cited only by the related system won't + appear on their own. Cp. loc:city and + weed:flatiron.}, + annote = {It's worth noting that the annotations to this + \textsf{related} entry appear \emph{before} those of + the parent entry. Here, an \textsf{Online} entry + provides the online archive location of the + \cmslink{coolidge:speech} entry, which references it + using a \textsf{related} field. You no longer need + \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field, as + by default entries cited only by the + \textsf{related} system won't appear on their own. + Cp.\ \texttt{loc:city} and \texttt{weed:flatiron}.} +} + +@Article{loften:hamlet, + author = {Loften, Peter}, + title = {Reverberations between Wordplay and Swordplay in + \mkbibemph{Hamlet}}, + journaltitle = {Aeolian Studies}, + year = 1989, + volume = 2, + pages = {12--29}, + shorttitle = {Reverberations}, + annote = {An Article entry with a formatted title within its + title.} +} + +@Book{maisonneuve:relations, + title = {Les relations publiques}, + subtitle = {Dans une société en mouvance}, + year = 1998, + author = {Maisonneuve, Danielle and Lamarche, Jean-François and + St-Amand, Yves}, + publisher = {Presses de l'Université de Québec}, + location = {Sainte-Foy, QC}, + annote = {Standard Book entry, maintaining French + capitalization.} +} + +@Book{mchugh:wake, + title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}}, + year = 1980, + author = {McHugh, Roland}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press}, + location = {Baltimore}, + annote = {A \textsf{Book} with a quoted \textsf{title} inside + an italicized one. If you use \cmd{mkbibquote} the + package will automatically do the right thing, + moving punctuation inside the quotation marks.} +} + +@Article{mcmillen:antebellum, + author = {McMillen, Sally~G.}, + title = {Antebellum Southern Fathers and the Health Care of + Children}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Southern History}, + year = 1994, + volume = 60, + number = 3, + pages = {513--532}, + shorttitle = {Antebellum Southern Fathers}, + annote = {Standard Article entry, with a number as well as a + volume.} +} + +@Book{meredith:letters, + title = {The Letters of George Meredith}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + year = 1970, + author = {Meredith, George}, + shorttitle = {Letters}, + editor = {Cline, C.~L.}, + volumes = 3, + location = {Oxford}, + annote = {A published collection of letters referred to by + page rather than by individual letter, hence using a + Book entry rather than Letter. You may wish to use + the \headlessfullcite command for the first + reference, avoiding the repetition of the author's + name. Also, you should be aware that, because there + are three volumes of letters, the postnote field of + any cite command should contain both volume and page + references, as in "2:234". The postnote will follow + the shorttitle without intervening punctuation, as + per the specification.} +} + +@Reference{mla:style, + title = {MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}, + options = {useeditor=false}, + editor = {Gibaldi, Joseph}, + year = 1998, + publisher = {Modern Language Association of America}, + edition = 2, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A Reference entry, which I use here instead of + InReference because this work will be cited by + section number, rather than by alphabetized entry. + Once again, I have allowed this to appear in the + bibliography, hence the options field, which + prevents biblatex from alphabetizing the entry under + Gibaldi instead of MLA.} +} + +@Article{morgenson:market, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + pages = {sec. 3}, + date = {2000-04-23}, + author = {Morgenson, Gretchen}, + title = {Applying a Discount to Good Earnings News}, + titleaddon = {Market Watch}, + shorttitle = {Applying a Discount}, + annote = {An Article entry (entrysubtype "magazine") + presenting a regular column in a newspaper, which + column also has an individual, specific title. The + latter goes in the title field and the former in the + titleaddon field. Note also the reference to the + section in the pages field.} +} + +@CustomC{morton:creasey, + author = {Morton, Anthony}, + title = {Creasey, John}, + annote = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from + the pseudonym in the author field to the real name + in the title field, allowing your readers to find + the cited work under the author's real name. The + entry for that work, creasey:morton:hide, contains a + userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring + that this cross-reference will be printed if the + main entry itself is cited.} +} + +@Music{mozart:figaro, + title = {Le nozze di Figaro}, + howpublished = {\texttt{\small\textcircledP}}, + date = {1987}, + author = {Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus}, + editor = {{Vienna Philharmonic}}, + editortype = {none}, + editora = {Muti, Riccardo}, + editoratype = {conductor}, + number = {CDS~7~47978~8}, + publisher = {EMI Records Ltd.}, + type = {3 compact discs}, + note = {with Thomas Allen, Margaret Price, Jorma Hynninen, + Ann Murray, Kurt Rydl, and the Konzertvereinigung + Wiener Staatsopernchor}, + annote = {This Music entry shows how a single such entry can + work in both the 15th and 16th editions of the notes + and bibliography style. Because the 16th edition + ignores the howpublished field, if you use it to + provide copyright details for the 15th edition it + won't get in the way of the 16th. The other fields + are the same for both specifications.} +} + +@PhdThesis{murphy:silent, + author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit}, + title = {What a Book Can Do}, + subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent Spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate}, + school = {University of North Carolina}, + year = 2000, + annote = {A Thesis entry, using the PhdThesis alias to define + the type field. The school field is an alias for + biblatex's institution. Note also the formatting of + a title within a quoted title.} +} + +@Misc{nasa:db, + author = {{NASA/IPAC Extragalactic Database}}, + title = {object name IRAS F00400+4059}, + entrysubtype = {defined}, + url = {http://nedwww.ipac.caltech.edu}, + urldate = {2009-10-06}, + annote = {The 16th edition of the Manual provides examples for + citing scientific databases (14.272). Its + suggestions there don't fit any of the + biblatex-chicago (or biblatex) entry types well, but + this simple Misc entry at least gives all the + relevant information, if not in the appropriate + format.} +} + +@Unpublished{nass:address, + author = {Nass, Clifford}, + title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People}, + note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of + Science Editors}, + location = {San Antonio, TX}, + date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09}, + annote = {An \textsf{Unpublished} entry, presenting an + unpublished piece that isn't part of a formal + archive. The \textsf{note} field provides the + details of what sort of piece it is, and whence it + came, and it begins with a lowercase letter, so that + \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can automatically + capitalize it when the context demands.} +} + +@Book{natrecoff:camera, + title = {The KH-4B Camera System}, + year = 1967, + author = {{National Reconnaissance Office}}, + publisher = {National Photographic Interpretation Center}, + addendum = {now declassified and also available online}, + location = {Washington, DC}, + url = + {http://www.fas.org/spp/military/program/imint/kh-4%20camera%20system.htm}, + annote = {A technical manual presented in a Book entry. The + addendum gives extra details, and there's a url for + easier access. Note initial lowercase letter in + addendum, and corporate author with extra curly + braces.} +} + +@Review{nyt:obittrevor, + author = {defined}, + title = {obituary of Claire Trevor}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + pages = {national edition}, + date = {2000-04-10}, + sortkey = {Obituary}, + annote = {First of two alternative ways to present an obituary + in a newspaper, both using the Review entry type + (entrysubtype "magazine"), because there is no + specific title, only the generic "obituary of"... In + this first one, the title heads the entry throughout + notes and bibliography, so the author needs to be + defined in some way to prevent the journaltitle from + appearing there. Then, useauthor=false in the + options field means that however you've defined the + author it won't appear in the output, leaving the + title at the head of the entry. The title begins + with a lowercase letter, allowing biblatex to + capitalize when needed. Note the pages field, with + the edition specified. If you are using Biber in + the 16th edition, you'll need a sortkey to + alphabetize by title rather than journaltitle. + Cf. next entry.} +} + +@Review{nyt:trevorobit, + journaltitle = {New York Times}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-04-10}, + title = {obituary of Claire Trevor}, + pages = {national edition}, + sortkey = {New York Times}, + annote = {The second, standard 16th-edition way to present an + obituary in a Review entry (entrysubtype + "magazine"). Here, without an author, the + journaltitle will head the entry in short notes and + bibliography, while the title will head the long + note. Once again, the title begins with a lowercase + letter. When using Biber with the 16th-edition + style the sortkey field is no longer needed to + alphabetize by journaltitle.} +} + +@Music{nytrumpet:art, + title = {Art of the Trumpet}, + date = 1982, + origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02}, + author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll + (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}}, + shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}}, + number = {PVT 7183}, + series = {Vox/Turnabout}, + userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,}, + sortkey = {New York Trumpet}, + type = {compact disc}, + annote = {16th edition only This entry is a good example of + the changes between the 15th and 16th editions of + the Manual in Music entries. The title, date, + author, shortauthor, number, series, sortkey, and + type fields haven't changed. You can, thankfully, + eliminate the howpublished field with its copyright + specifications, and you can now specify the + recording date of the album, which goes in the + origdate field. The new userd field acts as a sort + of date type field. In this example, the origdate + would by default be preceded by the bibstring + "recorded," but the userd field allows you to + provide your own here.} +} + +@Music{nytrumpet:art:15, + title = {Art of the Trumpet}, + date = 1982, + author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll + (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}}, + shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}}, + number = {PVT 7183}, + series = {Vox/Turnabout}, + publisher = {The Moss Music Group}, + howpublished = {\texttt{\small\textcircledP}\ and + \texttt{\small\textcopyright}}, + sortkey = {New York Trumpet}, + type = {compact disc}, + annote = {This can be considered an example of a satisfyingly + full Music entry for the 15th edition only, + providing nearly all pertinent information, although + the composers are missing on what is presumably a + compilation CD. The performers take the composers' + place in the author field, the series and number + field give the label information, and the type field + gives the medium. The publisher of the label is + also present, along with the date and the + howpublished field, presenting, as the Manual + suggests, the nature of the copyrights asserted by + the publisher. (The pubstate field, only in this + entry type, could serve as a synonym for + howpublished.)} +} + +@InReference{oed:cdrom, + title = {Oxford English Dictionary}, + publisher = oup, + edition = 2, + note = {CD-ROM, version 2.0}, + annote = {An example of a reference work on CD-ROM, presented + in an InReference entry.} +} + +@Article{osborne:poison, + journaltitle = {Salon}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-03-29}, + author = {Osborne, Lawrence}, + title = {Poison Pen}, + titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Collaborator: + The Trial and Execution of Robert Brasillach}, + \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan}, + url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html}, + urldate = {2001-07-10}, + annote = {A review from a magazine, but with both specific + (title field) and generic (titleaddon field) titles, + hence presented in an Article entry, entrysubtype + "magazine." Note bibstrings and formatting in the + titleaddon. The entry also gives a url to the online + version.} +} + +@Book{palmatary:pottery, + title = {The Pottery of Marajó Island, Brazil}, + year = 1950, + author = {Palmatary, Helen~C.}, + series = {Transactions of the American Philosophical Society}, + number = {\bibstring{newseries}, 39, pt. 3}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + annote = {A Book entry, with series and number fields. The + name of the series alone goes in that field, with + any other information (like the bibstring + newseries) going in the number field.} +} + +@Book{pelikan:christian, + title = {The Emergence of the Catholic Tradition}, + year = 1971, + maintitle = {The Christian Tradition}, + mainsubtitle = {A History of the Development of Doctrine}, + volume = 1, + author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A Book entry showing one volume of a multi-volume + maintitle.} +} + +@Patent{petroff:impurity, + title = {Blocked impurity band detectors}, + date = {1986-02-04}, + origdate = {1980-10-23}, + author = {Petroff, M.~D. and Stapelbroek, M.~G.}, + number = {4,586,960}, + type = {patentus}, + annote = {A Patent entry, with the patent number in the number + field, a \bibstring in the type field, the filing + date in origdate, and the issue date in date. Note + that the \bibstring in the type field is not + identified as such -- the formatting macros, in this + instance, detect that it is a \bibstring and treat + it accordingly. This functionality isn't widespread, + so you shouldn't always count on it being present + elsewhere. Note also the sentence-style + capitalization in the title, which is newly + recommended in the 16th edition.} +} + +@InBook{phibbs:diary, + author = {Phibbs, Brendan}, + title = {Herrlisheim}, + subtitle = {Diary of a Battle}, + booktitle = {The Other Side of Time}, + booksubtitle = {A Combat Surgeon in World War II\@}, + pages = {117--163}, + publisher = {Little, Brown}, + year = 1987, + address = {Boston}, + annote = {A named part of a larger book, hence we use the + InBook entry type. You can provide either a page + range in a pages field or a chapter number in a + chapter field.} +} + +@Book{pirumova, + author = {Pirumova, N.~M.}, + title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement}, + subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of + the Twentieth Century}, + publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}}, + year = 1977, + language = {russian}, + location = {Moscow}, + annote = {A Book entry presenting a Russian work, but giving + the English translation of the title rather than the + original, making it easier for a readership assumed + to be without Russian to parse. In such a case, the + language of the original goes in the language + field. Also note the quotation marks around part of + the publisher's name, with biblatex providing the + punctuation.} +} + +@BookInBook{plato:republic:gr, + title = {Republic}, + entrysubtype = {classical}, + year = 1902, + volume = 4, + author = {Plato}, + editor = {Burnet, J.}, + booktitle = {Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias}, + maintitle = {Opera}, + publisher = {Clarendon Press}, + series = {Oxford Classical Texts}, + pages = {327--621}, + location = {Oxford}, + annote = {A work from antiquity, which will be cited by the + traditional divisions of Stephanus' edition, and + which therefore requires the \texttt{classical} + \textsf{entrysubtype}. The \textsf{title} of such a + work being italicized, it needs a + \textsf{BookInBook} entry, and it has all three + sorts of title, plus a \textsf{series} to boot.} +} + +@SuppBook{polakow:afterw, + author = {Polakow, Valerie}, + title = {Lives on the Edge}, + subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other + America}, + pages = {175--184}, + afterword = {yes}, + year = 1993, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {The \textsf{SuppBook} entry type is rather like the + \textsf{Review} type, in that it covers texts with + generic titles instead of specific ones, only the + text, as here, is contained not in a journal but in + a \textsf{Book}. In its current state, the + \textsf{SuppBook} type in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} + is a little anomolous with respect to general + \textsf{biblatex} usage. This will evolve in future + releases, but for now, in order to cite, for + example, an afterword written by the main author of + the book, you need only put something in the + \textsf{afterword} field (and not define a + \textsf{foreword} or \textsf{introduction} field) to + make the otherwise \textsf{Book}-like reference + work. The 16th edition of the \emph{CMS} + requires, for the entry in the bibliography, a + \textsf{pages} range for the part being cited.} +} + +@Online{pollan:plant, + author = {Pollan, Michael}, + title = {Michael Pollan Gives a Plant's-Eye View}, + organization = {TED video, 17:31}, + titleaddon = {filmed March 2007}, + url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_plant_s_eye_view.html}, + urldate = {2008-02}, + userd = {posted}, + annote = {An online video, presented in an \textsf{Online} + entry. Note the \textsf{userd} field to modify the + string printed before the \textsf{urldate}, and also + the \textsf{titleaddon} in place of a \textsf{date} + field, in case you want that information in closer + association with the \textsf{title}. + Cf. \texttt{harwood:biden}, + \texttt{horowitz:youtube}.} +} + +@Online{powell:email, + author = {Powell, John}, + date = {1998-04-23}, + titleaddon = {e-mail to Grapevine mailing list}, + url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/grapevine/issues/83.txt}, + shorttitle = {\autocap{e}-mail to Grapevine mailing list}, + annote = {An \textsf{Online} entry without a specific title, + hence with no \textsf{title} field, only a + \textsf{titleaddon}. Note the initial lowercase + letter in the \textsf{titleaddon}, and the + \cmd{autocap} macro in the \textsf{shorttitle}, + because the \textsf{Online} type doesn't automate + capitalization in \textsf{title} or + \textsf{shorttitle}, while it does in + \textsf{titleaddon}. Note also the absence of any + \textsf{organization} or owner of the site as + whole.} +} + +@Collection{prairie:state, + booktitle = {Prairie State}, + title = {Prairie State}, + booksubtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers + and Other Observers}, + subtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers + and Other Observers}, + year = 1968, + editor = {Angle, Paul~M.}, + publisher = uchp, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A \textsf{Collection} entry, the one that has been + cross-referenced by two other entries in this + bibliography. Note the \textsf{editor} instead of + an \textsf{author} in this entry type. If more than + one child cross-references the parent, the parent + will be printed in the bibliography even if not + independently cited, though I have cited it here to + illustrate that, as far as \textsf{biblatex-chicago} + is concerned, this work has already been cited (by + the two previous notes), thus producing a short + note.} +} + +@SuppBook{prose:intro, + author = {Prose, Francine}, + bookauthor = {Wallraff, Barbara}, + title = {Word Court}, + subtitle = {Wherein Verbal Virtue is Rewarded, Crimes against + the Language Are Punished, and Poetic Justice Is + Done}, + year = 2000, + pages = {xvii--xxxviii}, + type = {introduction to}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Harcourt}, + annote = {A SuppBook entry where an author provides an + introduction to someone else's book. That someone + else goes in bookauthor. Instead of the mechanism + using a defined introduction field, here I use the + alternative of putting the type of supplemental + material in the type field, with the appropriate + preposition, and starting with a lowercase + letter. Note that this method isn't portable across + languages, but it may help you to identify the less + common types of supplements. The 16th edition + requires, for the entry in the list of references, a + page range for the part being cited.} +} + +@Review{ratliff:review, + author = {Ratliff, Ben}, + title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of + Samba: Popular Music and National Identity in + Brazil}, \bibstring{by} Hermano Vianna, + \parteditandtrans John Charles Chasteen}, + journaltitle = {Lingua Franca}, + date = {1999-04}, + volume = 9, + pages = {B13--B14}, + shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of + Samba}}, + annote = {The \textsf{Review} entry type functions much like + the \textsf{Article} type, but is designed to + present articles which have only a generic title + rather than a specific one, like the book review + cited by this entry. Note, first, the + \cmd{bibstrings} in the \textsf{title} and + \textsf{shorttitle} --- using them isn't strictly + necessary, and you could also just write them out, + taking care to start each field with a lowercase + letter to allow for contextual capitalization. (The + \cmd{bibstrings} make the entry portable + \vadjust{\eject}across languages.) Note, second, + the formatting in both fields of the title of the + book reviewed. Most especially note the use of + \cmd{parteditandtrans}, which is necessary here to + allow the editor and translator of the reviewed book + to be identified by the correct (different) strings + in notes and bibliography.} +} + +@Article{reaves:rosen, + journaltitle = {Time}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + author = {Reaves, Jessica}, + date = {2001-03-14}, + title = {A Weighty Issue}, + subtitle = {Ever-Fatter Kids}, + titleaddon = {interview with James Rosen}, + url = {http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,102443,00.html}, + annote = {A magazine interview with its own, specific title, + therefore requiring an Article entry with "magazine" + entrysubtype. The generic title goes in titleaddon, + with a lowercase letter at the start. The author of + this article is different from the interviewee, + which suggests a certain flexibility in the Manual's + requirements for such things. The url field gives + the online location.} +} + +@Book{rodman:walk, + title = {Walk on the Wild Side}, + publisher = {Delacorte Press}, + year = 1997, + author = {Rodman, Dennis}, + note = {with Michael Silver}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A Book entry with a named ghostwriter, given in the + note field.} +} + +@Misc{roosevelt:speech, + author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor}, + title = {\mkbibquote{Is America Facing World Leadership?}}, + entrysubtype = {speech}, + note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46}, + titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College}, + url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2}, + date = {1959-05-06}, + annote = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in + a Misc entry with an entrysubtype, as it's somewhat + like an unpublished letter. Note the formatting of + the title. Cp. coolidge:speech, which uses the + Online entry type -- it's primarily a question of + the placement of the date, either before or after + the note field.} +} + +@MastersThesis{ross:thesis, + author = {Ross, Dorothy}, + title = {The Irish-Catholic Immigrant, 1880--1900}, + subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility}, + school = {Columbia University}, + year = {\bibstring{nodate}}, + annote = {A \textsf{Thesis} entry with its type automatically + set by using the alias \textsf{MastersThesis}. The + \texttt{nodate} \cmd{bibstring} (which gives + \enquote{n.d.} in English) may be used in almost any + entry type if you can't find a date.} +} + +@Article{rozner:liberation, + journaltitle = {Voprosy istorii}, + year = 1979, + author = {Rozner, I.~G.}, + title = {The War of Liberation of the Ukrainian People in + 1648--1654 and Russia}, + number = 4, + language = {russian}, + pages = {51--64}, + shorttitle = {War of Liberation}, + annote = {This is a Russian journal and while its journaltitle + is in transliterated Russian, its title is + translated into English, hence the original language + provided in the language field.} +} + +@Music{rubinstein:chopin, + title = {The Chopin Collection}, + date = 1991, + author = {Rubinstein, Artur}, + publisher = {RCA Victor/BMG}, + number = {60822-2-RG}, + type = {11 compact discs}, + origdate = {1946/1967}, + annote = {16th edition only. A Music entry giving the + original recording dates of a later compilation. + Cf. floyd:atom.} +} + +@Article{saberhagen:beluga, + author = {Saberhagen, Kelvin}, + title = {Lake Superior Beluga?}, + journaltitle = {Sturgeon Review}, + date = 1928, + issue = {Winter}, + pages = {21--45}, + annote = {This is an Article entry with no volume or number, + so the date becomes the indispensable identifying + detail. When printed, it will look rather like an + Article with "magazine" entrysubtype, but the + package provides this formatting with no manual + intervention from the user.} +} + +@Book{schellinger:novel, + title = {Encyclopedia of the Novel}, + publisher = {Fitzroy Dearborn}, + year = 1998, + editor = {Schellinger, Paul and Hudson, Christopher and + Rijsberman, Marijk}, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {As this isn't one of the universally-known reference + works, its entry will have (in the absence of an + author) the editors at its head, hence the choice of + Book rather than Reference.} +} + +@Audio{schubert:muellerin, + title = {Das Wandern (Wandering)}, + date = 1895, + shorttitle = {Das Wandern}, + booktitle = {Die sch\"one M\"ullerin (The Maid of the Mill)}, + maintitle = {First Vocal Album}, + maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)}, + options = {ctitleaddon=space}, + author = {Schubert, Franz}, + publisher = {G.~Schirmer}, + address = {New York}, + annote = {An Audio entry presenting a published musical score. + Note the presence of all three sorts of title, and + the "reverse italics" in the maintitle.}, + annote = {The \textsf{Audio} entry type is the most + \enquote{book-like} of the three audio-visual entry + types, but does differ in several ways from an + ordinary \textsf{book}, and therefore requires a + separate type. This is a citation of a published + musical score, with the composer in the + \textsf{author} field. It cites one song + (\textsf{title}) from a cycle (\textsf{booktitle}), + while the \textsf{maintitle} in this instance refers + to the \textsf{publisher's} collection of the + composer's works. The \textsf{options} field + changes the punctuation to \cmd{addspace} before the + parenthesized \textsf{maintitleaddon}.} +} + +@Book{schweitzer:bach, + title = {J. S. Bach}, + year = 1966, + origdate = 1911, + author = {Schweitzer, Albert}, + volumes = {2}, + origlocation = {London}, + origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel}, + translator = {Newman, Ernest}, + publisher = {Dover}, + pubstate = {reprint}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A reprinted Book, hence the string "reprint" in the + pubstate field, and the original date of publication + in the origdate field. In the 16th edition, the new + origlocation and origpublisher fields allow you to + present further information about the original + edition, if you should so wish.} +} + +@Book{sechzer:women, + title = {Women and Mental Health}, + publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press}, + year = 1996, + editor = {Sechzer, Jeri A. and Pfaffilin, S.~M. and Denmark, + F.~L. and Griffin, A. and Blumenthal, S.~J.}, + location = {Baltimore}, + annote = {A Book without an author, but with more than 3 + editors, hence the "et al." mechanism comes into + play in notes, though not in the bibliography.} +} + +@Book{sereny:cries, + title = {Cries Unheard}, + subtitle = {Why Children Kill; The Story of Mary Bell}, + year = 1999, + author = {Sereny, Gitta}, + publisher = {Metropolitan Books and Henry Holt}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {A Book with two subtitles, the second separated by a + semicolon, according to the spec.} +} + +@Article{sewall:letter, + author = {Sewall, Jonathan}, + title = {Letter of Jonathan Sewall}, + journaltitle = {Proceedings of the Massachusetts Historical Society}, + date = {1896-01}, + volume = 10, + pages = {412--415}, + series = 2, + annote = {A letter presented as an article in a scholarly + journal, hence the Article entry. You can use the + \headlessfullcite and/or \headlesscite commands to + avoid the awkward repetition of the author's name in + notes. Note plain number in series field of an + Article entry.} +} + +@Misc{shapey:partita, + author = {Shapey, Ralph}, + title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}}, + titleaddon = {score}, + entrysubtype = {music}, + date = 1966, + note = {Special Collections}, + organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library}, + institution = {University of Chicago}, + annote = {An example of an unpublished musical score, + presented in a Misc (with entrysubtype) rather than + an Audio entry. The title, being more specific than + many archival documents, is manually given quotation + marks, as may at times be necessary in such + entries.} +} + +@Book{silver:gawain, + title = {Sir Gawain and the Green Knight}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1974, + translator = {Silverstein, Theodore}, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {Here, neither author nor editor are available, so + the Book entry will start with the translator.} +} + +@InCollection{sirosh:visualcortex, + author = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Bednar, J.~A.}, + title = {Self-Organization of Orientation Maps, Lateral + Connections, and Dynamic Receptive Fields in the + Primary Visual Cortex}, + booktitle = {Lateral Interactions in the Cortex}, + booksubtitle = {Structure and Function}, + publisher = {UTCS Neural Networks Research Group}, + year = 1996, + editor = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Choe, Y.}, + url = {http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/nn/web-pubs/htmlbook96/}, + urldate = {2001-08-27}, + location = {Austin, TX}, + shorttitle = {Self-Organization}, + annote = {Part of a collection with its own title, hence + requiring an InCollection entry.} +} + +@Book{soltes:georgia, + title = {Georgia}, + subtitle = {Art and Civilization through the Ages}, + publisher = {Philip Wilson}, + year = 1999, + editor = {Soltes, Ori Z.}, + location = {London}, + annote = {A Book entry without an author, hence with the + editor at the head of citations.} +} + +@Misc{spock:interview, + author = {Spock, Benjamin}, + entrysubtype = {letter}, + title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn}, + date = {1974-11-20}, + note = {interview 67A, transcript}, + organization = {Senn Oral History Collection}, + institution = {National Library of Medicine}, + location = {Bethesda, MD}, + shorttitle = {interview}, + annote = {An unpublished interview from an archive, hence + requiring the Misc entry type with an + entrysubtype. The interview is dated, but is not + letter-like, so you put the date in the date field. + The interviewee is the author, and the title, with + its initial lowercase letter, names the interviewer. + This Misc entry has all 4 locating fields in + increasing generality: note, organization, + institution, and location. The first of these also + starts with a lowercase letter, as does the + shorttitle.} +} + +@Article{stenger:privacy, + journaltitle = {CNN.com}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1999-12-20}, + author = {Stenger, Richard}, + title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears}, + url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ptech/12/20/implant.device/}, + shorttitle = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device}, + annote = {This is an intrinsically-online source, but is + structured like a newspaper, so we use the + \textsf{Article} entry type and \texttt{magazine} + \textsf{entrysubtype}. The \emph{CMS} is specific + about this, limiting the range of things you might + put into an \textsf{Online} entry.} +} + +@Book{tillich:system, + title = {Systematic Theology}, + year = {1951--63}, + author = {Tillich, Paul}, + publisher = uchp, + volumes = 3, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A Book entry with 3 volumes published over time. + Any postnote fields in citation commands should + provide volume and page, like so: "2:157".} +} + +@InReference{times:guide, + title = {The Times Guide to English Style and Usage}, + edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}}, + lista = {police ranks and postal addresses}, + keywords = {original}, + namec = {Austin, Tim}, + year = 1999, + publisher = {Times Books}, + location = {London}, + annote = {An InReference entry, citing (lista) two different + alphabetized articles in a standard style guide, the + names of the two separated by "and." The keywords + field prevents the entry appearing in the + bibliography, though do note that here quite a bit + more information is presented than in the + ency:britannica entry above. The edition field + contains a bibstring, or you could simply start it + with a lowercase letter and give the abbreviation + (rev. ed. in English) yourself. The subsequent short + note uses a plain postnote field to refer to one of + the articles.} +} + +@Audio{twain:audio, + title = {The Humor of Mark Twain}, + author = {Twain, Mark}, + series = {Commuters' Library}, + publisher = {Entertainment Software}, + type = {6 cassettes}, + address = {Arlington, TX}, + annote = {An Audio entry presenting an audiobook, which means + the publishing information will be presented as it + would be in the standard book-like entries. The + Manual sometimes presents this sort of material + somewhat differently, requiring a Music entry -- + cf. auden:reading. Here, the type field gives the + medium.} +} + +@Review{unsigned:ranke, + journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {1828-02}, + title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der + romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von + Ranke}}, + shorttitle = {unsigned review of von Ranke}, + number = {23--24}, + annote = {A rather unusual Review entry (entrysubtype + "magazine"), without an author. In the 16th edition + specification we allow the journaltitle to come + first in the bibliography (and in short notes), + while the title comes first in long notes. When + using Biber with the 16th edition, you don't need a + sortkey here. Note the formatting of the reviewed + title in the title field. The number field provides + the consecutive numbers of the magazine in which the + review appeared, and the style automatically + provides the correct (plural) bibstring.} +} + +@Review{unsigned:ranke:15, + journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + sortkey = {Unsigned review}, + date = {1828-02}, + author = {defined}, + title = {unsigned \bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{Geschichten + der romanischen und germanischen Völker}, + \bibstring{by} Leopold von Ranke}, + options = {useauthor=false}, + number = {23--24}, + shorttitle = {unsigned \bibstring{reviewof} von Ranke}, + annote = {A rather unusual Review entry (entrysubtype + "magazine"), without an author. For the 15th + edition specification, defining the author keeps the + journaltitle from appearing first, and the options + field prevents this placeholder appearing in the + output, leaving the title at the head of the + entry. Note the lowercase letters beginning both + title and shorttitle. The number field refers to the + consecutive numbers of the magazine in which the + review appeared, and the style automatically + provides the correct (plural) bibstring.} +} + +@Audio{verdi:corsaro, + title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})}, + titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave}, + date = 1998, + author = {Verdi, Giuseppe}, + shorttitle = {Il corsaro}, + editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth}, + number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas}, + series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi}, + volumes = 2, + address = {Chicago}, + annote = {An Audio entry presenting a published operatic + score. Note the "reverse italics" in the title, and + also the titleaddon, which identifies the + librettist. Note also the two publishers, and two + places of publication.} +} + +@Book{virginia:plantation, + title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and + Ends of the Plantation Begun in Virginia, of the + Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which + It Hath Been Advanced}, + shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration}, + year = 1610, + sortkey = {True and Sincere}, + annote = {A Book entry showing how few fields are really + necessary for a complete entry. You need the + sortkey because of the indefinite article at the + start of the title, as it seems preferable to + alphabetize it under True rather than A.} +} + +@Review{wallraff:word, + journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly}, + entrysubtype = {magazine}, + date = {2000-04}, + author = {Wallraff, Barbara}, + title = {Word Court}, + shorttitle = {Word Court, April 2000}, + annote = {A regular column in a magazine, without an + individual title, hence the use of the Review entry + type, entrysubtype "magazine." The shorttitle is + rather complete here, just in case you refer to + another "Word Court" column from another date. An + alternative would be to use \printdate in the + postnote field of a citation.} +} + +@Article{warr:ellison, + author = {Warr, Mark and Ellison, Christopher~G.}, + title = {Rethinking Social Reactions to Crime}, + subtitle = {Personal and Altruistic Fear in Family Households}, + journaltitle = {American Journal of Sociology}, + date = {2000-11}, + volume = 106, + number = 3, + pages = {551--578}, + url = {http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AJS/journal/issues/v106n3/050125/050125.html}, + annote = {An Article with an online version.} +} + +@Book{wauchope:ceramics, + title = {A Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics in + Middle America}, + year = 1950, + author = {Wauchope, Robert}, + publisher = {Tulane University}, + series = {Middle American Research Records}, + number = {\bibstring{volume} 1, \bibstring{number} 14}, + location = {New Orleans, LA}, + shorttitle = {Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics}, + annote = {A Book with a series and number. The name of the + series alone goes in series, the rest in number.} +} + +@Video{weed:flatiron, + title = {At the Foot of the Flatiron}, + date = 1903, + related = {loc:city}, + relatedstring = {from}, + options = {related=true}, + author = {Weed, A.~E.}, + publisher = {American Mutoscope {and} Biograph Company}, + type = {35~mm; 2 min., 19 sec.}, + annote = {This film from an online archive takes a Video + entry. Note the creator of the film in the author + field, and the medium w/ running length in the type + field. The related field references another (Video) + entry, containing information about the online + location of the MPEG version of the original 35mm + film. The related=true option means that these two + entries will be presented together in both notes and + bibliography, as suggested by the Manual, 14.280. + The relatedstring links the two entries.} +} + +@Book{weresz, + author = {Wereszycki, Henryk}, + title = {Koniec sojuszu trzech cesarzy}, + usere = {The end of the Three Emperors' League}, + publisher = {PWN}, + year = 1977, + location = {Warsaw}, + shorttitle = {The End of the Three Emperors' League}, + annote = {A Book in Polish, with the title given in Polish + (though lacking diacritics) and with a translation + provided for us. The translation, in the usere + field, is capitalized sentence style.} +} + +@Article{white:callimachus, + author = {White, Stephen~A.}, + title = {Callimachus Battiades (\mkbibemph{Epigr.} 35)}, + journaltitle = {Classical Philology}, + volume = 94, + date = {1999-04}, + pages = {168--181}, + annote = {A standard Article entry with a formatted title + quoted in the title field.} +} + +@Letter{white:ross:memo, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to Harold Ross}, + titleaddon = {memorandum}, + keywords = {original}, + crossref = {white:total}, + pages = 273, + origdate = {1946-05-02}, + shorthand = {EBWMemo}, + shorttitle = {to Ross}, + annote = {This and the next two entries demonstrate how to use + cross-references in Letter entries. When more than + one letter is cited, the published collection of + letters alone will be printed in the bibliography, + so we use the keywords field to stop this entry from + appearing there. Since Chicago's mechanism for + shortened cross-references is by default operative + in Letter entries using crossref or xref (as in + InBook, InCollection, and InProceedings entries), + the first long citation to any letter in the + collection will present the parent's full data, + whereas subsequent long citations will abbreviate + it. Due to changes in the code implementing this, + the current entry needs a crossref field rather than + an xref. Note the usual Letter form of the title + and shorttitle, the letter's date in origdate, and + the descriptive term "memorandum" in the titleaddon, + with its initial lowercase letter. I've also + provided a shorthand field just to give a glimpse of + how it looks.} +} + +@Letter{white:russ, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + title = {EBW to B.~Russell}, + keywords = {original}, + xref = {white:total}, + pages = 283, + origdate = {1947-07-02}, + shorttitle = {to Russell}, + annote = {This is a spurious entry I've just made up to show + the cross-referencing mechanism at work in Letter + entries. The long note form of this comes after + that citing white:ross:memo, so it will be + abbreviated by comparison. The usual Letter title, + shorttitle, and origdate are present, and the + keywords field will keep it from being printed in + the bibliography.} +} + +@Book{white:total, + title = {Letters of E.~B. White}, + year = 1976, + author = {White, E.~B.}, + editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano}, + publisher = {Harper \&\ Row}, + location = {New York}, + annote = {The parent entry of the two preceding child entries. + Note that it is a Book entry, and will appear in the + bibliography if more than one child references it, + even though it isn't cited itself. You no longer + need the \isdot macro in the shortauthor field to + avoid awkward repetition of the author's name in the + shortened form of the cross-reference in the second + child's long note. If you were to cite this book + separately, however, then the \headlesscite commands + would be necessary to avoid this repetition.} +} + +@InReference{wikiped:bibtex, + title = {Wikipedia}, + lista = {BibTeX}, + keywords = {original}, + url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX}, + urldate = {2011-09-03}, + userd = {last modified}, + annote = {\textsf{InReference} entries are designed to allow + you to cite particular articles in an + alphabetically-arranged reference work. The + \textsf{lista} field holds the name of the article, + and for printed works you can use the standard + \textsf{postnote} field to make a single .bib entry + work for references to several different articles. + For an online work, you must have a \textsf{urldate} + field, as such sources change rather rapidly, while + the \textsf{userd} field allows you to identify + which sort of date is at stake. Ordinarily, such an + entry need not be printed in the bibliography, only + in notes, but here it will appear in both for the + sake of example.} +} + +@InBook{will:cohere, + author = {Williams, Joseph~M. and Colomb, Gregory~C.}, + title = {Coherence II\@}, + booktitle = {Style}, + booksubtitle = {Toward Clarity and Grace}, + bookauthor = {Williams, Joseph~M.}, + pages = {81--95}, + publisher = uchp, + year = 1990, + location = {Chicago}, + annote = {A chapter in a book that has a different authorship + from the book as a whole. In such a case, you can + use an InBook entry, with the author(s) of the + chapter in the author field, and the author(s) of + the whole book in the bookauthor field.} +} + +@CustomC{york:creasey, + author = {York, Jeremy}, + title = {Creasey, John} +} + +@Collection{zukowsky:chicago, + title = {Chicago Architecture, 1872--1922}, + subtitle = {Birth of a Metropolis}, + year = 1987, + editor = {Zukowsky, John}, + publisher = {Prestel-Verlag in association with the Art Institute + of Chicago}, + location = {Munich}, + annote = {A standard Collection entry, with an editor instead + of an author. Note extra information in publisher + field.} +} + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e33676f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.bbx} + +\RequireBibliographyStyle{chicago-authordate} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7032fd8b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx @@ -0,0 +1,4179 @@ +% $Id: chicago-authordate.bbx,v 0.9.1.13 2018/01/11 09:25:52 dfussner Exp $ + +% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's +% standard.bbx and from chicago-notes.bbx. It provides the +% reference list formatting for the Chicago author-date style. + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex +bibliography style] + +%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%% + +\providetoggle{cms@citejtabb}% Here for Sourcemap declaration +\providetoggle{cms@bibjtabb}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot} + +\newlength{\lositemsep} + +\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a + {\list + {} + {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% + \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shorthands}% biblatex < 2.9 + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shorthand} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{losnotes} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\footnotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{losendnotes} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\enotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}% Kludges for endnotes + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shortjournal}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.7\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{sjnotes}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\footnotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{sjendnotes}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\enotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}} + {\item} + +\defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Only one list + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\skipentry}% + {\ifcsdef{\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}% + {\skipentry}% + {\savefieldcs{shortjournal}% + {\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}}}}% + +% \defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Multiple lists +% \ifcsdef{cms@shjour}% +% {\iffieldequals{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}% +% {\skipentry}% +% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}% +% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}} + +\AtBeginBibliography{% + \togglefalse{cms@headlessnote}}% + +\AtEveryBibitem{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}% + +\AtEveryLositem{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}% + +\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\clearlist{location}}% + {}}% + +\InitializeBibliographyStyle{% + \let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + +%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%% + +%% Now in *.lbx %% + +%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%% + +\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{% + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{% + \ifcapital + {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}% + {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot + \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot% + \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}% + \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{% + \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}% + \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{% + \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot + \ifpunctmark{'}% + {}% + {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot + \ifblank{#4}{}{% + \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}% + {\ifnumeral{#4}% + {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}% + {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot% + \ifboolexpr{% + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}% + and + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}% + }% + {\addcomma}% + {}}}% + {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}% + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/03/01}% For biblatex 3.3 +{\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{% + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{% + \ifcapital + {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}% + {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifdefvoid{#2}}% + and + test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}% + }% + {}{\revsdnamepunct}% + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{name:given-family}[4]{% + \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}% + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot\bibnamedelimd}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{% + \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot + \ifprefchar + {}% + {\ifuseprefix{\bibnamedelimc}{\bibnamedelimd}}}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{% + \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}% + {\ifnumeral{#4}% + {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}% + {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot% + \ifboolexpr{% Test needed? + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}% + and + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}% + }% + {\revsdnamepunct}% + {}}}% + {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}}{}% + +\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifuseauthor}% + or + togl {cms@headlessnote}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{author}}% + {\ifusenamea% + {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}% + {\ifuseeditor% + {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}% + {\ifusenameb% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifusetranslator% + {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}% + {\ifusenamec% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}}}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}% + {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}% + {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\bibnamedash\addspace}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\printnames{author}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}% + {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\bibnamedash\addspace}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames{author}\bibcloseparen}% + {\printnames{author}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}% + {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\editordelim}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames{editor}% + \bibcloseparen\editordelim}% + {\printnames{editor}\editordelim}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{editstrg}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\editordelim}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames{editor}% + \bibcloseparen\editordelim}% + {\printnames{editor}\editordelim}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namea}% + \bibcloseparen\nameadelim}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namea}% + \bibcloseparen\nameadelim}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}% + {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}% + {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{translator}\OR\NOT\ifusetranslator}% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{translator}% + \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\addspace}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{transstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{nameb}% + \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\addspace}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{compiler}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namec}\OR\NOT\ifusenamec}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namec}% + \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\addspace}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}} + +\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma} + +\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9 +\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname} +\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname} + +%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{% + \iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}}% + \finentry}% + {\iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}% + {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \finentry}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}% + \newcunit}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}% + {}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + \printfield[lostitle]{title}% + \finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% biblatex < 2.9 + \iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}}% + \finentry}% + {\iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}% + {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \finentry}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}% + \newcunit}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}% + {}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + \printfield[lostitle]{title}% + \finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shortjournal}{% + \iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}}% + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}}% + \finentry}% + +\DeclareStyleSourcemap{ + \maps[datatype=bibtex]{ + \map{ + \pertype{periodical} + \step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval] + } + \map{ + \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final] + \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final] + \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)}, + replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$ + \step[fieldset=pubstate, null] + } + \map{ + \pertype{article} + \pertype{periodical} + \pertype{review} + \pertype{suppperiodical} + \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper}, + replace={magazine}] + } + \map{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \pertype{legal} + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append] + } + \map{ + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final] + \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution] + } + \map{ + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final] + \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section}, + replace={canadasection}] + \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section}, + replace={canadasection}] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=title, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=booktitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=issuetitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=maintitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + } +}% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}{\usebibmacro{mag+news+title}\newunit}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}{}{\usebibmacro{mag+news+title}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)?? + \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{title}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{title}}% + }% + {}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc? + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% Reversed with bibreprint 16th ed. (?) + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%\printorigdate% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{ismn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}% + {}% + {\clearfield{pages}}% + \printfield{chapter}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% 16th ed. added * (?) + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% Moved here. + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk? + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}% + \newcunit\newblock% \setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed. + \ifnameundef{author}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed. + \bibstring{by}% + \addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{jurisdiction}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[brackets]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{origlocation}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legal}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legislation}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[hansardser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME? + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{usera}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{usera}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[noformat]{title}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{letter+date}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@crossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\newunit}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\newunit}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author+org}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{edition}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{date}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{title}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{title}}% + }% + {}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%\printeventdate + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\newunit}% Fix customc? + {\newcunit}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed -- origdate instead, as above? + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{iswc}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{book} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{proceedings} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{reference} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printlist{organization}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{urlyear}\AND\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}% + {}% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\printfield{doi}}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{eprint}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder? + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location}% + {}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printdate% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \bibstring{and}% + \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace% + \printorigdate}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% + \printdate}}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% + \printorigdate%\usebibmacro{date}% + \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}% + \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\newunit% + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \clearlist{location}% + \clearfield{title}% + \clearfield{subtitle}% + \newunit\newblock}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \clearlist{location}% + \clearfield{title}% + \clearfield{subtitle}% + \newunit\newblock}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)?? + \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{bibprexref}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk? + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isrn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+news+author}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}% + \newunit}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% 16th ed. + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}}% + {\usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \clearname{bookauthor}% + \newunit\newblock}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{suppbook} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{review} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit%usebibmacro{byauthorpunct}% Why does this work? No idea. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% Same in thesis type, as well. 16th ed. + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% Fix bug ??? + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bibreprint}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{eventtitle}% + \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock% + \printfield{eventtitleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{venue}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iffieldundef{eventmonth}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\printeventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{video}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{% + \usebibmacro{video+title}% Simplifies trad style + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes + {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}% + {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock}{}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{% + \usebibmacro{video+title}% Simplifies trad style + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes + {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}% + {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc? + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% + +%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed. + \ifboolexpr{% + not togl {cms@url}% + or + ( + test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}% + ) + }% + {}% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + \iffieldundef{addendum}% + {\newunit\newblock}% + {\newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@doi}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}% + }% + {\printfield{doi}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}% + {}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@eprint}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{eprint}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}% + {}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{url}}% + }% + {\printfield{url}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{shorthand:author}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + or + not togl {cms@los}% + }% + {\togglefalse{cms@authorparens}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT + \iffirstonpage}% + {\togglefalse{cms@authorparens}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@authorparens}% + \printfield{shorthand}\addspace}}} + +\newbibmacro*{shorthand:label}{% Test this + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplifies .bib creation + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{standard+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% or new declaration ??? + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}}% + {}% + {\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}% + {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldundef{month}% + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}% + {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}}% + {}% + {\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldundef{month}% + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}% + {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}% + {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{av+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}}% + {}% + {\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}% + {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldundef{month}% + {\clearfield{year}}% + {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}% + {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}% + {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}% + \clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}}% + {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}% + {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{origyear+endyear}{% + \printfield{origyear}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origendyear}\OR% + \iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}}% Same fix as in .lbx + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash\csuse{mkbibdatelong}{origendyear}{}{}}}}% ??? + +% \printfield{origendyear}}}} Peculiar bug with this after \bibnamedash + +\newbibmacro*{year+endyear}{% + \printfield{year}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{endyear}\OR% + \iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}}% Same fix as in .lbx + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash\printfield{endyear}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}% + {\iffieldint{year}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges - video type, esp. + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}% + \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cmsbibyear}{% + \iftoggle{cms@origlabel}% + {\usebibmacro{origyear+labelyear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}% + {\usebibmacro{bothyear+oldstyle}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}% + {\usebibmacro{bothyear+oldstyle}}% + {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}}}% + \ifcsdef{@cms@tempdate}% + {\toggletrue{\@cms@tempdate}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{origyear+labelyear}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ??? + {}% + {\clearfield{extradate}}% + \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}% + \clearfield{origyear}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bothyear+oldstyle}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}% \clearfield local to \printtext + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printtext{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \setunit{\addspace}\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}% + \clearfield{year}% + \clearfield{origyear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {}% + {\clearfield{extradate}}% + \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ??? + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\printtext{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{year+endyear}}}}% + {\printtext{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \clearfield{extradate}\setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}% + \clearfield{origyear}% + \clearfield{year}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{pubstate}{% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% Fix for consistency??? + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}% + \printdate}}}% Need \addperiod & \nopunct ?? + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}% + \printorigdate}}}}% Need \addperiod & \nopunct ?? + {\printfield{pubstate}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{choosepubstring}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{video}\OR% + \ifentrytype{music}}% + {\bibstring{origreleaseyear}}% + {\bibstring{origpubyear}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bibreprint}{% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\bibstring{reprint}\newcunit}% 16th ed. + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\bibstring{reprint}\newcunit}% 16th ed. + {}}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{% Volume fix (modified) + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + togl {cms@vol}% + }% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\printfield{pages}% + \newunit% + \printfield{volumes}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\printfield{volume}}% Still print this w/o part or pages??? + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}% + \AND\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@hidevolumes}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + or + not test {\iffieldundef{part}}% + ) + }% + {\printfield{pages}}% + {\printfield{pages}% + \newunit% + \printfield{volumes}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bibprexref}{% For back references + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\savelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bibpostxref}{% Volume fix + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\iffieldundef{volume}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {}% + {\newcunit\printfield{part}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}% + }% + {}% + {\newcunit\printfield{part}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{volume}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}% + }% + {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}% + \AND\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{chapter}}% + \iftoggle{cms@xrefurl}% + {\newunit% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}}% + {}% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgref}% Here we print and clear the child's + {\restorelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}% backrefs + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \global\let\cbx@incollpgref\undefined}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{volume+or+volumes}{% Volume fix (modified) + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\printfield{volumes}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@hidevolumes}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + or + not test {\iffieldundef{part}}% + ) + }% + {}% + {\printfield{volumes}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% Test ??? + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% Volume-less treatment? + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{% InIn fix from N&B + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{booktitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[booksubtitle]{booksubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{booktitleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR% + \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% Volume-less treatment? + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}% + \toggletrue{cms@vol}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cjournal+ser+vol+num}{% Moved to bbx + \usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series}% + {}% + {\newcunit + \printfield[jourser]{series}% + \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {\iffieldundef{volume}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield[journum]{number}% + \clearfield{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}}% + {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[journum]{number}% + \clearfield{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% need * here? + \printfield{eid}% + \newunit}% + +\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + not togl {cms@numbermonth}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{blx@dateformat@date}{year}}% + }% + {\clearfield{month}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}% + \AND\iffieldundef{number}\AND\iffieldundef{year}}% Test year for + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\NOT% related entries?? + \iffieldundef{volume}}% Removed kludge for French colon spacing? + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}% This may not be universally correct. + {\printtext[parens]{% Perhaps if it's wrong use magazine subtype? + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{date}% + \printfield{number}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printfield{pages}}% + +\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + not togl {cms@numbermonth}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{blx@dateformat@date}{year}}% + }% + {\clearfield{month}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}% + \AND\iffieldundef{number}\AND\iffieldundef{year}}% See prev. macro + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\NOT% + \iffieldundef{volume}}% Removed kludge for French ??? + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{date}% + \printfield{number}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printfield{pages}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bycompiler}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{% + \ifnameundef{editor}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditorx}{% + \ifnameundef{editora}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditora]{editora}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \ifnameundef{editorb}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \ifnameundef{editorc}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{% + \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND + \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}% + {\def\@tempa{byeditor}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}% + {\usebibmacro{byeditor}}% + \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{bytranslator}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\space + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{bycompiler+others}}% + +\newbibmacro*{bycompiler+others}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{bycompiler}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\space + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}% + \clearname{namec}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{byothers}}% + +\newbibmacro*{byothers}{% Changed for 0.9 + \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bycompiler}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% +% \usebibmacro{byredactor}% +% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withcommentator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withannotator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withintroduction}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withforeword}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withafterword}}% + +%%%% Related functionality from standard.bbx %%%% + +\newcounter{bbx:relatedcount} +\newcounter{bbx:relatedtotal} + +\newbibmacro*{related:init}{% + \csundef{bbx:relatedloop}} + +\newbibmacro*{begrelated}{\ifcsdef{bbx@lasthash}% + {\let\cms@related@hash\bbx@lasthash}{}}% +\newbibmacro*{endrelated}{\ifcsdef{cms@related@hash}% + {\global\let\bbx@lasthash\cms@related@hash% + \let\cms@related@hash\undefined}{}}% +\newbibmacro*{begrelatedloop}{} +\newbibmacro*{endrelatedloop}{} + +\def\ifrelatedloop{% + \ifboolexpr{ test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{entrykey}}{bbx:relatedloop}}% + or test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}{bbx:relatedloop}} }}% + +\newbibmacro*{related}{% + \ifboolexpr{ test {\iffieldundef{related}} or test {\ifrelatedloop} }% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \def\bbx@tempa{}% + \setcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}{0}% + \def\do##1{% + \entrydata{##1}{% + \ifrelatedloop + {}% + {\stepcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}% + \gappto{\bbx@tempa}{##1,}}}}% + \docsvfield{related}% + \restorefield{related}{\bbx@tempa}% + \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{0}% + {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{entrykey}}% + \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}% + {}% + {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}}% + \setcounter{bbx:relatedcount}{0}% + \def\do{% + \stepcounter{bbx:relatedcount}% + \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedcount}}{1}% + {\printtext{\relateddelim}}% + {}}% + \ifbibmacroundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}% + {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro*{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}}% + \iffieldformatundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\def\bbx@tempa{related}}% + {\def\bbx@tempa{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}% + \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:default}}% + {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}}% + \printtext[\bbx@tempa]{% + \usebibmacro{begrelatedloop}% + \iffieldundef{relatedstring}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{1}}% + and + test {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}% + }% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}}% + {\iffieldbibstring{relatedtype}% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}}}}% + {}}}% + {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedstring}}}}% + {\printfield[\bbx@tempb]{relatedstring}}}% + \docsvfield{related}% + \usebibmacro{endrelatedloop}}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b132de4700 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx @@ -0,0 +1,2932 @@ +% $Id: chicago-notes.bbx,v 0.10.1.14 2018/01/11 09:17:35 dfussner Exp $ +% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's standard.bbx +% It provides the bibliography formatting for the Chicago notes + +% bibliography style. + + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex bibliography style] + +%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%% + +\providetoggle{cms@citejtabb}% Here for Sourcemap declaration +\providetoggle{cms@bibjtabb}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\textbf{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot}}% + +\newlength{\lositemsep} + +\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a + {\list + {} + {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% + \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shorthand}% + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shorthands}% For biblatex < 2.9 + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{losnotes} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\footnotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{losendnotes} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}% + {\enotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}% Kludges for endnotes + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{shortjournal}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.7\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{sjnotes}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\footnotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\defbibenvironment{sjendnotes}% + {\list + {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}% + {\enotesize% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}} + {\item} + +\defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Only one list + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{shortjournal}\OR% + \iffieldsequal{journaltitle}{shortjournal}\OR% + \(\iffieldundef{journaltitle}\AND\(\ifentrytype{legal}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\)\)}% + {\skipentry}% + {\ifcsdef{\strfield{shortjournal}}% + {\skipentry}% + {\savefieldcs{shortjournal}% + {\strfield{shortjournal}}}}}% + +% \defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Multiple lists +% \ifcsdef{cms@shjour}% +% {\iffieldequals{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}% +% {\skipentry}% +% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}% +% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}} + +\AtBeginBibliography{% + \togglefalse{cms@headlessnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@allshort}% + }% + +\AtEveryBibitem{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}}}% + +\AtEveryLositem{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}}}% + +\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\clearlist{location}}% + {}}% + +\InitializeBibliographyStyle{% + \let\bbx@lasthash\undefined} + +%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%% + +%% Now in *.lbx %% + +%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%% + +\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{% + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{% + \ifcapital + {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}% + {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot + \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot% + \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}% + \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{% + \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}% + \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}% + \ifblank{#3}{}{% + \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot + \ifpunctmark{'}% + {}% + {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}% + \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot + \ifblank{#4}{}{% + \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}% + {\ifnumeral{#4}% + {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}% + {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot% + \ifboolexpr{% + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}% + and + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}% + }% + {\addcomma}% + {}}}% + {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}} + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/03/01}% For biblatex 3.3 +{\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{% + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{% + \ifcapital + {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}% + {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifdefvoid{#2}}% + and + test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}% + }% + {}{\revsdnamepunct}% + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{name:given-family}[4]{% + \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}% + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot\bibnamedelimd}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{% + \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot + \ifprefchar + {}% + {\ifuseprefix{\bibnamedelimc}{\bibnamedelimd}}}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{% + \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}% + {\ifnumeral{#4}% + {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}% + {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot% + \ifboolexpr{% Test needed in notes + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}% + and + test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}% + }% + {\revsdnamepunct}% + {}}}% + {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}}{}% + +\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifuseauthor}% + or + togl {cms@headlessnote} + }% + {\usebibmacro{author}}% + {\ifusenamea% + {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}% + {\ifuseeditor% + {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}% + {\ifusenameb% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifusetranslator% + {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}% + {\ifusenamec% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}}}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}% + {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}% + {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}% + {\iftoggle{cms@origcite}{}{\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\bibnamedash\addspace}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\printnames{author}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}% + {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\bibnamedash\addspace}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + {\printnames{author}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}% + {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\editordelim}% + {\printnames{editor}\editordelim% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{editstrg}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\editordelim}% + {\printnames{editor}\editordelim% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}% + {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}% + {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}% + {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{translator}\OR\NOT\ifusetranslator}% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\addspace% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{transstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}% + {\usebibmacro{compiler}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\addspace% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}} + +\newbibmacro*{compiler}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namec}\OR\NOT\ifusenamec}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}% + {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\addspace% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}} + +\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma} + +\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9 +\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname} +\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname} + +%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}% + {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \finentry}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}% + \newcunit}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}% + {}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \printfield[lostitle]{title}% + \finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shortjournal}{% + \iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}}% + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}}% + \finentry}% + +\DeclareStyleSourcemap{ + \maps[datatype=bibtex]{ + \map{ + \pertype{periodical} + \step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval] + } + \map{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \pertype{legal} + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final] + \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append] + } + \map{ + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final] + \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution] + } + \map{ + \pertype{legislation} + \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final] + \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section}, + replace={canadasection}] + \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section}, + replace={canadasection}] + } + \map{ + \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final] + \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final] + \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)}, + replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$ + } + \map{ + \pertype{article} + \pertype{periodical} + \pertype{review} + \pertype{suppperiodical} + \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper}, + replace={magazine}] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=title, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=booktitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=issuetitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final] + \step[fieldsource=maintitle, + match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$ + final] + \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append] + } + } +}% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% For biblatex < 2.9 + \iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}% + {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \finentry}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}% + \newcunit}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}% + {}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \printfield[lostitle]{title}% + \finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)?? + \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc? + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{ismn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}% + {}% + {\clearfield{pages}}% + \printfield{chapter}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%cmsorigdate%\printorigdate + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newcunit + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newcunit%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\newunit}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk? + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}% + \newcunit\newblock%setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed + \ifnameundef{author}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed + \bibstring{by}% + \addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{jurisdiction}{cite:jurisdiction} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legal}{cite:legal} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legislation}{cite:legislation} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[noformat]{title}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{letter+date}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bibcrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\newunit}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\newunit}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{bibauthor+org}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{edition}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\newunit}% Fix customc? + {\newcunit}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{iswc}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{book} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{proceedings} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{reference} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% Rearranged for 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{urlyear}% + {}% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\printfield{doi}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{eprint}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{url}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder? + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location}% + {}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% Issued -> filed + \printdate}}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}% + \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}% + \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)?? + \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% +{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed. + test {\ifterm}% + or + test {\ifpunctmark{*}}% + }% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk? + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{chapter}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\usebibmacro{title+stitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isrn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+news+author}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}% + \newunit\newblock + \printeventdate% 16th ed. + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}}% + {\usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chap+pag}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{suppbook} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{review} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}%\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit%usebibmacro{byauthorpunct}% Why does this work? No idea. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% Same in thesis type, as well. 16th ed. + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{eventtitle}% + \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock% + \printfield{eventtitleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{venue}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\printeventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{video}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newunit\newblock + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes + {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}% + {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc? + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newunit% unit, not cunit? + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here? + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ser+num}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% 16th ed. + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}}% + {}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@related}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% + +%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed. + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + }% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + {}% + \iffieldundef{addendum}% Punctuation fixes in 0.9.9c + {\newunit\newblock}% + {\newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@doi}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}% + }% + {\printfield{doi}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}% + {}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@eprint}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{eprint}% + \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}% + {}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{url}}% + }% + {\printfield{url}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro{bib:xref+date}{% Experiment for xrefs + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@omitxrefdate}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + (( + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + ) + and + (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + )) + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@omitxrefdate}% + or + togl {cms@bookbibxref}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + (( + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + ) + and + (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + )) + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{% Volume fix (modified) + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + togl {cms@vol}% + }% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\printfield{pages}% + \newunit% + \printfield{volumes}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\printfield{volume}}% Still print this w/o part or pages??? + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@hidevolumes}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + or + not test {\iffieldundef{part}}% + ) + }% + {\printfield{pages}}% + {\printfield{pages}% + \newunit% + \printfield{volumes}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (Also 15th?) + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR% + \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}% ??? + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (also 15th?) + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct} + \printfield{maintitleaddon}% + \toggletrue{cms@vol}}% InIn fix + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{% + \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}% + \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed. + test {\iffieldundef{issue}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed. + {\newcunit% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}% + \printfield{pages}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{% + \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}% + \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed. + test {\iffieldundef{issue}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed. + {\newcunit% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}% + \printfield{pages}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{bycompiler}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{% + \ifnameundef{editor}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editor}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditorx}{% + \ifnameundef{editora}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editora}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditora]{editora}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \ifnameundef{editorb}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \ifnameundef{editorc}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{% + \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND + \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}% + {\def\@tempa{byeditor}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}% + {\usebibmacro{byeditor}}% + \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{bytranslator}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{bycompiler+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{bycompiler+others}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{bycompiler}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}% + \clearname{namec}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}% + \usebibmacro{byothers}}% + +\newbibmacro*{byothers}{% Changed for 0.9 + \usebibmacro{bytranslator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bycompiler}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% +% \usebibmacro{byredactor}% +% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withcommentator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withannotator}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withintroduction}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withforeword}% + \usebibmacro{editorpunct}% + \usebibmacro{withafterword}} + +%%%% Related functionality from standard.bbx %%%% + +\newcounter{bbx:relatedcount} +\newcounter{bbx:relatedtotal} + +\newbibmacro*{related:init}{% + \csundef{bbx:relatedloop}} + +\newbibmacro*{begrelated}{\ifcsdef{bbx@lasthash}% + {\let\cms@related@hash\bbx@lasthash}{}}% +\newbibmacro*{endrelated}{\ifcsdef{cms@related@hash}% + {\global\let\bbx@lasthash\cms@related@hash% + \let\cms@related@hash\undefined}{}}% +\newbibmacro*{begrelatedloop}{} +\newbibmacro*{endrelatedloop}{} + +\def\ifrelatedloop{% + \ifboolexpr{ test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{entrykey}}{bbx:relatedloop}}% + or test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}{bbx:relatedloop}} }} + +\newbibmacro*{related}{% + \ifboolexpr{ test {\iffieldundef{related}} or test {\ifrelatedloop} }% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \def\bbx@tempa{}% + \setcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}{0}% + \def\do##1{% + \entrydata{##1}{% + \ifrelatedloop% + {}% + {\stepcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}% + \gappto{\bbx@tempa}{##1,}}}}% + \docsvfield{related}% + \restorefield{related}{\bbx@tempa}% + \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{0}% + {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{entrykey}}% + \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}% + {}% + {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}}% + \setcounter{bbx:relatedcount}{0}% + \def\do{% + \stepcounter{bbx:relatedcount}% + \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedcount}}{1}% + {\printtext{\relateddelim}}% + {}}% + \ifbibmacroundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}% + {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro*{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}}% + \iffieldformatundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\def\bbx@tempa{related}}% + {\def\bbx@tempa{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}% + \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}% + {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:default}}% + {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}}% + \printtext[\bbx@tempa]{% + \usebibmacro{begrelatedloop}% + \iffieldundef{relatedstring}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{1}}% + and + test {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}% + }% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}}% + {\iffieldbibstring{relatedtype}% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}}}}% + {}}}% + {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}% + {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{% + \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedstring}}}}% + {\printfield[\bbx@tempb]{relatedstring}}}% + \docsvfield{related}% + \usebibmacro{endrelatedloop}}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bb142ce52 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +% $Id: biblatex-chicago.sty,v 0.1.1.63 2018/01/10 17:37:15 dfussner Exp $ + +% Copyright (c) 2009-2018 David Fussner. This package is +% author-maintained. +% +% This work may be copied, distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of +% this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest +% version of this license is in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +% 2005/12/01 or later. This software is provided as is, +% without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, +% but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and +% fitness for a particular purpose. + +\ProvidesPackage{biblatex-chicago}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex style] + +\RequirePackage{etoolbox} + +\DeclareOption{authordate}{\def\cms@style{authordate}} +\DeclareOption{notes}{\def\cms@style{notes}} +\DeclareOption{authordate-trad}{\def\cms@style{authordatetrad}} +\DeclareOption{authordate15}{\def\cms@style{authordateold}} +\DeclareOption{notes15}{\def\cms@style{notesold}} +\DeclareOption*{\eappto\cms@options{\CurrentOption,}} +\let\cms@options\empty +\ExecuteOptions{notes}% + +\newtoggle{cms@nomark} + +\DeclareOption{footmarkoff}{\global\toggletrue{cms@nomark}} + +\DeclareOption{natbib}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{natbib}{biblatex}} + +\DeclareOption{backend=biber}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}}% + +\DeclareOption{backend=bibtex}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}% + \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}% + +\DeclareOption{backend=bibtex8}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}% + \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}% + +\DeclareOption{backend=bibtexu}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}% + \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}% + +\ProcessOptions* + +\def\cms@authordate{% + \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate]{biblatex}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp, + uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usenamec=true, + ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates, + uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false, + abbreviate=false,dateabbrev=false,avdate=true}} + +\def\cms@notes{% + \RequirePackage[style=chicago-notes]{biblatex}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + pagetracker=true,autocite=footnote,abbreviate=false,alldates=comp, + citetracker=true,ibidtracker=constrict,usetranslator=true, + usenamec=true,loccittracker=constrict,dateabbrev=false, + maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sorting=cms,sortcase=false, + uniquework=true}} + +\def\cms@authordatetrad{% + \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate-trad]{biblatex}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp, + uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usenamec=true, + ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates, + uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false, + abbreviate=false,dateabbrev=false,avdate=true}} + +\def\cms@authordateold{% + \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate15]{biblatex}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp, + uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usecompiler=true, + ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates, + uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false}} + +\def\cms@notesold{% + \RequirePackage[style=chicago-notes15]{biblatex}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + pagetracker=true,autocite=footnote,abbreviate=false,alldates=comp, + citetracker=true,ibidtracker=constrict,usetranslator=true, + usecompiler=true,loccittracker=constrict,dateabbrev=false, + maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7}} + +\csuse{cms@\cms@style} +\undef\cms@authordate +\undef\cms@notes +\undef\cms@authordatetrad +\undef\cms@authordateold +\undef\cms@notesold +\expandafter\ExecuteBibliographyOptions\expandafter{\cms@options} + +\setlength{\bibitemsep}{0.5\baselineskip plus 0.5\baselineskip} +\setlength{\bibhang}{2em} +\setlength{\lositemsep}{0.25\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip} + +\setcounter{biburllcpenalty}{5000} +\setcounter{biburlucpenalty}{9000} +\setcounter{biburlnumpenalty}{9000} + +\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{\rule[.4ex]{3em}{.6pt}} + +\iftoggle{cms@nomark} +{} +{\@ifclassloaded{memoir}% + {\blx@warning@noline{% + Since you are using the 'memoir' class,\MessageBreak + I'm leaving the formatting of the foot- and/or\MessageBreak + end-note mark and text to you.}}% + {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{% Provides in-line footnote marks + \setlength\parindent{1em}% + \noindent + \makebox[2.3em][r]{\@thefnmark.\,\,}#1} + \@ifpackageloaded{endnotes}% Provides in-line endnote marks + {\def\enotesize{\small}% This size recommended by the Manual + \renewcommand{\enoteformat}{% + \renewcommand{\makeenmark}{% + \hbox{\theenmark.\,\,}} + \rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parindent=2.3em + \leavevmode\llap{\makeenmark}}} + {}}} + +\@ifpackageloaded{babel} +{\ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{american}} + {\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{cms-american}}% + {\ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{english}}% + {\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{cms-american}}% + {\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{cms-american}}}}% +{\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{cms-american}} + +\DeclareLanguageMapping{brazilian}{cms-brazilian} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{british}{cms-british} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{german}{cms-german} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{cms-french} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{finnish}{cms-finnish} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{ngerman}{cms-ngerman} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{icelandic}{cms-icelandic} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{norsk}{cms-norsk} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{nynorsk}{cms-nynorsk} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{swedish}{cms-swedish} + +\ifundef\bbl@loaded{\let\bbl@loaded\@empty}{}% For old versions of babel + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d48dec31cf --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +% $Id: chicago-authordate-trad.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:55:09 dfussner Exp $ + +% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's +% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of +% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the +% author-date (trad) style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex +citation style] + +\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common} + +%%%% Trad-only Option %%%% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{headline}[true]{% + \renewcommand{\MakeSentenceCase}{\@ifstar\relax\relax}} + +%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{subtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished] +{title}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished] +{citetitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished] +{lostitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished] +{subtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{subtitle}% + {}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{subtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{citetitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{lostitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{subtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{citetitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{lostitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{title}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{citetitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{lostitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{subtitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{% + \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppbook]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \addspace% + \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{subtitle}{% + \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{citetitle}[misc]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{subtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase{#1}}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{lostitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{citetitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{citetitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{lostitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{subtitle}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{booktitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{maintitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{booksubtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{mainsubtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{citetitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{lostitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{citetitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{lostitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{citetitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{lostitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{subtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}% + {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{issuesubtitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1\isdot}} + +%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{video+title}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{% + \printtext{% + \printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{% + \printtext{% + \printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace} + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{titleaddon}}% + }%\newcunit\newblock + +\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR% + \ifentrytype{review}\OR% + \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries + {}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[issuesubtitle]{issuesubtitle}}}} + +%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME?? + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}% + \newcunit% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}% + \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \MakeSentenceCase*{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtitle:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1} + +\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for the full drivers in reprintfrom + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR% + \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}% + {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{jtitle:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{jtitle:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{jtitle:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0abe6ed18 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +% $Id: chicago-authordate.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:29:25 dfussner Exp $ + +% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's +% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of +% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the +% author-date style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex +citation style] + +\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common} + +%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{title}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{lostitle}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{citetitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{lostitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{citetitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{lostitle}[artwork]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{title}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{citetitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{lostitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppbook]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \addspace% + \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{citetitle}[misc]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{lostitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{citetitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{citetitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{lostitle}[review]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{booktitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{maintitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{booksubtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{mainsubtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{citetitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{lostitle}[video]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{citetitle}[music]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{lostitle}[music]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{citetitle}[audio]{title} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{lostitle}[audio]{title} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}} + +%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{video+title}{% Simplifies trad style. + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{% + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{% + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace} + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@related}% + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{titleaddon}}% + }%\newcunit\newblock + +\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR% + \ifentrytype{review}\OR% + \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries + {}% + \printtext[issuetitle]{% + \printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}} + +%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME?? + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \newcunit% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}% + \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibquote{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{sitnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{itnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1} + +\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for the full drivers in reprintfrom + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR% + \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}% + {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}% + {\iffieldundef{issuesubtitle}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{itnoformat}{ititle:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{default}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b8e1a4173 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,3815 @@ +% $Id: chicago-dates-common.cbx,v 0.10.1.15 2018/01/11 09:49:53 dfussner Exp $ + +% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's +% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, and contains the +% common code for providing inline citations (and a reference list) +% for the two author-date styles of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th +% edition. + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-dates-common.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex +citation style] + +%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%% + +\newbool{cbx:parens} + +\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} + +\providetoggle{cms@inlineibid} +\providetoggle{cms@origlabel} +\providetoggle{cms@bothlabelold} +\providetoggle{cms@bothlabelnew} +\providetoggle{cms@fulldate} +\providetoggle{cms@reprint} +\providetoggle{cms@switchdates} +\providetoggle{cms@los} +%\providetoggle{cms@oneyear} +\providetoggle{cms@avdate} +\providetoggle{cms@ordate} +\providetoggle{cms@nodates} +\providetoggle{cms@authorparens} +\providetoggle{cms@datedash} +\providetoggle{cms@modpostnote} +\providetoggle{cms@ukord} +\providetoggle{cms@fullnote}% For the legal entry types +\providetoggle{cms@shortnote}% Ditto + +\providetoggle{cms@url}% These are for the field-exclusion options +\providetoggle{cms@doi} +\providetoggle{cms@doionly} +\providetoggle{cms@eprint} +\providetoggle{cms@isbn} +\providetoggle{cms@numbermonth} +\providetoggle{cms@bookpages} +\providetoggle{cms@addendum} +\providetoggle{cms@hidevolumes}% Modify Volume fix +\providetoggle{cms@comprange} + +\providetoggle{cms@jrcomma}% Comma after Jr./Sr. + +\providetoggle{cms@headlessnote}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@noibid}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@usecompiler}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@origpublished}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@annotation}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@postposit}% Keep +\providetoggle{cms@fullshhand}% +\providetoggle{cms@allshort}% For legal types +\providetoggle{cms@noneshort}% Ditto +\providetoggle{cms@legalnotes}% Ditto +\providetoggle{cms@supranotes}% Ditto +\providetoggle{cms@vol}% +\providetoggle{cms@crossref}% +\providetoggle{cms@bookcrossref} +\providetoggle{cms@gencite} +\providetoggle{cms@genallnames} +\providetoggle{cms@xrefurl} +\providetoggle{cms@related} +\providetoggle{cms@linkit} + +\AtEveryCitekey{% + \iffieldundef{userc}% + {}% + {\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}% + +\protected\def\cms@warning@noline#1{% + \begingroup + \blx@safe@actives + \PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}{#1}% + \endgroup}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{avdate}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@avdate@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@avdate@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{avdate=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@avdate@true{% + \@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4/2.5 + {\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}% for biblatex 2.6 ff. + {\DeclareLabeldate[music,review,suppperiodical,video]{\field{eventdate}% + \field{origdate} \field{date} \field{year} \field{urldate}}}% + {\DeclareLabelyear[music,review,suppperiodical,video]{\field{eventyear}% + \field{origyear} \field{year} \field{urlyear}}}}% + {\DeclareLabelyear[music,review,suppperiodical,video]% + {eventyear,origyear,year,urlyear}}% + \toggletrue{cms@avdate}}% +\def\cms@opt@avdate@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@avdate}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsdate}[off]{% Trying to implement origyear as + \ifcsdef{cms@global@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue. + {\csuse{cms@global@cmsdate@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@on{% + \toggletrue{cms@origlabel}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@new{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelnew}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@old{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@both{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}% + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@full{}% +\def\cms@global@cmsdate@off{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsorigdate}[true]{% ??? Also need new macros + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@origdate@#1}% for printing dates. Worth it ??? + {\csuse{cms@opt@origdate@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{cmsorigdate=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@origdate@true{% + \@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4/2.5 + {\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}% for biblatex 2.6 ff. + {\DeclareLabeldate{\field{origdate} \field{date} \field{year}% + \field{eventdate} \field{urldate}}% + \DeclareLabeldate[patent]{\field{date} \field{year}% + \field{eventdate} \field{origdate} \field{urldate}}}% + {\DeclareLabelyear{\field{origyear} \field{year}% + \field{eventyear} \field{urlyear}}% + \DeclareLabelyear[patent]{\field{year} \field{eventyear}% + \field{origyear} \field{urlyear}}}}% + {\DeclareLabelyear{origyear,year,eventyear,urlyear}% + \DeclareLabelyear[patent]{year,eventyear,origyear,urlyear}}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@ordate}}% +\def\cms@opt@origdate@false{\togglefalse{cms@ordate}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{cmsdate}[off]{% Trying to implement origyear as + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue. + {\iftoggle{cms@origlabel}% + {\togglefalse{cms@origlabel}% + \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@origlabel}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}% + {\togglefalse{cms@bothlabelnew}% + \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@bothlabelnew}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}% + {\togglefalse{cms@bothlabelold}% + \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@bothlabelold}}% + {}}}% + \csuse{cms@opt@cmsdate@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@on{% + \toggletrue{cms@origlabel}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@new{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelnew}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@old{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@both{% + \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@full{% + \toggletrue{cms@fulldate}}% +\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@off{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@linkit}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@linkit}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{annotation}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@annotation}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@allshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@legalnotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{cmslos}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@los}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noibid}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@noibid}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{compresspages}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@crange@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@crange@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{compresspages=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@crange@true{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@comprange}% + \setcounter{mincomprange}{100}% + \setcounter{mincompwidth}{10}% +}% +\def\cms@opt@crange@false{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{postnotepunct}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{postnotepunct=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ppunct@true{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@modpostnote}}% +\def\cms@opt@ppunct@false{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{usecompiler}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@usecompiler}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{nodates}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@nodates}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{usecompiler}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@usecompiler}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{juniorcomma}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{juniorcomma}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandfull}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@fullshhand}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{longcrossref}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@none{% + \togglefalse{cms@crossref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@crossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@crossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@notes{% + \togglefalse{cms@crossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@bib{% + \toggletrue{cms@crossref}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{longcrossref}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{booklongxref}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@bookcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@notes{% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@bib{% + \toggletrue{cms@bookcrossref}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{booklongxref}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline% + {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@notes{% + \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@bib{% + \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline% + {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{related}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@related}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{related}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@related}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{ordinalgb}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@ukord}{#1}}% + +% Controlling punctuation before titleaddon fields % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@none{% + \let\ptitleaddonpunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@comma{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@colon{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@space{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@semicolon{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@period{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@none{% + \let\ctitleaddonpunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@comma{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@colon{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@space{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@semicolon{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@period{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +% The field-exclusion options % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@doi}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@doi}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@only{% + \toggletrue{cms@doionly}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{numbermonth}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookpages}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{includeall}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@doi}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{hidevolumes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{isbn}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{doi}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}% + {\iftoggle{cms@doi}% + {\togglefalse{cms@doi}% + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\togglefalse{cms@doionly}}% !! + {}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@doi}}% !! + \csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{url}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{eprint}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{numbermonth}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{bookpages}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{hidevolumes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}% + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,hidevolumes,booklongxref,related,% + ctitleaddon,ptitleaddon,journalabbrev=notes,legalnotes,supranotes}% + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 2.6 ff. +{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldateparts=true}}% +{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30} + {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldate=true}} + {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear=true}}}% + +\iftoggle{cms@legalnotes}% +{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}% +{}% + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 3.5 ff. +{\global\togglefalse{cms@datedash}} +{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2014/02/20}% For biblatex 2.9 ff. + {\global\toggletrue{cms@datedash}}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@datedash}}}% + +\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{% + \field{shorttitle}% + \field{titleaddon}% + \field{title}}% + +\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{% + \inherit{title}{title} + \inherit{subtitle}{subtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{titleaddon}} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook}{incollection}{% + \inherit{title}{maintitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{book}{incollection}{% + \inherit{title}{booktitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection}{letter}{% + \inherit{title}{booktitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection}{letter}{% + \inherit{title}{maintitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{% + \noinherit{namea} + \noinherit{nameb} + \noinherit{sortyear} + \noinherit{sortname} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{urlyear} + \noinherit{urlmonth} + \noinherit{urlday} + \noinherit{doi} + \noinherit{eprint} + \noinherit{eprinttype} + \noinherit{url}} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvproceedings,mvreference}% +{*}{% ??? + \noinherit{year} + \noinherit{month} + \noinherit{day} + \noinherit{endyear} + \noinherit{endmonth} + \noinherit{endday} + \noinherit{origyear} + \noinherit{origmonth} + \noinherit{origday} + \noinherit{origendyear} + \noinherit{origendmonth} + \noinherit{origendday}} + +% More authordate options % + +\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated to >3.7 format + \sort{ + \field{presort} + } + \sort[final]{ + \field{sortkey} + } + \sort{ + \field{sortname} + \field{author} + \field{namea} + \field{editor} + \field{nameb} + \field{translator} + \field{namec} + \field{sorttitle} + \field{journaltitle} + \field{organization} + \field{title} + } + \sort{ + \field{sortyear} + \field{labelyear} + \field{year} + \field{origyear} + } + \sort{ + \field{sorttitle} + \field{title} + } + \sort{ + \field[padside=left,padwidth=4,padchar=0]{volume} + \literal{0000} + } +} + +\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{% + \sort{ + \field{shortjournal} + } +} + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4 +{\DeclareLabelname{\field{shortauthor} \field{author}% + \field{shorteditor} \field{namea} \field{editor}% + \field{nameb} \field{translator} \field{namec}}}% +{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,% + editor,nameb,translator,namec}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@switchdates}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{% + \let\splitfootnoterule\footnoterule + \renewcommand\footnoterule{}% + \advance\skip\footins 4\p@\@plus2\p@\relax + \gdef\split@prev{0}% + \let\pagefootnoterule\footnoterule + % \def\splitfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \kern2.6\p@} + \def\footnoterule{\relax + \ifnum\split@prev=\z@ + \pagefootnoterule + \else + \splitfootnoterule + \fi + \xdef\split@prev{\the\insertpenalties}% + }}% + +\protected\def\blx@newcunit{% + \global\let\blx@unitpunct\newcunitpunct + \global\toggletrue{blx@unit}}% + +\appto\blx@blxinit{% + \let\newcunit\blx@newcunit}% + +\newcommand*{\newcunitpunct}{\addcomma\space} + +\def\mkbibcurdinal#1{% + \@tempcnta0#1 \the\@tempcnta}% + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/01/04}% +{}% +{\PackageError{biblatex}% + {Outdated 'biblatex' package}% + {The Chicago style requires biblatex v1.1 or later.\MessageBreak + You are using: '\csuse{ver@biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak + This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}% + \endinput}% + +% American-specific punctuation change for 16th edition % + +\DefineBibliographyExtras{american}{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?}} + +%%%% Macros from authoryear-comp.cbx, revised for CMS %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% + \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2}% + {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + {\iffieldundef{prenote}% + {}% + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + +\newbibmacro*{backref+check}{% + \ifbibliography% + {\backtrackerfalse}% + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Similar to notes+bib + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% Simplified for CMS + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \setunit{\cms@testspace}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}% For names in [] + \ifentrytype{customc}% + {\newcunit}% + {\setunit{\cms@testspace}}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% Simplified for CMS + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \setunit{\cms@testspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% Is this right? + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}% + \setunit{\nameyeardelim}}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}}% ??? + +\newbibmacro*{cmsbracketname}{% + \iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}% + \bibrightbracket}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?% + \bibrightbracket}% + {\printnames{labelname}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + +\newbibmacro*{citeyear:noshort}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Altered for CMS + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + {}}}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + {}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% + \iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:authshort}}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:citeshort}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:authshort}{% + \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iffinalcitedelim}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iffinalcitedelim}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% + {\printfield{shorthand}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iffinalcitedelim}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \stepcounter{textcitecount}}% Added ??? + \setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens}% + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}% + {}% + \textcitedelim}}% Not \multicitedelim ??? + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:citeshort}{% + \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iffinalcitedelim}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iffinalcitedelim}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \stepcounter{textcitecount}}% Added ??? + \setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens}% + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}% + {}% + \textcitedelim}}% Not \multicitedelim ??? + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% + \setunit{\postnotewrapper}%delim}% + \printfield{postnote}}% + \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}}% + {\setunit{}% + \printtext{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens}% + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}% + {}}}% + {\setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens}% + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}% + {}% + \textcitedelim}}}% Not \multicitedelim ??? + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% + \iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{% + \setunit{\compcitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}% + {\printfield{shorthand}% + \printtext[cmshyper]{% + \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% + \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand+title}{% + \iftoggle{cms@los}% + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}}% + {\printfield{shorthand}% + \printtext[cmshyper]{% + \setunit{\cms@testspace}% FIXME + \usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% Test this + \iffieldundef{label}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplifies .bib creation + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printlist{organization}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield{label}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS? + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS? + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{misc}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{reference}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + or + not togl {cms@nodates}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS? + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{urlendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{endyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{origendyear}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}% + {\printfield{labelyear}% + \iffieldundef{extradate}% + {}% + {\setunit*{}% + \printfield{extradate}}% + \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}% + and + not togl {cms@datedash}% + }% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cms@test@labelend}{% For printing year ranges in 3.5 ff. + \iffieldundef{labelendyear}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{labelendyear}{}\OR% + \iffieldsequal{labelyear}{labelendyear}}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash\printfield{labelendyear}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cmscitesortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}% + {\iffieldint{year}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}% + \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}% + \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cmsciteyear}{% + \ifentrytype{patent}% Fix for double year w/cmsdate + {\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}} + {\iftoggle{cms@origlabel}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:origyear+labelyear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@fulldate}% + {\newcunit\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printdate}}% Consistency(?) + {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}% + \ifcsdef{@cms@tempdate}% + {\toggletrue{\@cms@tempdate}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origyear+labelyear}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ??? + {}% + {\clearfield{extradate}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}{% + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + ) + and + togl {cms@avdate}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \addspace\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% ??? + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% + {}% + {\clearfield{extradate}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% Added test for year field ??? + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \setunit{\addspace}%\addspace% ??? + \usebibmacro{year+endyear}}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \bibopenparen% + \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}% + \bibcloseparen% + \clearfield{extradate}\addspace% + \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% + \savefield{entrykey}{\cbx@lastkey}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% + \iftoggle{cms@noibid}% + {\blx@ibidreset% + \usebibmacro{cite}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{prenote}\AND% + \iffieldundef{postnote}}% + {\blx@ibidreset% + \usebibmacro{cite}% + \PackageWarning{biblatex-chicago}% + {Empty Ibidem citation}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@inlineibid}}}}% + +%%%% Citation Commands, internal and external %%%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {}%\multicitedelim + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{citeyear}} + {}%\multicitedelim + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{citeyear}} + {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {}%\multicitedelim + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +%%% Commands, macros and formats for the Legal entry types %%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\parenfullcite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% + \iftoggle{cms@noneshort}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + and + not togl {cms@noibid}% + }% + {\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteseen}% + or + togl {cms@allshort}% + }% + {\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + and + not togl {cms@noibid}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:driver}{% + \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}% + {\ifentrytype{legal}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}% + {\ifentrytype{legislation}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite}}}}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{% + \iffieldundef{labeltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{% + \iffieldundef{labeltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \printfield[legalser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@supranotes}% + and + test {\iffootnote}% + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ?? + {}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}% + {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + or + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + and + not test {\iffieldint{volume}}% + ) + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}% + and + not test {\iflistundef{location}} + }% + {\printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}}% + {\printfield{note}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \printfield[legislationser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + }}}% + \newcunit% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@supranotes}% + and + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ) + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ?? + {}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{% + \iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ))) + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}% + \newcunit}}% ?? + {\newcunit}% ?? + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}% + {\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\printtext[brackets]{% + \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \bibstring{citedas}\addspace% + \printfield{shorthand}}}}% + {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto + \printfield{shorthandintro}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ))) + }% + {\csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% + \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{legal:ibid}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@noibid}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% Needed for inheritshorthand option + }% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem} + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifloccit}% + or + ( + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{postnote}{cms@pnsaved}}% + and + not test {\ifdefvoid{\blx@loccittracker}}% Package option=false + ) + }% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@loccit}}% + {}}\usebibmacro{postnote}}% FIXME? + +\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND% + \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + }}%\newcunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{cpart+editor+translator}{% + \ifnameundef{namea}% + {\ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace% Need this \space here? + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{namea}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit% + \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \printfield{pages}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}% + {\newcunit}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{semel:postnote}{% Fix to print postnote only once + \printfield{postnote}% Old form broke \ifloccit + \global\let\cms@pnsaved\abx@field@postnote% + \global\let\abx@field@postnote\undefined% + \AtNextCitekey{\ifciteibid{}{\global\let\cms@pnsaved\undefined}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed. + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + }% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@doi}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}% + }% + {\printfield{doi}}% + {}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@eprint}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{eprint}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{url}}% + }% + {\printfield{url}}% + {}}% + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}% + #1\isdot% + \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}% + {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}% + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}% + {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}} + +\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right? + test {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}}% + and + test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {#1}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring? + {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% + {\ifinteger{#1}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% + {\addspace #1\isdot}% + {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{% + \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{% + \ifnumerals{#1}% + {\bibsstring{part}~#1}% + {#1\isdot}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}% + {c\adddotspace #1}% + {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}% + +%%% Textcite commands taken verbatim from authoryear-comp.cbx %%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@textcite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{textcite}} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cbx@textcite] + {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}% + \citetrackerfalse% + \pagetrackerfalse% + \DeferNextCitekeyHook% + \usebibmacro{cite:init}} + {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{()(\thefield{multipostnote})}% + \global\clearfield{multipostnote}}% + {}% + \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}% + \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\stepcounter{textcitetotal}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}} + {}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% + [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} + +\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite@init}[2]{% + \setcounter{textcitetotal}{0}% + \setcounter{textcitecount}{0}% + \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites\empty} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cbx@textcites}{\cbx@textcite}{} +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcites]{\textcite}{} + +\let\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcite@init +\pretocmd{\cbx@textcites@init}{\UseNextMultiCiteHook}{}{} + +%%% The \gentextcite commands - \textcite in the genitive case %%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@i} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \toggletrue{cms@gencite}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{textcite}} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@gencite}}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cms@gentextcite@i] + {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}% + \citetrackerfalse% + \pagetrackerfalse% + \DeferNextCitekeyHook% + \usebibmacro{cite:init}} + {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{()(\thefield{multipostnote})}% + \global\clearfield{multipostnote}}% + {}% + \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}% + \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\stepcounter{textcitetotal}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}} + {}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% + [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@is}{\cms@gentextcite@i}{} +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcites}[\cbx@textcites@init\cms@gentextcite@is]{\cms@gentextcite}{} + +\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcite}[1][]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencite@i[#1]}% + {\gencite@i[][#1]}}% + +\def\gencite@i[#1][#2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencite@ii[#1][#2]}% + {\gencite@ii[][#1][#2]}}% + +\def\gencite@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \gencite@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}% + +\def\gencite@iii#1{\cms@gentextcite#1} + +\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcites}[1][]{% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\gencites@iv[#1]}% + {\@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencites@i[#1]}% + {\gencites@i[][#1]}}}% + +\def\gencites@i[#1][#2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencites@ii[#1][#2]}% + {\gencites@ii[][#1][#2]}}% + +\def\gencites@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \gencites@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}% + +\def\gencites@iii#1{\cms@gentextcites#1}% + +\def\gencites@iv[#1]#2{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \cms@gentextcites#2}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcite}{\bibsentence\gentextcite} +\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcites}{\bibsentence\gentextcites} + +%%% End code for \gentextcite %%% + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}% + {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]% + {\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibxrefcite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{backref+check}}%\usebibmacro{clearalmostall}} (?) + {\usebibmacro{xref-in:}% + \blx@ibidreset% For authordate style + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {}% + {}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\origfullcite} + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}% + \nopunct\unspace% + \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}% + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}%\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}% + {\multicitedelim}% + {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\origpublcite}% Similar to above, w/o title. + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}% + \nopunct%\unspace% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\addspace}{\unspace}% + \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}% + \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}% + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}% + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}% + {\multicitedelim}% + {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}} + +%%%% List Formats %%%% + +\DeclareListFormat{language}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {\bibleftbracket\bibstring{inlang}%\addspace - for inflected langs. + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=1}% + {\bibrightbracket}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{listtotal}}% + {\multilangdelim% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \bibrightbracket}% + {\multilangdelim% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}}}% + \usebibmacro{langlist:andothers}}% + +\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {#1}% + {\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}}% + +\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}} + +\DeclareListFormat{lista}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}% + {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}} + +%%%% Field Formats -- Mostly non-title %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{prenote}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot} + +\iftoggle{cms@comprange}% Audrey Boruvka's code from StackExchange +{\patchcmd{\blx@comprange@check}% + {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}% + {\blx@tempcnta=#1% + \divide\blx@tempcnta100% + \multiply\blx@tempcnta100% + \ifnumequal{\blx@tempcnta}{#1}% + {\blx@range@out@value{#1\bibrangedash#2}}% + {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}}% + {}{}}{}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{% Changed for page compression option + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkcomprange{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {#1}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {\mkcomprange{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{bibnote}{\MakeCapital{#1}} + +% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{% +% \ifbibstring{#1}% +% {\bibstring{#1}}% +% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% +% {\bibstring{ed#1}}% +% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}} + +\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibxstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% + {\bibxstring{ed#1}}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% + {\bibstring{ed#1}}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}% + \usebibmacro{list:andothers}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + #1}% + {#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{citetitle}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {#1}% + {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + #1}% + {\printfield{nameaddon}\addspace #1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +%%%% Other Field Formats %%%% + +\DeclareNumChars*{:}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{letterday}{\mkbibcurdinal{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{note}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[audio,manual,music,patent,report,suppbook,suppcollection,thesis,video] +{type}{% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{type}{% + \ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{% + \textrm{doi}\addcolon + \ifhyperref + {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}% + {\nolinkurl{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlmonth}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventmonth}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlmonth}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventmonth}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{origdate}{% 16th ed. + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Date fix + {#1}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}% + {\bibstring{discrecorded}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{songrecorded}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{broadcast}\space #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias{userd}{titleaddon}% 16th ed. + +\DeclareFieldFormat{nameaddon}{\mkbibbrackets{#1\bibsentence}}% ?! + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{nameaddon}{#1\bibsentence}% 16th ed. + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{nameaddon}{% For cross-refs + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{#1}}}% + {#1}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% New in 0.8 + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\ifcapital + {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{usere}{[#1]} % Better than mkbibbrackets? + +\DeclareFieldFormat{titleaddon}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}%\custpunctc? + +\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitleaddon}{titleaddon} + +\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jourser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkbibordseries{#1}% + \addnbspace% + \bibstring{jourser}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5 + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumerals{#1}}% + and + not test {\ifnumeral{#1}}% + }% + {\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}% + {\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{% + \ifnumeral{#1}% + {\addnbspace #1}% + {\addcomma\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}} + +% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is +% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal. + +\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep #1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{% + \ifnumerals{#1}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}% + {\addcomma\addspace\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{volume}[article]{volume} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{cmshyper}{% Control the number of elements hyperlinked. + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + not test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}}% + or + togl {blx@skipbib}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@linkit}% + }% + {#1}% + {\bibhyperref{#1}}}% + +%%%% Related field formats from biblatex.def %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubas}{#1}% This and next remove parens + +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubin}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{% For notes + bib + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}% + or + test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}% + }% + {#1}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}}% + \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\newcunit}% + {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}% + or + test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}% + }% + {#1}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}}% + \addspace}% + +%%%% Commands, for users and internal %%%% + +\newcommand*{\cbytypeeditor}{% Needed? + \iffieldundef{editortype}% + {\bibstring{cbytypeeditor}}% + {\bibstring{cbytype\thefield{editortype}}}} + +\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addsemicolon\space} + +\newcommand*{\cms@testspace}{% FIXME + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumequal{\spacefactor}{\blx@sf@dot}}% + and + not test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\addnbspace}% + {\addspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\iffinalcitedelim}{% + \ifnumequal{\value{textcitecount}}{\value{textcitetotal}-1}} + +\renewcommand*{\nameyeardelim}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% Is this test correct? + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\cms@testspace}% FIXME -- automatic n.d. ??? labeldate test? + {\NumCheckSetup{\renewcommand{\mkbibbrackets}{\expandonce}% + \DeclareNumChars*{[?]s}}% For bracketed dates, and decades. + \iffieldnums{year}% This one works. + {\cms@testspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}}% 16th ed. wants comma before n.d. (!) + {\cms@testspace}}} + +\newcommand{\classicpunct}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}\OR% + \ifentrytype{letter}}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}} + +\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec. + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifterm}% + and + not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}% + }% + {\addspace}% + {\addcolon\addspace% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}}% +} + +\newcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon}% + +\newcommand{\parttrans}{% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}\space}}% + +% \newcommand{\partedit}{% +% \iftoggle{cms@postposit}% Kludge to make it work in French. +% {\bibstring{byeditoralt}\addspace}% +% {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}% + +\protected\def\partedit#1{% + \ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \ifx\addnbspace#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \ifx\addspace#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \if#1H% + \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \if#1h% + \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \def\cms@tempa{\part@edit@i\lbx@initnamehook{#1}% + \csuse{cms@tempb}#1\csundef{cms@tempb}}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \cms@tempa% +}% + +\newcommand{\part@edit@i}{\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}% + +\newcommand{\partcomp}{% + {\bibstring{bycompiler}\space}}% + +\newcommand{\parteditandcomp}{% + {\bibstring{byeditorcp}\space}}% + +\newcommand{\parttransandcomp}{% + {\bibstring{bytranslatorcp}\space}}% + +\newcommand{\partedittransandcomp}{% + {\bibstring{byeditortrcp}\space}}% + +\newcommand{\parteditandtrans}{% + {\bibstring{byeditortr}\space}}% + +\newcommand{\reprint}{\bibstring{reprint}}% + +\newcommand*{\multipubsdelim}{\addnbspace/\addspace} + +\newcommand*{\multilocsdelim}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}% + {\ifthenelse{\numexpr\value{listcount}+1<\value{liststop}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{liststop}>2}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}% + {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}% + {}}% + +\newcommand*{\multilangdelim}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<3}% + {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}} + +\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{% Cf. N&B style + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + ) + }% + {\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@inlineibid}% + {\togglefalse{cms@inlineibid}% + \iffieldundef{prenote}% Bug fix + {}% + {\cms@testspace}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% For Notes+Bib, too? + {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}% + \iffieldpages{postnote}% + {\cms@testspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}}} + +\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{% + \iftoggle{cms@modpostnote}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{,}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{\bibrangessep}}% + }% + {\addcomma}% w/ or w/o \addspace? + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{;}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{:}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{.}}% + }% + {}{\postnotedelim}}}% + {\postnotedelim}}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\iffieldstart}[2]{% Philipp Lehman's code, from + \begingroup% comp.text.tex + \edef\@tempa{% + \long\def\noexpand\iffieldstart@i####1\detokenize{#2}####2}% + \@tempa\@nil{\endgroup\ifblank{##1}}% + \savefield*{#1}{\@tempa}% + \expandafter\iffieldstart@i\detokenize + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter\@tempa\detokenize{#2}}\@nil} + +\newcommand*{\editordelim}{% Otherwise you get an inaccurate comma. + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{none}% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}} + +\newcommand*{\nameadelim}{% Otherwise you get an inaccurate comma. + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{none}% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}} + +\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide + \begingroup% final {by}. + \blx@bibstringnormal% + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% + \ifbibstring{from#1}% + {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{clang#1}% + {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}}% + \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}% + or + test \ifmoreitems% + }% + {\bibstring{from#1}}% + {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\biblstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}% + \endgroup} + +\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore} + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}% + and + test \ifmoreitems% + }% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}% + {\finalandcomma}% + {}% + \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}% + {}} + +\newcommand*{\lbx@cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't + \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage. + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@fromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{finentry}{%{\finentry} To make annotated bibliography + \ifbibliography + {\usebibmacro{entrytail}}% + {}% + \finentry} + +\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% From reading.bbx, for annotated bibliography + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@annotation}% + {\usebibmacro{annotation}% + \newunit\newblock}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{author+holder}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{holder}\OR + \ifnamesequal{author}{holder}}% + {}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printnames{holder}}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR + \ifnameundef{author}}% + {}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}}} + +\newbibmacro*{byauthorpunct}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR\ifnameundef{author}}% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\newcunit}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{% + \ifnameundef{bookauthor}% + {}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}% + {}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace\printnames[default]{bookauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock}}} + +\newbibmacro*{editorpunct}{% + \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{issuetitle}\)% + \OR\iffieldsequal{booktitle}{title}% Changed these for crossrefed + \OR\iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title}}% entries. Create problems? + {\ifentrytype{video}% + {\newcunit\newblock}% + {\newunit\newblock}}% + {\newcunit\newblock}} + +\newbibmacro*{edition}{% + \printfield{edition}% + \clearfield{edition}}% + +\newbibmacro*{inforaft}{% + \ifnameundef{introduction}% + {\ifnameundef{afterword}% + {\ifnameundef{foreword}% + {\printfield{type}}% + {\bibstring{forewordto}% + \clearname{foreword}}}% + {\bibstring{afterwordto}% + \clearname{afterword}}}% + {\bibstring{introductionto}% + \clearname{introduction}}} + +\newbibmacro*{langlist:andothers}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{liststop}\AND + \ifmoreitems}% + {\ifnum\value{liststop}>1 \finalandcomma\fi + \andmoredelim\bibstring{andmore}\bibrightbracket}% + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{reference+title}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{title}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \savefield{title}{\bbx@lasthash}}} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+author}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + test {\ifnameundef{author}}% + or + not test {\ifuseauthor}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \savefield{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+author}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}}% + {\usebibmacro{author}}} + +\newbibmacro*{type+inst+year}{% + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \printlist{institution}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{year}} + +\newbibmacro*{institution+organization}{% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {\iflistundef{institution}% + {}% + {\printlist{institution}}}% + {\printlist{organization}% + \newcunit% + \printlist{institution}}} + +\newbibmacro*{author+org}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\ifnameundef{editor}% + {\iflistundef{organization}% + {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistequals{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + }% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}% + {\bibopenparen\printlist{organization}\bibcloseparen}% + {\printlist{organization}}% + \savelist{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{editor}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytypestrg}[2]{% + \iffieldundef{#1type}% + {\bibstring{by#2}}% + {\bibstring{by\thefield{#1type}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor}{% + \ifnameundef{editor}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditorx}{% + \ifnameundef{editora}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditora]{editora}% + \newcunit}% + \ifnameundef{editorb}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}% + \newcunit}% + \ifnameundef{editorc}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}% + \newcunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}% + \addspace + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyredactor}{% + \ifnameundef{redactor}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbyredactor}\addspace% + \printnames[byredactor]{redactor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithcommentator}{% + \ifnameundef{commentator}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withcommentator}\addspace% + \printnames[withcommentator]{commentator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithannotator}{% + \ifnameundef{annotator}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withannotator}\addspace% + \printnames[withannotator]{annotator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithintroduction}{% + \ifnameundef{introduction}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withintroduction}\addspace% + \printnames[withintroduction]{introduction}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithforeword}{% + \ifnameundef{foreword}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withforeword}\addspace% + \printnames[withforeword]{foreword}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithafterword}{% + \ifnameundef{afterword}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withafterword}\addspace% + \printnames[withafterword]{afterword}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor+others}{% + \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND + \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}% + {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\space% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor}}% + \usebibmacro{cbytranslator+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\space% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbycompiler+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler+others}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\space% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}% + \clearname{namec}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbyothers}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyothers}{% + \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbycompiler}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyredactor}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithcommentator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithannotator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithintroduction}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithforeword}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithafterword}} + +\newbibmacro*{cms-in:}{% Fix for 0.9a compat. + \iftoggle{cms@origpublished}% + {}% + {\bibstring{in}% + \setunit{\addspace}}} + +\newbibmacro*{xref-in:}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}{}{\savefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}}% + \iffieldundef{part}{}{\savefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}% + \bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% Changed for related:reprintfrom + +\newbibmacro*{chapincoll}{% + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {}% + {\printfield{chapter}\addspace% + \clearfield{chapter}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{chapinscore}{% + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\bibstring{on}\setunit{\addspace}}% + {}}% + {\printfield{chapter}\clearfield{chapter}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {}% + {\addspace\bibstring{of}\setunit{\addspace}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{music+ser+num}{% + \iffieldundef{series}% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {}% + {\printfield{number}}}% + {\printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{music+publisher}{% + \iffieldundef{howpublished}% + {\iffieldundef{pubstate}% + {}% + {\printfield{pubstate}}}% + {\printfield{howpublished}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{music+origdate}{% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% 16th ed. + {}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% Date fix + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{music+eventdate}{% Date fix + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{eventyear}\AND\iffieldundef{eventmonth}}% + {}% + {\printeventdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{ser+num}{% + \printfield{series}% + \printfield[sernum]{number}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{usere}% + {\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}% + {\printfield{usere}}} + +\newbibmacro*{publ+loc+year}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% For the author-date style. Tricky. +}% + +\newbibmacro*{origpubl+loc+year}{% 16th ed. + \printlist{origlocation}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% +% \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% +% \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}% +}% + +\newbibmacro*{howpubl+loc+year}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iffieldundef{howpublished}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date}% +}% + +\newbibmacro*{inst+loc+year}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date}% +}% + +\newbibmacro*{originally+published+as}{% Punctuation fix now in + \iffieldundef{userf}% \origfullcite for 0.8e. + {\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \bibstring{reprintfrom}% ? + \origpublcite{\thefield{reprinttitle}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\bibstring{origpub}% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}% + {\iftoggle{cms@postposit}% + {\bibstring{origedition}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}% + \addcolon% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}% + {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{origedition}% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{org+publ+loc+year}{% What was wrong with \ifthenelse here? + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {\iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}} + +\newbibmacro*{year+in+parens}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}% + {noformat}% + {parens}} + +\newbibmacro*{letter+date}{% New for 0.9 + \iflistundef{origlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{origlocation}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelongalt}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelong}}} + +\newbibmacro*{unpubl+letter+date}{% For the Misc type. + \iflistundef{origlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{origlocation}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelongalt}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {\printdate}% For interviews and other dated non-letters + {\cms@datelong}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsbookdate}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + {\newunit}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\newunit}% + {\newcunit\printorigdate}}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {\newunit}% + {\newcunit\printdate}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{date}{% Adding the test solved some issues in 0.9 with + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + \AND\iffieldundef{origday}}% + {}% + {\printorigdate}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}% + \AND\iffieldundef{day}}% punctuation in some entry types (Misc). The + {}% whole \printdate thing may need further work. + {\printdate}}} + +\newcommand*{\cms@datelong}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{origyear}}}% + +\newcommand*{\cms@datelongalt}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iffieldundef{month}% + {\printfield{year}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{year}}}% + +\newcommand*{\letterdatelong}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% This one for users + {\iffieldundef{year}% Previous two for internal use + {}% + {\iffieldundef{month}% + {\printfield{year}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{year}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{origyear}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{journal+sub}{% + \iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{% + \printfield{chapter}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{pages}} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+date}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + test {\ifnameundef{author}}% + or + not test {\ifuseauthor}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{date+issue}}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}} + +\newbibmacro*{date+issue}{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% Starred version for when the + \printfield[journum]{number}}}% month isn't printed because of + {\printfield{issue}% the toggle. + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+date+issue}{% + \usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper. + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date+issue}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsyear}{% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield{year}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsorigdate}{% New for 0.9 + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printdate}% + {\printorigdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}{% For periodical entries, + \ifboolexpr{% article subtype + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + and + test {\ifcitation}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + and + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series}% + {}% + {\newcunit + \printfield[jourser]{series}% + \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here? + \printfield[journum]{number}% + \clearfield{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \printfield{eid}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{periodical+date+issue}{% For periodical type & + \ifboolexpr{% magazine subtype + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + and + test {\ifcitation}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + and + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper. + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date+issue}} + +\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {}% + {\setunit{\postnotewrapper}%delim}% + \printfield{postnote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{part+editor+translator}{% + \ifnameundef{namea}% + {\ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}\space% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{byeditortr}\space% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}% + {\bibstring{byeditor}\space% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit + \bibstring{bytranslator}\space% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{namea}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit% + \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{compilestrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{namec}>1\OR\ifandothers{namec}}% + {\bibstring{compilers}}% + {\bibstring{compiler}}% + \clearname{namec}} + +\newbibmacro*{transstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{translator}>1\OR\ifandothers{translator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translators}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translator}}}% + \clearname{translator}} + +\newbibmacro*{parttransstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{nameb}>1\OR\ifandothers{nameb}}% + {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translators}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translator}}}% + \clearname{nameb}} + +\newbibmacro*{editstrg}{% Test added for 0.9 + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}% + \clearname{translator}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\bibstring{editortranslators}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {\bibstring{editors}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}% + \clearname{translator}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\bibstring{editortranslator}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}% + \clearname{editor}} + +\newbibmacro*{parteditstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND + \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}% + \clearname{nameb}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{editortranslators}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + {\bibstring{editors}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND + \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}% + \clearname{nameb}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{editortranslator}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}s}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}}}}% + \clearname{namea}} + +\newbibmacro*{clearpublin}{% + \clearname{author}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}% + {}% + {\clearname{namea}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + \clearfield{nameaddon}% + \ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{periodical}\OR\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvreference}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{suppbook}\OR\ifentrytype{suppcollection}\)\OR% + \(\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}\)\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}\)}% + {}% + {\clearfield{title}% + \clearfield{subtitle}% + \clearfield{titleaddon}% + \clearfield{usere}% + \clearlist{language}}% + \ifentrytype{letter}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{month}}% + {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origmonth}}% + \clearfield{origlocation}}% + {}% + \clearfield{reprinttitle}% +} + +%%%% Related macros from biblatex.def %%%% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubas}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:reprintfrom}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \nopunct% ??? + \usebibmacro{cite:origpubl}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubin}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistsequal{publisher}{savedpublisher}}% + or + test {\iflistundef{publisher}}% + }% + {}% + {\setunit{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{bypublisher}\space}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iflistsequal{location}{savedlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{location}}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{related:bytranslator}[1]{% + \entrydata{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \renewbibmacro*{name:hook}[1]{% + \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}% + {\begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \lbx@initnamehook{#1}% + \endgroup}% + {}}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \setunit*{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{astitle}\space}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usedriver + {\ifnameundef{savedauthor}% + {\ifnameundef{savededitor}% + {}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}% + {\clearname{editor}}% + {}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}% + {\clearname{author}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}% + \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}% + \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + \renewbibmacro*{pageref}{}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{related:multivolume}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{author}}% + }% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{namea}{savednamea}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{namea}}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{editor}}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{savednameb}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{nameb}}% + }% + {}% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}\newcunit}}% + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock}}% + {\usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + +\providetoggle{cms@otherlang} + +\apptocmd\blx@opt@autolang@other% +{\toggletrue{cms@otherlang}}% +{\blx@info@noline{Patching 'autolang=other' option}}% +{\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}% + {Upgrading biblatex to >v2.7a recommended,\MessageBreak + especially if you are using the "related"\MessageBreak + functionality}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origfull}{% + \printtext[cmshypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\frenchspacing% + \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origpubl}{% + \printtext[cmshypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\toggletrue{cms@origpublished}% + \frenchspacing\renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}% + \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{at+every+item}{% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}% + \ifboolexpr{% AD requires this here because cmsbibsortdate=null + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2839e02015 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,7119 @@ +% $Id: chicago-notes.cbx,v 0.11.1.33 2018/01/10 16:41:54 dfussner Exp $ + +% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's +% authortitle-cverb.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention +% of providing footnote citations and a bibliography formatted +% according to the specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style. + +\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.cbx}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex citation style] + +%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%% + +\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} + +\providetoggle{cms@oneyear}% Needed for author-date +\providetoggle{cms@reprint}% ditto +\providetoggle{cms@switchdates}% ditto + +\providetoggle{cms@jrcomma}% For comma before Jr./Sr. + +\providetoggle{cms@url}% These are for the field-exclusion options +\providetoggle{cms@doi} +\providetoggle{cms@doionly} +\providetoggle{cms@eprint} +\providetoggle{cms@isbn} +\providetoggle{cms@numbermonth} +\providetoggle{cms@bookpages} +\providetoggle{cms@hidevolumes}% Modify volume fix +\providetoggle{cms@bookseries} +\providetoggle{cms@notefield} +\providetoggle{cms@addendum} +\providetoggle{cms@comprange} +\providetoggle{cms@modpostnote} +\providetoggle{cms@url@innotes} +\providetoggle{cms@ukord} + +\providetoggle{cms@headlessnote} +\providetoggle{cms@origcite} +\providetoggle{cms@fullnote} +\providetoggle{cms@shortnote} +\providetoggle{cms@allshort} +\providetoggle{cms@noibid} +\providetoggle{cms@noidem} +\providetoggle{cms@usecompiler} +\providetoggle{cms@shorthandibid} +\providetoggle{cms@printshhand} +\providetoggle{cms@fullshhand} +\providetoggle{cms@inheritshhand} +\providetoggle{cms@firstshort} +\providetoggle{cms@origpublished} +\providetoggle{cms@loccit} +\providetoggle{cms@annotation} +\providetoggle{cms@postposit} +\providetoggle{cms@legalnotes}% For legal types +\providetoggle{cms@supranotes}% Ditto +\providetoggle{cms@noneshort}% Ditto +\providetoggle{cms@vol} +\providetoggle{cms@postvol} +\providetoggle{cms@usedvol} +\providetoggle{cms@citecrossref} +\providetoggle{cms@bibcrossref} +\providetoggle{cms@bookcitexref} +\providetoggle{cms@bookbibxref} +\providetoggle{cms@xrefvol} +\providetoggle{cms@xrefpart} +\providetoggle{cms@omitxrefdate} +\providetoggle{cms@xrefurl} +\providetoggle{cms@related} +\providetoggle{cms@citerel} +\providetoggle{cms@gencite} +\providetoggle{cms@genallnames} + +\AtEveryCitekey{% + \iffieldundef{userc}% + {}% + {\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@loccit}% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}}}% + +\protected\def\cms@warning@noline#1{% + \begingroup + \blx@safe@actives + \PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}{#1}% + \endgroup} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@annotation}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{noibid}[true]{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noibid}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@allshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@legalnotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{% + \global\settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareTypeOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandibid}[true]{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@shorthandibid}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandfull}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@fullshhand}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{inheritshorthand}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@inheritshhand}{#1} + \iftoggle{cms@inheritshhand}% + {\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{% + \inherit{shorthand}{shorthand} + \inherit{shorthandintro}{shorthandintro} + }}% + {}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{shorthandfirst}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@firstshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{shorthandfirst}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@firstshort}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{compresspages}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@crange@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@crange@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{compresspages=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@crange@true{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@comprange}% + \setcounter{mincomprange}{100}% + \setcounter{mincompwidth}{10}% +}% +\def\cms@opt@crange@false{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{postnotepunct}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{postnotepunct=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ppunct@true{% + \global\toggletrue{cms@modpostnote}}% +\def\cms@opt@ppunct@false{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{usecompiler}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usenamec}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{usecompiler}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usenamec}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{juniorcomma}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption{juniorcomma}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{delayvolume}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@postvol}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption{delayvolume}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@postvol}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{longcrossref}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@none{% + \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@citecrossref}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@notes{% + \toggletrue{cms@citecrossref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}}% +\def\cms@opt@lxref@bib{% + \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibcrossref}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{longcrossref}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{booklongxref}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@bookcitexref}% + \toggletrue{cms@bookbibxref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@notes{% + \toggletrue{cms@bookcitexref}% + \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}% +\def\cms@opt@bklxref@bib{% + \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}% + \toggletrue{cms@bookbibxref}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{booklongxref}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{omitxrefdate}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@omitxrefdate}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{omitxrefdate}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@omitxrefdate}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline% + {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@notes{% + \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}% + \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}% +\def\cms@opt@jtabb@bib{% + \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}% + \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline% + {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{ordinalgb}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@ukord}{#1}}% + +% The field-exclusion options % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{urlnotes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url@innotes}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{urlnotes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url@innotes}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@true{% + \toggletrue{cms@doi}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@false{% + \togglefalse{cms@doi}}% +\def\cms@opt@doi@only{% + \toggletrue{cms@doionly}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{numbermonth}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookpages}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{includeall}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@doi}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{hidevolumes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{addendum}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookseries}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{notefield}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}% +\DeclareBibliographyOption{completenotes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}% + \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{isbn}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{url}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{doi}[true]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}% + {\iftoggle{cms@doi}% + {\togglefalse{cms@doi}% + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\togglefalse{cms@doionly}}% !! + {}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@doi}}% !! + \csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}% + {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{eprint}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{numbermonth}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{bookpages}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{hidevolumes}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{addendum}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{bookseries}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}}% +\DeclareEntryOption{notefield}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{related}[bib]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@rel@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@bib}\cms@warning@noline% + {'related=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'bib' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@rel@true{% + \settoggle{cms@citerel}{true}% + \settoggle{cms@related}{true}}% +\def\cms@opt@rel@false{% + \settoggle{cms@citerel}{false}% + \settoggle{cms@related}{false}}% +\def\cms@opt@rel@bib{% + \settoggle{cms@citerel}{false}% + \settoggle{cms@related}{true}}% +\def\cms@opt@rel@notes{% + \settoggle{cms@citerel}{true}% + \settoggle{cms@related}{false}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{related}[bib]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@rel@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@bib}\cms@warning@noline% + {'related=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'bib' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +% Adding a disambiguating field to short notes otherwise identical % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrafield}{% + \def\cms@xfield{#1}}% + +\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrafield}{% + \def\cms@xfield{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrafield}{% + \def\cms@xfield{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextraformat}{% + \def\cms@xformat{#1}}% + +\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextraformat}{% + \def\cms@xformat{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextraformat}{% + \def\cms@xformat{#1}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@none{% + \let\shortextrapunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@comma{% + \def\shortextrapunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@colon{% + \def\shortextrapunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@space{% + \def\shortextrapunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@semicolon{% + \def\shortextrapunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shxp@period{% + \def\shortextrapunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% + +\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +% Controlling punctuation before titleaddon fields % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@none{% + \let\ptitleaddonpunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@comma{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@colon{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@space{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@semicolon{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ptao@period{% + \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@none{% + \let\ctitleaddonpunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@comma{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@colon{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@space{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@semicolon{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@ctao@period{% + \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline% + {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +% Controlling punctuation before shorthand in notes % + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shorthandpunct}[space]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shp@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@space}\cms@warning@noline% + {'shorthandpunct=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'space' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@none{% + \let\shorthandpunct\@empty}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@comma{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@colon{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@space{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@semicolon{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@period{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@emdash{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addthinspace\textemdash\addthinspace}}% +\def\cms@opt@shp@endash{% + \def\shorthandpunct{\addspace\textendash\addspace}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shorthandpunct}[space]{% + \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shp@#1}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@#1}}% + {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@space}\cms@warning@noline% + {'shorthandpunct=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak + The default - 'space' - has been set.\MessageBreak + Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak + option keys}}}% + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,completenotes,hidevolumes,% + related,booklongxref,ptitleaddon,ctitleaddon,shorthandpunct,urlnotes,% + legalnotes,supranotes,shortextrapunct} + +\iftoggle{cms@legalnotes}% +{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}% +{}% + +% For author-date compatibility % + +\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{% + \settoggle{cms@switchdates}{#1}}% + +\DeclareEntryOption{cmsdate}{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsdate}{}% + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{% + \let\splitfootnoterule\footnoterule + \renewcommand\footnoterule{}% + \advance\skip\footins 4\p@\@plus2\p@\relax + \gdef\split@prev{0} + \let\pagefootnoterule\footnoterule + % \def\splitfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \kern2.6\p@} + \def\footnoterule{\relax + \ifnum\split@prev=\z@ + \pagefootnoterule + \else + \splitfootnoterule + \fi + \xdef\split@prev{\the\insertpenalties}% + }} + + +\protected\def\blx@newcunit{% + \global\let\blx@unitpunct\newcunitpunct + \global\toggletrue{blx@unit}}% + +\appto\blx@blxinit{% + \let\newcunit\blx@newcunit} + +\newcommand*{\newcunitpunct}{\addcomma\addspace} + +\def\mkbibcurdinal#1{% + \@tempcnta0#1 \the\@tempcnta}% + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2010/08/28} +{}% +{\PackageError{biblatex} + {Outdated 'biblatex' package} + {The Chicago style requires biblatex v0.9 or later.\MessageBreak + You are using: '\csuse{ver@biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak + This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}% + \endinput} + +% American-specific punctuation change for 16th edition % + +\DefineBibliographyExtras{american}{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?}} + +%%%% Initialize and define bibstrings %%%% + +\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{% + citedas = {hereafter cited as},} + +%%%% This one needed for 16th edition. Others in cms-*.lbx %%%% + +%%%% Cite macros for use by the citation commands %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% + \global\let\cbx@lastkey\undefined} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% + \savefield{entrykey}{\cbx@lastkey}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{inreference}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@noidem}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteseen}% + and + ( + not togl {cms@noneshort}% Intended for Bluebook citations + or + ( + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + and + not togl {cms@noibid}% + ) + ) + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + or + ( + togl {blx@skipbiblist}% + and + togl {cms@inheritshhand}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + ) + }% + {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@shorthandibid}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl{cms@firstshort}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@printshhand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% FIXME!! + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% + \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% + \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}% + {\ifentrytype{legal}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}% + {\ifentrytype{legislation}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short:cms}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:cms}{% was cite:short + \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{reference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT% + \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplify .bib creation + {\ifuseauthor% + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}\newcunit}% + {\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}\newcunit}}% + {}}% + {\ifentrytype{manual}% + {\printlist{organization}\isdot\newcunit}% + {}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteidem}% + and + not test {\ifbibliography}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + and + not togl {cms@noidem}% + and + not togl {cms@headlessnote}% + }% + {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% + \classicpunct}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}% + \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?% + \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}% + {\printnames{labelname}%\usebibmacro{choose+labelname}% + \isdot\classicpunct}}}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + test {\ifentrytype{review}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% + ) + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + and + togl {cms@citerel}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifuniquework}% + or + test {\ifcsundef{cms@xfield}}% + }% + {}% + {\setunit{\shortextrapunct}% + \usebibmacro{shortnote+extrafield}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}? + +\newbibmacro*{shortnote+extrafield}{% Disambiguate otherwise identical + \iffieldundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}% short notes + {\iflistundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}% + {\ifnameundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}% + {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{date}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printdate}}% + {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origdate}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printorigdate}}% + {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventdate}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printeventdate}}% + {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urldate}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printurldate}}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\cms@xfield}}}}}}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{% + \printnames[default]{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{% + \printlist{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{month}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origmonth}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventmonth}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urlmonth}}% + }% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{day}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origday}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventday}}% + or + test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urlday}}% + }% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{% + \printfield[letterday]{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}% + {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{% + \printfield{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ))) + }% + {\csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% + \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{% + \iffieldundef{labeltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + % \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{% + \iffieldundef{labeltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \printfield[legalser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + % \newcunit% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@supranotes}% + and + test {\iffootnote}% + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ?? + {}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}% + {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + or + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + and + not test {\iffieldint{volume}}% + ) + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}% + and + not test {\iflistundef{location}} + }% + {\printlist{location}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}}% + {\printfield{note}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \printfield[legislationser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + }}}% + \newcunit% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@supranotes}% + and + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ) + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ?? + {}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:cms}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:cms}{% + \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}% + \iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{% + \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}% + \iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffootnote}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + ( + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + and + ( + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}% + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}% + ))) + }% + {\newcunit% + \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace% + \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}% + \newcunit}}% ?? + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\printtext[brackets]{% + \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace% + \printfield{shorthand}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \bibstring{citedas}\addspace% + \printfield{shorthand}}}}% + {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto + \printfield{shorthandintro}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{choose:ibidstring}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR% + \ifentrytype{legislation}}% + {\bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}% + {\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@noibid}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% Needed for inheritshorthand option + }% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem} + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem} + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifloccit}% + or + ( + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + test {\iffieldequalcs{postnote}{cms@pnsaved}}% + and + not test {\ifdefvoid{\blx@loccittracker}}% Package option=false + ) + }% + {\global\toggletrue{cms@loccit}}% + {}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:journal}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\iffieldundef{prenote}% + {\bibsentence\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteidem}% + and + not test {\ifbibliography}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + and + not togl {cms@noidem}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{prenote}% + {\bibsentence\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% + \newcunit}% + {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% + \newcunit}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}% + \bibrightbracket\newcunit}% + {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}% + {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?% + \bibrightbracket\newcunit}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \isdot\newcunit}}}% + \iftoggle{cms@allshort}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}% + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}% + \iffieldundef{volume}% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield[journum]{number}}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}}}}% + +%% Macros from verbose.cbx %% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% + \ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}% + {\printnames{labelname}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@gencite}% + and + ( + test {\iflastcitekey}% + or + togl {cms@genallnames}% + ) + }% + {\thegen}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:init}{% + \citetrackerfalse% + \pagetrackerfalse% + \iffirstcitekey + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:count}{% + \stepcounter{textcitetotal}% + \ifnumgreater{\value{uniquelist}}{\value{maxnames}}% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{uniquelist}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}% + {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{uniquelist}}}% + {}}% + {\ifnumless{\value{labelname}}{\value{maxnames}}% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{labelname}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}% + {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{labelname}}}% + {}}% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{maxnames}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}% + {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{maxnames}}}% + {}}}}% + +%%%% Citation Commands, internal and external %%%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cmsnoopcite}% +{}{}{}{}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibxrefcite} + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}}% So cites in biblio don't turn up + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% in backref list + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT% + \(\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\)}% + {\clearname{author}% + \clearname{shortauthor}% + \clearname{labelname}}% + {}% + \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@inheritshhand}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}% Would {cite} be better? + {}% + {\usebibmacro{crossref:volume+postnote}}% Volume fix + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bookbibxrefcite} + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}}% So cites in biblio don't turn up + {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% in backref list + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}% + {\clearname{editor}% + \clearname{shorteditor}% + \clearname{labelname}}% + {\clearname{author}% + \clearname{shortauthor}% + \clearname{labelname}}}% + {}% + \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \usebibmacro{bibxref-in:}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@inheritshhand}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{crossref:volume+postnote}}% Volume fix + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \blx@ibidreset + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite} + [\iffootnote{}{\mkbibfootnote}] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote{}{\mkbibfootnote}]% +{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \usebibmacro{cite:full}% + \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\origfullcite} + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}% + \ifhyperref% + {\hypertarget{cite.\the\c@refsection @\abx@field@entrykey}{}}% + {}% + \nopunct\unspace}% Put \nopunct and \unspace here for 0.8e. + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \usebibmacro{clearorigin}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \frenchspacing}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}% + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}% + {\multicitedelim}% + {\finentry}% Helps with annotated bibliographies (?) + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\origpublcite}% Similar to above, w/o title. + {\usebibmacro{backref+check}% + \ifhyperref% + {\hypertarget{cite.\the\c@refsection @\abx@field@entrykey}{}}% + {}% + \nopunct% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\addspace}{\unspace}}%\unspace Put \nopunct and \unspace here for 0.8e. + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}% + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}% + {\multicitedelim}% + {\finentry} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessfullcite} + {\usebibmacro{hlprenote}}% + {\printtext[bibhypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}\global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}% + {\multicitedelim}% + {}%\usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlesscite} + {\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}% + \clearname{labelname}% + \usebibmacro{cite}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessparencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}% + \clearname{labelname}% + \usebibmacro{cite}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessparenshortcite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl{cms@firstshort}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \clearname{labelname}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\surnamecite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + test {\ifciteseen}% + or + togl {cms@allshort}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@noneshort}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:short}} + {\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}% + \renewbibmacro*{editor}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}% + \usebibmacro{cite}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\surnamecites}{surnamecite}{\multicitedelim} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\shortcite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite:short}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\shorthandcite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \iftoggle{cms@shorthandibid}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}% + \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citejournal}% Name? + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \clearfield{pages}% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{cite:journal}% + \usebibmacro{cite:save}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\iftoggle{cms@loccit}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeauthor} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \ifciteindex + {\indexnames{labelname}} + {}% + \printnames{labelname}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\citetitles}{citetitle}{\multicitedelim} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlesscites}{headlesscite}{\multicitedelim} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlessparencites}[\mkbibparens]% +{headlessparencite}{\multicitedelim} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlessparenshortcites}[\mkbibparens]% +{headlessparenshortcite}{\multicitedelim} + +%% Textcite commands adapted from verbose.cbx %% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@textcite} + {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}} + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} + {}% + {\iffirstcitekey + {}% + {\textcitedelim}% + \stepcounter{textcitecount}% + \usebibmacro{textcite}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}} + {} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cbx@textcite\cms@textcite@i] + {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}% + \gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}% + \DeferNextCitekeyHook} + {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{% + (\thefield{multiprenote})(\thefield{multipostnote})}}% + {}% + \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}% + \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:count}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{{\cbx@savedkeys}}% + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{% + [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}% + \iflastcitekey + {\iffootnote + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\nopunct}% + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}% Switch + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\nopunct}}}% these two? + {}} + {}} + {} + {} + +\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite@init}[3]{% + \setcounter{textcitetotal}{0}% + \setcounter{textcitecount}{0}% + \setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{0}% + \def\cbx@textcite@args{#1}\def\cbx@footcite@args{#2}#3% + \cbx@textcite@args\empty\cbx@footcite@args\empty} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cbx@textcites}{\cbx@textcite}{} +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites} + [\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcites\cms@textcites@i]{\textcite}{} + +\let\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcite@init +\pretocmd{\cbx@textcites@init}{% + \UseNextMultiCiteHook% + \AtNextMultiCite{% + \renewbibmacro{multiprenote}{}% + \renewbibmacro{multipostnote}{}}}{}{} + +\renewcommand*{\textcitedelim}{% + \iffinalcitedelim% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{textcitetotal}}{2}% + {\addcomma}% + {}% + \addspace\bibstring{and}}% + {\addcomma}% + \addspace}% + +\newrobustcmd{\cms@textcite@i}{% + \iffootnote{\foottextcite}{\footcite}} + +\newrobustcmd{\cms@textcites@i}{% + \iffootnote{\foottextcites}{\footcites}} + +\newcommand{\foottextcite}{\addspace\headlessparenshortcite} + +\newcommand{\foottextcites}{\addspace\headlessparenshortcites} + +%%% The \gentextcite commands - \textcite in the genitive case %%% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@i} + {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}% + \toggletrue{cms@gencite}}% + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\iffirstcitekey + {}% + {\textcitedelim}% + \stepcounter{textcitecount}% + \usebibmacro{textcite}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}} + {} + {\togglefalse{cms@gencite}}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cms@gentextcite@i\cms@textcite@i] + {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}% + \gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}% + \DeferNextCitekeyHook} + {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{% + (\thefield{multiprenote})(\thefield{multipostnote})}}% + {}% + \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}% + \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:count}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{{\cbx@savedkeys}}% + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{% + [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}% + \iflastcitekey + {\iffootnote + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\nopunct}% + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}}% + {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}% Switch + \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\nopunct}}}% these two? + {}} + {}} + {} + {} + +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@is}{\cms@gentextcite@i}{} +\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcites} + [\cbx@textcites@init\cms@gentextcite@is\cms@textcites@i]{\cms@gentextcite}{} + +\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcite}[1][]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencite@i[#1]}% + {\gencite@i[][#1]}}% + +\def\gencite@i[#1][#2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencite@ii[#1][#2]}% + {\gencite@ii[][#1][#2]}}% + +\def\gencite@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \gencite@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}% + +\def\gencite@iii#1{\cms@gentextcite#1} + +\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcites}[1][]{% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\gencites@iv[#1]}% + {\@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencites@i[#1]}% + {\gencites@i[][#1]}}}% + +\def\gencites@i[#1][#2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\gencites@ii[#1][#2]}% + {\gencites@ii[][#1][#2]}}% + +\def\gencites@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \gencites@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}% + +\def\gencites@iii#1{\cms@gentextcites#1}% + +\def\gencites@iv[#1]#2{% + \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}% + \cms@gentextcites#2}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcite}{\bibsentence\gentextcite} +\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcites}{\bibsentence\gentextcites} + +%%% End code for \gentextcite %%% + +%%%% Drivers for the Long Note Format %%%% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:article}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{cmag+news+author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmag+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@citerel}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmag+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cjournal+issue+year+pages}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@citerel}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:artwork}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:audio}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct} + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \newcunit + \printfield{type}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{ismn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}% + {}% + {\clearfield{pages}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:bookinbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:booklet}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:collection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. Only with Vol? + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:customc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:image}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}% +{\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inreference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{inreffullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock%setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed + \ifnameundef{author}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed + \bibstring{by}% + \addspace% + \printnames{author}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:jurisdiction}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[brackets]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas? + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% Extra reporters, same pagination + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{origlocation}% Extra reporters, different pagination + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legal}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legislation}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% Needed here? + \newcunit% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME? + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% Needed here? + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield[hansardser]{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME? + \printfield[juridnum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% Needed here? + \newcunit% + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit*{\addnbspace}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {}% + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{issue}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{chapter}% + \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{usera}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{usera}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \begingroup% Better ideas? + \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring% + \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:letter}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \printtext[title]{% + \printfield[noformat]{title}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{letter+date}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubletter+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}% + \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author+org}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{edition}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:music}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{addspace}}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist{publisher}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{institution+organization}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printlist{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed. + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{iswc}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvbook}{cite:book} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcollection}{cite:collection} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvproceedings}{cite:proceedings} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvreference}{cite:reference} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{organization}% Rearranged for 16th ed. + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace} + \usebibmacro{date}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{urlyear}% + {}% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\printfield{doi}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{eprint}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{url}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author+holder}% +holder? + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location}% + {}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{origyear}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% Changed to filed + \printdate}}% + {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}% + \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}% + \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:periodical}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}% + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cperiodical+issue+year+pages}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:proceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% + \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each. + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}}% + {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. + {\ifbibliography% + {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}% + {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!? + \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix + \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}% + \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:reference}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addnbspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isrn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:review}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{cmag+news+author}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printeventdate% 16th ed. + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed. + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + and + togl {cms@citerel}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{note}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}}% + {\usebibmacro{cjournal+issue+year+pages}}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{issn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@citerel}% + and + not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:suppbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}}% + {}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \clearfield{pages}% ?? For 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isbn}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:suppcollection}{cite:suppbook} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:suppperiodical}{cite:review} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:unpublished}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{eventtitle}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{eventtitleaddon}% + \newcunit% + \printfield{venue}% + \newcunit% + \printlist{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\printeventdate}}% + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:video}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{nameaddon}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \setunit{\addspace}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{chapinscore}% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \newcunit + \iffieldundef{edition}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{edition}}% + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}} + {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace} + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + \newcunit + \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cser+num}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cnotefield}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% Order of this and next? + \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{caddendum}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@isbn}% + {\printfield{isan}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@citerel}% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +%%%% List Formats %%%% + +\DeclareListFormat{language}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {\bibleftbracket\bibstring{inlang}%\addspace - for inflected langs. + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=1}% + {\bibrightbracket}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{listtotal}}% + {\multilangdelim% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \bibrightbracket}% + {\multilangdelim% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\bibstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}}}% + \usebibmacro{langlist:andothers}} + +\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {#1}% + {\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}% + #1\isdot% + \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}% + {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}% + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}% + {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}} + +\DeclareListFormat{lista}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}% + {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}% + {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}} + +%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{title}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished] +{lostitle}{% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{title}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{citetitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{lostitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{prenote}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot} + +\iftoggle{cms@comprange}% Audrey Boruvka's code from StackExchange +{\patchcmd{\blx@comprange@check}% + {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}% + {\blx@tempcnta=#1% + \divide\blx@tempcnta100% + \multiply\blx@tempcnta100% + \ifnumequal{\blx@tempcnta}{#1}% + {\blx@range@out@value{#1\bibrangedash#2}}% + {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}}% + {}{}}{}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{% Changed for page compression option + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkcomprange{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {#1}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right? + test {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}}% + and + test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {#1}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring? + {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}% + {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{pagination}% + {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}% + {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{% + \iftoggle{cms@comprange}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {\mkcomprange{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]}]{#1}}}% + {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}}% + +% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{% +% \ifbibstring{#1}% +% {\bibstring{#1}}% +% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% +% {\bibstring{ed#1}}% +% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}} + +\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibxstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% + {\bibxstring{ed#1}}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{ed#1}% + {\bibstring{ed#1}}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}% + \usebibmacro{list:andothers}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{citetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \addspace% + \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{% + \usebibmacro{inforaft}% + \addspace% + \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + #1}% + {#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}% + \addspace% + #1}% + {\printfield{nameaddon}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{citetitle}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{lostitle}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}% + {#1\isdot}} + +%%%% Other Field Formats %%%% + +\DeclareNumChars*{:}% For proper ibidem with multi-volume works. + +\DeclareFieldFormat{letterday}{\mkbibcurdinal{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{note}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat +[audio,manual,music,patent,report,suppbook,suppcollection,thesis,video] +{type}{% + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{#1}}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{type}{% + \ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{% + \textrm{doi}\addcolon + \ifhyperref + {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}} + {\nolinkurl{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{date}{% Generalize userd ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + {#1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{urldate}{% 16th ed. + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}% + \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{origdate}{% 16th ed. + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Date fix + {#1}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}% + {\bibstring{discrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{songrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed. + \iffieldundef{userd}% + {\bibstring{broadcast}\addspace #1}% + {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias{userd}{titleaddon}% 16th ed. + +\DeclareFieldFormat{nameaddon}{\mkbibbrackets{#1\bibsentence}}% ?! + +\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{nameaddon}{#1\bibsentence} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{nameaddon}{% For cross-refs + \ifbibstring{#1}% + {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{#1}}}% + {#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% New in 0.8 + \ifinteger{#1} + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\ifcapital + {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}% + {#1\isdot}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{year}{% To cope with abbreviation n.d. + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {#1\bibsentence}% + {#1\isdot}}% (?) + +\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{year}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{year}{% To cope with abbreviation n.d. + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% + {#1\isdot} + {#1\bibsentence}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{year}[article]{year} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{year}[article]{year} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{year}[article]{year} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{usere}{[#1]} % Better than mkbibbrackets? + +\DeclareFieldFormat{titleaddon}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}%\custpunctc? + +\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitleaddon}{titleaddon} + +\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {#1\isdot}% + {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{journaltitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jourser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkbibordseries{#1}% + \addnbspace% + \bibstring{jourser}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% + {\ifinteger{#1}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}% + {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% + {\addspace #1\isdot}% + {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{% + \ifinteger{#1}% + {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}% + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5 + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumerals{#1}}% + and + not test {\ifnumeral{#1}}% + }% + {\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}% + {\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{% + \ifnumeral{#1}% + {\addnbspace #1}% + {\addcomma\addspace #1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{series}{#1\isdot} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{% + \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{% + \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}} + +% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is +% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal. + +\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep #1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{% xref revision ??? + \ifnumerals{#1}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}% + {\addcomma\addspace\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{xrefpart}{% xref revision ??? + \ifnumerals{#1}% + {\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}% + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{% + \ifnumerals{#1}% + {\bibsstring{part}~#1}% + {#1\isdot}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}% + {c\adddotspace #1}% + {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}% + +%% This tries to get hyperlinks from shortened cross-ref'd notes to %% +%% long notes working properly. Used in short and shorthand cites. %% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{cmshyperlink}{% + \iffieldundef{crossref}% + {\iffieldundef{xref}% + {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}% + {\ifboolexpr{(( + test {\ifentrytype{book}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{bookinbook}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{collection}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{proceedings}}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + ) + or + (( + test {\ifentrytype{inbook}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{letter}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{incollection}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inproceedings}}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@citecrossref}% + ) + }% + {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{xref}}{#1}}% + {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{(( + test {\ifentrytype{book}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{bookinbook}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{collection}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{proceedings}}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + ) + or + (( + test {\ifentrytype{inbook}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{letter}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{incollection}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{inproceedings}}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@citecrossref}% + ) + }% + {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{crossref}}{#1}}% + {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}}} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{volume}[article]{volume} + +\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume} + +%%%% Related field formats from biblatex.def %%%% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubas}{#1}% This and next remove parens + +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubin}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{% For notes + bib + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}% + or + test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}% + }% + {#1}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}}% + \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}% + {\newcunit}% + {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}% + or + test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}% + }% + {#1}% + {\ifcapital% + {\MakeCapital{#1}}% + {#1}}% + \addspace}% + +%%%% Commands, for users and internal %%%% + +\newcommand*{\cbytypeeditor}{% + \iffieldundef{editortype}% + {\bibstring{cbytypeeditor}}% + {\bibstring{cbytype\thefield{editortype}}}}% + +\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addsemicolon\addspace} + +\renewcommand*{\iffinalcitedelim}{% + \ifnumequal{\value{textcitecount}}{\value{textcitetotal}-1}} + +\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec. + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifterm}% + and + not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}% + }% + {\addspace}% + {\addcolon\addspace% + \global\csundef{@cmsst}}% +} + +\newcommand{\custpunct}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\iffieldequalstr{type}{plain}% + {}% + {\addcomma}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}% + {}% + {\addperiod}}% + {\addcomma}}% + {\addperiod}}} + +\newcommand{\custpunctb}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\iffieldequalstr{userb}{plain}% + {}% + {\addcomma}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}% + {}% + {\addperiod}}% + {\addcomma}}% + {\addperiod}}} + +\newcommand{\classicpunct}{% 16th ed. + \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}\AND% + \iffieldundef{labeltitle}\)\OR + \ifentrytype{letter}}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}} + +\newcommand{\reprintpunct}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\setunit*{\addsemicolon\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}}} + +\newcommand{\encypunct}{% for named entries in an encyclopedia + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\ifentrytype{book}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{addendum}\AND\iffieldundef{doi}\AND + \iffieldundef{isbn}\AND\iffieldundef{url}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}% + {}% + {\addperiod}}% + {\addcomma}}% + {\ifnameundef{author}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{addendum}\AND\iffieldundef{doi}\AND + \iffieldundef{isbn}\AND\iffieldundef{url}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}% + {}% + {\addperiod}}% + {\addcomma}}% + {}}}% + {\ifentrytype{book}% + {\addperiod}% + {\ifnameundef{author}% + {\addperiod}% + {}}}}% + +\newcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon}% For vol:page customization + +\newcommand{\parttrans}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace}}% + +% \newcommand{\partedit}{% +% \iftoggle{cms@postposit}% Kludge to make it work in French. +% {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% +% {\bibstring{cbyeditoralt}\addspace}% +% {\bibstring{byeditoralt}\addspace}}% +% {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% +% {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace}% +% {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}}% + +\protected\def\partedit#1{% + \ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \ifx\addnbspace#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \ifx\addspace#1% + \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \if#1H% + \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \if#1h% + \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}% + \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}% + \else% + \def\cms@tempa{\part@edit@i\lbx@initnamehook{#1}% + \csuse{cms@tempb}#1\csundef{cms@tempb}}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \cms@tempa% +}% + +\newcommand{\part@edit@i}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\partcomp}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\parteditandcomp}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditorcp}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{byeditorcp}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\parttransandcomp}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslatorcp}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{bytranslatorcp}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\partedittransandcomp}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditortrcp}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{byeditortrcp}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\parteditandtrans}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace}% + {\bibstring{byeditortr}\addspace}}% + +\newcommand{\reprint}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\bibsstring{reprint}}% + {\bibstring{reprint}}}% + +\newcommand*{\multipubsdelim}{\addnbspace/\addspace} + +\newcommand*{\multilocsdelim}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}% + {\ifthenelse{\numexpr\value{listcount}+1<\value{liststop}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{liststop}>2}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}% + {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}% + {}}% + +\newcommand*{\multilangdelim}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<3}% + {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}% + +\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteibid}% + and + ( + test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{legal}}% + or + test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}% + ) + }% + {\addspace}% + {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}% + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}% Makes classical + \iffieldpages{postnote}% test more accurate. See 17.253. + {\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% 16th ed -- no more volumes test. + {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{article}\OR + \ifentrytype{review}\OR + \ifentrytype{periodical}\OR + \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}\)\AND\NOT + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}}% + {\addcolon\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}}}% + +\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{% + \iftoggle{cms@modpostnote}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{,}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{\bibrangessep}}% + }% + {\addcomma}% w/ or w/o \addspace? + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{;}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{:}}% + or + test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{.}}% + }% + {}{\postnotedelim}}}% + {\postnotedelim}}% + +\newrobustcmd*{\iffieldstart}[2]{% Philipp Lehman's code, from + \begingroup% comp.text.tex + \edef\@tempa{% + \long\def\noexpand\iffieldstart@i####1\detokenize{#2}####2}% + \@tempa\@nil{\endgroup\ifblank{##1}}% + \savefield*{#1}{\@tempa}% + \expandafter\iffieldstart@i\detokenize + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter\@tempa\detokenize{#2}}\@nil} + +\newcommand*{\editordelim}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{editortype}{none}}% + and + not togl {cms@fullnote}% + }% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}} + +\newcommand*{\nameadelim}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{none}}% + and + not togl {cms@fullnote}% + }% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\addcomma\addspace}} + +\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide + \begingroup% final {by}. + \blx@bibstringnormal% + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% + \ifbibstring{from#1}% + {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}% + {\ifbibstring{clang#1}% + {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}}% + \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}% + or + test \ifmoreitems% + }% + {\bibstring{from#1}}% + {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}% + {\ifbibstring{lang#1}% + {\biblstring{lang#1}}% + {#1}}% + \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}% + \endgroup} + +\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore} + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}% + and + test \ifmoreitems% + }% + {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}% + {\finalandcomma}% + {}% + \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}% + {}} + +\newcommand*{\lbx@cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't + \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage. + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@fromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\unspace}% + {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}% + {\unspace}}% + +%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{finentry}{%{\finentry} To make annotated bibliography + \togglefalse{cms@switchdates}% + \ifbibliography + {\usebibmacro{entrytail}}% + {}% + \finentry} + +\newbibmacro*{book:xref+finentry}{% FIXME + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{crossref}\OR\ifbibliography}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{xref}\OR\ifbibliography}% + {}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bookcitexref}% + {\cms@citetracker@xref}% + {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{xref}}% + {\cms@citetracker@xref}}}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@bookcitexref}% + {\cms@citetracker@crossref}% + {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{crossref}}% + {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:xref+finentry}{% FIXME + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{crossref}\OR\ifbibliography}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{xref}\OR\ifbibliography}% + {}% + {\iftoggle{cms@citecrossref}% + {\cms@citetracker@xref}% + {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{xref}}% + {\cms@citetracker@xref}}}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@citecrossref}% + {\cms@citetracker@crossref}% + {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{crossref}}% + {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{allshort+firstcite+xref}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + ( + togl {cms@citecrossref}% + and + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + ) + or + not togl {cms@allshort}% + }% + {}% + {\ifciteseen% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{crossref}% + {\iffieldundef{xref}% + {}% + {\cms@citetracker@xref}}% + {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}% + + +\def\cms@citetracker@crossref{% cf. \blx@citetracker@global + \ifbool{citetracker}% + {\xifinlistcs\abx@field@crossref{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}% + {}% + {\listcsxadd{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}\abx@field@crossref}}% + {}}% + +\def\cms@citetracker@xref{% cf. \blx@citetracker@global + \ifbool{citetracker}% + {\xifinlistcs\abx@field@xref{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}% + {}% + {\listcsxadd{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}\abx@field@xref}}% + {}}% + + +\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% From reading.bbx, for annotated bibliography + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@annotation}% + {\usebibmacro{annotation}% + \newunit\newblock}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{author+holder}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {}% + {\printnames{author}% + \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{holder}\OR% + \ifnamesequal{author}{holder}}% + {}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printnames{holder}}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byauthor}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR% + \ifnameundef{author}}% + {}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}}} + +\newbibmacro*{byauthorpunct}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR\ifnameundef{author}}% + {\addperiod\addspace}% + {\newcunit}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{% + \ifnameundef{bookauthor}% + {}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}% + {}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace\printnames[default]{bookauthor}% + \newcunit\newblock}}} + +\newbibmacro*{editorpunct}{% + \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{issuetitle}\)% + \OR\iffieldsequal{booktitle}{title}% Changed these for crossrefed + \OR\iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title}}% entries. Create problems? + {\ifentrytype{video}% Change for Video type? Appears + {\newcunit\newblock}% to treat italicized title as booktitle in + {\newunit\newblock}}% available examples. Added issuetitle 0.9.9c. + {\newcunit\newblock}} + +\newbibmacro*{edition}{% + \printfield{edition}% + \clearfield{edition}}% + +\newbibmacro*{inforaft}{% + \ifnameundef{introduction}% + {\ifnameundef{afterword}% + {\ifnameundef{foreword}% + {\printfield{type}}% + {\bibstring{forewordto}% + \clearname{foreword}}}% 16th ed. + {\bibstring{afterwordto}% + \clearname{afterword}}}% + {\bibstring{introductionto}% + \clearname{introduction}}} + +\newbibmacro*{langlist:andothers}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{liststop}\AND% + \ifmoreitems}% + {\ifnum\value{liststop}>1 \finalandcomma\fi% + \andmoredelim\bibstring{andmore}\bibrightbracket}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+author}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT + \iffirstonpage}% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \savefield{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}}}% + {\ifuseauthor% + {\usebibmacro{author}}% + {}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+author}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {}% 16th ed. + {\ifuseauthor% + {\usebibmacro{author}}% + {}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{type+inst+year}{% + \printfield{type}% + \newcunit + \printlist{institution}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}} + +\newbibmacro*{institution+organization}{% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {\iflistundef{institution}% + {}% + {\printlist{institution}}}% + {\printlist{organization}% + \newcunit% + \printlist{institution}}} + +\newbibmacro*{bibauthor+org}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\ifnameundef{editor}% + {\iflistundef{organization}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistequals{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}% + }% + {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}% + {\printlist{organization}% + \savelist{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{editor}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{author+org}{% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\ifnameundef{editor}% + {\iflistundef{organization}% + {}% + {\printlist{organization}}}% + {\usebibmacro{editor}}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytypestrg}[2]{% + \iffieldundef{#1type}% + {\bibstring{cby#2}}% + {\bibstring{cby\thefield{#1type}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor}{% + \ifnameundef{editor}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditorx}{% + \ifnameundef{editora}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditora]{editora}% + \newcunit}% + \ifnameundef{editorb}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}% + \newcunit}% + \ifnameundef{editorc}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}% + \newcunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslator}% + \addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyredactor}{% + \ifnameundef{redactor}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbyredactor}\addspace% + \printnames[byredactor]{redactor}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithcommentator}{% + \ifnameundef{commentator}% + {}% + {\bibsstring{withcommentator}\addspace% + \printnames[withcommentator]{commentator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithannotator}{% + \ifnameundef{annotator}% + {}% + {\bibsstring{withannotator}\addspace% + \printnames[withannotator]{annotator}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithintroduction}{% + \ifnameundef{introduction}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withintroduction}\addspace% + \printnames[withintroduction]{introduction}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithforeword}{% + \ifnameundef{foreword}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withforeword}\addspace% + \printnames[withforeword]{foreword}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cwithafterword}{% + \ifnameundef{afterword}% + {}% + {\bibstring{withafterword}\addspace% + \printnames[withafterword]{afterword}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor+others}{% + \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND% + \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}% + {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \newcunit% + \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor}}% + \usebibmacro{cbytranslator+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbycompiler+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler+others}{% + \ifnameundef{namec}% + {}% + {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}% + \clearname{commentator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}% + \clearname{annotator}}% + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}% + \clearname{introduction}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}% + \clearname{foreword}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}% + {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}% + \clearname{afterword}}% + {}}}% + \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace% + \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}% + \clearname{namec}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{cbyothers}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbyothers}{% + \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbycompiler}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cbyredactor}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithcommentator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithannotator}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithintroduction}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithforeword}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cwithafterword}} + +\newbibmacro*{part+editor+translator}{% + \ifnameundef{namea}% + {\ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{byeditortr}\addspace% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}% + {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit% + \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{namea}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit% + \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cpart+editor+translator}{% + \ifnameundef{namea}% + {\ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}% + {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace% Need this \space here? + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{namea}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{namea}% + \ifnameundef{nameb}% + {}% + {\newunit% + \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cms-in:}{% Fix for 0.9a compat. + \iftoggle{cms@origpublished}% + {}% Removed the cms@crspace test -- fixed a bug I had introduced + {\bibstring{in}% + \setunit{\addspace}}} + +\newbibmacro*{bibxref-in:}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}% + {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}\toggletrue{cms@xrefvol}% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}% + {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}% + {}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \clearfield{volume}% + \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix + \printfield{part}% + \clearfield{part}% + \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}% + {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}\toggletrue{cms@xrefpart}}% + {}}% + {}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\printfield[xrefpart]{part}% + \clearfield{part}% + \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}% + {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}\toggletrue{cms@xrefpart}}% + {}}% + {}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \clearfield{volume}% + \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix + \printfield{part}% + \clearfield{part}% + \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{chapincoll}{% + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {}% + {\printfield{chapter}\addspace% + \clearfield{chapter}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{xrefchapincoll}{% + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\printtext{\relax}}% + {\printfield{chapter}\addspace% + \clearfield{chapter}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{chapinscore}{% + \iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifentrytype{music}}% 16th ed. + and + not test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}% + and + not togl {cms@origpublished}% + }% + {\bibstring{on}\setunit{\addspace}}% + {}}% + {\printfield{chapter}\clearfield{chapter}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {}% + {\addspace\bibstring{of}\setunit{\addspace}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{caddendum}{% New macros for 16th ed. field exclusion + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@addendum}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{addendum}}% + }% + {\newcunit\printfield{addendum}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cnotefield}{% + \iftoggle{cms@notefield}% + {\printfield{note}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cser+num}{% + \iftoggle{cms@bookseries}% + {\printfield{series}% + \printfield[sernum]{number}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{ser+num}{% + \printfield{series}% + \printfield[sernum]{number}} + +\newbibmacro*{music+origdate}{% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% 16th ed. + {}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}}% Date fix + +\newbibmacro*{music+eventdate}{% + \iffieldundef{eventyear}% + {}% + {\printeventdate}}% Date fix + +\newbibmacro*{ctitle+stitle}{% New test here for related entries. + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}% +% \setunit{\addspace}}% +% \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% +% \setunit*{\addcomma}\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{citaltitle+stitle}{% New test, as above. + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newcunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{title+stitle}{% + \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}% +% \setunit{\addspace}}% +% \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% +% \newunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{% + \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}% + \newunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{% + \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + and + togl {cms@related}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{titleaddon}}% + }%\newcunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+title}{% + \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%{\addcolon\addspace}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}% + and + togl {cms@citerel}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + {\printfield{titleaddon}}% + }%\newcunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND% + \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work) + \printfield[noformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}% + }}%\newcunit\newblock} + +\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{usere}% + {\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}% + {\printfield{usere}}} + +\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{% + \iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR% + \ifentrytype{review}\OR% + \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries + {}% + \printtext[issuetitle]{% + \printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + \printtext[booktitle]{% + \printfield[btnoformat]{booktitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sbtnoformat]{booksubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{booktitleaddon}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}} + +\newbibmacro*{publ+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@reprint}% + and + not test {\ifentrytype{video}}% + }% + {\bibstring{reprint}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% +} + +\newbibmacro*{origpubl+loc+year}{% 16th ed. + \printlist{origlocation}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}% +} + +\newbibmacro*{howpubl+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint + \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}% + \reprintpunct% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% + {\reprint\newcunit}% + {}% + \printlist{location}% + \iffieldundef{howpublished}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printfield{howpublished}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% +} + +\newbibmacro*{inst+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}% 16th ed. + \reprintpunct% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% + {\reprint\newcunit}% + {}% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}% +}% + +\newbibmacro*{cpubl+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{publisher}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + not togl {cms@reprint}% + }% + {}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printfield{origyear}% + \setunit*{\addsemicolon\addspace}% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@reprint}% + and + not test{\ifentrytype{video}}% + }% + {\bibsstring{reprint}% + \newcunit}% + {}% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cpubletter+loc+year}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistundef{location}}% + and + test {\iflistundef{publisher}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + }% + {}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}}% Changed for 0.9 + +\newbibmacro*{originally+published+as}{% Punctuation fix now in + \iffieldundef{userf}% \origfullcite for 0.8e. + {\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \bibstring{reprintfrom}% ? + \origpublcite{\thefield{reprinttitle}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}}% + {\usebibmacro{begrelated}% + \iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {\bibstring{origpub}% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}% + {\iftoggle{cms@postposit}% + {\bibstring{origedition}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}% + \addcolon% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}% + {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{origedition}% + \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}% + \usebibmacro{endrelated}% + \newunit}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{org+publ+loc+year}{% What was wrong with \ifthenelse here? + \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}% 16th ed. + \reprintpunct% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Revised for reprint + {\reprint\newcunit}% + {}% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {\iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}} + +\newbibmacro*{year+in+parens}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}% + {noformat}% + {parens}} + +\newbibmacro*{cjournal+issue+year+pages}{% + \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}% + \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed. + test {\iffieldundef{issue}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed. + {\newcunit% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \addcomma\addspace}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% parens is the default here + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+issue+year+pages}{% For periodicals, + \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}% subtype article + \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed. + test {\iffieldundef{issue}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + and + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}% + {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}% + {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}% + {\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed. + {\newcunit% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \addcomma\addspace}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% parens is the default here + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{letter+date}{% New for 0.9 + \iflistundef{origlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{origlocation}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelongalt}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelong}}} + +\newbibmacro*{unpubl+letter+date}{% For Misc entries + \iflistundef{origlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{origlocation}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}% + {}% + {\cms@datelongalt}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}% + {\printdate}% For interviews and other dated non-letters. + {\cms@datelong}}} + +\newbibmacro*{pubstate}{% + \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\iffieldundef{year}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}% + \printdate}}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {}% + {\printtext{% 16th ed. + \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}% + \printorigdate}}}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{choosepubstring}{% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{video}\OR% + \ifentrytype{music}}% + {\bibstring{origreleaseyear}}% + {\bibstring{origpubyearalt}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{date}{% New for 0.9 + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printorigdate}% + {\printdate}} + +\newbibmacro{cite:xref+date}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@omitxrefdate}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + (( + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + ) + and + (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + )) + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@omitxrefdate}% + or + togl {cms@bookcitexref}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{xref}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + (( + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + ) + and + (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + not togl {cms@switchdates}% + )) + or + not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}% + }% + {}% + {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsorigdate}{% New for 0.9 + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printdate}% + {\printorigdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmsyear}{% + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield{year}}} + +\newbibmacro*{number+or+month}{% + \iffieldundef{number}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}} + +\newcommand*{\cms@datelong}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% Bug fix + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{origyear}}}% + +\newcommand*{\cms@datelongalt}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iffieldundef{month}% + {\printfield{year}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{year}}}% + +\newcommand*{\letterdatelong}{% Modified for 0.9 + \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% This one for users + {\iffieldundef{year}% Previous two for internal use + {}% + {\iffieldundef{month}% + {\printfield{year}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{year}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{origyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{origmonth}% + {\printfield{origyear}}% + {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% + \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}% + \printfield{origyear}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cjournal+ser+vol+num}{% + \usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield[jourser]{series}% + \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}? + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here? + \printfield[journum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{eid}% + \newunit}% + +\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}{% For periodical entries, + \ifboolexpr{% article subtype + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield[jourser]{series}% + \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}? + \printfield[jourvol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here? + \printfield[journum]{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{eid}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{journal+sub}{% + \iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}% + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed. + \iftoggle{cms@url@innotes}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Fix printing of urldate when url=false + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}% + }% + {\printurldate}% Date fix + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \iftoggle{cms@doionly}% + {\iffieldundef{doi}% + {}% + {\printfield{doi}% + \clearfield{url}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@doi}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}% + }% + {\printfield{doi}}% + {}}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@eprint}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{eprint}}% + {}% + \newcunit\newblock + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@url}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{url}}% + }% + {\printfield{url}}% + {}}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{% + \printfield{chapter}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{pages}} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+news+date}{% 16th ed. + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}% + {\ifnameundef{author}% + {\usebibmacro{date+issue}}% + {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{date+issue}{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{number}% + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}% For exclusion of month + {\usebibmacro{date}}% + {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield[journum]{number}}}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}} + +\newbibmacro*{mag+date+issue}{% + \usebibmacro{journal+sub}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper. + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date+issue}} + +\newbibmacro*{periodical+date+issue}{% For periodical type & + \ifboolexpr{% magazine subtype + not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}% + and + (( + test {\ifcitation}% + and + togl {cms@citejtabb}% + ) + or + ( + test {\ifbibliography}% + and + togl {cms@bibjtabb}% + )) + }% + {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printlist[periodplace]{location}% + \newcunit\newblock + \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper. + \newcunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date+issue}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{% + \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR% + \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}% + {\iffieldundef{booktitle}% Fix for origpublin ??? + {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% + {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}% + \toggletrue{cms@vol}}% InIn fix + {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \bibstring{ofseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{backref+check}{% + \ifbibliography% + {\backtrackerfalse}% + {}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@loccit}% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{semel:postnote}{% Fix to print postnote only once + \printfield{postnote}% Old form broke \ifloccit + \global\let\cms@pnsaved\abx@field@postnote% + \global\let\abx@field@postnote\undefined% + \AtNextCitekey{\ifciteibid{}{\global\let\cms@pnsaved\undefined}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}% + {\iftoggle{cms@printshhand}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}% + {\setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\postnotewrapper%delim% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}% + {\postnotewrapper%delim% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}% + \setunit{\shorthandpunct}% + \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}% + {\postnotewrapper%delim% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{fullpostnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\postnotedelim% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\postnotedelim% + \printfield{chapter}}}% + {\postnotewrapper%delim% Don't need \ifbibliography test w/ following + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \printfield{pages}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}% + {\newcunit}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{issue}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}% + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {}% + {\newcunit% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{volfullpostnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@postvol}% + {\ifboolexpr{( + test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + and + test {\iffieldundef{part}}% + ) + or + togl {cms@usedvol}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \newcunit + \printfield{chapter}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{postnote}\AND% + \iffieldundef{pagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}}% + +\newbibmacro*{volume+or+volumes}{% Volume fix (modified) + \ifboolexpr{ ( + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}% + or + togl {cms@vol}% + ) + and + not togl {cms@postvol}% + and + not togl {cms@usedvol}% + }% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {\printfield{volumes}}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@hidevolumes}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}% + or + not test {\iffieldundef{part}}% + or + togl {cms@usedvol}% + ) + }% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}}% + {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}% + \printfield{volumes}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{crossref:volume+postnote}{% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgn}% + {\restorefield{pagination}{\cbx@incollpgn}}% + {}% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollbkpgn}% + {\restorefield{bookpagination}{\cbx@incollbkpgn}}% + {}% + \iffieldundef{volume}% Volume fix (unfinished) + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}% + {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}{\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}{}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}% + {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}% + {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}}}% + {\iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}% + {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}% + {}}% + {}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle}% More elaborate test ??? + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}% + or + togl {cms@xrefvol}% Necessary ??? + ) + }% + {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}% + \iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}{\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}{}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}% + or + togl {cms@xrefpart}% + ) + }% + {\clearfield{part}\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}% + {\clearfield{part}}}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}% + {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}% + and + ( + not test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}% + or + togl {cms@xrefpart}% + ) + }% + {\iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\printfield{part}}% + {\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}}% + {\printfield{part}\newcunit\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}% + {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}% + \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}% + {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{pages+cref+print}{% Reusable chunk for above + \iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \printfield{pages}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \printfield{pages}}} + +\newbibmacro*{postnote+cref+print}{% Reusable chunk for above + \iffieldundef{part}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{postnote}\AND% + \iffieldundef{pagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}% + {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}% + \postvolpunct% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% + {\newcunit\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \addcomma\addspace% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{inreffullpostnote}{% + \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}% + \iffieldundef{postnote}% + {\iffieldundef{chapter}% + {\iffieldundef{pages}% + {\newcunit%\addcomma\addspace% Change to axe spurious comma + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}}% + {\postnotedelim% + \printfield{pages}}}% + {\postnotedelim% + \printfield{chapter}}}% + {\postnotewrapper%delim% + \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{xrefprenote}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}{}{\savefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}}% + \iffieldundef{pages}{}{\savefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}}% + \iffieldundef{part}{}{\savefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}% + \iffieldundef{pagination}{}{\savefield{pagination}{\cbx@incollpgn}}% + \iffieldundef{bookpagination}{}{\savefield{bookpagination}% + {\cbx@incollbkpgn}}% The next line saves the child's backrefs + \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\savelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{xrefpostnote}{% + \iftoggle{cms@xrefurl}% + {\ifbibliography% + {\usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}}}% + {}% + \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgref}% Here we print and clear the child's + {\restorelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}% backrefs + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \global\let\cbx@incollpgref\undefined}% + {}% + \togglefalse{cms@xrefvol}% + \togglefalse{cms@xrefpart}% + \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}% + \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix + \global\let\cbx@incollpages\undefined% + \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% + \global\let\cbx@incollpgn\undefined% + \global\let\cbx@incollbkpgn\undefined}% + +\newbibmacro*{hlprenote}{% Removes spurious comma after prenote in + \iffieldundef{prenote}% \headlessfullnote citations. + {}% + {\printfield{prenote}% + \nopunct}}% Do we need \unspace here? + +\newbibmacro*{hlcprenote}{% As previous, but for generalized \headlesscite + \iffieldundef{prenote}% command, rather than \headlessfullcite. + {\bibsentence}% Needed for Ibid to be capitalized. + {\printfield{prenote}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteseen}% + or + togl {cms@allshort}% + }% + {\addspace}% + {\nopunct}}}% Do we need \unspace here? + +\newbibmacro*{journalprenote}{% + \iffieldundef{prenote}% + {\bibsentence}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}} + +\newbibmacro*{choose+surname}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteseen}% + and + not togl {cms@noneshort}% + }% + {}% + {\printnames{labelname}\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shortauthor}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{author}}% + {\clearname{author}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shorteditor}% + {\ifnameundef{namea}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{editstrg}}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}%% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{editor}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{editstrg}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{translator}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{transstrg}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{namea}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{nameb}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{namec}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{compilestrg}}% + {}}}}}}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{clear+labelname}{% + \iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shortauthor}% + {\clearname{author}\clearname{shortauthor}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shorteditor}% + {\ifnameundef{namea}% + {\clearname{editor}\clearname{shorteditor}}% + {\clearname{namea}\clearname{shorteditor}}}% + {\clearname{\thefield{labelnamesource}}}}} + +\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4 +{\DeclareLabelname{\field{shortauthor} \field{author}% + \field{shorteditor} \field{namea} \field{editor}% + \field{nameb} \field{translator} \field{namec}}}% +{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,% + editor,nameb,translator,namec}} + +\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{% + \field{shorttitle}% + \field{titleaddon}% + \field{title}}% + +\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{% + \inherit{title}{title} + \inherit{subtitle}{subtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{titleaddon}} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook}{incollection}{% + \inherit{title}{maintitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection}{letter}{% + \inherit{title}{booktitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{book}{incollection}{% + \inherit{title}{booktitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection}{letter}{% + \inherit{title}{maintitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon} + \noinherit{shorttitle} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{% + \noinherit{namea} + \noinherit{nameb} + \noinherit{nameatype} + \noinherit{sortyear} + \noinherit{sortname} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{urlyear} + \noinherit{urlmonth} + \noinherit{urlday} + \noinherit{doi} + \noinherit{eprint} + \noinherit{eprinttype} + \noinherit{url}} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvproceedings,mvreference}% +{*}{% ??? + \noinherit{year} + \noinherit{month} + \noinherit{day} + \noinherit{endyear} + \noinherit{endmonth} + \noinherit{endday} + \noinherit{origyear} + \noinherit{origmonth} + \noinherit{origday} + \noinherit{origendyear} + \noinherit{origendmonth} + \noinherit{origendday}} + +\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated for biblatex > 3.7 + \sort{ + \field{presort} + } + \sort[final]{ + \field{sortkey} + } + \sort{ + \field{sortname} + \field{author} + \field{namea} + \field{editor} + \field{nameb} + \field{translator} + \field{namec} + \field{sorttitle} + \field{journaltitle} + \field{organization} + \field{title} + } + \sort{ + \field{sorttitle} + \field{title} + } + \sort{ + \field{sortyear} + \field{year} + } + \sort{ + \field[padside=left,padwidth=4,padchar=0]{volume} + \literal{0000} + } +} + +\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{% + \sort{ + \field{shortjournal} + } +} + +\newbibmacro*{compilestrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{namec}>1\OR\ifandothers{namec}}% + {\bibstring{compilers}}% + {\bibstring{compiler}}% + \clearname{namec}}% + +\newbibmacro*{transstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{translator}>1\OR\ifandothers{translator}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translators}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translator}}}% + \clearname{translator}}% + +\newbibmacro*{parttransstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{nameb}>1\OR\ifandothers{nameb}}% + {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translators}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}% + {\bibstring{transcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\bibstring{translator}}}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + +\newbibmacro*{editstrg}{% Test added for 0.9 + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}% + \clearname{translator}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\bibstring{editortranslators}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {\bibstring{editors}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}% + \clearname{translator}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}% + {\bibstring{editortranslator}% + \clearname{translator}}% + {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}% + \clearname{editor}}% + +\newbibmacro*{parteditstrg}{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR% + \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND% + \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}% + \clearname{nameb}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompilers}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{editortranslators}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + {\bibstring{editors}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND% + \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}% + {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}% + \clearname{nameb}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}% + {\bibstring{editorcompiler}% + \clearname{namec}}% + {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}% + {\bibstring{editortranslator}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}s}}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}}}}% + \clearname{namea}}% + +\newbibmacro*{clearorigin}{% + \toggletrue{cms@origcite}% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}% + {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}% + {\clearname{bookauthor}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}}}% + {\clearname{author}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{clearpublin}{% + \toggletrue{cms@origcite}% + \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}% + {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}% + {\clearname{bookauthor}% + \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}% + {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% + \clearname{author}}}}% + {\clearname{author}}% + \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}% + {}% + {\clearname{namea}% + \clearname{nameb}}% + \clearfield{nameaddon}% + \ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{periodical}\OR\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR% + \ifentrytype{mvreference}\OR\ifentrytype{collection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR% + \ifentrytype{suppbook}\OR\ifentrytype{suppcollection}\)\OR% + \(\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}\)\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}\)}% + {}% + {\clearfield{title}% + \clearfield{subtitle}% + \clearfield{titleaddon}% + \clearfield{usere}% + \clearlist{language}}% + \ifentrytype{letter}% + {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% + {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{month}}% + {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origmonth}}% + \clearfield{origlocation}}% + {}% + \clearfield{reprinttitle}% +} + +%%%% Related macros from biblatex.def %%%% + +\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{% + \iftoggle{cms@shortnote}% + {\entrydata{#1}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@allshort}% + or + test {\ifbibliography}% + }% + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}% + {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}% + {\entrydata*{#1}{% + \let\newunit\newcunit% + % \bibstring{reviewof}% + \iffieldundef{title}% + {}% + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[tnoformat]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}% + \newcunit% + \ifnameundef{author}% + {\newcunit% + \ifbibliography% + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}% + {\bibstring{by}\addspace% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}% + \ifbibliography% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + {\newcunit\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}% + \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubas}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:reprintfrom}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \nopunct% ??? + \usebibmacro{cite:origpubl}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:bytranslator}[1]{% + \entrydata{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \renewbibmacro*{name:hook}[1]{% + \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}% + {\begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \lbx@initnamehook{#1}% + \endgroup} + {}}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \setunit*{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{astitle}\addspace}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usedriver% + {\ifnameundef{savedauthor}% + {\ifnameundef{savededitor}% + {}% + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}% + {\clearname{editor}}% + {}}}% + {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}% + {\clearname{author}}% + {}}% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}% + \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + \renewbibmacro*{pageref}{}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}% + \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:multivolume}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% + {}% + {\printtext{% + \printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{author}}% + }% + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byauthor]{author}% + \newcunit\newblock}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{namea}{savednamea}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{namea}}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{editor}}% + }% + {\ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{savednameb}}% + or + test {\ifnameundef{nameb}}% + }% + {}% + {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace% + \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}\newcunit}}% + {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}% + \newcunit}}% + {\usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}% + \newcunit}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubin}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{at+every+item}% + \usebibmacro{cmsyear}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iflistsequal{publisher}{savedpublisher}}% + or + test {\iflistundef{publisher}}% + }% + {}% + {\midsentence% Why is this kludge necessary? + \setunit{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{bypublisher}\space}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iflistsequal{location}{savedlocation}% + {}% + {\printlist{location}}}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibemph{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}% + \endgroup + \mkbibquote{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{% + \begingroup + \mkrelatedstring% + \ifboolexpr{% + togl {cms@otherlang}% + and + not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}% + }% + {\unspace}{}% + \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}% + \endgroup + \bibstring{chapter}~#1}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat{sitnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{sbtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{smtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{itnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{btnoformat}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{mtnoformat}{#1} + +\providetoggle{cms@otherlang} + +\apptocmd\blx@opt@autolang@other% +{\toggletrue{cms@otherlang}}% +{\blx@info@noline{Patching 'autolang=other' option}} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}% + {Upgrading biblatex to >v2.7a recommended,\MessageBreak + especially if you are using the "related"\MessageBreak + functionality}} + +\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for full drivers in reprintfrom + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR% + \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR% + \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}% + {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\iffieldundef{booktitle}% + {\iffieldundef{maintitle}% + {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}% + {}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{title:hook}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{mtnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{smtnoformat}{title}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{default}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{btnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{sbtnoformat}{title}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{default}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}% + {\iffieldundef{issuesubtitle}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{itnoformat}{ititle:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{default}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR% + \ifentrytype{video}}% + {\iffieldundef{title}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}% + \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}% + \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}}}% + {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origfull}{% + \printtext[cmshypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \frenchspacing}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:origpubl}{% + \printtext[cmshypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}% + \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}% + \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}% + \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing% + \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}}% + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{at+every+item}{% + \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}% + {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}% + {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}% + or + test {\iffieldundef{year}}% + or + not test {\iffieldint{year}}% + or + togl {cms@switchdates}% + }% + {}% + {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges + test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}% + or + not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}% + }% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}% + {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}% + {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}% + {}}}}% + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c135816831 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,948 @@ +% $Id: cms-american.lbx,v 0.10.2.8 2018/01/09 18:58:58 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-american.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{american} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal#1{% + \begingroup + \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta + \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% + \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 + \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}% + \fi + \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or d\or d\else th\fi + \endgroup}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% +} + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {english}, + afterwordto = {{afterword to}{afterw\adddot\space to}}, + forewordto = {{foreword to}{forew\adddot\space to}}, + introductionto = {{introduction to}{intro\adddot\space to}}, + partvolume = {{bk\adddot}{bk\adddot}}, + by = {{by}{by}}, + of = {{of}{of}}, + on = {{on}{on}}, + compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace + trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace + trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace + trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace + trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}}, + director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}}, + editor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + editors = {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{id\adddot}},% Shorter for legal + origpub = {{originally published as\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\ as\addspace}}, + origpublin = {{originally published in\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace in\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{originally published in\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{first published\addspace}% + {first pub\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{originally released in\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ released\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{originally shown in\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ shown\addspace}}, + origedition ={{edition\addcolon\addspace}% + {ed\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace ed\adddot}% + {rev\adddot\addspace ed\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{aired}{aired}}, + songrecorded = {{recorded}{recorded}}, + discrecorded = {{recorded}{recorded}}, + numbers = {{nos\adddot}{nos\adddot}}, + nodate = {{{}n\adddot d\adddot}{{}n\adddot d\adddot}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{filed}{filed}}, + patentissued = {{issued}{issued}}, + inlang = {{in\addspace}{in\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{American}{American}}, + edbrazilian = {{Brazilian}{Brazilian}}, + edbulgarian = {{Bulgarian}{Bulgarian}}, + edcatalan = {{Catalan}{Catalan}}, + edcroatian = {{Croatian}{Croatian}}, + edczech = {{Czech}{Czech}}, + eddanish = {{Danish}{Danish}}, + eddutch = {{Dutch}{Dutch}}, + edenglish = {{English}{English}}, + edestonian = {{Estonian}{Estonian}}, + edfinnish = {{Finnish}{Finnish}}, + edfrench = {{French}{French}}, + edgalician = {{Galician}{Galician}}, + edgerman = {{German}{German}}, + edgreek = {{Greek}{Greek}}, + editalian = {{Italian}{Italian}}, + edjapanese = {{Japanese}{Japanese}}, + edlatin = {{Latin}{Latin}}, + ednorwegian = {{Norwegian}{Norwegian}}, + edportuguese = {{Portuguese}{Portuguese}}, + edrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}}, + edslovak = {{Slovak}{Slovak}}, + edslovene = {{Slovene}{Slovene}}, + edspanish = {{Spanish}{Spanish}}, + edswedish = {{Swedish}{Swedish}}, + edukrainian = {{Ukrainian}{Ukrainian}}, + translator = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + translators = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}}, + founder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + founders = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ? + continuators = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ? + collaborator = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ? + collaborators = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ? + annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + review = {{review}{review}}, + reviewof = {{review of}{review of}}, + reprint = {{reprint}{repr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}}, + newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}}, + urlseen = {{accessed}{accessed}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{by}{by}}, + cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{annot\addot}{annot\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{in collab\adddotspace with}% + {in collab\adddotspace with}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\space and + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {ed\adddot\space and trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + comp\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and + comm\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and + annot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + an introduction by}% + {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + a foreword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + an afterword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + an afterword by}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction + by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an + introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a + foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an + afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an + introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a + foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an + afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and comm\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and annot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + comp., with an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + comp., with a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + comp., with an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and comm., with an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and comm., with a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and comm., with an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and annot., with an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and annot., with a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + comp., and annot., with an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}% + {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}% + {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + an afterword by}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + an introduction by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + an introduction by}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + a foreword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + a foreword by}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + an afterword by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace + trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an + introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a + foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an + afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + with an introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + with a foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + with an afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + with an introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + with a foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + with an afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + comm\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + annot\adddot}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + with an introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + with a foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + with an afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + comm., with an introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + comm., with a foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + comm., with an afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + with an afterword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + annot., with an introduction by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + with an introduction by}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + annot., with a foreword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + with a foreword by}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + annot., with an afterword by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + with an afterword by}}, + cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}% + {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}% + {comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}}, + cbycompileraf = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}% + {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an + introduction by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}}, + cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an + introduction by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}}, + volume = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}}, + volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{o\adddot s\adddot}{o\adddot s\adddot}}, + edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}}, + pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}}, + column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}}, + line = {{line}{line}}, + lines = {{lines}{lines}}, + paragraph = {{\P}{\P}}, + paragraphs = {{\P\P}{\P\P}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{hereinafter}{hereinafter}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}}, + number = {{no\adddot}{no\adddot}}, + chapter = {{chap\adddot}{ch\adddot}},% for legal citations + part = {{part}{pt\adddot}},% ditto + mathesis = {{master's thesis}{master's thesis}}, + phdthesis = {{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}}, + techreport = {{technical report}{technical report}}, + cfromamerican = {{from the American by}{from the American by}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{from the Brazilian by}{from the Brazilian + by}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{from the Bulgarian by}{from the Bulgarian by}}, + cfromcatalan = {{from the Catalan by}{from the Catalan by}}, + cfromcroatian = {{from the Croatian by}{from the Croatian by}}, + cfromczech = {{from the Czech by}{from the Czech by}}, + cfromdanish = {{from the Danish by}{from the Danish by}}, + cfromdutch = {{from the Dutch by}{from the Dutch by}}, + cfromenglish = {{from the English by}{from the English by}}, + cfromestonian = {{from the Estonian by}{from the Estonian by}}, + cfromfinnish = {{from the Finnish by}{from the Finnish by}}, + cfromfrench = {{from the French by}{from the French by}}, + cfromgalician = {{from the Galician by}{from the Galician by}}, + cfromgerman = {{from the German by}{from the German by}}, + cfromgreek = {{from the Greek by}{from the Greek by}}, + cfromitalian = {{from the Italian by}{from the Italian by}}, + cfromjapanese = {{from the Japanese by}{from the Japanese by}}, + cfromlatin = {{from the Latin by}{from the Latin by}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{from the Norwegian by}{from the Norwegian + by}}, + cfrompolish = {{from the Polish by}{from the Polish by}}, + cfromportuguese = {{from the Portuguese by}{from the Portuguese + by}}, + cfromrussian = {{from the Russian by}{from the Russian by}}, + cfromslovak = {{from the Slovak by}{from the Slovak by}}, + cfromslovene = {{from the Slovene by}{from the Slovene by}}, + cfromspanish = {{from the Spanish by}{from the Spanish by}}, + cfromswedish = {{from the Swedish by}{from the Swedish by}}, + cfromukrainian = {{from the Ukrainian by}{from the Ukrainian by}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + bycompiler = {{compiled by}{comp\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{directed by}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{directed by}{dir\adddot}}, + byproducer = {{produced by}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{edited and compiled by}{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + commented by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + annotated by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with + an introduction, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + with an introduction, by}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with a + foreword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + with a foreword, by}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with + an afterword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + with an afterword, by}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + commented, with an introduction, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + commented, with a foreword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + commented, with an afterword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + annotated, with an introduction, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + annotated, with a foreword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + annotated, with an afterword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + byeditorcpco = {{edited, compiled, and commented by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{edited, compiled, and annotated by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{edited and compiled, with an introduction, by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction, by}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{edited and compiled, with a foreword, by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword, by}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{edited and compiled, with an afterword, by}% + {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword, by}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an + introduction, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction, by}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with a foreword, + by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword, by}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an + afterword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword, by}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an + introduction, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction, by}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with a foreword, + by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword, by}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an + afterword, by}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword, by}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + commented by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + annotated by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an + introduction, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction, by}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with a + foreword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword, by}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an + afterword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword, by}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + with an introduction, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an + introduction, by}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + with a foreword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + with a foreword, by}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + with an afterword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an + afterword, by}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + with an introduction, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., with an + introduction, by}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + with a foreword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + with a foreword, by}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + with an afterword, by}% + {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + with an afterword, by}}, + bycompilerco = {{compiled and commented by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{compiled and annotated by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{compiled, with an introduction, by}% + {comp\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + bycompilerfo = {{compiled, with a foreword, by}% + {comp\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + bycompileraf = {{compiled, with an afterword, by}% + {comp\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + bycompilercoin = {{compiled and commented, with an introduction, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + bycompilercofo = {{compiled and commented, with a foreword, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{compiled and commented, with an afterword, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + bycompileranin = {{compiled and annotated, with an introduction, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + bycompileranfo = {{compiled and annotated, with a foreword, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + bycompileranaf = {{compiled and annotated, with an afterword, by}% + {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2endday}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{}{#2endday}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short#1#2{% Modify ??? + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..abe484542d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ +% $Id: cms-brazilian.lbx,v 0.10.1.36 2016/06/01 11:02:59 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-brazilian.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Strings provided by native speaker Gustavo Barros. + + +\DeclareRedundantLanguages{brazilian}{brazil,portuges} + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{brazilian} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \toggletrue{cms@postposit}% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \togglefalse{cms@postposit}% +}% + +\NewBibliographyString{organizer} +\NewBibliographyString{organizers} +\NewBibliographyString{byorganizer} +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyorganizer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +% \NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +% \NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {brazilian}, + afterwordto = {{posf\'acio a}{posf\adddot\addspace a}}, + forewordto = {{pref\'acio a}{pref\adddot\addspace a}}, + introductionto = {{introdu\c{c}\~ao a}{introd\adddot\addspace a}}, + partvolume = {{tomo}{tomo}}, + by = {{por}{por}}, + of = {{de}{de}}, + on = {{em}{em}}, + compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}% + {trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace e trads\adddot}% + {eds\adddot\addspace e trads\adddot}}, + conductor = {{reg\adddot}{reg\adddot}}, + conductors = {{regs\adddot}{regs\adddot}}, + director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}}, + editor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + editors = {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}}, + organizer = {{org\adddot}{org\adddot}}, + organizers = {{orgs\adddot}{orgs\adddot}}, + byorganizer = {{organizado por}{org\adddot\addspace por}}, + ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}}, + origpub = {{originalmente publicado como\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\ como\addspace}}, + origpublin = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace em\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{originalmente lan\c{c}ado em\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ lan\c{c}ado\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{originalmente apresentado em\addspace}% + {orig\adddot\ apresentado\addspace}}, + origedition ={{edi\c{c}\~ao}% + {ed\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{ed\adddot\addspace rev\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace rev\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{transmitido}{transmitido}}, + songrecorded = {{gravada}{gravada}}, + discrecorded = {{gravado}{gravado}}, + numbers = {{n\textsuperscript{os}}{n\textsuperscript{os}}}, + nodate = {{{}s\adddot d\adddot}{{}s\adddot d\adddot}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{pedida}{pedida}}, + patentissued = {{concedida}{concedida}}, + inlang = {{em\addspace}{em\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{americana}{americana}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasileira}{brasileira}}, + edbulgarian = {{b\'ulgara}{b\'ulgara}}, + edcatalan = {{catal\~a}{catal\~a}}, + edcroatian = {{croata}{croata}}, + edczech = {{tcheca}{tcheca}}, + eddanish = {{dinamarquesa}{dinamarquesa}}, + eddutch = {{holandesa}{holandesa}}, + edenglish = {{inglesa}{inglesa}}, + edfinnish = {{finland\^esa}{finland\^esa}}, + edestonian = {{estoniana}{estoniana}}, + edfrench = {{francesa}{francesa}}, + edgalician = {{galega}{galega}}, + edgerman = {{alem\~a}{alem\~a}}, + edgreek = {{grega}{grega}}, + editalian = {{italiana}{italiana}}, + edjapanese = {{japon\^esa}{japon\^esa}}, + edlatin = {{latina}{latina}}, + ednorwegian = {{norueguesa}{norueguesa}}, + edpolish = {{polon\^esa}{polon\^esa}}, + edportuguese = {{portuguesa}{portuguesa}}, + edrussian = {{russa}{russa}}, + edslovak = {{eslovaca}{eslovaca}}, + edslovene = {{eslovena}{eslovena}}, + edspanish = {{espanhola}{espanhola}}, + edswedish = {{sueca}{sueca}}, + translator = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}}, + translators = {{trads\adddot}{trads\adddot}}, + redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}}, + founder = {{fund\adddot}{fund\adddot}}, + founders = {{funds\adddot}{funds\adddot}}, + continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, + continuators = {{conts\adddot}{conts\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}}, + annotator = {{anot\adddot}{anot\adddot}}, + annotators = {{anots\adddot}{anots\adddot}}, + review = {{resenha}{resenha}}, + reviewof = {{resenha de}{resenha de}}, + reprint = {{reimpress\~ao}{reimpr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{Abreviaturas}{Abreviaturas}}, + newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}}, + urlseen = {{acesso}{acesso}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{por}{por}}, + cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + cbyorganizer = {{org\adddot}{org\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{coment\adddot}{coment\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{anot\addot}{anot\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{fund\adddot}{fund\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{em col\adddot\addspace com}% + {em col\adddot\addspace com}}, + cbyconductor = {{reg\adddot}{reg\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\addspace e coment\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e coment\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\addspace e anot\adddot}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e anot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{ed\adddot\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{ed\adddot\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{ed\adddot\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed\adddot\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e comp\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e coment\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e coment\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e anot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e anot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad.\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e coment\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e coment\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e anot\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e anot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompileraf = {{comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompileranin = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + volume = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}}, + volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}}, + jourser = {{s\'er\adddot}{s\'er\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{s\adddot a\adddot}{s\adddot a\adddot}}, + edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}}, + pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}}, + column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}}, + line = {{line}{line}}, + lines = {{lines}{lines}}, + paragraph = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{pars\adddot}{pars\adddot}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace nota\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace nota\addnbspace}}, + hereinafter = {{doravante}{doravante}}, + subverbo = {{verbete}{verb\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{verbetes}{verbs\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}}, + number = {{n\textordmasculine}{n\textordmasculine}}, + chapter = {{cap\adddot}{cap\adddot}}, + mathesis = {{diss\adddot\ de mestrado}{diss\adddot\ de mestrado}}, + phdthesis = {{tese de doutorado}{tese de doutorado}}, + techreport = {{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}}, + cfromamerican = {{do ingl\^es por}{do ingl\^es por}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{do portugu\^es por}{do portugu\^es por}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{do b\'ulgaro por}{do b\'ulgaro por}}, + cfromcatalan = {{do catal\~ao por}{do catal\~ao por}}, + cfromcroatian = {{do croata por}{do croata por}}, + cfromczech = {{do tcheco por}{do tcheco por}}, + cfromdanish = {{do dinamarqu\^es por}{do dinamarqu\^es por}}, + cfromdutch = {{do holand\^es por}{do holand\^es por}}, + cfromenglish = {{do ingl\^es por}{do ingl\^es por}}, + cfromestonian = {{do estoniano por}{do estoniano pr}}, + cfromfinnish = {{do finland\^es por}{do finland\^es por}}, + cfromfrench = {{do franc\^es por}{do franc\^es por}}, + cfromgalician = {{do galego por}{do galego por}}, + cfromgerman = {{do alem\~ao por}{do alem\~ao por}}, + cfromgreek = {{do grego por}{do grego por}}, + cfromitalian = {{do italiano por}{do italiano por}}, + cfromlatin = {{do latim por}{do latim por}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{do noruegu\^es por}{do noruegu\^es por}}, + cfrompolish = {{do polon\^es por}{do polon\^es por}}, + cfromportuguese = {{do portugu\^es por}{do portugu\^es por}}, + cfromrussian = {{do russo por}{do russo por}}, + cfromslovak = {{do eslovaco por}{do eslovaco por}}, + cfromslovene = {{do esloveno por}{do esloveno por}}, + cfromspanish = {{do espanhol por}{do espanhol por}}, + cfromswedish = {{do sueco por}{do sueco por}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + bycompiler = {{compilado por}{comp\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{regida por}{reg\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{dirigido por}{dir\adddot}}, + byproducer = {{produzido por}{prod\adddot}}, + byproducer = {{produzido por}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{editado e compilado por}{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang\ e compilado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e comentado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e anotado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpco = {{editado, compilado e comentado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{editado, compilado e anotado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{editado, compilado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{editado, compilado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{editado, compilado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{editado, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{editado, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{editado, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{editado, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{editado, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{editado, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}% + {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang\ e compilado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e comentado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e anotado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e introduzido por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e prefaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e posfaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bycompilerco = {{compilado e comentado por}% + {comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{compilado e anotado por}% + {comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{compilado e introduzido por}% + {comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bycompilerfo = {{compilado e prefaciado por}% + {comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bycompileraf = {{compilado e posfaciado por}% + {comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bycompilercoin = {{compilado, comentado e introduzido por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bycompilercofo = {{compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}% + {comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, + bycompileranin = {{compilado, anotado e introduzido por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, + bycompileranfo = {{compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, + bycompileranaf = {{compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}% + {comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95695f1697 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +% $Id: cms-british.lbx,v 0.13 2018/01/09 19:00:27 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-british.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{british} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal#1{% + \begingroup + \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta + \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% + \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 + \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}% + \fi + \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or d\or d\else th\fi + \endgroup}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% + \iffieldundef{#3}% + {}% + {\iftoggle{cms@ukord}% + {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}}% + {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}}% + \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% + \iffieldundef{#2}% + {}% + {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% + \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% + \iffieldbibstring{#1}% + {\bibstring{\thefield{#1}}}% + {\stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}}% FIXME: dateeraprintpre{#1} + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\InheritBibliographyStrings{cms-american} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb8be1c19e --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,904 @@ +% $Id: cms-finnish.lbx,v 0.13 2018/01/09 19:01:03 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-finnish.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (Antti-Juhani Kaijanaho). +% - Depends on finnish.lbx from the biblatex project +% - Many bibstrings remain untranslated, or commented out -- all +% contributions gratefully received. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{finnish} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \savecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \def\lbx@fromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above. + \def\lbx@lfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\lbx@sfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% DATE FIX + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +% \NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +% \NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +% \NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +% \NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +% \NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +% \NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled} +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued} +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +% \NewBibliographyString{langrussian} +% \NewBibliographyString{fromrussian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +% \NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +% \NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +% \NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +% \NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +% \NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +% \NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +% \NewBibliographyString{editalian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +% \NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +% \NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +% \NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +% \NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +% \NewBibliographyString{section} +% \NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +% \NewBibliographyString{compiler} +% \NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +% \NewBibliographyString{director} +% \NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +% \NewBibliographyString{producer} +% \NewBibliographyString{producers} +% \NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +% \NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +% \NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +% \NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +% \NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +% \NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +% \NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +% \NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {finnish}, + afterwordto = {{j\"alkipuhe teokselle}{j\"alkipuhe teokselle}}, + % forewordto = {{foreword to}{forew\adddot\space to}}, + introductionto = {{johdanto teoksessa}{johdanto\adddot\space teoksessa}}, + partvolume = {{osa}{osa}}, + by = {{kirjoittanut}{kirjoittanut}}, + % of = {{of}{of}}, + on = {{levyll\"a}{levyll\"a}}, + % compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + % compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}}, + % transcompiler = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + % transcompilers = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + % editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace + % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace + % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + % editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}}, + % editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}}, + % editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace + % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}% + % {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace + % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + % editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}% + % {eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}}, + % editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}% + % {eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}}, + conductor = {{joht\adddot}{joht\adddot}}, + conductors = {{johtt\adddot}{johtt\adddot}}, + % director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + % directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + % producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + % producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}}, + % editor = {{toim\adddot}{toim\adddot}}, + % editors = {{toimm\adddot}{toimm\adddot}}, + % ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}}, + origpub = {{alkuper\"ainen julkaisu\addspace}% + {alkup\adddot\ julk\adddot\ as\addspace}}, + % origpublin = {{originally published in\addspace}% + % {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace in\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{alun perin julkaistu vuonna\addspace}% + {alkup\addot\ julk\addot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{ensipainos vuodelta\addspace}% + {ensip\adddot\addspace}}, + % origreleaseyear = {{originally released in\addspace}% + % {orig\adddot\ released\addspace}}, + % origshownyear = {{originally shown in\addspace}% + % {orig\adddot\ shown\addspace}}, + origedition ={{laitos\addcolon\addspace}% + {laitos\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{uud\adddot\addspace p\adddot}% + {uud\adddot\addspace p\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{l\"ahetetty}{l\"ahetetty}}, + songrecorded = {{taltioitu}{taltioitu}}, + discrecorded = {{taltioitu}{taltioitu}}, + numbers = {{not\adddot}{not\adddot}}, + nodate = {{{}n\adddot d\adddot}{{}n\adddot d\adddot}}, + pseudonym = {{salanimi}{salan\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{haettu}{haettu}}, + patentissued = {{my\"onnetty}{my\"onnetty}}, + inlang = {{kielell\"a\addspace}{kielell\"a\addspace}}, + % langrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}}, + % fromrussian = {{from the Russian}{from the Russian}} + % edamerican = {{American}{American}}, + % edbrazilian = {{Brazilian}{Brazilian}}, + % eddanish = {{Danish}{Danish}}, + % eddutch = {{Dutch}{Dutch}}, + % edenglish = {{English}{English}}, + % edfrench = {{French}{French}}, + % edgerman = {{German}{German}}, + edgreek = {{kreikankielinen}{kreikankielinen}}, + % editalian = {{Italian}{Italian}}, + % edlatin = {{Latin}{Latin}}, + % ednorwegian = {{Norwegian}{Norwegian}}, + % edportuguese = {{Portuguese}{Portuguese}}, + % edrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}} + % edspanish = {{Spanish}{Spanish}}, + % edswedish = {{Swedish}{Swedish}}, + % translator = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + % translators = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + % redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + % redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}}, + % founder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + % founders = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + % continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ? + % continuators = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ? + % collaborator = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ? + % collaborators = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ? + % annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + % annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + % review = {{review}{review}}, + reviewof = {{arvio teoksesta}{arvio teoksesta}}, + % reprint = {{reprint}{repr\adddot}}, + % shorthands = {{Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}}, + % newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}}, + % urlseen = {{accessed}{accessed}}, + % cbynone = {{}{}}, + % cbyauthor = {{by}{by}}, + % cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + % cbytranslator = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + % cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + % cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + % cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}}, + % cbyannotator = {{annot\addot}{annot\addot}}, + % cbyfounder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}}, + % cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, + % cbycollaborator = {{in collab\adddotspace with}% + % {in collab\adddotspace with}}, + % cbyconductor = {{johtaa}{joht\adddot}}, + % cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + % cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\space and + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + % {ed\adddot\space and trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + % cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}}, + % cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + % cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}% + % {ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + % cbyeditorin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditorfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditoraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + % comp\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and + % comm\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and + % annot\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortrin = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % an introduction by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortrfo = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % a foreword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortraf = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % an afterword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with + % an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}}, + % cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}}, + % cbyeditorcpin = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction + % by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an + % introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a + % foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an + % afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an + % introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a + % foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an + % afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and comm\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and annot\adddot}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot\adddot}}, + % cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + % comp., with an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + % with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + % comp., with a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + % with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and + % comp., with an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp., + % with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and comm., with an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and comm., with a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and comm., with an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and annot., with an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and annot., with a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + % comp., and annot., with an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditorcoin = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditorcofo = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditoranin = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditoranfo = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditoranaf = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with + % an afterword by}}, + % cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % an introduction by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % an introduction by}}, + % cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % a foreword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % a foreword by}}, + % cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % an afterword by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace + % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with + % an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcp = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}}, + % cbytranslatorco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}}, + % cbytranslatoran = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}}, + % cbytranslatorin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an + % introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatorfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a + % foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatoraf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an + % afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + % with an introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatorcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + % with a foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., + % with an afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatoranin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + % with an introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatoranfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + % with a foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatoranaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., + % with an afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % comm\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}}, + % cbytranslatorcpan = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % annot\adddot}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}}, + % cbytranslatorcpin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + % with an introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + % with a foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., + % with an afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % comm., with an introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + % with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % comm., with a foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + % with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % comm., with an afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + % with an afterword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % annot., with an introduction by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + % with an introduction by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % annot., with a foreword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + % with a foreword by}}, + % cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and + % annot., with an afterword by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + % with an afterword by}}, + % cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + % cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + % cbycompilerin = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}% + % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}}, + % cbycompilerfo = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}% + % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}}, + % cbycompileraf = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}% + % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}}, + % cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an + % introduction by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}}, + % cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}}, + % cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}}, + % cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an + % introduction by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}}, + % cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}}, + % cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}}, + volume = {{nide}{nid.\adddot}}, + volumes = {{nidett\"a}{nidd.\adddot}}, + % jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}}, + % jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + % oldseries = {{o\adddot s\adddot}{o\adddot s\adddot}}, + % edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}}, + % page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}}, + % pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}}, + % column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + % columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}}, + % line = {{line}{line}}, + % lines = {{lines}{lines}}, + % paragraph = {{\P}{\P}}, + % paragraphs = {{\P\P}{\P\P}}, + % section = {{\S}{\S}}, + % sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace viite\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace viite\addnbspace}}, + hereinafter = {{jatkossa}{jatkossa}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + % verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + % verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}}, + % number = {{no\adddot}{no\adddot}}, + % chapter = {{chap\adddot}{chap\adddot}}, + % mathesis = {{master's thesis}{master's thesis}}, + % phdthesis = {{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}}, + % techreport = {{technical report}{technical report}}, + % cfromamerican = {{from the American by}{from the American by}}, + % cfrombrazilian = {{from the Brazilian by}{from the Brazilian + % by}}, + % cfromdanish = {{from the Danish by}{from the Danish by}}, + % cfromdutch = {{from the Dutch by}{from the Dutch by}}, + % cfromenglish = {{from the English by}{from the English by}}, + % cfromfrench = {{from the French by}{from the French by}}, + % cfromgerman = {{from the German by}{from the German by}}, + % cfromgreek = {{from the Greek by}{from the Greek by}}, + % cfromitalian = {{from the Italian by}{from the Italian by}}, + % cfromlatin = {{from the Latin by}{from the Latin by}}, + % cfromnorwegian = {{from the Norwegian by}{from the Norwegian + % by}}, + % cfromportuguese = {{from the Portuguese by}{from the Portuguese + % by}}, + % cfromrussian = {{from the Russian by}{from the Russian by}}, + % cfromspanish = {{from the Spanish by}{from the Spanish by}}, + % cfromswedish = {{from the Swedish by}{from the Swedish by}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + % bycompiler = {{compiled by}{comp\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{johtaa}{joht.\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{ohjannut}{ohj\adddot}}, + % byproducer = {{produced by}{prod\adddot}}, + % byeditorcp = {{edited and compiled by}{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}}, + % byeditortrcp = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}}, + % byeditortrcpco = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % commented by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm\adddot}}, + % byeditortrcpan = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % annotated by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot\adddot}}, + % byeditortrcpin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with + % an introduction, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + % with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditortrcpfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with a + % foreword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + % with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditortrcpaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with + % an afterword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot, + % with an afterword, by}}, + % byeditortrcpcoin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % commented, with an introduction, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditortrcpcofo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % commented, with a foreword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditortrcpcoaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % commented, with an afterword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + % byeditortrcpanin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % annotated, with an introduction, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditortrcpanfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % annotated, with a foreword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditortrcpanaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % annotated, with an afterword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., + % and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + % byeditorcpco = {{edited, compiled, and commented by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}}, + % byeditorcpan = {{edited, compiled, and annotated by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}}, + % byeditorcpin = {{edited and compiled, with an introduction, by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditorcpfo = {{edited and compiled, with a foreword, by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditorcpaf = {{edited and compiled, with an afterword, by}% + % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword, by}}, + % byeditorcpcoin = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an + % introduction, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditorcpcofo = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with a foreword, + % by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditorcpcoaf = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an + % afterword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword, by}}, + % byeditorcpanin = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an + % introduction, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction, by}}, + % byeditorcpanfo = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with a foreword, + % by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword, by}}, + % byeditorcpanaf = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an + % afterword, by}% + % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcp = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}}, + % bytranslatorcpco = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % commented by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}}, + % bytranslatorcpan = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and + % annotated by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}}, + % bytranslatorcpin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an + % introduction, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with a + % foreword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an + % afterword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpcoin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + % with an introduction, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an + % introduction, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpcofo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + % with a foreword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., + % with a foreword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented, + % with an afterword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an + % afterword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpanin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + % with an introduction, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., with an + % introduction, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpanfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + % with a foreword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + % with a foreword, by}}, + % bytranslatorcpanaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated, + % with an afterword, by}% + % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., + % with an afterword, by}}, + % bycompilerco = {{compiled and commented by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}}, + % bycompileran = {{compiled and annotated by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}}, + % bycompilerin = {{compiled, with an introduction, by}% + % {comp\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + % bycompilerfo = {{compiled, with a foreword, by}% + % {comp\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + % bycompileraf = {{compiled, with an afterword, by}% + % {comp\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + % bycompilercoin = {{compiled and commented, with an introduction, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + % bycompilercofo = {{compiled and commented, with a foreword, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + % bycompilercoaf = {{compiled and commented, with an afterword, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, + % bycompileranin = {{compiled and annotated, with an introduction, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}}, + % bycompileranfo = {{compiled and annotated, with a foreword, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}}, + % bycompileranaf = {{compiled and annotated, with an afterword, by}% + % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aae7f702bb --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,909 @@ +% $Id: cms-french.lbx,v 0.9.5.39 2018/01/10 16:38:12 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-french.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Some strings still missing +% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native +% speakers. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{french} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\postvolpunct% + \renewcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon\addspace}% + \toggletrue{cms@postposit}% + \savecommand\mkbibnamefamily% + \protected\def\mkbibnamefamily#1{\textnohyphenation{#1}}% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\postvolpunct% + \restorecommand\mkbibnamefamily% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \togglefalse{cms@postposit}% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoralt} % To cope with \smartof issues +\NewBibliographyString{byeditoralt} % in \partedit command. +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}% 2 strings to allow matching gender +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {french}, + afterwordto = {{postface \`a}{postf\adddot\ \`a}}, + forewordto = {{pr\'eface \`a}{pr\'ef\adddot\ \`a}}, + introductionto = {{introduction \`a}{introd\adddot\ \`a}}, + partvolume = {{\unspace}{\unspace}}, + by = {{par}{par}}, + of = {{de}{de}}, + on = {{sur}{sur}}, + compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{\'ed\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{\'ed\adddot\ et comp\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{\'ed\adddot\ et trad\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddot\ et trad\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{\'eds\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}% + {\'eds\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{\'eds\adddot\ et comp\adddot}% + {\'eds\adddot\ et comp\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{\'eds\adddot\ et trad\adddot}% + {\'eds\adddot\ et trad\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + director = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}}, + directors = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{\'ed\adddot}{\'ed\adddot}}, + editors = {{\'eds\adddot}{\'eds\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}}, + origpub = {{originellement publi\'e comme}% + {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\ comme}}, + origpublin = {{originellement publi\'e dans}% + {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\ dans}}, + origpubyear = {{originellement publi\'e en\addspace}% + {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{originellement publi\'e en\addspace}% + {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{originellement sorti en\addspace}% + {origin\adddot\ sorti\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{originellement diffus\'ee en\addspace}% + {origin\adddot\ diffus\'ee\addspace}}, + origedition = {{\'edition}{\'edition}}, + revisededition = {{\'ed\adddot\ r\'ev\adddot}{\'ed\adddot\ + r\'ev\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{diffus\'ee}{diffus\'ee}}, + songrecorded = {{enregistr\'ee}{enregistr\'ee}}, + discrecorded = {{enregistr\'e}{enregistr\'e}}, + numbers = {{n\textsuperscript{os}}{n\textsuperscript{os}}},% ? + nodate = {{{}s\adddot d\adddot}{{}s\adddot d\adddot}},% ? + pseudonym = {{pseudonym}{pseudonym}},% ? + patentfiled = {{d\'epos\'e}{d\'epos\'e}}, + patentissued = {{d\'elivr\'e}{d\'elivr\'e}}, + inlang = {{en\addspace}{en\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{am\'ericaine}{am\'ericaine}}, + edbrazilian = {{br\'esilienne}{br\'esilienne}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgare}{bulgare}}, + edcatalan = {{catalane}{catalane}}, + edcroatian = {{croate}{croate}}, + edczech = {{tch\`eque}{tch\`eque}}, + eddanish = {{danoise}{danoise}}, + eddutch = {{n\'eerlandaise}{n\'eerlandaise}}, + edenglish = {{anglaise}{anglaise}}, + edestonian = {{estonienne}{estonienne}}, + edfinnish = {{finnoise}{finnoise}}, + edfrench = {{fran\c{c}aise}{fran\c{c}aise}}, + edgalician = {{galicienne}{galicienne}}, + edgerman = {{allemande}{allemande}}, + edgreek = {{grecque}{grecque}}, + editalian = {{italienne}{italienne}}, + edjapanese = {{japonaise}{japonaise}}, + edlatin = {{latine}{latine}}, + ednorwegian = {{norv\'egienne}{norv\'egienne}}, + edpolish = {{polonaise}{polonaise}}, + edportuguese = {{portugaise}{portugaise}}, + edrussian = {{russe}{russe}}, + edslovak = {{slovaque}{slovaque}}, + edslovene = {{slov\`ene}{slov\`ene}}, + edspanish = {{espagnole}{espagnole}}, + edswedish = {{su\'edoise}{su\'edoise}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainienne}{ukrainienne}}, + translator = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}}, + translators = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}}, + redactor = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}}, + redactors = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}}, + % founder = {{}{}}, % FiXME: missing + % founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + % continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + % continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + % collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + % collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}}, + review = {{critique}{critique}}, + reviewof = {{critique de}{critique de}}, + reprint = {{r\'eimpression}{r\'eimpr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{Sigles}{Sigles}}, + newseries = {{nouv\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}{nouv\adddot\ + s\'er\adddot}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{par}{par}}, + cbyeditor = {{sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}% + {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}}, + cbyeditoralt = {{sous la dir\adddot}{sous la dir\adddot}}, + byeditoralt = {{sous la direction}{sous la dir\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{avec des annot\adddot\ par}{avec des annot\adddot\ par}}, + % cbyfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME + % cbycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME + % cbycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME + cbyconductor = {{sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}% + {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}}, + cbydirector = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et trad\adddot\ + \lbx@cfromlang}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et trad\adddot\ + \lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comm\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et annot\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et introd\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et postf\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + comm\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + comm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + annot\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + annot\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbycompileraf = {{comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot }}, + cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}% + {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + volume = {{t\adddot}{t\adddot}}, + volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{t\adddot}{t\adddot}}, + jourser = {{s\'er\adddot}{s\'er\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{anc\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}{anc\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}}, + edition = {{\'ed\adddot}{\'ed\adddot}}, + page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}}, + pages = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}}, + column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + columns = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}}, + line = {{ligne}{ligne}}, + lines = {{lignes}{lignes}}, + paragraph = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{ci-apr\`es}{ci-apr\`es}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + number = {{n\textsuperscript{o}}{n\textsuperscript{o}}}, + chapter = {{chap\adddot}{chap\adddot}}, + mathesis = {{m\'emoire de ma\^{\i}trise}{m\'emoire de ma\^{\i}trise}}, + phdthesis = {{th\`ese de doct\adddot}{th\`ese de doct\adddot}}, + techreport = {{rapport technique}{rapport technique}}, + cfromamerican = {{de l'am\'ericain par}{de l'am\'ericain par}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{du br\'esilien par}{du br\'esilien par}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{du bulgare par}{du bulgare par}}, + cfromcatalan = {{du catalan par}{du catalan par}}, + cfromcroatian = {{du croate par}{du croate par}}, + cfromczech = {{du tch\`eque par}{du tch\`eque par}}, + cfromdanish = {{du danois par}{du danois par}}, + cfromdutch = {{du n\'eerlandais par}{du n\'eerlandais par}}, + cfromenglish = {{de l'anglais par}{de l'anglais par}}, + cfromestonian = {{de l'estonien par}{de l'estonien par}}, + cfromfinnish = {{du finnois par}{du finnois par}}, + cfromfrench = {{du fran\c{c}ais par}{du fran\c{c}ais par}}, + cfromgalician = {{du galicien par}{du galicien par}}, + cfromgerman = {{de l'allemand par}{de l'allemand par}}, + cfromgreek = {{du grec par}{du grec par}}, + cfromitalian = {{de l'italien par}{de l'italien par}}, + cfromjapanese = {{du japonais par}{du japonais par}}, + cfromlatin = {{du latin par}{du latin par}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{du norv\'egien par}{du norv\'egien par}}, + cfrompolish = {{du polonais par}{du polonais par}}, + cfromportuguese = {{du portugais par}{du portugais par}}, + cfromrussian = {{du russe par}{du russe par}}, + cfromslovak = {{du slovaque par}{du slovaque par}}, + cfromslovene = {{du slov\`ene par}{du slov\`ene par}}, + cfromspanish = {{de l'espagnol par}{de l'espagnol par}}, + cfromswedish = {{du su\'edois par}{du su\'edois par}}, + cfromukrainian = {{de l'ukrainien par}{de l'ukrainien par}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + bycompiler = {{compil\'e par}{comp\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{sous la direction \smartof}% + {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}}, + bydirector = {{r\'ealis\'e par}{r\'eal\adddot}}, + byproducer = {{produit par}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{\'edition \'etablie et compil\'ee par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang\ et + compil\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ + \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee et comment\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee et annot\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee, comment\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + comment\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ + et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + comment\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ + et postf\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + compil\'ee, annot\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace + \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + annot\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang, + annot\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, + trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + byeditorcpco = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et comment\'ee + par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et annot\'ee par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et introduite par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et postfac\'ee + par}% + {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee + et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee + et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee + et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et + introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et + pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et + postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang\ et compil\'e par}% + {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et + comment\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + comm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et + annot\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + annot\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et + introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + introd\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et + pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et + postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et + postf\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e + et introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e + et pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e + et postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et + introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et + pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et + postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, + annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + bycompilerco = {{compil\'e et comment\'e par}% + {comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{compil\'e et annot\'e par}% + {comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{compil\'e et introduit par}% + {comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + bycompilerfo = {{compil\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}% + {comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bycompileraf = {{compil\'e et postfac\'e par}% + {comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + bycompilercoin = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et introduit par}{comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + bycompilercofo = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}{comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et postfac\'e par}{comp\adddot, + comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, + bycompileranin = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et introduit + par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}}, + bycompileranfo = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et pr\'efac\'e + par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}}, + bycompileranaf = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et postfac\'e + par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73ac2cd225 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@ +% $Id: cms-german.lbx,v 0.9.5.36 2018/01/09 19:01:32 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-german.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native +% speakers. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{german} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \savecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \def\lbx@fromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above. + \def\lbx@lfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\lbx@sfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled} +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued} +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {german}, + afterwordto = {{Nachwort zu}{Nachw\adddot\ zu}}, + forewordto = {{Vorwort zu}{Vorw\adddot\ zu}}, + introductionto = {{Einleitung in}{Einl\adddot\ in}}, + partvolume = {{T\adddot}{T\adddot}}, + by = {{von}{von}}, + of = {{von}{von}}, + on = {{auf}{auf}}, + compiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% Same as editor, following + compilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% german.lbx + transcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + conductor = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}}, + director = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}}, + directors = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editors = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ebd\adddot}{ebd\adddot}}, + origpub = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}}, + origpublin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht in}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ in}}, + origpubyear = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{urspr\"unglich freigegeben\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ freigegeben\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{urspr\"unglich gezeigt\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ gezeigt\addspace}}, + origedition = {{Auf\noligature lage\addcolon}% + {Aufl\adddot\addcolon}}, + revisededition = {{\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}% + {\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{\"ubertragen}{\"ubertragen}}, + songrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}}, + discrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}}, + reprintfrom = {{neu gedruckt nach}{neu gedruckt nach}},% FIXME +% translationof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% translationas = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% translationfrom = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% reviewof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + origpubas = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},% FIXME + origpubin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},% FIXME + astitle = {{als}{als}},% FIXME + bypublisher = {{von}{von}},% FIXME + numbers = {{Nrn\adddot}{Nrn\adddot}}, + nodate = {{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}},% ? + pseudonym = {{Pseud\adddot}{Pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{eingereicht}{eingereicht}},% Are these 2 correct? + patentissued = {{erteilt}{erteilt}},% ? + inlang = {{auf\addspace}{auf\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikanische}{amerikanische}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasilianische}{brasilianische}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgarische}{bulgarische}}, + edcatalan = {{katalanische}{katalanische}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatische}{kroatische}}, + edczech = {{tschechische}{tschechische}}, + eddanish = {{d\"anische}{d\"anische}}, + eddutch = {{niederl\"andische}{niederl\"andische}}, + edenglish = {{englische}{englische}}, + edestonian = {{estnische}{estnische}}, + edfinnish = {{finnische}{finnische}}, + edfrench = {{franz\"osische}{franz\"osische}}, + edgalician = {{galicische}{galicische}}, + edgerman = {{deutsche}{deutsche}}, + edgreek = {{griechische}{griechische}}, + editalian = {{italienische}{italienische}}, + edjapanese = {{japanische}{japanische}}, + edlatin = {{lateinische}{lateinische}}, + ednorwegian = {{norwegische}{norwegische}}, + edpolish = {{polnische}{polnische}}, + edportuguese = {{portugiesische}{portugiesische}}, + edrussian = {{russische}{russische}}, + edslovak = {{slowakische}{slowakische}}, + edslovene = {{slowenische}{slowenische}}, + edspanish = {{spanische}{spanische}}, + edswedish = {{schwedische}{schwedische}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainische}{ukrainische}}, + translator = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, + translators = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, + redactor = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}}, + founder = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}}, + founders = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}}, + continuator = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}}, + continuators = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, + annotators = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, + review = {{Rezension}{Rezension}}, + reviewof = {{Rezension des}{Rezension des}}, + reprint = {{Nachdruck}{Nachdr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{Sigel}{Sigel}}, + newseries = {{n.\,F\adddot}{n.\,F\adddot}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{von}{von}}, + cbyeditor = {{hrsg\adddot}{hrsg\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}}, + cbycompiler = {{zusammengest\adddot}{zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{\bearb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{erl\"aut\adddot}{erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyfounder = {{begr\adddot}{begr\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{fortgef\adddot}{fortgef\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}% + {unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + zusammengest\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + mit einem Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot + und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + zusammengest\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + erl\"aut\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilerco = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileraf = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranin = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + volume = {{Bd\adddot}{Bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{Bde\adddot}{Bde\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{Jg\adddot}{Jg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{Ser\adddot}{Ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{a.\,F\adddot}{a.\,F\adddot}}, + edition = {{Aufl\adddot}{Aufl\adddot}}, + page = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}}, + pages = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}}, + column = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}}, + line = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}}, + lines = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anmerkung\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anm\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{im folgenden}{im folgenden}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}}, + verses = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}}, + number = {{Nr\adddot}{Nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{Kap\adddot}{Kap\adddot}}, + mathesis = {{Magisterarbeit}{Magisterarbeit}}, + phdthesis = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}}, + techreport = {{Technischer Bericht}{Technischer Bericht}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + bycompiler = {{zusammengestellt von}{zusammengest\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{dirigiert von}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{unter der Regie von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}}, + byproducer = {{produziert von}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{herausgegeben und zusammengestellt von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und + zusammengestellt von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + zusammengest\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpco = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und + kommentiert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot und komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und erl\"autert + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und + zusammengestellt von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + kommentiert von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + erl\"autert von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilerco = {{zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilerfo = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileraf = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercoin = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercofo = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranin = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranfo = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranaf = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbc5d3781d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +% $Id: cms-icelandic.lbx,v 0.16 2018/01/09 19:01:57 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-icelandic.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (Baldur Kristinsson). +% - Depends on icelandic.lbx from the biblatex project +% - Many bibstrings remain untranslated. +% - Needs fine tuning, since declension of Icelandic nouns (names + titles) +% makes straight translations difficult in some cases. +% - Last worked on: 2012-06-15 +% - Date handling altered by dfussner, along with a few other small +% fixes. I have added placeholders for 9 audio-visual strings, but +% need help from a native speaker to provide the actual strings. +% See "bydirector," "cbydirector," "byconductor," "cbyconductor," +% "byproducer," "cbyproducer," "broadcast," "songrecorded," +% "discrecorded," and "on." + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{icelandic} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled} +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued} +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +% \NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +% \NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +% \NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +% \NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +% \NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {icelandic}, + afterwordto = {{eftirm\'ali vi}{eftirm\'ali vi}}, + forewordto = {{form\'ali vi}{form\'ali vi}}, + introductionto = {{inngangur a}{inngangur a}}, + partvolume = {{hl\adddot}{hl\adddot}}, + by = {{eftir}{eftir}}, + of = {{af}{af}}, +% on = {{}{}}, + compiler = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},% Same as editor + compilers = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}% + {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}}, + conductor = {{stj\'ornandi}{stj\'ornandi}}, + conductors = {{stj\'ornenduur}{stj\'ornendur}}, + director = {{leikstj\adddot}{leikstj\adddot}}, + directors = {{leikstj\adddot}{leikstj\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{framleiandi}{framl\adddot}}, + producers = {{framleiendur}{framl\adddot}}, + editor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + editors = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{sama heimild}{s\adddot h\adddot}}, + origpub = {{upphaflega birt sem}% + {upph\adddot\ birt sem}}, + origpublin = {{birtist upphaflega \'{\i}}% + {birtist upph\adddot \'{\i}}}, + origpubyear = {{birtist upphaflega \'ari}% + {birtist upph\adddot\ \'ari}}, + origreleaseyear = {{upphaflegt \'ut\'ar\addspace}% + {upph\adddot \'utg\'afu\'ar\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{upphaflega s\'ynt \'ari}% + {upph\adddot\ s\'ynt \'ari}}, + origedition = {{\'utg\'afa\addcolon}% + {\'utg\adddot\addcolon}}, + revisededition = {{endurskou \'utg\'afa}% + {endursk\adddot \'utg\adddot}}, +% broadcast = {{}{}}, +% songrecorded = {{}{}}, +% discrecorded = {{}{}}, + numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + nodate = {{\'an \'ars}{\'an \'ars}}, + pseudonym = {{dulnefni}{dulnefni}}, + patentfiled = {{lagt fram til skr\'aningar}{lagt fram til skr\'aningar}},% + patentissued = {{veitt}{veitt}},% ? + inlang = {{}{}}, % if this is translated "\'a",% +% it would lead to "\'a r\'ussneska", etc. + edamerican = {{bandar\'{\i}sk}{bandar\'{\i}sk}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasil\'{\i}sk}{brasil\'{\i}sk}}, + eddanish = {{d\"onsk}{d\"onsk}}, + eddutch = {{hollensk}{hollensk}}, + edenglish = {{bresk}{bresk}}, + edfrench = {{fr\"onsk}{fr\"onsk}}, + edgalician = {{galis\'isk}{galis\'isk}}, + edgerman = {{\'ysk}{\'ysk}}, + edgreek = {{gr\'{\i}sk}{gr\'{\i}sk}}, + editalian = {{\'{\i}t\"olsk}{\'{\i}t\"olsk}}, + edlatin = {{latnesk}{latnesk}}, + ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, + edpolish = {{p\'olsk}{p\'olsk}}, + edportuguese = {{port\'ug\"olsk}{port\'ug\"olsk}}, + edrussian = {{r\'ussnesk}{r\'ussnesk}}, + edspanish = {{sp\ae{}nsk}{sp\ae{}nsk}}, + edswedish = {{s\ae{}nsk}{s\ae{}nsk}}, + translator = {{\'y\adddot}{\'y\adddot}}, + translators = {{\'y\adddot}{\'y\adddot}}, + redactor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, % same as editor + redactors = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + founder = {{stofnandi}{stofnandi}}, + founders = {{stofnendur}{stofnendur}}, + continuator = {{haldi \'afram af}{haldi \'afram af}}, + continuators = {{haldi \'afram af}{haldi \'afram af}}, + collaborator = {{samstarfsmaur}{samstarfsmaur}}, + collaborators = {{samstarfsmenn}{samstarfsmenn}}, + annotator = {{me sk\'yringum eftir}{me sk\'yringum eftir}}, + annotators = {{me sk\'yringum eftir}{me sk\'yringum eftir}}, + review = {{ritd\'omur}{ritd\'omur}}, + reviewof = {{ritd\'omur um}{ritd\'omur um}}, + reprint = {{endurprentun}{endurpr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{skammstafanir}{skammstafanir}}, + newseries = {{n\'y ritr\"o}{n\adddot rr\adddot}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{eftir}{eftir}}, + cbyeditor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, + cbycompiler = {{teki saman af}{teki saman af}}, + cbyredactor = {{endurskoa af}{endurskoa af}}, +% The following translations have been taken directly from my version of +% icelandic.lbx for biblatex (without the "c" in front). + cbytranslator = {{\'y\adddot\addspace\lbx@lfromlang}% + {\'y\adddot\addspace\lbx@sfromlang}},% + cbycommentator = {{sk\'yringar:}{sk\'yringar:}}, + cbyannotator = {{sk\'yringar:}{sk\'yringar:}}, +% cbyconductor = {{}{}}, +% cbydirector = {{}{}}, +% cbyproducer = {{}{}}, + cbyeditortr = {{\'utg.~og \'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang}% + {\'utg.~og \'y\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbyeditoran = {{\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'utg. og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbyeditorin = {{\'utg. og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg. og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{\'utg. og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg. og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{\'utg. og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg. og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbyeditortran = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og form\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og form\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}% + {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}}, + % Missing: cbycompilerco, cbycompileran, cbycompilerin, cbycompilerfo, cbycompileraf, + % cbycompilercoin, cbycompilercofo, cbycompilercoaf, cbycompileranin, + % cbycompileranfo, cbycompileranaf + volume = {{bindi}{bindi}}, + volumes = {{bindi}{bindi}}, + jourvol = {{\'arg\adddot}{\'arg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ritr\"o}{rr\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{g\"omul ritr\"o}{g\adddot rr\adddot}}, + edition = {{\'utg\adddot}{\'utg\adddot}}, + page = {{bls\adddot}{bls\adddot}}, + pages = {{bls\adddot}{bls\adddot}}, + column = {{d\'alkur}{dlk\adddot}}, + columns = {{d\'alkar}{dlk\adddot}}, + line = {{l\'{\i}na}{l\adddot}}, + lines = {{l\'{\i}nur}{l\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{mgr\adddot}{mgr\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{mgr\adddot}{mgr\adddot}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace athugasemd\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace aths\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{h\'er eftir}{h\'er eftir}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{erindi}{er\adddot}}, + verses = {{erindi}{er\adddot}}, + number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{kafli}{k\adddot}}, +% byconductor = {{}{}}, +% bydirector = {{}{}}, +% byproducer = {{}{}}, + % A lot of keys already present in in icelandic.lbx omitted here +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9f7691e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@ +% $Id: cms-ngerman.lbx,v 0.9.5.36 2018/01/09 19:01:32 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-ngerman.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native +% speakers. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{ngerman} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \savecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang% + \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \def\lbx@fromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above. + \def\lbx@lfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\lbx@sfromlang{% + \iffieldundef{userf}% + {\iflistundef{origlanguage}% + {}% + {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}% + {}}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled} +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued} +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {ngerman}, + afterwordto = {{Nachwort zu}{Nachw\adddot\ zu}}, + forewordto = {{Vorwort zu}{Vorw\adddot\ zu}}, + introductionto = {{Einleitung in}{Einl\adddot\ in}}, + partvolume = {{T\adddot}{T\adddot}}, + by = {{von}{von}}, + of = {{von}{von}}, + on = {{auf}{auf}}, + compiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% Same as editor, following + compilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% german.lbx + transcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + \"Ubers\adddot}% + {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}}, + conductor = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}}, + director = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}}, + directors = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + editors = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ebd\adddot}{ebd\adddot}}, + origpub = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}}, + origpublin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht in}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ in}}, + origpubyear = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{urspr\"unglich freigegeben\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ freigegeben\addspace}}, + origshownyear = {{urspr\"unglich gezeigt\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ gezeigt\addspace}}, + origedition = {{Auf\noligature lage\addcolon}% + {Aufl\adddot\addcolon}}, + revisededition = {{\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}% + {\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{\"ubertragen}{\"ubertragen}}, + songrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}}, + discrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}}, + reprintfrom = {{neu gedruckt nach}{neu gedruckt nach}},% FIXME +% translationof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% translationas = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% translationfrom = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% reviewof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + origpubas = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},% FIXME + origpubin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},% FIXME + astitle = {{als}{als}},% FIXME + bypublisher = {{von}{von}},% FIXME + numbers = {{Nrn\adddot}{Nrn\adddot}}, + nodate = {{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}},% ? + pseudonym = {{Pseud\adddot}{Pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{eingereicht}{eingereicht}},% Are these 2 correct? + patentissued = {{erteilt}{erteilt}},% ? + inlang = {{auf\addspace}{auf\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikanische}{amerikanische}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasilianische}{brasilianische}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgarische}{bulgarische}}, + edcatalan = {{katalanische}{katalanische}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatische}{kroatische}}, + edczech = {{tschechische}{tschechische}}, + eddanish = {{d\"anische}{d\"anische}}, + eddutch = {{niederl\"andische}{niederl\"andische}}, + edenglish = {{englische}{englische}}, + edestonian = {{estnische}{estnische}}, + edfinnish = {{finnische}{finnische}}, + edfrench = {{franz\"osische}{franz\"osische}}, + edgalician = {{galicische}{galicische}}, + edgerman = {{deutsche}{deutsche}}, + edgreek = {{griechische}{griechische}}, + editalian = {{italienische}{italienische}}, + edjapanese = {{japanische}{japanische}}, + edlatin = {{lateinische}{lateinische}}, + ednorwegian = {{norwegische}{norwegische}}, + edpolish = {{polnische}{polnische}}, + edportuguese = {{portugiesische}{portugiesische}}, + edrussian = {{russische}{russische}}, + edslovak = {{slowakische}{slowakische}}, + edslovene = {{slowenische}{slowenische}}, + edspanish = {{spanische}{spanische}}, + edswedish = {{schwedische}{schwedische}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainische}{ukrainische}}, + translator = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, + translators = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, + redactor = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}}, + founder = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}}, + founders = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}}, + continuator = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}}, + continuators = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, + annotators = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, + review = {{Rezension}{Rezension}}, + reviewof = {{Rezension des}{Rezension des}}, + reprint = {{Nachdruck}{Nachdr\adddot}}, + shorthands = {{Sigel}{Sigel}}, + newseries = {{n.\,F\adddot}{n.\,F\adddot}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{von}{von}}, + cbyeditor = {{hrsg\adddot}{hrsg\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}}, + cbycompiler = {{zusammengest\adddot}{zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{\bearb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{erl\"aut\adddot}{erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyfounder = {{begr\adddot}{begr\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{fortgef\adddot}{fortgef\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}% + {unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und + zusammengest\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + mit einem Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot + und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang + \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + zusammengest\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + erl\"aut\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und + mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ + von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilerco = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileraf = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranin = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit + einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + volume = {{Bd\adddot}{Bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{Bde\adddot}{Bde\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{Jg\adddot}{Jg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{Ser\adddot}{Ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{a.\,F\adddot}{a.\,F\adddot}}, + edition = {{Aufl\adddot}{Aufl\adddot}}, + page = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}}, + pages = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}}, + column = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}}, + line = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}}, + lines = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}}, + section = {{\S}{\S}}, + sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anmerkung\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anm\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{im folgenden}{im folgenden}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}}, + verses = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}}, + number = {{Nr\adddot}{Nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{Kap\adddot}{Kap\adddot}}, + mathesis = {{Magisterarbeit}{Magisterarbeit}}, + phdthesis = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}}, + techreport = {{Technischer Bericht}{Technischer Bericht}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + bycompiler = {{zusammengestellt von}{zusammengest\adddot}}, + byconductor = {{dirigiert von}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{unter der Regie von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}}, + byproducer = {{produziert von}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{herausgegeben und zusammengestellt von}% + {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und + zusammengestellt von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und + zusammengest\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, + zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, + zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpco = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und + kommentiert von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot und komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und erl\"autert + von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert + und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert + und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und + zusammengestellt von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + kommentiert von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + erl\"autert von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer + Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und + mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem + Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ + und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt, + erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% + {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, + erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilerco = {{zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilerfo = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileraf = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen + von}% + {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercoin = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercofo = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranin = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer + Einleitung versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranfo = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem + Vorwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, + bycompileranaf = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem + Nachwort versehen von}% + {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ + vers\adddot\ von}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63f6d319a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,837 @@ +% $Id: cms-norsk.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:02:41 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-norsk.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal). +% - Date handling modified by dfussner. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{norsk} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {norsk}, + afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}}, + forewordto = {{forord til}{forord til}}, + introductionto = {{innledning til}{innl\adddot\space til}}, + partvolume = {{del}{del}}, + by = {{av}{av}}, + of = {{av}{av}}, + on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}}, + compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + director = {{regi}{regi}}, + directors = {{regi}{regi}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}}, + origpub = {{opprinnelig utgitt som}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}}, + origpublin = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst utgitt\addspace}% + {f{\o}rst utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}}, + origshownyear = {{opprinnelig vist i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ vist\addspace}}, + origedition ={{utgave\addcolon\addspace}% + {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}% + {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}}, + songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}}, + patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}}, + inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}}, + edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}}, + edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}}, + eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}}, + eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}}, + edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}}, + edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}}, + edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}}, + edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}}, + edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}}, + edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}}, + edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}}, + editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}}, + edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}}, + edlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, + ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, + edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}}, + edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}}, + edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}}, + edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}}, + edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}}, + edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}}, + edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}}, + translator = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}}, + translators = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}}, + redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + review = {{omtale}{omtale}}, + reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{av}{av}}, + cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}% + {i samarb\adddotspace med}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {red\adddot\space og overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og + komp\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}}, + cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}}, + edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}}, + page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}}, + cfromamerican = {{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{fra brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fra + brasiliansk-portugisisk av}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{fra bulgarsk av}{fra bulgarsk av}}, + cfromcatalan = {{fra katalansk av}{fra katalansk av}}, + cfromcroatian = {{fra kroatisk av}{fra kroatisk av}}, + cfromczech = {{fra tsjekkisk av}{fra tsjekkisk av}}, + cfromdanish = {{fra dansk av}{fra dansk av}}, + cfromdutch = {{fra nederlandsk av}{fra nederlandsk av}}, + cfromenglish = {{fra engelsk av}{fra engelsk av}}, + cfromestonian = {{fra estisk av}{fra estisk av}}, + cfromfinnish = {{fra finsk av}{fra finsk av}}, + cfromfrench = {{fra fransk av}{fra fransk av}}, + cfromgalician = {{fra galisisk av}{fra galisisk av}}, + cfromgerman = {{fra tysk av}{fra tysk av}}, + cfromgreek = {{fra gresk av}{fra gresk av}}, + cfromitalian = {{fra italiensk av}{fra italiensk av}}, + cfromjapanese = {{fra japansk av}{fra japansk av}}, + cfromlatin = {{fra latin av}{fra latin av}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{fra norsk av}{fra norsk av}}, + cfrompolish = {{fra polsk av}{fra polsk av}}, + cfromportuguese = {{fra portugisisk av}{fra portugisisk av}}, + cfromrussian = {{fra russisk av}{fra russisk av}}, + cfromslovak = {{fra slovakisk av}{fra slovakisk av}}, + cfromslovene = {{fra slovensk av}{fra slovensk av}}, + cfromspanish = {{fra spansk av}{fra spansk av}}, + cfromswedish = {{fra svensk av}{fra svensk av}}, + cfromukrainian = {{fra ukrainsk av}{fra ukrainsk av}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}}, + byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med forord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..caa5ce959c --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,837 @@ +% $Id: cms-norwegian.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:03:01 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-norwegian.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal). +% - Date handling modified by dfussner. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{norwegian} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {norwegian}, + afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}}, + forewordto = {{forord til}{forord til}}, + introductionto = {{innledning til}{innl\adddot\space til}}, + partvolume = {{del}{del}}, + by = {{av}{av}}, + of = {{av}{av}}, + on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}}, + compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + director = {{regi}{regi}}, + directors = {{regi}{regi}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}}, + origpub = {{opprinnelig utgitt som}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}}, + origpublin = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst utgitt\addspace}% + {f{\o}rst utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}}, + origshownyear = {{opprinnelig vist i\addspace}% + {oppr\adddot\ vist\addspace}}, + origedition ={{utgave\addcolon\addspace}% + {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}% + {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}}, + songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}}, + patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}}, + inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}}, + edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}}, + edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}}, + eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}}, + eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}}, + edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}}, + edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}}, + edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}}, + edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}}, + edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}}, + edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}}, + edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}}, + editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}}, + edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}}, + edlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, + ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, + edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}}, + edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}}, + edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}}, + edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}}, + edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}}, + edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}}, + edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}}, + translator = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}}, + translators = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}}, + redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + review = {{omtale}{omtale}}, + reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{av}{av}}, + cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}% + {i samarb\adddotspace med}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {red\adddot\space og overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og + komp\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med forord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}}, + cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}}, + edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}}, + page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}}, + cfromamerican = {{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{fra brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fra + brasiliansk-portugisisk av}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{fra bulgarsk av}{fra bulgarsk av}}, + cfromcatalan = {{fra katalansk av}{fra katalansk av}}, + cfromcroatian = {{fra kroatisk av}{fra kroatisk av}}, + cfromczech = {{fra tsjekkisk av}{fra tsjekkisk av}}, + cfromdanish = {{fra dansk av}{fra dansk av}}, + cfromdutch = {{fra nederlandsk av}{fra nederlandsk av}}, + cfromenglish = {{fra engelsk av}{fra engelsk av}}, + cfromestonian = {{fra estisk av}{fra estisk av}}, + cfromfinnish = {{fra finsk av}{fra finsk av}}, + cfromfrench = {{fra fransk av}{fra fransk av}}, + cfromgalician = {{fra galisisk av}{fra galisisk av}}, + cfromgerman = {{fra tysk av}{fra tysk av}}, + cfromgreek = {{fra gresk av}{fra gresk av}}, + cfromitalian = {{fra italiensk av}{fra italiensk av}}, + cfromjapanese = {{fra japansk av}{fra japansk av}}, + cfromlatin = {{fra latin av}{fra latin av}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{fra norsk av}{fra norsk av}}, + cfrompolish = {{fra polsk av}{fra polsk av}}, + cfromportuguese = {{fra portugisisk av}{fra portugisisk av}}, + cfromrussian = {{fra russisk av}{fra russisk av}}, + cfromslovak = {{fra slovakisk av}{fra slovakisk av}}, + cfromslovene = {{fra slovensk av}{fra slovensk av}}, + cfromspanish = {{fra spansk av}{fra spansk av}}, + cfromswedish = {{fra svensk av}{fra svensk av}}, + cfromukrainian = {{fra ukrainsk av}{fra ukrainsk av}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}}, + byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med forord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med innledning, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med forord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med forord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med etterord, av}% + {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}}, + bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}}, + bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a529b84cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,838 @@ +% $Id: cms-nynorsk.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:03:19 dfussner Exp $ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-nynorsk.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal). +% - Date handling modified by dfussner. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{nynorsk} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {nynorsk}, + afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}}, + forewordto = {{f{\o}reord til}{f{\o}reord til}}, + introductionto = {{innleiing til}{innl\adddot\space til}}, + partvolume = {{del}{del}}, + by = {{av}{av}}, + of = {{av}{av}}, + on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}}, + compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + director = {{regi}{regi}}, + directors = {{regi}{regi}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}}, + origpub = {{opphavleg utgitt som}% + {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}}, + origpublin = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}% + {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}% + {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{fyrst utgitt\addspace}% + {fyrst utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}% + {opph\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}}, + origshownyear = {{opphavleg synt fram i\addspace}% + {opph\adddot\ synt fram\addspace}}, + origedition ={{utg{\aa}ve\addcolon\addspace}% + {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}% + {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{kringkasta}{kringkasta}}, + songrecorded = {{spelt inn}{spelt inn}}, + discrecorded = {{spelt inn}{spelt inn}}, + numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}}, + patentissued = {{meldt}{meldt}}, + inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}}, + edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}}, + edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}}, + edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}}, + eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}}, + eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}}, + edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}}, + edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}}, + edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}}, + edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}}, + edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}}, + edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}}, + edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}}, + editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}}, + edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}}, + edlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, + ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, + edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}}, + edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}}, + edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}}, + edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}}, + edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}}, + edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}}, + edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}}, + edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}}, + translator = {{oms\adddot}{oms\adddot}}, + translators = {{oms\adddot}{oms\adddot}}, + redactor = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}}, + founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + continuator = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}}, + continuators = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + review = {{omtale}{omtale}}, + reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{av}{av}}, + cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}% + {i samarb\adddotspace med}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og + oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {red\adddot\space og oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og + komp\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og + forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}% + {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., + med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., + med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., + med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., + med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med etterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med innl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}% + {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}}, + cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}}, + edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}}, + page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}}, + hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}}, + cfromamerican = {{fr{\aa} amerikansk-engelsk av}{fr{\aa} + amerikansk-engelsk av}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{fr{\aa} brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fr{\aa} + brasiliansk-portugisisk av}}, + cfrombulgarian = {{fr{\aa} bulgarsk av}{fr{\aa} bulgarsk av}}, + cfromcatalan = {{fr{\aa} katalansk av}{fr{\aa} katalansk av}}, + cfromcroatian = {{fr{\aa} kroatisk av}{fr{\aa} kroatisk av}}, + cfromczech = {{fr{\aa} tsjekkisk av}{fr{\aa} tsjekkisk av}}, + cfromdanish = {{fr{\aa} dansk av}{fr{\aa} dansk av}}, + cfromdutch = {{fr{\aa} nederlandsk av}{fr{\aa} nederlandsk av}}, + cfromenglish = {{fr{\aa} engelsk av}{fr{\aa} engelsk av}}, + cfromestonian = {{fr{\aa} estisk av}{fr{\aa} estisk av}}, + cfromfinnish = {{fr{\aa} finsk av}{fr{\aa} finsk av}}, + cfromfrench = {{fr{\aa} fransk av}{fr{\aa} fransk av}}, + cfromgalician = {{fr{\aa} galisisk av}{fr{\aa} galisisk av}}, + cfromgerman = {{fr{\aa} tysk av}{fr{\aa} tysk av}}, + cfromgreek = {{fr{\aa} gresk av}{fr{\aa} gresk av}}, + cfromitalian = {{fr{\aa} italiensk av}{fr{\aa} italiensk av}}, + cfromjapanese = {{fr{\aa} japansk av}{fr{\aa} japansk av}}, + cfromlatin = {{fr{\aa} latin av}{fr{\aa} latin av}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{fr{\aa} norsk av}{fr{\aa} norsk av}}, + cfrompolish = {{fr{\aa} polsk av}{fr{\aa} polsk av}}, + cfromportuguese = {{fr{\aa} portugisisk av}{fr{\aa} portugisisk av}}, + cfromrussian = {{fr{\aa} russisk av}{fr{\aa} russisk av}}, + cfromslovene = {{fr{\aa} slovakisk av}{fr{\aa} slovakisk av}}, + cfromslovak = {{fr{\aa} slovensk av}{fr{\aa} slovensk av}}, + cfromspanish = {{fr{\aa} spansk av}{fr{\aa} spansk av}}, + cfromswedish = {{fr{\aa} svensk av}{fr{\aa} svensk av}}, + cfromukrainian = {{fr{\aa} ukrainsk av}{fr{\aa} ukrainsk av}}, + bynone = {{}{}}, + byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}}, + byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innleiing, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med innleiing, av}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot, + med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innleiing, av}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innleiing, av}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innleiing, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med innleiing, av}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innleiing, av}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innleiing, av}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innleiing, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innleiing, av}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med innleiing, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innleiing, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, + med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med innleiing, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innleiing, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med f{\o}reord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, + med etterord, av}% + {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., + med etterord, av}}, + bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innleiing, av}% + {komp\adddot, med innleiing, av}}, + bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innleiing, av}}, + bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}}, + bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innleiing, av}}, + bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}}, + bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}% + {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4927caf5aa --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,839 @@ +% $Id$ + +\ProvidesFile{cms-swedish.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization] + +% STATUS OF THIS FILE +% - Translated by a native speaker (Stefan Bj\"{o}rk). +% - Date handling modified by dfussner. + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{swedish} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \savecommand\cms@datelong% + \savecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \savecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse% + \savecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}% + \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{% + \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}% + \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}% + \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}% + +\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \restorecommand\cms@datelong% + \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull% + \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull% + \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}% + +\NewBibliographyString{bynone} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{byconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{bydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{byproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbynone} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor} +\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo} +\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{partvolume} +\NewBibliographyString{by} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{on} +\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto} +\NewBibliographyString{forewordto} +\NewBibliographyString{introductionto} +\NewBibliographyString{origpub} +\NewBibliographyString{origpublin} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt} +\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear} +\NewBibliographyString{origedition} +\NewBibliographyString{revisededition} +\NewBibliographyString{broadcast} +\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded} +\NewBibliographyString{numbers} +\NewBibliographyString{nodate} +\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym} +\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries +\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}% +\NewBibliographyString{inlang} +\NewBibliographyString{edamerican} +\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian} +\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian} +\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan} +\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian} +\NewBibliographyString{edczech} +\NewBibliographyString{eddanish} +\NewBibliographyString{eddutch} +\NewBibliographyString{edenglish} +\NewBibliographyString{edestonian} +\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish} +\NewBibliographyString{edfrench} +\NewBibliographyString{edgalician} +\NewBibliographyString{edgerman} +\NewBibliographyString{edgreek} +\NewBibliographyString{editalian} +\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese} +\NewBibliographyString{edlatin} +\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian} +\NewBibliographyString{edpolish} +\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese} +\NewBibliographyString{edrussian} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovak} +\NewBibliographyString{edslovene} +\NewBibliographyString{edspanish} +\NewBibliographyString{edswedish} +\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian} +\NewBibliographyString{review} +\NewBibliographyString{reviewof} +\NewBibliographyString{section} +\NewBibliographyString{sections} +\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations +\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto +\NewBibliographyString{subverbo} +\NewBibliographyString{subverbis} +\NewBibliographyString{compiler} +\NewBibliographyString{compilers} +\NewBibliographyString{conductor} +\NewBibliographyString{conductors} +\NewBibliographyString{director} +\NewBibliographyString{directors} +\NewBibliographyString{none} +\NewBibliographyString{nones} +\NewBibliographyString{producer} +\NewBibliographyString{producers} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers} +\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {swedish}, + afterwordto = {{efterord till}{efterord till}}, + forewordto = {{f\"{o}rord till}{f\"{o}rord till}}, + introductionto = {{inledning till}{inl\adddot\space till}}, + partvolume = {{del}{del}}, + by = {{av}{av}}, + of = {{av}{av}}, + on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}}, + compiler = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}}, + compilers = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}}, + transcompiler = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + transcompilers = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}}, + editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}}, + editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}% + {red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}}, + conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + director = {{regi}{regi}}, + directors = {{regi}{regi}}, + none = {{}{}}, + nones = {{}{}}, + producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}}, + origpub = {{ursprungligen publicerad som}% + {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddot\ som}}, + origpublin = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace i\addspace}}, + origpubyear = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}}, + origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst publicerad\addspace}% + {f{\o}rst pub\adddot\addspace}}, + origreleaseyear = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddotspace}}, + origshownyear = {{ursprungligen visad i\addspace}% + {urspr\adddot\ visad\addspace}}, + origedition ={{utg{\aa}va\addcolon\addspace}% + {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}}, + revisededition = {{reviderad utg{\aa}va\addspace}% + {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}}, + broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}}, + songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}}, + numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}}, + pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}}, + patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}}, + patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}}, + inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}}, + edamerican = {{amerikanska}{amerikanska}}, + edbrazilian = {{brasilianska}{brasilianska}}, +% edbulgarian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + edcatalan = {{katalanska}{katalanska}}, + edcroatian = {{kroatiska}{kroatiska}}, + edczech = {{tjeckiska}{tjeckiska}}, + eddanish = {{danska}{danska}}, + eddutch = {{nederl\"andska}{nederl\"andska}}, + edenglish = {{engelska}{engelska}}, +% edestonian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + edfinnish = {{finska}{finska}}, + edfrench = {{franska}{franska}}, + edgalician = {{galiciska}{galiciska}}, + edgerman = {{tyska}{tyska}}, + edgreek = {{grekiska}{grekiska}}, + editalian = {{italienska}{italienska}}, +% edjapanese = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + edlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, + ednorwegian = {{norska}{norska}}, + edpolish = {{polska}{polska}}, + edportuguese = {{portugisiska}{portugisiska}}, + edrussian = {{ryska}{ryska}}, +% edslovak = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% edslovene = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + edspanish = {{spanska}{spanska}}, + edswedish = {{svenska}{svenska}}, +% edukrainian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + translator = {{\"{o}vers\adddot}{\"{o}vers\adddot}}, + translators = {{\"{o}vers\adddot}{\"{o}vers\adddot}}, + redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}}, + annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}}, + review = {{omtale}{omtale}}, + reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}}, + cbynone = {{}{}}, + cbyauthor = {{av}{av}}, + cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}}, + cbytranslator = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbycompiler = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}}, + cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}}, + cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}}, + cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}}, + cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}}, + cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}}, + cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}% + {i samarb\adddotspace med}}, + cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}}, + cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}}, + cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}}, + cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space och + \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}% + {red\adddot\space och \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}}, + cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst\adddot}}, + cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space och komm\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space och komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}% + {red\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorin = {{red\adddot,\addabbrvspace med inl\adddot, av}% + {red\adddot,\addabbrvspace med inl\adddot, av}}, + cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och + sammanst\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och + komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och + forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace + \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med inl., av}% + {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med efterord, av}% + {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inl., av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och komm\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och forkl\adddot}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., + med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., + med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, + sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}% + {red\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}% + {red\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med inl., av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcp = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorco = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatoran = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatorfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatoraf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., + med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcofo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., + med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., + med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., + med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatoranfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., + med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatoranaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., + med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpco = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpan = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + cbytranslatorcpin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., + med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., + med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., + med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., + med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., + med efterord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., + med inl., av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., + med efterord, av}}, + cbycompilerco = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}}, + cbycompileran = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}}, + cbycompilerin = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med inl., av}% + {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med inl., av}}, + cbycompilerfo = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbycompileraf = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}% + {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}}, + cbycompilercoin = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}}, + cbycompilercofo = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbycompilercoaf = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}}, + cbycompileranin = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}}, + cbycompileranfo = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + cbycompileranaf = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}}, + jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}}, + jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}}, + oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}}, + edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}}, + page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, + column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}}, + line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}}, + paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}}, + canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations + canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto + supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace not\addnbspace}% ditto + {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace not\addnbspace}}, + hereinafter = {{h\"adanefter}{h\"adanefter}}, + subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}}, + subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}}, + verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}}, + number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}}, + chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}}, + cfromamerican = {{fr{\aa}n engelska av}{fr{\aa}n engelska av}}, + cfrombrazilian = {{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}{fr{\aa}n + portugisiska av}}, +% cfrombulgarian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + cfromcatalan = {{fr{\aa}n katalanska av}{fr{\aa}n katalanska av}}, + cfromcroatian = {{fr{\aa}n kroatiska av}{fr{\aa}n kroatiska av}}, + cfromczech = {{fr{\aa}n tjeckiska av}{fr{\aa}n tjeckiska av}}, + cfromdanish = {{fr{\aa}n danska av}{fr{\aa}n danska av}}, + cfromdutch = {{fr{\aa}n nederl\"andska av}{fr{\aa}n + nederl\"andska av}}, + cfromenglish = {{fr{\aa}n engelska av}{fr{\aa}n engelska av}}, +% cfromestonian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + cfromfinnish = {{fr{\aa}n finska av}{fr{\aa}n finska av}}, + cfromfrench = {{fr{\aa}n franska av}{fr{\aa}n franska av}}, + cfromgalician = {{fr{\aa}n galiciska av}{fr{\aa}n galiciska av}}, + cfromgerman = {{fr{\aa}n tyska av}{fr{\aa}n tyska av}}, + cfromgreek = {{fr{\aa}n grekiska av}{fr{\aa}n grekiska av}}, + cfromitalian = {{fr{\aa}n italienska av}{fr{\aa}n italienska + av}}, +% cfromjapanese = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + cfromlatin = {{fr{\aa}n latin av}{fr{\aa}n latin av}}, + cfromnorwegian = {{fr{\aa}n norska av}{fr{\aa}n norska av}}, + cfrompolish = {{fr{\aa}n polska av}{fr{\aa}n polska av}}, + cfromportuguese = {{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}}, + cfromrussian = {{fr{\aa}n ryska av}{fr{\aa}n ryska av}}, +% cfromslovak = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing +% cfromslovene = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + cfromspanish = {{fr{\aa}n spanska av}{fr{\aa}n spanska av}}, + cfromswedish = {{fr{\aa}n svenska av}{fr{\aa}n svenska av}}, +% cfromukrainian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing + bynone = {{}{}}, + byconductor = {{dirigerad av}{dir\adddot}}, + bydirector = {{regisserad av}{regi}}, + byproducer = {{producerad av}{prod\adddot}}, + byeditorcp = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld av}{red\adddot\space och sam\adddot}}, + byeditortrcp = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpco = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpan = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + byeditortrcpin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot, + med inledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpfo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot, + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditortrcpaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot, + med efterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med inledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med efterord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med inledning, av}}, + byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med efterord, av}}, + byeditorcpco = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + byeditorcpan = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + byeditorcpin = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inledning, av}}, + byeditorcpfo = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditorcpaf = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}% + {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoin = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inledning, av}}, + byeditorcpcofo = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}}, + byeditorcpanin = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inledning, av}}, + byeditorcpanfo = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord, + av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + byeditorcpanaf = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}% + {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcp = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpco = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpan = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}}, + bytranslatorcpin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med inledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpfo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med efterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, + med inledning, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, + med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, + med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, + med inledning, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inledning, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, + med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., + med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, + med efterord, av}% + {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., + med efterord, av}}, + bycompilerco = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}}, + bycompileran = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}}, + bycompilerin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}% + {sammanst\adddot, med inledning, av}}, + bycompilerfo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bycompileraf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot, med efterord, av}}, + bycompilercoin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med inledning, av}}, + bycompilercofo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bycompilercoaf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med efterord, av}}, + bycompileranin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med inledning, av}}, + bycompileranfo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}}, + bycompileranaf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}% + {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med efterord, av}}, +} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX + \iffieldundef{#2year}% + {\iffieldundef{#2month}% + {}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}% + {}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}% + {\printtext[#2date]{% + \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}% + {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}% + \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}% + {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% + \iffieldundef{#2endyear}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}% + {}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND% + \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}% + {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ??? + {}% + \printtext[#2date]{% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}% + \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}% + {}% + {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}% + {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}% + {\bibdatedash% + \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} + +\endinput |